diff options
Diffstat (limited to '3152-h')
| -rw-r--r-- | 3152-h/3152-h.htm | 20416 |
1 files changed, 20416 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/3152-h/3152-h.htm b/3152-h/3152-h.htm new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5f20513 --- /dev/null +++ b/3152-h/3152-h.htm @@ -0,0 +1,20416 @@ +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" +"http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd"> +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en" lang="en"> +<head> +<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=utf-8" /> +<meta http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css" /> +<title>The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Junior Classics, Volume 1, by William Patten</title> + +<style type="text/css"> + +body { margin-left: 20%; + margin-right: 20%; + text-align: justify; } + +h1, h2, h3, h4, h5 {text-align: center; font-style: normal; font-weight: +normal; line-height: 1.5; margin-top: .5em; margin-bottom: .5em;} + +h1 {font-size: 300%; + margin-top: 0.6em; + margin-bottom: 0.6em; + letter-spacing: 0.12em; + word-spacing: 0.2em; + text-indent: 0em;} +h2 {font-size: 150%; margin-top: 2em; margin-bottom: 1em;} +h3 {font-size: 130%; margin-top: 1em;} +h4 {font-size: 120%;} +h5 {font-size: 110%;} + +.no-break {page-break-before: avoid;} /* for epubs */ + +div.chapter {page-break-before: always; margin-top: 4em;} + +hr {width: 80%; margin-top: 2em; margin-bottom: 2em;} + +p {text-indent: 1em; + margin-top: 0.25em; + margin-bottom: 0.25em; } + +p.poem {text-indent: 0%; + margin-left: 10%; + font-size: 90%; + margin-top: 1em; + margin-bottom: 1em; } + +p.noindent {text-indent: 0% } + +p.center {text-align: center; + text-indent: 0em; + margin-top: 1em; + margin-bottom: 1em; } + +p.right {text-align: right; + margin-right: 10%; + margin-top: 1em; + margin-bottom: 1em; } + +a:link {color:blue; text-decoration:none} +a:visited {color:blue; text-decoration:none} +a:hover {color:red} + +</style> + +</head> + +<body> + +<div style='text-align:center; font-size:1.2em; font-weight:bold'>The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Junior Classics, Volume 1, by William Patten</div> +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and +most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions +whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms +of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online +at <a href="https://www.gutenberg.org">www.gutenberg.org</a>. If you +are not located in the United States, you will have to check the laws of the +country where you are located before using this eBook. +</div> +<div style='display:block; margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:1em; margin-left:2em; text-indent:-2em'>Title: The Junior Classics, Volume 1<br/> + Fairy and Wonder Tales</div> +<div style='display:block; margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:1em; margin-left:2em; text-indent:-2em'>Author: William Patten</div> +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>Release Date: January 12, 2001 [eBook #3152]<br /> +[Most recently updated: December 15, 2022]</div> +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>Language: English</div> +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>Character set encoding: UTF-8</div> +<div style='margin-top:2em; margin-bottom:4em'>*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE JUNIOR CLASSICS, VOLUME 1 ***</div> + +<h5>THE JUNIOR CLASSICS</h5> + +<h3>SELECTED AND ARRANGED BY</h3> + +<h2 class="no-break">WILLIAM PATTEN,</h2> + +<h5>MANAGING EDITOR OF THE HARVARD CLASSICS</h5> + +<h3>INTRODUCTION BY CHARLES W. ELIOT, LL.D.,</h3> + +<h5>PRESIDENT EMERITUS OF HARVARD UNIVERSITY</h5> + +<p class="center"> +WITH A READING GUIDE BY WILLIAM ALLAN NEILSON, Ph. D., PROFESSOR OF ENGLISH, +HARVARD UNIVERSITY, PRESIDENT SMITH COLLEGE, NORTHAMPTON, MASS., SINCE 1917 +</p> + +<h3>VOLUME ONE</h3> + +<h1>Fairy and Wonder Tales</h1> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="intro"></a>INTRODUCTION</h2> + +<p> +The purpose of The Junior Classics is to provide, in ten volumes containing +about five thousand pages, a classified collection of tales, stories, and +poems, both ancient and modern, suitable for boys and girls of from six to +sixteen years of age. Thoughtful parents and teachers, who realize the evils of +indiscriminate reading on the part of children, will appreciate the educational +value of such a collection. A child’s taste in reading is formed, as a rule, in +the first ten or twelve years of its life, and experience has shown that the +childish mind will prefer good literature to any other, if access to it is made +easy, and will develop far better on literature of proved merit than on trivial +or transitory material. +</p> + +<p> +The boy or girl who becomes familiar with the charming tales and poems in this +collection will have gained a knowledge of literature and history that will be +of high value in other school and home work. Here are the real elements of +imaginative narration, poetry, and ethics, which should enter into the +education of every English-speaking child. +</p> + +<p> +This collection, carefully used by parents and teachers with due reference to +individual tastes and needs, will make many children enjoy good literature. It +will inspire them with a love of good reading, which is the best possible +result of any elementary education. The child himself should be encouraged to +make his own selections from this large and varied collection, the child’s +enjoyment being the object in view. A real and lasting interest in literature +or in scholarship is only to be developed through the individual’s enjoyment of +his mental occupations. +</p> + +<p> +The most important change which has been made in American schools and colleges +within my memory is the substitution of leading for driving, of inspiration for +drill, of personal interest and love of work for compulsion and fear. The +schools are learning to use methods and materials which interest and attract +the children themselves. The Junior Classics will put into the home the means +of using this happy method. +</p> + +<p> +Committing to memory beautiful pieces of literature, either prose or poetry, +for recitation before a friendly audience, acting charades or plays, and +reading aloud with vivacity and sympathetic emotion, are good means of +instruction at home or at school This collection contains numerous admirable +pieces of literature for such use. In teaching English and English literature +we should place more reliance upon processes and acts which awaken emotion, +stimulate interest, prove to be enjoyable for the actors, and result in giving +children the power of entertaining people, of blessing others with noble +pleasures which the children create and share. +</p> + +<p> +From the home training during childhood there should result in the child a +taste for interesting and improving reading which will direct and inspire its +subsequent intellectual life. The training which results in this taste for good +reading, however unsystematic or eccentric it may have been, has achieved one +principal aim of education; and any school or home training which does not +result in implanting this permanent taste has failed in a very important +respect. Guided and animated by this impulse to acquire knowledge and exercise +the imagination through good reading, the adult will continue to educate him +all through life. +</p> + +<p> +The story of the human race through all its slow development should be +gradually conveyed to the child’s mind from the time he begins to read, or to +listen to his mother reading; and with description of facts and actual events +should be mingled charming and uplifting products of the imagination. To try to +feed the minds of children upon facts alone is undesirable and unwise. The +immense product of the imagination in art and literature is a concrete fact +with which every educated human being should be made somewhat familiar, that +product being a very real part of every individual’s actual environment. +</p> + +<p> +The right selection of reading matter for children is obviously of high +importance. Some of the mythologies, Old Testament stories, fairy tales, and +historical romances, on which earlier generations were accustomed to feed the +childish mind, contain a great deal that is barbarous, perverse, or cruel; and +to this infiltration into children’s minds, generation after generation, of +immoral, cruel, or foolish ideas is probably to be attributed in part the slow +ethical progress of the race. The commonest justification of this thoughtless +practice is that children do not apprehend the evil in the bad mental pictures +with which we foolishly supply them; but what should we think of a mother who +gave her children dirty milk or porridge, on the theory that the children would +not assimilate the dirt? Should we be less careful about mental and moral food +materials? The Junior Classics have been selected with this principle in mind, +without losing sight of the fact that every developing human being needs to +have a vision of the rough and thorny road over which the human race has been +slowly advancing during thousands of years. +</p> + +<p> +Whoever has committed to memory in childhood such Bible extracts as Genesis i, +the Ten Commandments, Psalm xxiii, Matthew v, 8-12, The Lord’s Prayer, and I +Corinthians xiii, such English prose as Lincoln’s Gettysburg speech, Bacon’s +“Essay on Truth,” and such poems as Bryant’s “Waterfowl,” Addison’s “Divine +Ode,” Milton’s Sonnet on his Blindness, Wotton’s “How happy is he born or +taught,” Emerson’s “Rhodora,” Holmes’s “Chambered Nautilus,” and Gray’s Elegy, +and has stamped them on his brain by frequent repetition, will have set up in +his mind high standards of noble thought and feeling, true patriotism, and pure +religion. He will also have laid in an invaluable store of good English. +</p> + +<p> +While the majority of the tales and poems are intended for children who have +begun to do their own reading, there will be found in every volume selections +fit for reading aloud to younger children. Throughout the collection the +authors tell the stories in their own words; so that the salt which gave them +savor is preserved. There are some condensations however, such as any good +teller of borrowed stories would make; but as a rule condensation has been +applied only in the case of long works which otherwise could not have been +included. The notes which precede the condensations supply explanations, and +answer questions which experience has shown boys and girls are apt to ask about +the works condensed or their authors. +</p> + +<p> +The Junior Classics constitute a set of books whose contents will delight +children and at the same time satisfy the legitimate ethical requirements of +those who have the children’s best interests at heart. +</p> + +<p> +Charles W. Eliot +</p> + +<h5>NOTE</h5> + +<p> +Notices of copyright on material used in these volumes appear on the back of +the title pages of the particular volumes in which the stories are printed. A +complete list of acknowledgments to authors and publishers, for their kind +permission to use copyrighted material, is given on pages 3 to 6 of Volume Ten. +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2>CONTENTS</h2> + +<table summary="" style=""> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#intro">INTRODUCTION</a></td><td>Charles, W. Eliot</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#pref">PREFACE</a></td><td>William Patten</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <br /><b>TALES OF THE AMERICAN INDIANS</b></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap01">Manabozho</a></td><td>H. R. Schoolcraft</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap02">Why the Diver Duck Has So Few Tail Feathers</a></td><td>H. R. Schoolcraft</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap03">Manabozho Changed to Wolf</a></td><td>H. R. Schoolcraft</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap04">Why the Woodpecker has Red Feathers</a></td><td>H. R. Schoolcraft</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap05">Manabozho is Robbed</a></td><td>H. R. Schoolcraft</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap06">Manabozho and the Woodpeckers</a></td><td>H. R. Schoolcraft</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap07">The Boy and the Wolves</a></td><td>Andrew Lang</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap08">The Indian Who Lost His Wife</a></td><td>Andrew Lang</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <br /><b>TALES FROM INDIA</b></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap09">Punchkin</a></td><td>E. Frere</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap10">The Sun, Moon and Wind</a></td><td>E. Frere</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap11">Why the Fish Laughed</a></td><td>Joseph Jacob</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap12">The Farmer and Money Lender</a></td><td>Joseph Jacob</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap13">Pride Goeth Before a Fall</a></td><td>Joseph Jacob</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap14">The Wicked Sons</a></td><td>Joseph Jacob</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap15">Tiger, Brahman, and Jackal</a></td><td>Flora Annie Steel</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap16">The Lambikin</a></td><td>Flora Annie Steel</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap17">The Rat’s Wedding </a></td><td>Flora Annie Steel</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap18">The Jackal and the Partridge</a></td><td>Flora Annie Steel</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap19">The Jackal and the Crocodile</a></td><td>Flora Annie Steel</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap20">The Jackal and the Iguana</a></td><td>Flora Annie Steel</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap21">The Bear’s Bad Bargain</a></td><td>Flora Annie Steel</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap22">The Thief and the Fox</a></td><td>Ramaswami Raju</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap23">The Farmer and the Fox</a></td><td>Ramaswami Raju</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap24">The Fools and the Drum</a></td><td>Ramaswami Raju</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap25">The Lion and the Goat</a></td><td>Ramaswami Raju</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap26">The Glowworm and Jackdaw</a></td><td>Ramaswami Raju</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap27">The Camel and the Pig</a></td><td>Ramaswami Raju</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap28">The Dog and the Dog Dealer</a></td><td>Ramaswami Raju</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap29">The Tiger, Fox, and Hunters</a></td><td>Ramaswami Raju</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap30">The Sea, the Fox, and the Wolf</a></td><td>Ramaswami Raju</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap31">The Fox in the Well</a></td><td>Ramaswami Raju</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <br /><b>TALES FROM THE NORSELAND</b></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap32">Ashiepattle</a></td><td>P. C. Asbjörnsen</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap33">The Squire’s Bride</a></td><td>P. C. Asbjörnsen</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap34">The Doll in the Grass</a></td><td>P. C. Asbjörnsen</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap35">The Bear and the Fox</a></td><td>P. C. Asbjörnsen</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap36">The Lad Who Went to the North Wind</a></td><td>Sir George W. Dasent</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap37">The Husband Who Was to Mind the House</a></td><td>Sir George W. Dasent</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap38">How One Went Out to Woo</a></td><td>Sir George W. Dasent</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap39">Why the Bear is Stumpy-Tailed</a></td><td>Sir George W. Dasent</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap40">Boots and the Princess</a></td><td>Sir George W. Dasent</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap41">The Witch in the Stone Boat</a></td><td>Andrew Lang</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <br /><b>TALES FROM FRANCE, SPAIN, AND POLAND</b></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap42">The Snuffbox</a></td><td>Paul Sébillot</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap43">The Golden Blackbird</a></td><td>Paul Sébillot</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap44">The Half-Chick</a></td><td>Andrew Lang</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap45">The Three Brothers</a></td><td>Hermann R. Kletke</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap46">The Glass Mountain</a></td><td>Hermann R. Kletke</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <br /><b>TALES FROM RUSSIA</b></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap47">Huntsman the Unlucky</a></td><td>John T. Naaké</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap48">Story of Little Simpleton</a></td><td>John T. Naaké</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap49">The Golden Fish</a></td><td>Lillian M. Gask</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <br /><b>TALES FROM SERBIA</b></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap50">The Wonderful Hair</a></td><td>W.S. Karajich</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap51">The Language of Animals</a></td><td>W.S. Karajich</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap52">The Emperor Trojan’s Ears</a></td><td>W.S. Karajich</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap53">The Maiden Who Was Wiser Than the King</a></td><td>W.S. Karajich</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <br /><b>AN IRISH TALE</b></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap54">The Three Sons</a></td><td>Lady Gregory</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <br /><b>TALES FROM CHINA AND JAPAN</b></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap55">Hok Lee and the Dwarfs</a></td><td>Andrew Lang</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap56">A Dreadful Boar</a></td><td>Adele M. Fielde</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap57">The Five Queer Brothers</a></td><td>Adele M. Fielde</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap58">The Accomplished Teakettle</a></td><td>A.B. Mitford</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap59">Adventures of Little Peachling</a></td><td>A.B. Mitford</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <br /><b>A TALE FROM NEW GUINEA</b></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap60">The Two Lizards</a></td><td>Annie Ker</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <br /><b>A TALE FROM JAMAICA</b></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap61">De King and De Peafowl</a></td><td>Mary P. Milne-Horne</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <br /><b>SOME OLD FAVORITES</b></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap62">Hansel and Grethel</a></td><td>W. and J. Grimm</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap63">Thumbling</a></td><td>W. and J. Grimm</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap64">The Six Swans</a></td><td>W. and J. Grimm</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap65">Snow-White and Rose-Red</a></td><td>W. and J. Grimm</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap66">The Ugly Duckling</a></td><td>Hans C. Andersen</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap67">The Tinder-Box</a></td><td>Hans C. Andersen</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap68">The Constant Tin Soldier</a></td><td>Hans C. Andersen</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap69">The Fir Tree</a></td><td>Hans C. Andersen</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap70">The Flying Trunk</a></td><td>Hans C. Andersen</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap71">The Darning Needle</a></td><td>Hans C. Andersen</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap72">Pen and Inkstand</a></td><td>Hans C. Andersen</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap73">Cinderella</a></td><td>Miss Mulock</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap74">Little Red Riding-Hood</a></td><td>Charles Perrault</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap75">The Story of the Three Bears</a></td><td>Robert Southey</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap76">Puss in Boots</a></td><td>Charles Perrault</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap77">Jack the Giant-Killer</a></td><td>Joseph Jacobs</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap78">Tom Thumb</a></td><td>Joseph Jacobs</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap79">Blue Beard</a></td><td>Charles Perrault</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap80">The Brave Little Tailor</a></td><td>Anonymous</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap81">The Sleeping Beauty</a></td><td>Charles Perrault</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap82">The Fair One With Golden Locks</a></td><td>Miss Mulock</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap83">Beauty and the Beast</a></td><td>Mme. d’Aulnoy</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap84">Jack and the Beanstalk</a></td><td>Anonymous</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap85">Hop-o’-My-Thumb</a></td><td>Joseph Jacobs</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap86">The Goose-Girl</a></td><td>Anonymous</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap87">He Who Knew Not Fear</a></td><td>Anonymous</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <br /><b>THE FABLES OF ÆSOP</b></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap88">The Town Mouse and the Country Mouse</a></td><td>Æsop</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap89">The Man, Boy, and Donkey</a></td><td>Æsop</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap90">The Shepherd’s Boy</a></td><td>Æsop</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap91">Androcles</a></td><td>Æsop</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap92">The Fox and the Stork</a></td><td>Æsop</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap93">The Crow and the Pitcher</a></td><td>Æsop</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap94">The Frogs Desiring a King</a></td><td>Æsop</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap95">The Frog and the Ox</a></td><td>Æsop</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap96">The Cock and the Pearl</a></td><td>Æsop</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap97">The Fox Without a Tail</a></td><td>Æsop</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap98">The Fox and the Cat</a></td><td>Æsop</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap99">The Dog in the Manger</a></td><td>Æsop</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap100">The Fox and the Goat</a></td><td>Æsop</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap101">Belling the Cat</a></td><td>Æsop</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap102">The Jay and the Peacock</a></td><td>Æsop</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap103">The Ass and the Lap-Dog</a></td><td>Æsop</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap104">The Ant and the Grasshopper</a></td><td>Æsop</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap105">The Woodman and the Serpent</a></td><td>Æsop</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap106">The Milkmaid and Her Pail</a></td><td>Æsop</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap107">The Lion and the Mouse</a></td><td>Æsop</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap108">Hercules and the Waggoner</a></td><td>Æsop</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap109">The Lion’s Share</a></td><td>Æsop</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap110">The Fox and the Crow</a></td><td>Æsop</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap111">The Dog and the Shadow</a></td><td>Æsop</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap112">The Wolf and the Lamb</a></td><td>Æsop</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap113">The Bat, Birds, and Beasts</a></td><td>Æsop</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap114">The Belly and the Members</a></td><td>Æsop</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap115">The Fox and the Grapes</a></td><td>Æsop</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap116">The Swallow and the Birds</a></td><td>Æsop</td> +</tr> + +</table> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2>ILLUSTRATIONS</h2> + +<p> +HE OFTEN TREMBLED AT WHAT HE HEARD AND SAW, Manabozho the Mischief-Maker, +Frontispiece illustration in color from the painting by Dan Sayre Groesbeck +</p> + +<p> +WHILE THEY WERE STUPIDLY STARING, THE KETTLE BEGAN FLYING ABOUT THE ROOM, The +Accomplished and Lucky Teakettle, From the painting by Warwick Goble +</p> + +<p> +A VERY OLD WOMAN, WALKING UPON CRUTCHES, CAME OUT, Hansel and Grethel, From the +painting by Arthur Rackham +</p> + +<p> +THEN BLUE BEARD BAWLED OUT SO LOUD THAT HE MADE THE WHOLE HOUSE TREMBLE, Blue +Beard, From the painting by Edmund Dulac +</p> + +<p> +BEING INFORMED OF EVERYTHING BY A LITTLE DWARF WHO WORE SEVEN-LEAGUE BOOTS, +Sleeping Beauty, From the painting by Edmund Dulac +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="pref"></a>PREFACE</h2> + +<p> +There are some things in this world we can get along without, but, the +experience of many thousand years has shown us that the fairy tale is not one +of them. There must have been fairy tales (or fables, or folk tales, or myths, +or whatever name we choose to give them) ever since the world began. They are +not exclusively French, German, Greek, Russian, Indian or Chinese, but are the +common property of the whole human family and are as universal as human speech. +</p> + +<p> +All the world over, fairy tales are found to be pretty much the same. The story +of Cinderella is found in all countries. Japan has a Rip Van Winkle, China has +a Beauty and the Beast, Egypt has a Puss in Boots, and Persia has a Jack and +the Beanstalk. +</p> + +<p> +Those wise people who have made a careful study of literature, and especially +of what we call folk tales or fairy tales or fables or myths, tell us that they +all typify in some way the constant struggle that is going on in every +department of life. It may be the struggle of Summer against Winter, the bright +Day against dark Night, Innocence against Cruelty, of Knowledge against +Ignorance. We are not obliged to think of these delightful stories as each +having a meaning. Our enjoyment of them will not be less if we overlook that +side, but it may help us to understand and appreciate good books if we remember +that the literature of the world is the story of man’s struggle against nature; +that the beginnings of literature came out of the mouths of story-tellers, and +that the stories they told were fairy tales—imaginative stories based on truth. +</p> + +<p> +There is one important fact to remember in connection with the old fairy tales, +and that is that they were repeated aloud from memory, not read from a book or +manuscript. +</p> + +<p> +The printing of books from type may be said to date from the year 1470, when +Caxton introduced printing into England. It is said that the first book printed +in English which had the pages numbered was a book of tales, “Æsop’s Fables.” +</p> + +<p> +As late as 1600 printed books were still so rare that only rich men could own +them. There was one other way of printing a story—on sheepskin (split and made +into parchment) with a pen—but that was a long and laborious art that could +only be practiced by educated men who had been taught to write. The monks were +about the only men who had the necessary education and time, and they cared +more for making copies of the Bible and Lives of the Saints than they did of +fairy tales. The common people, and even kings and queens, were therefore +obliged to depend upon the professional story-teller. +</p> + +<p> +Fairy tales were very popular in the Middle Ages. In the long winter months +fields could not be cultivated, traveling had to be abandoned, and all were +kept within doors by the cold and snow. We know what the knight’s house looked +like in those days. The large beamed hall or living room was the principal +room. At one end of it, on a low platform, was a table for the knight, his +family, and any visiting knights and ladies. At the other tables on the main +floor were the armed men, like squires and retainers, who helped defend the +castle from attack, and the maids of the household. +</p> + +<p> +The story-teller, who was sometimes called a bard or skald or minstrel, had his +place of honor in the center of the room, and when the meal was over he was +called upon for a story. These story-tellers became very expert in the practice +of their art, and some of them could arouse their audiences to a great pitch of +excitement. In the note that precedes the story “The Treason of Ganelon,” in +the volume “Heroes and Heroines of Chivalry,” you can see how one of these +story-tellers, or minstrels, sang aloud a story to the soldiers of William the +Conqueror to encourage them as he led them into battle. +</p> + +<p> +The fairy tales collected by the Brothers Grimm were first published in 1812. +They spent thirteen years collecting them, writing them down as they were told +by the peasants in Hesse, a mountainous province of Germany lying far removed +from the great main roads. +</p> + +<p> +Their friends helped them, but their best friend was the wife of a cowherd, a +strong, intelligent woman of fifty, who had a perfect genius for storytelling. +She knew she told the stories well, and that not many had her gift. The Grimms +said that though she repeated a story for them three times, the variations were +so slight as to be hardly apparent. +</p> + +<p> +The American Indian stories of Manabozho the Mischief-Maker and his adventures +with the Wolf and the Woodpeckers and the Ducks were collected in very much the +same way by Henry R. Schoolcraft (1793–1864), the explorer and traveler, who +lived among the Indian tribes for thirty years. +</p> + +<p> +Mrs. Steel has told us how she collected her Hindu stories, often listening +over and over to poor story-tellers who would spoil a story in trying to tell +it, until one day her patience would be rewarded by hearing it from the lips of +the best storyteller in the village, who was generally a boy. +</p> + +<p> +As all nations have their fairy tales, you will find in this collection +examples of English, Irish, French, German, Scandinavian, Icelandic, Russian, +Polish, Serbian, Spanish, Arabian, Hindu, Chinese, and Japanese fairy tales, as +well as those recited around the lodge fires at night by American Indians for +the entertainment of the red children of the West. +</p> + +<p> +I hope the work may prove for many a boy and girl (of any age up to a hundred) +the Golden Bridge over which they can plunge into that marvelous world of +fairies, elves, goblins, kobolds, trolls, afreets, jinns, ogres, and giants +that fascinates us all, lost to this world till some one wakes us up to say +“Bedtime!” +</p> + +<p> +Such excursions fill the mind with beautiful fancies and help to develop that +most precious of our faculties, the imagination. +</p> + +<p class="right"> +WILLIAM PATTEN. +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap01"></a>MANABOZHO, THE MISCHIEF-MAKER</h2> + +<p class="center"> +Adapted from H. R. Schoolcraft +</p> + +<p> +There was never in the whole world a more mischievous busybody than that +notorious giant Manabozho. He was everywhere, in season and out of season, +running about, and putting his hand in whatever was going forward. +</p> + +<p> +To carry on his game he could take almost any shape he pleased. He could be +very foolish or very wise, very weak or very strong, very rich or very +poor—just as happened to suit his humor best. Whatever anyone else could do, he +would attempt without a moment’s reflection. He was a match for any man he met, +and there were few manitoes* (*good spirits or evil spirits) that could get the +better of him. By turns he would be very kind or very cruel, an animal or a +bird, a man or a spirit, and yet, in spite of all these gifts, Manabozho was +always getting himself involved in all sorts of troubles. More than once, in +the course of his adventures, was this great maker of mischief driven to his +wits’ ends to come off with his life. +</p> + +<p> +To begin at the beginning, Manabozho, while yet a youngster, was living with +his grandmother near the edge of a great prairie. It was on this prairie that +he first saw animals and birds of every kind; he also there made first +acquaintance with thunder and lightning. He would sit by the hour watching the +clouds as they rolled by, musing on the shades of light and darkness as the day +rose and fell. +</p> + +<p> +For a stripling, Manabozho was uncommonly wide-awake. Every sight he beheld in +the heavens was a subject of remark, every new animal or bird an object of deep +interest, and every sound was like a new lesson which he was expected to learn. +He often trembled at what he heard and saw. +</p> + +<p> +The first sound he heard was that of the owl, at which he was greatly +terrified, and, quickly descending the tree he had climbed, he ran with alarm +to the lodge. “Noko! noko! grandmother!” he cried. “I have heard a monedo.” +</p> + +<p> +She laughed at his fears, and asked him what kind of a noise it made. He +answered. “It makes a noise like this: ko-ko-ko-ho!” +</p> + +<p> +His grandmother told him he was young and foolish; that what he heard was only +a bird which derived its name from the peculiar noise it made. +</p> + +<p> +He returned to the prairie and continued his watch. As he stood there looking +at the clouds he thought to himself, “It is singular that I am so simple and my +grandmother so wise; and that I have neither father nor mother. I have never +heard a word about them. I must ask and find out.” +</p> + +<p> +He went home and sat down, silent and dejected. Finding that this did not +attract the notice of his grandmother, he began a loud lamentation, which he +kept increasing, louder and louder, till it shook the lodge and nearly deafened +the old grandmother. +</p> + +<p> +“Manabozho, what is the matter with you?” she said, “you are making a great +deal of noise.” +</p> + +<p> +Manabozho started off again with his doleful hubbub, but succeeded in jerking +out between his big sobs, “I haven’t got any father nor mother, I haven’t.” +</p> + +<p> +Knowing that he was of a wicked and revengeful nature, his grandmother dreaded +to tell him the story of his parentage, as she knew he would make trouble of +it. +</p> + +<p> +Manabozho renewed his cries and managed to throw out for a third or fourth +time, his sorrowful lament that he was a poor unfortunate who had no parents or +relatives. +</p> + +<p> +At last she said to him, to quiet him, “Yes, you have a father and three +brothers living. Your mother is dead. She was taken for a wife by your father, +the West, without the consent of her parents. Your brothers are the North, +East, and South; and being older than you your father has given them great +power with the winds, according to their names. You are the youngest of his +children. I have nursed you from your infancy, for your mother died when you +were born.” +</p> + +<p> +“I am glad my father is living,” said Manabozho, “I shall set out in the +morning to visit him.” +</p> + +<p> +His grandmother would have discouraged him, saying it was a long distance to +the place where his father, Ningabinn, or the West, lived. +</p> + +<p> +This information seemed rather to please than to discourage Manabozho, for by +this time he had grown to such a size and strength that he had been compelled +to leave the narrow shelter of his grandmother’s lodge and live out of doors. +He was so tall that, if he had been so disposed, he could have snapped off the +heads of the birds roosting on the topmost branches of the highest trees, as he +stood up, without being at the trouble to climb. And if he had at any time +taken a fancy to one of the same trees for a walking stick, he would have had +no more to do than to pluck it up with his thumb and finger and strip down the +leaves and twigs with the palm of his hand. +</p> + +<p> +Bidding good-by to his old grandmother, who pulled a very long face over his +departure, Manabozho set out at a great pace, for he was able to stride from +one side of a prairie to the other at a single step. +</p> + +<p> +He found his father on a high mountain far in the west. His father espied his +approach at a great distance, and bounded down the mountainside several miles +to give him welcome. Apparently delighted with each other, they reached in two +or three of their giant paces the lodge of the West which stood high up near +the clouds. +</p> + +<p> +They spent some days in talking with each other—for these two great persons did +nothing on a small scale, and a whole day to deliver a single sentence, such +was the immensity of their discourse, was quite an ordinary affair. +</p> + +<p> +One evening Manabozho asked his father what he was most afraid of on earth. +</p> + +<p> +He replied—“Nothing.” +</p> + +<p> +“But is there nothing you dread here—nothing that would hurt you if you took +too much of it? Come, tell me.” +</p> + +<p> +Manabozho was very urgent, so at last his father said: “Yes, there is a black +stone to be found a couple of hundred miles from here, over that way,” pointing +as he spoke. “It is the only thing on earth I am afraid of, for if it should +happen to hit me on any part of my body it would hurt me very much.” The West +made this important circumstance known to Manabozho in the strictest +confidence. +</p> + +<p> +“Now you will not tell anyone, Manabozho, that the black stone is bad medicine +for your father, will you?” he added. “You are a good son, and I know you will +keep it to yourself. Now tell me, my darling boy, is there not something that +you don’t like?” +</p> + +<p> +Manabozho answered promptly—“Nothing.” +</p> + +<p> +His father, who was of a steady and persevering nature, put the same question +to him seventeen times, and each time Manabozho made the same answer—“Nothing.” +</p> + +<p> +But the West insisted—“There must be something you are afraid of.” +</p> + +<p> +“Well, I will tell you,” said Manabozho, “what it is.” +</p> + +<p> +He made an effort to speak, but it seemed to be too much for him. +</p> + +<p> +“Out with it,” said the West, fetching Manabozho such a blow on the back as +shook the mountain with its echo. +</p> + +<p> +“Je-ee, je-ee—it is,” said Manabozho, apparently in great pain. “Yes, yes! I +cannot name it, I tremble so.” +</p> + +<p> +The West told him to banish his fears, and to speak up; no one would hurt him. +</p> + +<p> +Manabozho began again, and he would have gone over the same make-believe of +pain, had not his father, whose strength he knew was more than a match for his +own, threatened to pitch him into a river about five miles off. At last he +cried out: +</p> + +<p> +“Father, since you will know, it is the root of the bulrush.” He who could with +perfect ease spin a sentence a whole day long, seemed to be exhausted by the +effort of pronouncing that one word, “bulrush.” +</p> + +<p> +Some time after Manabozho observed: “I will get some of the black rock, merely +to see how it looks.” +</p> + +<p> +“Well,” said the father, “I will also get a little of the bulrush root, to +learn how it tastes.” +</p> + +<p> +They were both double-dealing with each other, and in their hearts getting +ready for some desperate work. They had no sooner separated for the evening +than Manabozho was striding off the couple of hundred miles necessary to bring +him to the place where the black rock was to be procured, while down the other +side of the mountain hurried Ningabinn, the West. +</p> + +<p> +At the break of day they each appeared at the great level on the mountain-top, +Manabozho with twenty loads, at least, of the black stone, on one side, and on +the other the West, with a whole meadow of bulrush in his arms. +</p> + +<p> +Manabozho was the first to strike—hurling a great piece of the black rock, +which struck the West directly between the eyes, and he returned the favor with +a blow of bulrush that rung over the shoulders of Manabozho, far and wide, like +the long lash of the lightning among the clouds. +</p> + +<p> +First one and then the other, Manabozho poured in a tempest of black rock, +while the West discharged a shower of bulrush. Blow upon blow, thwack upon +thwack—they fought hand to hand until black rock and bulrush were all gone. +Then they betook themselves to hurling crags at each other, cudgeling with huge +oak trees, and defying each other from one mountain top to another; while at +times they shot enormous boulders of granite across at each other’s heads, as +though they had been mere jackstones. The battle, which had commenced on the +mountains, had extended far west. The West was forced to give ground. Manabozho +pressing on, drove him across rivers and mountains, ridges and lakes, till at +last he got him to the very brink of the world. +</p> + +<p> +“Hold!” cried the West. “My son, you know my power, and although I allow I am +now fairly out of breath, it is impossible to kill me. Stop where you are, and +I will also portion you out with as much power as your brothers. The four +quarters of the globe are already occupied, but you can go and do a great deal +of good to the people of the earth, which is beset with serpents, beasts and +monsters, who make great havoc of human life. Go and do good, and if you put +forth half the strength you have to-day, you will acquire a name that will last +forever. When you have finished your work I will have a place provided for you. +You will then go and sit with your brother, Kabinocca, in the north.” +</p> + +<p> +Manabozho gave his father his hand upon this agreement. And parting from. him, +he returned to his own grounds, where he lay for some time sore of his wounds. +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap02"></a>WHY THE DIVER DUCK HAS SO FEW TAIL FEATHERS</h2> + +<p> +Adapted from H. R. Schoolcraft +</p> + +<p> +Having overcome the powerful Pearl Feather, killed his serpents and escaped all +is wiles and charms, the heart of Manabozho welled within him. An unconquerable +desire for further adventures seized upon him. He had won in a great fight on +land, so he determined his next success should come to him from the water. +</p> + +<p> +He tried his luck as a fisherman and with such success that he captured an +enormous fish, a fish so rich in fat that with the oil Manabozho was able to +form a small lake. Wishing to be generous, and at the same time having a +cunning plan of his own, he invited all the birds and beasts of his +acquaintance to come and feast upon the oil, telling them that the order in +which they partook of the banquet would decide how fat each was to be for all +time to come. +</p> + +<p> +As fast as they arrived he told them to plunge in and help themselves. +</p> + +<p> +The first to make his appearance was the bear, who took a long and steady +draft; then came the deer, the opossum, and such others of the family as are +noted for their comfortable covering. The moose and the buffalo were late in +arriving on the scene, and the partridge, always lean in flesh, looked on till +the supply was nearly gone. There was not a drop left by the time the hare and +the marten appeared on the shore of the lake, and they are, in consequence, the +slenderest of all creatures. +</p> + +<p> +When this ceremony was over Manabozho suggested to his friends, the assembled +birds and animals, that the occasion was proper for a little merrymaking; and +taking up his drum he cried out: +</p> + +<p> +“New songs from the South! Come, brothers, dance!” +</p> + +<p> +They all fell in and commenced their rounds. Whenever Manabozho, as he stood in +the circle, saw a fat fowl which he fancied pass him, he adroitly wrung its +neck and slipped it under his belt, at the same time beating his drum and +singing at the top of his lungs to drown the noise of the fluttering, crying +out in a tone of admiration: +</p> + +<p> +“That’s the way, my brothers; that’s the way.” At last a small duck of the +diver family, thinking there was something wrong, opened one eye and saw what +Manabozho was doing. Giving a spring, and crying: “Ha-ha-a! Manabozho is +killing us!” he made a dash for the water. +</p> + +<p> +Manabozho was so angry that the creature should have played the spy that he +gave chase, and just as the Diver Duck was getting into the water he gave him a +kick, which is the reason that the diver’s tail feathers are few, his back +flattened, and his legs straightened out, so that when he is seen walking on +land he makes a sorry looking figure. +</p> + +<p> +The other birds, having no ambition to be thrust in Manabozho’s belt, flew off, +and the animals scampered into the woods. +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap03"></a>MANAIBOZHO IS CHANGED INTO A WOLF</h2> + +<p> +Adapted from H. R. Schoolcraft +</p> + +<p> +One evening, as Manabozho was walking along the shore of a great lake, weary +and hungry, he met a great magician in the form of an Old Wolf, with six young +ones, coming toward him. +</p> + +<p> +The Wolf no Sooner caught sight of him than he told his whelps, who were close +beside him, to keep out of the way of Manabozho, “For I know,” he said, “that +it is that mischievous fellow whom we see yonder.” +</p> + +<p> +The young wolves were in the act of running off when Manabozho cried out, “My +grandchildren, where are you going? Stop and I will go with you. I wish to have +a little chat with your excellent father.” +</p> + +<p> +Saying which, he advanced and greeted the Old Wolf, expressing himself as +delighted at seeing him looking so well. “Whither do you journey?” he asked. +</p> + +<p> +“We are looking for a good hunting-ground to pass the winter,” the Old Wolf +answered. “What brings you here?” +</p> + +<p> +“I was looking for you,” said Manabozho. “For I have a passion for the chase, +brother. I always admired your family; are you willing to change me into a +wolf?” +</p> + +<p> +The Wolf gave him a favorable answer, and he was forthwith changed into a wolf. +</p> + +<p> +“Well, that will do,” said Manabozho. “But,” he said, looking at his tail, +“could you oblige me by making my tail a little longer and more bushy, just a +little more bushy?” +</p> + +<p> +“Certainly,” said the Old Wolf; and he straightway gave Manabozho such a length +and spread of tail that it was continually getting between his legs, and it was +so heavy that it was as much as he could do to carry it. But, having asked for +it, he was ashamed to say a word, and they all started off in company, dashing +up the ravine. +</p> + +<p> +After getting into the woods for some distance they ran across the tracks of +moose. The young ones scampered off in pursuit, the Old Wolf and Manabozho +following at their leisure. +</p> + +<p> +“Well,” said the Old Wolf, by way of starting the conversation, “who do you +think is the fastest of the boys? Can you tell by the jumps they take?” +</p> + +<p> +“Why,” he replied, “that one that takes such long jumps, he is surely the +fastest.” +</p> + +<p> +“Ha! ha! you are mistaken,” said the Old Wolf. “He makes a good start, but he +will be the first to tire out; this one who appears to be behind will be the +one to kill the game.” +</p> + +<p> +By this time they had come to the spot where the boys had started in chase. One +had dropped what seemed to be a small medicine-sack, which he carried for the +use of the hunting party. +</p> + +<p> +“Take that, Manabozho,” said the Old Wolf. +</p> + +<p> +“Why, what will I do with a dirty dog skin?” +</p> + +<p> +The Old Wolf took it up; it was a beautiful robe. +</p> + +<p> +“Oh, I will carry it now,” cried Manabozho. +</p> + +<p> +“Oh, no,” said the Wolf, who had used his magical powers, “it is a robe of +pearls. Come along!” And away he sped at a great rate of speed. +</p> + +<p> +“Not so fast,” called Manabozho after him; and then he added to himself as he +panted after, “Oh, this tail!” +</p> + +<p> +Coming to a place where the moose had lain down, they saw that the young wolves +had made a fresh start after their prey. “Why,” said the Old Wolf, “this moose +is thin. I know by the tracks. I can always tell whether they are fat or not.” +A little farther on, one of the young wolves, in dashing at the moose, had +broken a tooth on a tree. +</p> + +<p> +“Manabozho,” said the Old Wolf, “one of your grandchildren has shot at the +game. Take his arrow; there it is.” +</p> + +<p> +“No,” replied Manabozho, “what will I do with a dirty dog’s tooth?” +</p> + +<p> +The Old Wolf took it up, and behold it was a beautiful silver arrow. +</p> + +<p> +When they at last overtook them, they found that the youngsters had killed a +very fat moose. Manabozho was very hungry, but the Old Wolf just then again +exerted his magical powers, and Manabozho saw nothing but the bones picked +quite clean. He thought to himself, “Just as I expected; dirty, greedy fellows. +If it had not been for this log at my back I should have been in time to have +got a mouthful”; and he cursed the bushy tail which he carried to the bottom of +his heart. +</p> + +<p> +The Old Wolf finally called out to one of the young ones, “Give some meat to +your grandfather.” +</p> + +<p> +One of them obeyed, and coming near to Manabozho he presented him the end of +his own bushy tail, which was now nicely seasoned with burs gathered in the +course of the hunt. Manabozho jumped up and called out: “You dog, do you think +I am going to eat you?” And he walked off in anger. +</p> + +<p> +“Come back brother,” cried the Wolf. “You are losing your eyes. You do the +child injustice. Look there!” and behold a heap of fresh meat was lying on the +spot, all prepared. +</p> + +<p> +Manabozho turned back, and at the sight of so much good food put on a smiling +face. “Wonderful!” he said, “how fine the meat is!” +</p> + +<p> +“Yes,” replied the Old Wolf, “it is always so with us; we know our work and +always get the best. It is not a long tail that makes the hunter.” +</p> + +<p> +Manabozho bit his lip. +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap04"></a>WHY THE WOODPECKER HAS RED HEAD FEATHERS</h2> + +<p> +Adapted from H. R. Schoolcraft +</p> + +<p> +When his wounds had all been cured by his grandmother’s skill in medicine, +Manabozho, as big and sturdy as ever, was ripe for new adventures. He set his +thoughts immediately upon a war excursion against the Pearl Feather, a wicked +old manito, living on the other side of the great lake, who had killed his +grandfather. +</p> + +<p> +He began his preparations by making huge bows and arrows without number, but he +had no arrow heads. At last his grandmother, Noko, told him that an old man who +lived at some distance could furnish him with some, and he sent her to get +them. Though she returned with her wrapper full, he told her that he had not +enough and sent her again for more. +</p> + +<p> +In the meanwhile he thought to himself, “I must find out the way of making +these heads.” +</p> + +<p> +Instead of directly asking how it was done, he preferred—just like Manabozho—to +deceive his grandmother, in order to learn what he wanted by a trick. “Noko,” +said he, “while I take my drum and rattle, and sing my war songs, do you go and +try to get me some larger heads, for these you have brought me are all of the +same size. Go and see whether the old man is not willing to make some a little +larger.” +</p> + +<p> +He followed her at a distance as she went, having left his drum at the lodge, +with a great bird tied at the top, whose fluttering wings should keep up the +drumbeat, the same as if he were standing there beating the drum himself. He +saw the old workman busy, and learned how he prepared the heads; he also beheld +the old man’s daughter, who was very beautiful. Manabozho discovered for the +first time that he had a heart of his own, and the sigh he heaved passed +through the arrow maker’s lodge like a young gale of wind. +</p> + +<p> +“My how it blows!” said the old man. +</p> + +<p> +“It must be from the south, though,” said the daughter, “it is so fragrant.” +</p> + +<p> +Manabozho slipped away, and in two strides he was at home, shouting forth his +songs as though he had never left the lodge. He had just time to untie the bird +which had been beating the drum when his grandmother came in and gave him the +big arrowheads. +</p> + +<p> +In the evening the grandmother said, “My son, you ought to fast before you go +to war, as your brothers do, to find out whether you will be successful or +not.” +</p> + +<p> +He said he had no objection. Having privately stored away in a shady place in +the forest two or three dozen juicy bears, a moose, and twenty strings of the +tenderest birds, he would retire from the lodge so far as to be entirely out of +view of his grandmother and fall to and enjoy himself heartily. At nightfall, +having dispatched a dozen birds and half a bear or so, he would return, +tottering and forlorn, as if quite famished, so as to make his grandmother feel +sorry for him. +</p> + +<p> +When he had finished his term of fasting, in the course of which he slyly +dispatched twenty fat bears, six dozen birds, and two fine moose, Manabozho +sung his war song and embarked in his canoe, fully prepared for war. +</p> + +<p> +Besides his weapons he took along a large supply of oil. +</p> + +<p> +He traveled rapidly night and day, for he had only to will or speak, and the +canoe went. At length he arrived in sight of the fiery serpents, and stopped to +study them. He noticed that they were of enormous length and of a bright color, +that they were some distance apart, and that the flames which poured forth from +the mouths reached across the pass, so he said good morning and began talking +with them in a very friendly way. They were not to be deceived, however. +</p> + +<p> +“We know you, Manabozho,” they said, “you cannot pass.” +</p> + +<p> +Turning his canoe as if about to go back, he suddenly cried out with a loud and +terrified voice: “WHAT IS THAT BEHIND YOU?” +</p> + +<p> +The serpents thrown off their guard, instantly turned their heads, and in a +moment Manabozho glided silently past them. +</p> + +<p> +“Well,” said he, softly, after he had got by, “how about it?” +</p> + +<p> +He then took up his bow and arrows, and with deliberate aim shot every one of +them easily, for the serpents were fixed to one spot and could not even turn +around. +</p> + +<p> +Having thus escaped the sentinel serpents, Manabozho pushed on in his canoe +until he came to a part of the lake called Pitch-Water, as whatever touched it +was sure to stick fast. +</p> + +<p> +But Manabozho was prepared with his oil and, rubbing his canoe freely with it, +from end to end, he slipped through with ease—and he was the first person who +had ever succeeded in passing through the Pitch-Water. +</p> + +<p> +“Nothing like a little oil,” said Manabozho to himself. +</p> + +<p> +Having by this time come in view of land, he could see the lodge of the Shining +Manito, high upon a distant hill. At the dawn of day he put his clubs and +arrows in order and began his attack, yelling and shouting and beating his +drum, and calling out so as to make it appear that he had many followers: +</p> + +<p> +“Surround him! surround him! run up! run up!” +</p> + +<p> +He stalked bravely forward, shouting aloud, “It was you that killed my +grandfather,” and shot off a whole forest of arrows. +</p> + +<p> +The Pearl Feather appeared on the height, blazing like the sun, and paid back +Manabozho with a tempest of bolts which rattled like hail. +</p> + +<p> +All day long the fight was kept up, and Manabozho had fired all of his arrows +but three without effect, for the Shining Manito was clothed in pure wampum. It +was only by immense leaps to right and left that Manabozho could save his head +from the sturdy blows which fell about him on every side, like pine.trees, from +the hands of the Manito. He was badly bruised, and at his very wits’ end, when +a large Woodpecker flew past and lit on a tree. It was a bird he had known on +the prairie, near his grandmother’s lodge. +</p> + +<p> +“Manabozho,” called out the Woodpecker, “your enemy has a weak point; shoot at +the lock of hair on the crown of his head.” +</p> + +<p> +The first arrow he shot only drew a few drops of blood. The Manito made one or +two unsteady steps, but recovered himself. He began to parley, but Manabozho, +now that he had discovered a way to reach him, was in no humor to trifle, and +he let slip another arrow which brought the Shining Manito to his knees. Having +the crown of his head within good range Manabozho shot his third arrow, and the +Manito fell forward upon the ground, dead. +</p> + +<p> +Manabozho called the Woodpecker to come and receive a reward for the timely +hint he had given him, and he rubbed the blood of the Shining Manito on the +Woodpecker’s head, the feathers of which are red to this day. +</p> + +<p> +Full of his victory, Manabozho returned home, beating his war drum furiously +and shouting aloud his song of triumph. His grandmother was on the shore to +welcome him with the war dance, which she performed with wonderful skill for +one so far advanced in years. +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap05"></a>MANABOZHO IS ROBBED BY THE WOLVES</h2> + +<p> +Adapted from H. R. Schoolcraft +</p> + +<p> +Shortly after this the Old Wolf suggested to Manabozho that he should go out +and try his luck in hunting by himself. When he chose to put his mind to it he +was quite expert, and this time he succeeded in killing a fine fat moose which +he thought he would take aside slyly and devour alone. +</p> + +<p> +He was very hungry and he sat down to eat, but as he never could go to work in +a straightforward way, he immediately fell into great doubts as to the proper +point at which to begin. +</p> + +<p> +“Well,” said he, “I do not know where to commence. At the head? No, people will +laugh, and say, ‘He ate him backward.’” +</p> + +<p> +He went to the side. “No,” said he, “they will say I ate him sideways.” +</p> + +<p> +He then went to the hind quarter. “No, that will not do, either; they will say +I ate him forward. I will begin here, say what they will.” +</p> + +<p> +He took a delicate piece from the small of the back, and was just on the point +of putting it to his mouth when a tree close by made a creaking noise. He +seemed vexed at the sound. He raised the morsel to his mouth the second time, +when the tree creaked again. +</p> + +<p> +“Why,” he exclaimed, “I cannot eat when I hear such a noise. “Stop, stop!” he +cried to the tree. He put down the morsel of meat, exclaiming. “I +<small>CANNOT</small> eat with such a noise,” and starting away he climbed the +tree and was actually pulling at the limb which had bothered him, when his +forepaw was caught between the branches so that he could not free himself. +</p> + +<p> +While thus held fast he saw a pack of wolves advancing through the wood in the +direction of his meat. He suspected them to be the Old Wolf and his cubs, but +night was coming on and he could not make them out. “Go the other way, go the +other Way!” he cried out; “what do you expect to get here?” +</p> + +<p> +The Wolves stopped for a while and talked among themselves, and said: +“Manabozho must have something there, or he would not tell us to go another +way.” +</p> + +<p> +“I begin to know know him,” said the Old Wolf, “and all his tricks. Let us go +forward and see.” They came on and, finding the moose soon made away with it. +</p> + +<p> +Manabozho looked wistfully on while they ate until they were fully satisfied, +when off they scampered in high spirits. A heavy blast of wind opened the +branches finally, and released him. The wolves had left nothing but bare bones. +He made for home. +</p> + +<p> +When he related his mishap, the Old Wolf, taking him by the forepaw, condoled +with him deeply on his ill luck. A tear even started to his eye as he added: +“My brother, this should teach us not to meddle with points of ceremony when we +have good meat to eat.” +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap06"></a>MANABOZHO AND THE WOODPECKERS</h2> + +<p> +Adapted from H. R. Schoolcraft +</p> + +<p> +Manabozho lost the greater part of his magical power through letting his young +wolf grandson fall through the thin ice and drown. No one knew where his +grandmother had gone to. He married the arrow maker’s daughter, and became the +father of several children, but he was very poor and scarcely able to procure a +living. His lodge was pitched in a distant part of the country, where he could +get no game, and it was winter time. One day he said to his wife, “I will go +out walking and see if I can find some lodges.” +</p> + +<p> +After walking some time he finally discovered a lodge at a distance. There were +children playing at the door, and when they saw him approaching they ran in and +told their parents Manabozho was coming. +</p> + +<p> +It was the home of the large Red-Headed Woodpecker. He came to the door and +asked Manabozho to enter, and the invitation was promptly accepted. After some +time the Woodpecker, who was a magician, said to his wife: “Have you nothing to +give Manabozho? he must be hungry.” +</p> + +<p> +She answered, “No.” +</p> + +<p> +“He ought not to go without his supper,” said the Woodpecker. “I will see what +I can do.” +</p> + +<p> +In the center of the lodge stood a large tamarack tree. Upon this the +Woodpecker flew, and commenced going up, turning his head on each side of the +tree, and every now and then driving in his bill. At last he pulled something +out of the tree and threw it down, when, behold, a fine fat raccoon lay on the +ground. He drew out six or seven more, and then came down and told his wife to +prepare them. +</p> + +<p> +“Manabozho,” he said, “this is the only thing we eat; what else can we give +you?” +</p> + +<p> +“It is very good,” replied Manabozho. +</p> + +<p> +They smoked their pipes and conversed, and after a while Manabozho got ready to +go home, so the Woodpecker said to his wife, “Give him the Other raccoons to +take home for his children.” +</p> + +<p> +In the act of leaving the lodge Manabozho on purpose dropped one of his +mittens, which was soon after observed upon the ground. “Run,” said the +Woodpecker to his eldest son, “and give it to him; but mind that you do not +give it into his hand; throw it at him, for there is no knowing what he may do, +he acts so curiously.” +</p> + +<p> +The boy did as he was directed. “Grandfather,” he said, as he came up to him, +“you have left one of your mittens, and here it is.” +</p> + +<p> +“Yes,” he said, making believe he did not know he had dropped it, “so I did; +but don’t throw it, you will get it wet on the snow.” +</p> + +<p> +The lad, however, threw it, and was about to return when Manabozho cried out, +“Bakah! Bakah! Stop, stop; is that all you eat? Do you eat nothing else with +your raccoon? Tell me!” +</p> + +<p> +“Yes, that is all, answered the Young Woodpecker; “we have nothing else.” +</p> + +<p> +“Tell your father,” continued Manabozho, “to come and visit me, and let him +bring a sack. I will give him what he shall eat with his raccoon meat.” +</p> + +<p> +When the young one returned and reported this message to his father the Old +Woodpecker turned up his nose at the invitation. “I wonder,” he said “what he +thinks he has got, poor fellow!” He was bound, however, to answer the offer of +hospitality, and he went accordingly, taking along a cedar-sack, to pay a visit +to Manabozho. +</p> + +<p> +Manabozho received the Old Red-Headed Woodpecker with great ceremony. He had +stood at the door awaiting his arrival, and as soon as he came in sight +Manabozho commenced, while he was yet far off, bowing and opening wide his +arms, in token of welcome; all of which the Woodpecker returned in due form, by +ducking his bill and hopping to right and left, extending his wings to their +full length and fluttering them back to his breast. +</p> + +<p> +When the Woodpecker at last reached the lodge Manabozho made several remarks +upon the weather, the appearance of the country, and especially spoke of the +scarcity of game. “But we,” he added—“we always have enough. Come in, and you +shall not go away hungry, my noble birds!” +</p> + +<p> +Manabozho had always prided himself on being able to give as good as he had +received; and to be up with the Woodpecker he had shifted his lodge so as to +inclose a large dry tamarack tree. +</p> + +<p> +“What can I give you?” said he to the Woodpecker; “as we eat so shall you eat.” +</p> + +<p> +With this he hopped forward and, jumping on the tamarack tree, he attempted to +climb it just as he had seen the Woodpecker do in his own lodge. He turned his +head first on one side and then on the other, as the Woodpecker does, striving +to go up the tree, but as often slipping down. Every now and then he would +strike the tree with his nose, as if it was a bell, and draw back as if to pull +something out of the tree, but he pulled out no raccoons. He dashed his nose so +often against the trunk that at last the blood began to flow, and he tumbled +down senseless on the ground. +</p> + +<p> +The Woodpecker started up with his drum and rattle to restore him, and by +beating them violently he succeeded in bringing him to. +</p> + +<p> +As soon as he came to his senses, Manabozho began to lay the blame of his +failure upon his wife, saying to his guest: “Nemesho, it is this woman relation +of yours—she is the cause of my not succeeding. She has made me a worthless +fellow. Before I married her I also could get raccoons. +</p> + +<p> +The Woodpecker said nothing, but flying on the tree he drew out several fine +raccoons. “Here,” said he, “this is the way we do” and left him in disdain, +carrying his bill high in the air, and stepping over the doorsill as if it were +not worthy to be touched by his toes. +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap07"></a>THE BOY AND THE WOLVES</h2> + +<p> +Retold by Andrew Lang +</p> + +<p> +Once upon a time an Indian hunter built himself a house in the middle of a +great forest, far away from all his tribe; for his heart was gentle and kind +and he was weary of the treachery and cruel deeds of those who had been his +friends. So he left them and took his wife and three children, and they +journeyed on until they found a spot near to a clear stream, where they began +to cut down trees and to make ready their wigwam. For many years they lived +peacefully and happily in this sheltered place, never leaving it except to hunt +the wild animals, which served them both for food and clothes. At last, +however, the strong man fell sick, and before long lie knew he must die. So he +gathered his family round him and said his last words to them. +</p> + +<p> +“You, my wife, the companion of my days, will follow me ere many moons have +waned to the island of the blessed. But for you, 0 my children, whose lives are +but newly begun, the wickedness, unkindness, and ingratitude from which I fled +are before you. Yet I shall go hence in peace, my children, if you will promise +always to love each other and never to forsake your youngest brother.” +</p> + +<p> +“Never!” they replied, holding out their hands. And the hunter died content. +</p> + +<p> +Scarcely eight moons had passed when, just as he had said, the wife went forth +and followed her husband; but before leaving her children she bade the two +elder ones think of their promise never to forsake the younger, for he was a +child and weak. And while the snow lay thick upon the ground they tended him +and cherished him; but when the earth showed green again the heart of the young +man stirred within him, and he longed to see the wigwams of the village where +his father’s youth was spent. +</p> + +<p> +Therefore he opened all his heart to his sister, who answered: “My brother, I +understand your longing for our fellow-men, whom here we cannot see. But +remember our father’s words. Shall we not seek our own pleasures and forget the +little one?” +</p> + +<p> +But he would not listen, and, making no reply, he took his bow and arrows and +left the hut. The snows fell and melted, yet he never returned, and at last the +heart of the girl grew cold and hard and her little boy became a burden in her +eyes, till one day she spoke thus to him: “See, there is food for many days to +come. Stay here within the shelter of the hut. I go to seek our brother, and +when I have found him I shall return hither.” +</p> + +<p> +But when, after hard journeying, she reached the village where her brother +dwelt and saw that he had a wife and was happy, and when she, too, was sought +by a young brave, then she also forgot the boy alone in the forest and thought +only of her husband. +</p> + +<p> +Now as soon as the little boy had eaten all the food which his sister had left +him, he went out into the woods and gathered berries and dug up roots, and +while the sun shone he was contented and had his fill. But when the snows began +and the wind howled, then his stomach felt empty and his limbs cold, and he hid +in trees all the night and only crept out to eat what the wolves had left +behind. And by and by, having no other friends, he sought their company, and +sat by while they devoured their prey, and they grew to know him and gave him +food. And without them he would have died in the snow. But at last the snows +melted and the ice upon the great lake, and as the wolves went down to the +shore the boy went after them. And it happened one day that his big brother was +fishing in his canoe near the shore, and he heard the voice of a child singing +in the Indian tone: +</p> + +<p class="poem"> +“My brother, my brother!<br/> +I am becoming a wolf,<br/> +I am becoming a wolf!” +</p> + +<p> +And when he had so sung he howled as wolves howl. Then the heart of the elder +sank and he hastened toward him, crying: “Brother, little brother, come to me;” +but he, being half a wolf, only continued his song. And the louder the elder +called him, “Brother, little brother, come to me,” the swifter he fled after +his brothers the wolves and the heavier grew his skin, till, with a long howl, +he vanished into the depths of the forest. +</p> + +<p> +So, with shame and anguish in his soul, the elder brother went back to his +village, and with his sister mourned the little boy and the broken promise till +the end of his life. +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap08"></a>THE INDIAN WHO LOST HIS WIFE</h2> + +<p> +Retold by Andrew Lang +</p> + +<p> +Once upon a time there was a man and his wife who lived in the forest far from +the rest of the tribe. Very often they spent the day in hunting together, but +after awhile the wife found that she had so many things to do that she was +obliged to stay at home; so he went alone, though he found that when his wife +was not with him he never had any luck. One day, when he was away hunting, the +woman fell ill, and in a few days she died. Her husband grieved bitterly and +buried her in the house where she had passed her life; but as the time went on +he felt so lonely without her that he made a wooden doll about her height amid +size for company and dressed it in her clothes. He seated it in front of the +fire and tried to think he had his wife back again. The next day he went out to +hunt, and when he came home the first thing he did was to go up to the doll and +brush off some of the ashes from the fire which had fallen on its face. But he +was very busy now, for he had to cook and mend, besides getting food, for there +was no one to help him. And so a whole year passed away. +</p> + +<p> +At the end of that time he came back from hunting one night and found some wood +by the door and a fire within. The next night there was not only wood and fire, +but a piece of meat in the kettle, nearly ready for eating. He searched all +about to see who could have done this, but could find no one. The next time he +went to hunt he took care not to go far and came in quite early. And while he +was still a long way off he saw a woman going into the house with wood on her +shoulders. So he made haste and opened the door quickly, and instead of the +wooden doll his wife sat in front of the fire. Then she spoke to him and said: +</p> + +<p> +“The Great Spirit felt sorry for you because you would not be comforted, so he +let me come back to you, but you must not stretch out your hand to touch me +till we have seen the rest of our people. If you do I shall die.” +</p> + +<p> +So the man listened to her words, and the woman dwelt there and brought the +wood and kindled the fire, till one day her husband said to her: +</p> + +<p> +“It is now two years since you died. Let us now go back to our tribe. Then you +will be well and I can touch you.” +</p> + +<p> +And with that he prepared food for the journey, a string of deer’s flesh for +her to carry and one for himself; and so they started. Now, the camp of the +tribe was distant six days’ journey, and when they were yet one day’s journey +off it began to snow, and they felt weary and longed for rest. Therefore they +made a fire, cooked some food, and spread out their skins to sleep. +</p> + +<p> +Then the heart of the man was greatly stirred and he stretched out his arms to +his wife, but she waved her hands and said: +</p> + +<p> +“We have seen no one yet. It is too soon.” +</p> + +<p> +But he would not listen to her and caught her to him, and behold! he was +clasping the wooden doll. And when he saw it was the doll he pushed it from him +in his misery and rushed away to the camp and told them all his story. And some +doubted, and they went back with him to the place where he and his wife had +stopped to rest, and there lay the doll, and besides, they saw in time snow the +steps of two people, and the foot of one was like the foot of the doll. And the +man grieved sore all the days of his life. +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap09"></a>PUNCHKIN</h2> + +<p> +By E. Frere +</p> + +<p> +Once upon a time there was a Raja who had seven beautiful daughters. They were +all good girls; but the youngest, named Balna, was more clever than the rest. +The Raja’s wife died when they were quite little children, so these seven poor +Princesses were left with no mother to take care of them. +</p> + +<p> +The Raja’s daughters took it by turns to cook their father’s dinner every day, +while he was absent deliberating with his Ministers on the affairs of the +nation. +</p> + +<p> +About this time the Prudhan died, leaving a widow and one daughter; and every +day, when the seven Princesses were preparing their father’s dinner, the +Prudhan’s widow and daughter would come and beg for a little fire from the +hearth. Then Balna used to say to her sisters, “Send that woman away; send her +away. Let her get the fire at her own house. What does she want with ours? If +we allow her to come here, we shall suffer for it some day.” +</p> + +<p> +But the other sisters would answer, “Be quiet, Balna; why must you always be +quarreling with this poor woman? Let her take some fire if she likes.” Then the +Prudhan’s widow used to go to the hearth and take a few sticks from it; and +while no one was looking, she would quickly throw some mud into the midst of +the dishes which were being prepared for the Raja’s dinner. +</p> + +<p> +Now the Raja was very fond of his daughters. Ever since their mother’s death +they had cooked his dinner with their own hands, in order to avoid the danger +of his being poisoned by his enemies. So, when he found the mud mixed up with +his dinner, he thought it must arise from their carelessness, as it did not +seem likely that anyone should have put mud there on purpose; but being very +kind he did not like to reprove them for it, although this spoiling of the +curry was repeated many days. +</p> + +<p> +At last, one day, he determined to hide, and watch his daughters cooking, and +see how it all happened; so he went into the next room, and watched them +through a hole in the wall. +</p> + +<p> +There he saw his seven daughters carefully washing the rice and preparing the +curry, and as each dish was completed, they put it by the fire ready to be +cooked. Next he noticed the Prudhan’s widow come to the door, and beg for a few +sticks from the fire to cook her dinner with. Balna turned to her, angrily, and +said, “Why don’t you keep fuel in your own house, and not come here every day +and take ours? Sisters, don’t give this woman any more wood; let her buy it for +herself.” +</p> + +<p> +Then the eldest sister answered, “Balna, let the poor woman take the wood and +the fire; she does us no harm.” But Balna replied, “If you let her come here so +often, maybe she will do us some harm, and make us sorry for it, some day.” +</p> + +<p> +The Raja then saw the Prudhan’s widow go to the place where all his dinner was +nicely prepared, and, as she took the wood, she threw a little mud into each of +the dishes. +</p> + +<p> +At this he was very angry, and sent to have the woman seized and brought before +him. But when the widow came, she told him that she had played this trick +because she wanted to gain an audience with him; and she spoke so cleverly, and +pleased him so well with her cunning words, that instead of punishing her, the +Raja married her, and made her his Ranee, and she and her daughter came to live +in the palace. +</p> + +<p> +Now the new Ranee hated the seven poor Princesses, and wanted to get them, if +possible, out of the way, in order that her daughter might have all their +riches, and live in the palace as Princess in their place; and instead of being +grateful to them for their kindness to her, she did all she could to make them +miserable. She gave them nothing but bread to eat, and very little of that, and +very little water to drink; so these seven poor little Princesses, who had been +accustomed to have everything comfortable about them, and good food and good +clothes all their lives long, were very miserable and unhappy; and they used to +go out every day and sit by their dead mother’s tomb and cry—and say: +</p> + +<p> +“O mother, mother, cannot you see your poor children, how unhappy we are, and +how we are starved by our cruel stepmother?” +</p> + +<p> +One day, while they were thus sobbing and crying, lo and behold! a beautiful +pomelo tree grew up out of the grave, covered with fresh, ripe pomeloes, and +the children satisfied their hunger by eating some of the fruit, and every day +after this, instead of trying to eat the bad dinner their stepmother provided +for them, they used to go out to their mother’s grave and eat the pommels which +grew there on the beautiful tree. +</p> + +<p> +Then the Ranee said to her daughter, “I cannot tell how it is, every day those +seven girls say they don’t want any dinner, and won’t eat any; and yet they +never grow thin nor look ill; they look better than you do. I cannot tell how +it is.” And she bade her watch the seven Princesses, and see if anyone gave +them anything to eat. +</p> + +<p> +So next day, when the Princesses went to their mother’s grave, and were eating +the beautiful pomeloes, the Prudhan’s daughter followed them, and saw them +gathering the fruit. +</p> + +<p> +Then Balna said to her sisters, “Do you not see that girl watching us? Let us +drive her away, or hide the pomeloes, else she will go and tell her mother all +about it, and that will be bad for us.” +</p> + +<p> +But the other sisters said, “Oh no, do not be unkind, Balna. The girl would +never be so cruel as to tell her mother. Let us rather invite her to come and +have some of the fruit.” And calling her to them, they gave her one of the +pomeloes. +</p> + +<p> +No sooner had she eaten it, however, than the Prudhan’s daughter went home and +said to her mother, “I do not wonder the seven Princesses will not eat the +dinner you prepare for them, for by their mother’s grave there grows a +beautiful pomelo tree, and they go there every day and eat the pomeloes. I ate +one, and it was the nicest I have ever tasted.” +</p> + +<p> +The cruel Ranee was much vexed at hearing this, and all next day she stayed in +her room, and told the Raja that she had a very bad headache. The Raja was +deeply grieved, and said to his wife, “What can I do for you?” She answered, +“There is only one thing that will make my headache well. By your dead wife’s +tomb there grows a fine pomelo tree; you must bring that here, and boil it, +root and branch, and put a little of the water in which it has been boiled on +my forehead, and that will cure my headache.” So the Raja sent his servants, +and had the beautiful pomelo tree pulled up by the roots, and did as the Ranee +desired; and when some of the water, in which it had been boiled, was put on +her forehead, she said her headache was gone and she felt quite well. +</p> + +<p> +Next day, when the seven Princesses went as usual to the grave of their mother, +the pomelo tree had disappeared. Then they all began to cry very bitterly. +</p> + +<p> +Now there was by the Ranee’s tomb a small tank, and as they were crying they +saw the tank was filled with a rich cream-like substance, which quickly +hardened into a thick white cake. At seeing this all the Princesses were very +glad, and they ate some of the cake, and liked it; and next day the same thing +happened, and so it went on for many days. Every morning the Princesses went to +their mother’s grave, and found the little tank filled with the nourishing +cream-like cake. Then the cruel stepmother said to her daughter: “I cannot tell +how it is, I have had the pomelo tree which used to grow by the Ranee’s grave +destroyed, and yet the Princesses grow no thinner, nor look more sad, though +they never eat the dinner I give them. I cannot tell how it is!” +</p> + +<p> +And her daughter said, “I will watch.” +</p> + +<p> +Next day, while the Princesses were eating the cream cake, who should come by +but their stepmother’s daughter. Balna saw her first, and said, “See, sisters, +there comes that girl again. Let us sit round the edge of the tank and not +allow her to see it, for if we give her some of our cake, she will go and tell +her mother; and that will be very unfortunate for us.” +</p> + +<p> +The other sisters, however, thought Balna unnecessarily suspicious, and instead +of following her advice, they gave the Prudhan’s daughter some of the cake, and +she went home and told her mother all about it. +</p> + +<p> +The Ranee, on hearing how well the Princesses fared, was exceedingly angry, and +sent her servants to pull down the dead Ranee’s tomb, and fill the little tank +with the ruins. And not content with this, she next day pretended to be very, +very ill—in fact, at the point of death—and when the Raja was much grieved, +and asked her whether it was in his power to procure her any remedy, she said +to him: “Only one thing can save my life, but I know you will not do it.” He +replied, “Yes, whatever it is, I will do it.” She then said, “To save my life, +you must kill the seven daughters of your first wife, and put some of their +blood on my forehead and on the palms of my hands, and their death will be my +life.” At these words the Raja was very sorrowful; but because he feared to +break his word, he went out with a heavy heart to find his daughters. +</p> + +<p> +He found them crying by the ruins of their mother’s grave. +</p> + +<p> +Then, feeling he could not kill them, the Raja spoke kindly to them, and told +them to come out into the jungle with him; and there he made a fire and cooked +some rice, and gave it to them. But in the afternoon, it being very hot, the +seven Princesses all fell asleep, and when he saw they were fast asleep, the +Raja, their father, stole away and left them (for he feared his wife), saying +to himself: “It is better my poor daughters should die here, than be killed by +their stepmother.” +</p> + +<p> +He then shot a deer, and returning home, put some of its blood on the forehead +and hands of the Ranee, and she thought then that he had really killed the +Princesses, and said she felt quite well. +</p> + +<p> +Meantime the seven Princesses awoke, and when they found themselves all alone +in the thick jungle they were much frightened, and began to call out as loud as +they could, in hopes of making their father hear; but he was by that time far +away, and would not have been able to hear them even had their voices been as +loud as thunder. +</p> + +<p> +It so happened that this very day the seven young sons of a neighboring Raja +chanced to be hunting in that same jungle, and as they were returning home, +after the day’s sport was over, the youngest Prince said to his brothers: +“Stop, I think I hear some one crying and calling out. Do you not hear voices? +Let us go in the direction of the sound, and find out what it is.” +</p> + +<p> +So the seven Princes rode through the wood until they came to the place where +the seven Princesses sat crying and wringing their hands. At the sight of them +the young Princes were very much astonished, and still more so on learning +their story; and they settled that each should take one of these poor forlorn +ladies home with him, and marry her. +</p> + +<p> +So the first and eldest Prince took the eldest Princess home with him, and +married her. +</p> + +<p> +And the second took the second; and third took the third; and the fourth took +the fourth; and the fifth took the fifth; and the sixth took the sixth; and the +seventh, and the handsomest of all, took the beautiful Balna. +</p> + +<p> +And when they got to their own land, there was great rejoicing throughout the +kingdom, at the marriage of the seven young Princes to seven such beautiful +Princesses. +</p> + +<p> +About a year after this Balna had a little son, and his uncles and aunts were +so fond of the boy that it was as if he had seven fathers and seven mothers. +None of the other Princes and Princesses had any children, so the son of the +seventh Prince and Balna was acknowledged their heir by all the rest. +</p> + +<p> +They had thus lived very happily for some time, when one fine day the seventh +Prince (Balna’s husband) said he would go out hunting, and away he went; and +they waited long for him, but he never came back. +</p> + +<p> +Then his six brothers said they would go and see what had become of him; and +they went away, but they also did not return. +</p> + +<p> +And the seven Princesses grieved very much, for they feared that their kind +husbands must have been killed. +</p> + +<p> +One day, not long after this had happened, as Balna was rocking her baby’s +cradle, and while her sisters were working in the room below, there came to the +palace door a man in a long black dress, who said that he was a Fakir, and came +to beg. The servant said to him, “You cannot go into the palace—the Raja’s sons +have all gone away; we think they must be dead, and their widows cannot be +interrupted by your begging.” But he said, “I am a holy man, you must let me +in. Then the stupid servants let him walk through the palace, but they did not +know that this was no Fakir, but a wicked Magician named Punchkin. +</p> + +<p> +Punchkin Fakir wandered through the palace, and saw many beautiful things +there, till at last he reached the room where Balna sat singing beside her +little boy’s cradle. The Magician thought her more beautiful than all the other +beautiful things he had seen, insomuch that he asked her to go home with him +and to marry him. But she said, “My husband, I fear, is dead, but my little boy +is still quite young; I will stay here and teach him to grow up a clever man, +and when he is grown up he shall go out into the world, and try and learn +tidings of his father. Heaven forbid that I should ever leave him, or marry +yon.” At these words the Magician was very angry, and turned her into a little +black dog, and led her away; saying, “Since yon will not come with me of your +own free will, I will make you.” So the poor Princess was dragged away, without +any power of effecting an escape, or of letting her sisters know what had +become of her. As Punchkin passed through the palace gate the servants said to +him, “Where did yon get that pretty little dog?” And he answered, “One of the +Princesses gave it to me as a present.” At hearing which they let him go +without further questioning. +</p> + +<p> +Soon after this, the six elder Princesses heard the little baby, their nephew, +begin to cry, and when they went upstairs they were much surprised to find him +all alone, and Balna nowhere to be seen. Then they questioned the servants, and +when they heard of the Fakir and the little black dog, they guessed what had +happened, and sent in every direction seeking them, but neither the Fakir nor +the dog were to be found. What could six poor women do? They gave up all hopes +of ever seeing their kind husbands, and their sister, and her husband again, +and devoted themselves thenceforward to teaching and taking care of their +little nephew. +</p> + +<p> +Thus time went on, till Balna’s son was fourteen years old. Then, one day, his +aunts told him the history of the family; and no sooner did he hear it, than be +was seized with a great desire to go in search of his father and mother and +uncles, and if he could find them alive to bring them home again. His aunts, on +learning his determination, were much alarmed and tried to dissuade him, +saying, “We have lost our husbands, and our sister and her husband, and you are +now our sole hope; if you go away, what shall we do?” But he replied, “I pray +you not to be discouraged; I will return soon, and if it is possible bring my +father and mother and uncles with me.” So he set out on his travels; but for +some months he could learn nothing to help him in his search. +</p> + +<p> +At last, after he had journeyed many hundreds of weary miles, and become almost +hopeless of ever hearing anything further of his parents, he one day came to a +country that seemed full of stones, and rocks, and trees, and there he saw a +large palace with a tower; hard by was a Malee’s little house. +</p> + +<p> +As he was looking about, the Malee’s wife saw him, and ran out of the house and +said, “My dear boy, who are you that dare venture to this dangerous place?” He +answered, “I am a Raja’s son, and I come in search of my father, and my uncles, +and my mother whom a wicked enchanter bewitched.” +</p> + +<p> +Then the Malee’s wife said, “This country and this palace belong to a great +enchanter; he is all powerful, and if anyone displeases him, he can turn them +into stones and trees. All the rocks and trees you see here were living people +once, and the Magician turned them to what they now are. Some time ago a Raja’s +son came here, and shortly afterward came his six brothers, and they were all +turned into stones and trees; and these are not the only unfortunate ones, for +up in that tower lives a beautiful Princess, whom the Magician has kept +prisoner there for twelve years, because she hates him and will not marry him.” +</p> + +<p> +Then the little Prince thought, “These must be my parents and my uncles. I have +found what I seek at last.” So he told his story to the Malee’s wife, and +begged her to help him to remain in that place awhile and inquire further +concerning the unhappy people she mentioned; and she promised to befriend him, +and advised his disguising himself lest the Magician should see him, and turn +him likewise into stone. To this the Prince agreed. So the Malee’s wife dressed +him up in a saree, and pretended that he was her daughter. +</p> + +<p> +One day, not long after this, as the Magician was walking in his garden he saw +the little girl (as he thought) playing about, and asked her who she was. She +told him she was the Malee’s daughter, and the Magician said, “You are a pretty +little girl, and to-morrow you shall take a present of flowers from me to the +beautiful lady who lives in the tower.” +</p> + +<p> +The young Prince was much delighted at hearing this, and went immediately to +inform the Malee’s wife; after consultation with whom he determined that it +would be more safe for him to retain his disguise, and trust to the chance of a +favorable opportunity for establishing some communication with his mother, if +it were indeed she. +</p> + +<p> +Now it happened that at Balna’s marriage her husband had given her a small gold +ring on which her name was engraved, and she had put it on her little son’s +finger when he was a baby, and afterward when he was older his aunts had had it +enlarged for him, so that he was still able to wear it. The Malee’s wife +advised him to fasten the well-known treasure to one of the bouquets he +presented to his mother, and trust to her recognizing it. This was not to be +done without difficulty, as such a strict watch was kept over the poor Princess +(for fear of her ever establishing communication with her friends), that though +the supposed Malee’s daughter was permitted to take her flowers every day, the +Magician or one of his slaves was always in the room at the time. At last one +day, however, opportunity favored him, and when no one was looking the boy tied +the ring to a nosegay, and threw it at Balna’s feet. It fell with a clang on +the floor, and Balna, looking to see what made the strange sound, found the +little ring tied to the flowers. On recognizing it, she at once believed the +story her son told her of his long search, and begged him to advise her as to +what she had better do; at the same time entreating him on no account to +endanger his life by trying to rescue her. She told him that for twelve long +years the Magician had kept her shut up in the tower because she refused to +marry him, and she was so closely guarded that she saw no hope of release. +</p> + +<p> +Now Balna’s son was a bright, clever boy, so he said, “Do not fear, dear +mother; the first thing to do is to discover how far the Magician’s power +extends, in order that we may be able to liberate my father and uncles, whom he +has imprisoned in the form of the rocks and trees. You have spoken to him +angrily for twelve long years; now rather speak kindly. Tell him you have given +up all hopes of again seeing the husband you have so long mourned, and say you +are willing to harry him. Then endeavor to find out what his power consists in, +and whether he is immortal, or can be put to death.” +</p> + +<p> +Balna determined to take her son’s advice; and the next day sent for Punchkin, +and spoke to him as had been suggested. +</p> + +<p> +The Magician greatly delighted, begged her to allow the wedding to take place +as soon as possible. +</p> + +<p> +But she told him that before she married him he must allow her a little more +time, in which she might make his acquaintance, and that, after being enemies +so long, their friendship could but strengthen by degrees. “And do tell me,” +she said, “are you quite immortal? Can death never touch you? And are you too +great an enchanter ever to feel human suffering?” +</p> + +<p> +“Why do you ask?” said he. +</p> + +<p> +“Because,” she replied. “if I am to be your wife, I would fain know all about +you, in order, if any calamity threatens you, to overcome, or if possible to +avert it.” +</p> + +<p> +“It is true,” he added, “that I am not as others. Far, far away, hundreds of +thousands of miles from this, there lies a desolate country covered with thick +jungle. In the midst of the jungle grows a circle of palm trees, and in the +center of the circle stand six chattees full of water, piled one above another: +below the sixth chattee is a small cage which contains a little green parrot; +on the life of the parrot depends my life; and if the parrot is killed I must +die. It is. however,” he added, “impossible that the parrot should sustain any +injury, both on account of the inaccessibility of the country, and because, by +my appointment, many thousand genii surround the palm trees, and kill all who +approach the place.” +</p> + +<p> +Balna told her son what Punchkin had said; but at the same time implored him to +give up all idea of getting the parrot. +</p> + +<p> +The Prince, however, replied, “Mother, unless I can get hold of that parrot, +you, and my father, and uncles, cannot be liberated: be not afraid, I will +shortly return. Do you, meantime, keep the Magician in good humor—still putting +off your marriage with him on various pretexts; and before he finds out the +cause of delay, I will be here.” So saying, he went away. +</p> + +<p> +Many, many weary miles did he travel, till at last he came to a thick jungle; +and, being very tired, sat down under a tree and fell asleep. He was awakened +by a soft rustling sound, and looking about him, saw a large serpent which was +making its way to an eagle’s nest built in the tree under which he lay, and in +the nest were two young eagles. The Prince seeing the danger of the young +birds, drew his sword, and killed the serpent; at the same moment a rushing +sound was heard in the air, and the two old eagles, who had been out hunting +for food for their young ones, returned. They quickly saw the dead serpent and +the young Prince standing over it; and the old mother eagle said to him, “Dear +boy, for many’ years all our young ones have been devoured by that cruel +serpent; you have now saved the lives of our children; whenever you are in need +therefore, send to us and we will help you; and as for these little eagles, +take them, and let them be your servants.” +</p> + +<p> +At this the Prince was very glad, and the two eaglets crossed their wings, on +which he mounted; and they carried him far, far away over the thick, jungles, +until he came to the place where grew the circle of palm trees, in the midst of +which stood the six chattees full of water. It was the middle of the day, and +the heat was very great. All round the trees were the genii fast asleep; +nevertheless, there were such countless thousands of them, that it would have +been quite impossible for anyone to walk through their ranks to the place; down +swooped the strong-winged eaglets—down jumped the Prince; in an instant he had +overthrown the six chattees full of water, and seized the little green parrot, +which he rolled up in his cloak; while, as he mounted again into the air, all +the genii below awoke, and finding their treasure gone, set up a wild and +melancholy howl. +</p> + +<p> +Away, away flew the little eagles, till they came to their home in the great +tree; then the Prince said to the old eagles, “Take back your little ones; they +have done me good service; if ever again I stand in need of help, I will not +fail to come to you.” He then continued his journey on foot till he arrived +once more at the Magician’s palace, where he sat down at the door and began +playing with the Parrot. Punchkin saw him, and came to him quickly, and said, +“My boy, where did yon get that parrot? Give it to me, I pray you.” +</p> + +<p> +But the Prince answered, “Oh no, I cannot give away my parrot, it is a great +pet of mine; I have had it many years.” +</p> + +<p> +Then the Magician said, “If it is an old favorite, I can understand your not +caring to give it away; but come, what will you sell it for?” +</p> + +<p> +“Sir,” said the Prince, “I will not sell my parrot.” +</p> + +<p> +Then Punchkin got frightened, and said, “Anything, anything; name what price +you will, and it shall be yours.” The Prince answered, “Let the seven Raja’s +sons whom you turned into rocks and trees be instantly liberated.” +</p> + +<p> +“It is done as you desire,” said the Magician, “only give me my parrot.” And +With that, by a stroke of his wand, Balna’s husband and his brothers resumed +their natural shapes. “Now, give me my parrot,” repeated Punchkin. +</p> + +<p> +“Not so fast, my master,” rejoined the Prince; “I must first beg that you will +restore to life all whom you have thus imprisoned.” +</p> + +<p> +The Magician immediately waved his wand again; and whilst he cried, in an +imploring voice, “Give me my parrot!” the whole garden became suddenly alive: +where rocks, and stones, and trees had been before, stood Rajas, and Punts, and +Sirdars, and mighty men on prancing horses, and jeweled pages, and troops of +armed attendants. +</p> + +<p> +“Give me my parrot!” cried Punchkin. Then the boy took hold of the parrot, and +tore off one of its wings; and as he did so the Magician’s right arm fell off. +</p> + +<p> +Punchkin then stretched out his left arm, crying, “Give me my parrot!” The +Prince pulled off the parrot’s second wing, and the Magician’s left arm tumbled +off. +</p> + +<p> +“Give me my parrot!” cried he, and fell on his knees. The Prince pulled off the +parrot’s right leg, and the Magician’s right leg fell off: the Prince pulled +off the parrot’s left leg, down fell the Magician’s left. +</p> + +<p> +Nothing remained of him save the limbless body and the head; but still he +rolled his eyes, and cried “Give me my parrot!” “Take your parrot, then, cried +the boy, and with that. he wrung the bird’s neck, and threw it at the magician; +and as he did so, Punchkin’s head twisted round and, with a fearful groan, he +died! +</p> + +<p> +Then they let Balna out of the tower; and she, her son, and the seven Princes +went to their own country, and lived very happily ever afterward. And as to the +rest of the world, everyone went to his own house. +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap10"></a>HOW SUN, MOON AND WIND WENT OUT TO DINNER</h2> + +<p> +By E. Frere +</p> + +<p> +One day Sun, Moon, and Wind went out to dine with their uncle and aunt Thunder +and Lightning. Their mother (one of the most distant Stars you see far up in +the sky) waited alone for her children’s return. +</p> + +<p> +Now both Sun and Wind were greedy and selfish. They enjoyed the great feast +that had been prepared for them, without a thought of saving any of it to take +home to their mother—but the gentle Moon did not forget her. Of every dainty +dish that was brought round, she placed a small portion under one of her +beautiful long fingernails, that Star might also have a share in the treat. +</p> + +<p> +On their return, their mother, Who had kept watch for them all night long with +her little bright eye, said, “Well, children, what have yon brought home for +me?” Then Sun (who was eldest) said, “I have brought nothing home for you. I +went out to enjoy myself with my friends—not to fetch dinner for my mother!” +And Wind said, “Neither have I brought anything home for you, mother. You could +hardly expect me to bring a collection of good things for you, when I merely +went out for my own pleasure.” But Moon said, “Mother, fetch a plate, see what +I have brought you.” And shaking her hands she showered down such a choice +dinner as never was seen before. +</p> + +<p> +Then Star turned to Sun and spoke thus, “Because you went out to amuse yourself +with your friends, and feasted and enjoyed yourself, without any thought of our +mother at home—you shall be cursed. Henceforth, your rays shall ever be hot and +scorching, and shall burn all that they touch. And men shall hate you, and +cover their heads when you appear. +</p> + +<p> +(And that is why the Sun is so hot to this day.) +</p> + +<p> +Then she turned to Wind and said, “You also who forgot your mother in the midst +of your selfish pleasures—hear your doom. You shall always blow in the hot, dry +weather, and shall parch and shrivel all living things. And men shall detest +and avoid you from this very time.” +</p> + +<p> +(And that is why the Wind in the hot weather is still so disagreeable.) +</p> + +<p> +But to Moon she said, “Daughter, because you remembered your mother, and kept +for her a share in your own enjoyment, from henceforth you shall be ever cool, +and calm and bright. No noxious glare shall accompany your pure rays, and men +shall always call you ‘blessed.’” +</p> + +<p> +(And that is why the Moon’s light is so soft, and cool, and beautiful even to +this day.) +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap11"></a>WHY THE FISH LAUGHED</h2> + +<p> +By Joseph Jacobs +</p> + +<p> +As a certain fisherwoman passed by a palace crying her fish, the queen appeared +at one of the windows and beckoned her to come near and show what she had. At +that moment a very big fish jumped about in the bottom of the basket. +</p> + +<p> +“Is it a he or a she?” inquired the queen. “I wish to purchase a she fish.” +</p> + +<p> +On hearing this the fish laughed aloud. +</p> + +<p> +“It’s a he,” replied the fisherwoman, and proceeded on her rounds. +</p> + +<p> +The queen returned to her room in a great rage; and on coming to see her in the +evening, the king noticed that something had disturbed her. +</p> + +<p> +“Are you indisposed?” he said. +</p> + +<p> +“No; but I am very much annoyed at the strange behavior of a fish. A woman +brought me one to-day, and on my inquiring whether it was a male or female, the +fish laughed most rudely.” +</p> + +<p> +“A fish laugh! Impossible! You must be dreaming.” +</p> + +<p> +“I am not a fool. I speak of what I have seen with my own eyes and heard with +my own ears.” +</p> + +<p> +“Passing strange! Be it so. I will inquire concerning it.” +</p> + +<p> +On the morrow the king repeated to his vizier what his wife had told him, and +bade him investigate the matter, and be ready with a satisfactory answer within +six mouths, on pain of death. The vizier promised to do his best, though he +felt almost certain of failure. For live months he labored indefatigably to +find a reason for the laughter of the fish. He sought everywhere and from +everyone. The wise and learned, and they who were skilled in magic and in all +manner of trickery, were consulted. Nobody, however, could explain the matter; +and so he returned broken-hearted to his house, and began to arrange his +affairs in prospect of certain death, for he had had sufficient experience of +the king to know that His Majesty would not go back from his threat. Amongst +other things, he advised his son to travel for a time, until the king’s anger +should have somewhat cooled. +</p> + +<p> +The young fellow, who was both clever and handsome, started off whithersoever +Kismet might lead him. He had been gone some days, when he fell in with an old +farmer, who also was on a journey to a certain village. Finding the old man +very pleasant, he asked him if he might accompany him, professing to be on a +visit to the same place. The old farmer agreed, and they walked along together. +The day was hot, and the way was long and weary. +</p> + +<p> +“Don’t yon think it would be pleasanter if you and I sometimes gave one another +a lift?” said the youth. +</p> + +<p> +“What a fool the man is!” thought the old farmer. +</p> + +<p> +Presently they passed through a field of corn ready for the sickle, and +looking’ like a sea of gold as it waved to and fro in the breeze. +</p> + +<p> +“Is this eaten or not?” said the young man. +</p> + +<p> +Not understanding his meaning, the old man replied, “I don’t know.” +</p> + +<p> +After a little while the two travelers arrived at a big village, where the +young man gave his companion a clasp knife, and said, “Take this, friend, and +get two horses with it; but mind and bring it back, for it is very precious.” +</p> + +<p> +The old man, looking half amused and half angry, pushed back the knife, +muttering something to the effect that his friend was either a fool himself or +else tying to play the fool with him. The young man pretended not to notice his +reply, and remained almost silent till they reached the city, a short distance +outside which was the old farmer’s house. +</p> + +<p> +They walked about the bazaar and went to the mosque, but nobody saluted them or +invited them to come in and rest. +</p> + +<p> +“What a large cemetery!” exclaimed the young man. +</p> + +<p> +“What does the man mean,” thought the old farmer, “calling this largely +populated city a cemetery?” +</p> + +<p> +On leaving the city their way led through a cemetery where a few people were +praying beside a grave and distributing chupatties and kulchas to Passers-by, +in the name of their beloved dead. They beckoned to the two travelers and gave +them as much as they would. +</p> + +<p> +“What a splendid city this is!” said the young man. +</p> + +<p> +“Now, the man must surely be demented!” thought the old farmer. “I wonder what +he will do next? He will be calling the land water, and the water land; and be +speaking of light where there is darkness, and of darkness where it is light.” +However, he kept his thoughts to himself. +</p> + +<p> +Presently they had to wade through a stream that ran along the edge of the +cemetery. The water was rather deep, so the old farmer took off his shoes and +pajamas and crossed over; but the young man waded through it with his shoes and +pajamas on. +</p> + +<p> +“Well! I never did see such a perfect fool, both in word and in deed, said the +old man to himself. +</p> + +<p> +However, he liked the fellow; and thinking that he would amuse his wife and +daughter, he invited him to come and stay at his house as long as he had +occasion to remain in the village. +</p> + +<p> +“Thank you very much,” the young man replied; “but let me first inquire, if you +please, whether the beam of your house is strong.” +</p> + +<p> +The old farmer left him in despair, and entered his house laughing. +</p> + +<p> +“There is a man in yonder field,” he said, after returning their greetings. “He +has come the greater part of the way with me, and I wanted him to put up here +as long as he had to stay in this village. But the fellow is such a fool that I +cannot make anything out of him. He wants to know if the beam of this house is +all right. The man must be mad!” and saying this he burst into a fit of +laughter. +</p> + +<p> +“Father,” said the farmer’s daughter, who was a very sharp and wise girl, “this +man, whosoever he is, is no fool, as you deem him. He only wishes to know if +you can afford to entertain him.” +</p> + +<p> +“Oh! of course,” replied the farmer. “I see. Well perhaps you can help me to +solve some of his other mysteries. While we were walking together he asked +whether he should carry me or I should carry him, as he thought that would be a +pleasanter mode of proceeding.” +</p> + +<p> +“Most assuredly,” said the girl. “He meant that one of you should tell a story +to beguile the time.” +</p> + +<p> +“Oh, yes. Well, we were passing through a cornfield, when he asked me whether +it was eaten or not.” +</p> + +<p> +“And didn’t you know the meaning of this, father? He simply wished to know if +the man was in debt or not; because if the owner of the field was in debt, then +the produce of the field was as good as eaten to him; that is, it would have to +go to his creditors.” +</p> + +<p> +“Yes, yes, yes; of course! Then, on entering a certain village, he bade me take +his clasp knife and get two horses with it, and bring back the knife again to +him.” +</p> + +<p> +“Are not two stout sticks as good as two horses for helping one along on the +road? He only asked you to cut a couple of sticks and be careful not to lose +his knife.” +</p> + +<p> +“I see,” said time farmer. “While we were walking over the city we did not see +anybody that we knew, and not a soul gave us a scrap of anything to eat, till +we were passing the cemetery; but there some people called to us and put into +our hands some chupatties and kulchas; so my companion called the city a +cemetery, and the cemetery a city.” +</p> + +<p> +“This also is to be understood, father, if one thinks of the city as the place +where everything is to be obtained, and of inhospitable people as worse than +the dead. The city, though crowded with people, was as if dead, as far as you +were concerned; while, in the cemetery, which is crowded with time dead, you +were saluted by kind friends and provided with bread.” +</p> + +<p> +“True, true!” said the astonished farmer. “Then, just now, when we were +crossing the stream, he waded through it without taking off his shoes and +pajamas.” +</p> + +<p> +“I admire his wisdom,” replied time girl. “I have often thought how stupid +people were to venture into that swiftly flowing stream and over those sharp +stones with bare feet. The slightest stumble and they would fall, and be wetted +from head to foot. This friend of yours is a most wise man. I should like to +see him and speak to him.” +</p> + +<p> +“Very well,” said time farmer; “I will go and find him, and bring him in.” +</p> + +<p> +“Tell him, father, that our beams are strong enough, and then he will come in. +I’ll send on ahead a present to the man, to show him that we can afford to have +him for our guest.” +</p> + +<p> +Accordingly she called a servant and sent him to the young man with a present +of a basin of ghee, twelve chupatties, and a jar of milk, and the following +message: “O friend, time moon is full; twelve months make a year, and the sea +is overflowing with water.” +</p> + +<p> +Half-way the bearer of this present and message met his little son, who, seeing +what was in the basket, begged his father to give him some of the food. His +father foolishly complied. Presently he saw the young man, and gave him the +rest of the present and the message. +</p> + +<p> +“Give your mistress my salaam,” he replied, “and tell her that the moon is new, +and that I can only find eleven mouths in the year, and the sea is by no means +full.” +</p> + +<p> +Not understanding the meaning of these words, the servant repeated them word +for word, as he had heard them, to his mistress; and thus his theft was +discovered, and he was severely punished. After a little while the young man +appeared with the old farmer. Great attention was shown to him, and he was +treated in every way as it he were the son of a great man, although his humble +host knew nothing of his origin. At length be told them everything—about the +laughing of the fish, his father’s threatened execution, and his own +banishment—and asked their advice as to what he should do. +</p> + +<p> +“The laughing of the fish,” said the girl “which seems to have been the cause +of all this trouble, indicates that there is a man in the palace who is +plotting against the king’s life.” +</p> + +<p> +“Joy, joy!” exclaimed the vizier’s son. “There is yet time for me to return and +save my father from an ignominious and unjust death, and the king from danger.” +</p> + +<p> +The following day he hastened back to his own country, taking with him the +farmer’s daughter. Immediately on arrival he ran to the palace and informed his +father of what he had heard. The poor vizier, now almost dead from the +expectation of death, was at once carried to the king, to whom he repeated the +news that his son had just brought. +</p> + +<p> +“Never!” said the king. +</p> + +<p> +“But it must be so, Your Majesty,” replied the vizier; “and in order to prove +the truth of what I have heard, I pray you call together all the maids in your +palace, and order them to jump over a pit, which must be dug. We’ll soon find +out whether there is any man there.” +</p> + +<p> +The king had time pit dug, and commanded all the maids belonging to the palace +to try to jump it. All of them tried, but only one succeeded. That one was +found to be a man! +</p> + +<p> +Thus was the queen satisfied, and the faithful old vizier saved. +</p> + +<p> +Afterward, as soon as could be, the vizier’s son married the old farmer’s +daughter; and a most happy marriage it was. +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap12"></a>THE FARMER AND THE MONEY LENDER</h2> + +<p> +By Joseph Jacobs +</p> + +<p> +There was ounce a farmer who suffered much at time hands of the money lender. +Good harvests, or bad, the farmer was always poor, the money lender rich. At +the last, when he hadn’t a farthing left, the farmer went to the money lender’s +house, and said, “You can’t squeeze water from a stone, and as you have nothing +to get by me now, you might tell me the secret of becoming rich.” +</p> + +<p> +“My friend,” returned the money lender, piously, “riches come from Ram—ask +<i>him</i>.” +</p> + +<p> +“Thank you, I will!” replied the simple farmer; so he prepared three griddle +cakes to last him on the journey, and set out to find Ram. +</p> + +<p> +First he met a Brahman, and to him he gave a cake asking him to point out the +road to Ram; but the Brahman only took the cake and went on his way without a +word. Next the farmer met a Jogi or devotee, and to him he gave a cake, without +receiving any help in return. At last, he came upon a poor man sitting under a +tree, and finding out he was hungry, the kindly farmer gave him his last cake, +and sitting clown to rest beside him, entered into conversation. +</p> + +<p> +“And where are you going?” asked the poor man, at length. +</p> + +<p> +“Oh, I have a long journey before me, for I am going to find Ram!” replied the +farmer. “I don’t suppose you could tell me which way to go?” +</p> + +<p> +“Perhaps I can,” said the poor man, smiling, “for I am Ram! What do you want of +me?” +</p> + +<p> +Then the farmer told the whole story, and Rain, taking pity on him, gave him a +conch shell, and showed him how to blow it in a particular way, saying, +“Remember! whatever you wish for, you have only to blow the conch that way, and +your wish will be fulfilled. Only have a care of that money lender, for even +magic is not proof against their wiles!” +</p> + +<p> +The farmer went back to his village rejoicing. In fact the money lender noticed +his high spirits at once, and said to himself, “Some good fortune must have +befallen the stupid fellow, to make him hold his head so jauntily.” Therefore +he went over to the simple farmer’s house, and congratulated him on his good +fortune, in such cunning words, pretending to have heard all about it, that +before long the farmer found himself telling the whole story—all except the +secret of blowing the conch, for, with all his simplicity, the farmer was not +quite such a fool as to tell that. +</p> + +<p> +Nevertheless, the money lender determined to have the conch by hook or by +crook, and as he was villain enough not to stick at trifles, he waited for a +favorable opportunity and stole the conch. +</p> + +<p> +But, after nearly bursting himself with blowing the conch in every conceivable +way, he was obliged to give up the secret as a bad job. However, being +determined to succeed he went back to the farmer and said, coolly, “Look here; +I’ve got your conch, but I can’t use it; you haven’t got it, So it’s clear you +can’t use it either. Business is at a standstill unless we make a bargain. Now, +I promise to give you back your conch, and never to interfere with your using +it, on one condition, which is this—Whatever you get from it, I am to get +double.” +</p> + +<p> +“Never!” cried the farmer; “that would be the old business all over again!” +</p> + +<p> +“Not at all!” replied time wily money lender; “you will have your share! Now, +don’t be a dog in the manger, for if you get all you want, what can it matter +to you if I am rich or poor?” +</p> + +<p> +At last, though it went sorely against the grain to be of any benefit to a +money lender, the farmer was forced to yield, and from that time, no matter +what he gained by the power of the couch, time money lender gained double. And +the knowledge that this was so preyed upon the farmer’s mind day and night, so +that he had no satisfaction out of anything. +</p> + +<p> +At last, there came a very dry season—so dry that the farmer’s crops withered +for want of rain. Then he blew his conch, and wished for a well to water them, +and lo! there was the well, but the money lender had two!—two beautiful new +wells! This was too much for any farmer to stand: and our friend brooded over +it, and brooded over it, till at last a bright idea came into his head. He +seized the conch, blew it loudly, and cried out, “Oh Ram! I wish to be blind of +one eye!” And so he was in a twinkling, but the money lender of course was +blind of both, and in trying to steer his way between the two new wells, he +fell into one and was drowned. +</p> + +<p> +Now this true story shows that a farmer once got time better of a money +lender-but only by losing one of his eyes. +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap13"></a>PRIDE GOETH BEFORE A FALL</h2> + +<p> +By Joseph Jacobs +</p> + +<p> +In a certain village there lived ten cloth merchants who always went about +together. Once upon a time they had traveled far afield, and were returning +home with a great deal of money which they had obtained by selling their wares. +Now there happened to be a dense forest near their village, and this they +reached early one morning. In it there lived three notorious robbers, of whose +existence the traders had never heard, and while they were still in the middle +of it the robbers stood before them, with swords and cudgels in their hands, +and ordered them to lay down all they had. The traders had no weapons with +them, and so, though they were many more in number, they had to submit +themselves to the robbers, who took away everything from them, even the very +clothes they wore, and gave to each only a small loin cloth a span in breadth +and a cubit in length. +</p> + +<p> +The idea that they had conquered ten men and plundered all their property now +took possession of the robbers’ minds. They seated themselves like three +monarchs before the men they had plundered, and ordered them to dance to them +before returning home. The merchants now mourned their fate. +</p> + +<p> +They had lost all they had, except their loin cloth, and still the robbers were +not satisfied, but ordered them to dance. +</p> + +<p> +There was, among the ten merchants, one who was very clever. He pondered over +the calamity that had come upon him and his friends, the dance they would have +to perform, and the magnificent manner in which the three robbers had seated +themselves on the grass. At the same time he observed that these last had +placed their weapons on the ground, in the assurance of having thoroughly cowed +the traders, who were now commencing to dance. So he took the lead in the +dance, and, as a song is always sung by the leader on such occasions, to which +the rest keep time with hands and feet, he thus began to sing: +</p> + +<p class="poem"> +We are enty men,<br/> +They are erith men:<br/> +If each erith man<br/> +Surround eno men,<br/> +Eno man remains.<br/> +Tâ, tai, tôm, tadingana. +</p> + +<p> +The robbers were all uneducated, and thought that the leader was merely singing +a song as usual. So it was in one sense: for the leader commenced from a +distance, and had sung the song over twice before he and his companions +commenced to approach the robbers. They had understood his meaning, because +they had been trained in trade. +</p> + +<p> +When two traders discuss the price of an article in the presence of a +purchaser, they use a riddling sort of language. +</p> + +<p> +“What is the price of this cloth?” one trader will ask another. +</p> + +<p> +“Enty rupees,” another will reply, meaning “ten rupees.” +</p> + +<p> +Thus, there is no possibility of the purchaser knowing what is meant unless he +be acquainted with trade language. By the rules of this secret language erith +means “three,” enty means “ten,” and eno means “one.” So the leader by his song +meant to hint to his fellow-traders that they were ten men, the robbers only +three, that if three pounced upon each of the robbers, nine of them could hold +them down, while the remaining one bound the robbers’ hands and feet. +</p> + +<p> +The three thieves, glorying in their victory, and little understanding the +meaning of the song and the intentions of the dancers, were proudly seated +chewing betel and tobacco. Meanwhile the song was sung a third time. Ta, tai, +tom had left the lips of the singer; and, before tadingana was out of them, the +traders separated into parties of three, and each party pounced upon a thief. +The remaining one—the leader himself—tore up into long narrow strips a large +piece of cloth, six cubits long, and tied the hands and feet of the robbers. +These were entirely humbled now, and rolled on the ground like three bags of +rice! +</p> + +<p> +The ten traders now took back all their property, and armed themselves with the +swords and cudgels of their enemies; and when they reached their village, they +often amused their friends and relatives by relating their adventure. +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap14"></a>HOW THE WICKED SONS WERE DUPED</h2> + +<p> +By Joseph Jacobs +</p> + +<p> +A very wealthy old man, imagining that he was on the point of death, sent for +his sons and divided his property among them. However, he did not die for +several years afterward, and miserable years many of them were. Besides the +weariness of old age, the old fellow had to bear with much abuse and cruelty +from his sons. Wretched, selfish ingrates! Previously they vied with one +another in trying to please their father, hoping thus to receive more money, +but now they had received their patrimony, they cared not how soon he left +them—nay, the sooner the better, because he was only a needless trouble and +expense. And they let the poor old man know what they felt. +</p> + +<p> +One day he met a friend and related to him all his troubles. The friend +sympathized very much with him, and promised to think over the matter, and call +in a little while and tell him what to do. He did so; in a few days he visited +the old man and put down four bags full of stones and gravel before him. +</p> + +<p> +“Look here, friend,” said he. “Your sons will get to know of my coming here +to-day, and will inquire about it. You must pretend that I came to discharge a +long-standing debt with you, and that you are several thousands of rupees +richer than you thought you were. Keep these bags in your own hands, and on no +account let your sons get to them as long as you are alive. You will soon find +them change their conduct toward you. Salaam, I will come again soon to see how +you are getting on.” +</p> + +<p> +When the young men got to hear of this further increase of wealth they began to +be more attentive and pleasing to their father than ever before. And thus they +continued to the day of the old man’s demise, when the bags were greedily +opened, and found to contain only stones and gravel! +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap15"></a>THE TIGER, THE BRAHMAN, AND THE JACKAL</h2> + +<p> +By Flora Annie Steel +</p> + +<p> +Once upon a time a Tiger was caught in a trap. He tried in vain to get out +through the bars, and rolled and bit with rage and grief when he failed. +</p> + +<p> +By chance a poor Brahman came by. +</p> + +<p> +“Let me out of this cage, oh pious one!” cried the Tiger. +</p> + +<p> +“Nay, my friend,” replied the Brahman mildly, you would probably eat me if I +did.” +</p> + +<p> +“Not at all!” swore the Tiger with many oaths; “on the contrary, I should be +forever grateful, and serve you as a slave!” +</p> + +<p> +Now when the Tiger sobbed and sighed and wept and swore, the pious Brahman’s +heart softened, and at last he consented to open the door of the cage. Out +popped the Tiger, and, seizing the poor man, cried, “What a fool you are! What +is to prevent my eating you now, for after being cooped up so long I am +terribly hungry!” +</p> + +<p> +In vain the Brahman Pleaded for his life; the most he could gain was a promise +to abide by the decision of the first three things he chose to question as to +the justice of the Tiger’s action. +</p> + +<p> +So the Brahman first asked a Pipal Tree what it thought of the matter, but the +Pipal Tree replied coldly, “What have you to complain about? Don’t I give shade +and shelter to everyone who passes by, and don’t they in return tear down my +branches to feed their cattle? Don’t whimper—be a man!” +</p> + +<p> +Then the Brahman sad at heart, went farther afield till he saw a Buffalo +turning a well wheel; but he fared no better from it, for it answered, “You are +a fool to expect gratitude! Look at me! While I gave milk they fed me on +cottonseed and oil cake, but now I am dry they yoke me here, and give me refuse +as fodder!” +</p> + +<p> +The Brahman, still more sad, asked the Road to give him its opinion. +</p> + +<p> +“My dear sir,” said the Road, “how foolish you are to expect anything else! +Here am I, useful to everybody, yet all, rich and poor, great and small, +trample on me as they go past, giving me nothing but the ashes of their pipes +and the husks of their grain!” +</p> + +<p> +On this the Brahman turned back sorrowfully, and on the way he met a Jackal, +who called out, “Why, what’s the matter, Mr. Brahman? You look as miserable as +a fish out of water!” +</p> + +<p> +The Brahman told him all that had occurred. +</p> + +<p> +“How very confusing!” said the Jackal, when the recital was ended; “would you +mind telling me over again, for everything has got so mixed up?” +</p> + +<p> +The Brahman told it all over again, but the Jackal shook his head in a +distracted sort of way, and still could not understand. +</p> + +<p> +“It’s very odd,” said he, sadly, “but it all seems to go in at one ear and out +at the other! I will go to the place where it all happened, and then perhaps I +shall be able to give a judgment.” +</p> + +<p> +So they returned to the cage, by which the Tiger was waiting for the Brahman, +and sharpening his teeth and claws. +</p> + +<p> +“You’ve been away a long time!” growled the savage beast, “but now let us begin +our dinner.” +</p> + +<p> +“Our dinner!” thought the wretched Brahman, as his knees knocked together with +fright; “what a remarkably delicate way of putting it!” +</p> + +<p> +“Give mime five minutes, my lord!” he pleaded, “in order that I may explain +matters to the Jackal here, who is somewhat slow in his wits.” +</p> + +<p> +The Tiger consented, and the Brahman began the whole story over again, not +missing a single detail, and spinning as long a yarn as possible. +</p> + +<p> +“Oh, my poor brain! oh, my poor brain!” cried the Jackal, wringing its paws. +“Let me see! how did it all begin? You were in the cage, and the Tiger came +walking by—” +</p> + +<p> +“Pooh!” interrupted the Tiger, “what a fool you are! <i>I</i> was in the cage.” +</p> + +<p> +“Of course!” cried the Jackal, pretending to tremble with fright; “yes I was in +the cage—no I wasn’t—dear! dear, where are my wits? Let me see—the Tiger was in +the Brahman, and the cage came walking by—no, that’s not it, either! Well, +don’t mind me, but begin your dinner, for I shall never understand!” +</p> + +<p> +“Yes, you shall!” returned the Tiger, in a rage at the Jackal’s stupidity; +“I’ll make you understand! Look here—I am the Tiger—” +</p> + +<p> +“Yes, my lord!” +</p> + +<p> +“And that is the Brahman—” +</p> + +<p> +“Yes, my lord!” +</p> + +<p> +“And that is the cage—” +</p> + +<p> +“Yes, my lord!” +</p> + +<p> +“And I was in the cage—do you understand?” +</p> + +<p> +“Yes—no— Please, my lord—” +</p> + +<p> +“Well?” cried the Tiger impatiently. +</p> + +<p> +“Please, my lord!—how did you get in?” +</p> + +<p> +“How?—why, in the usual way, of course!” +</p> + +<p> +“Oh, dear me!—My head is beginning to whirl again! Please don’t get angry, my +lord, but what is the usual way?” +</p> + +<p> +At this the Tiger lost patience, and, jumping into the cage, cried, “This way! +Now do you understand how it was?” +</p> + +<p> +“Perfectly!” grinned the Jackal, as he dexterously shut the door. “And if you +will permit me to say so, I think matters will remain as they were!” +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap16"></a>THE LAMBIKIN</h2> + +<p> +By Flora Annie Steel +</p> + +<p> +Once upon a time there was a wee wee Lambikin, who frolicked about on his +little tottery legs, and enjoyed himself amazingly. +</p> + +<p> +Now one day he set off to visit his Granny, and was jumping with joy to think +of all the good things he should get from her, when who should he meet but a +Jackal, who looked at the tender young morsel and said: “Lambikin! Lambikin! +I’ll EAT YOU!” +</p> + +<p> +But Lambikin only gave a little frisk and said: +</p> + +<p class="poem"> +“To Granny’s house I go,<br/> +Where I shall fatter grow,<br/> +Then you can eat me so.” +</p> + +<p> +The Jackal thought this reasonable, and let Lambikin pass. +</p> + +<p> +By and by he met a Vulture, and the Vulture, looking hungrily at the tender +morsel before him, said: “Lambikin! Lambikin! I’ll EAT YOU!” +</p> + +<p> +But Lambikin only gave a little frisk, and said: +</p> + +<p class="poem"> +“To Granny’s house I go,<br/> +Where I shall fatter grow,<br/> +Then you can eat me so.” +</p> + +<p> +The Vulture thought this reasonable, and let Lambikin pass. +</p> + +<p> +And by and by he met a Tiger, and then a Wolf, and a Dog, arid an Eagle, and +all these, when they saw the tender little morsel, said: “Lambikin! Lambikin! +I’ll EAT YOU!” +</p> + +<p> +But to all of them Lambikin replied, with a little frisk: +</p> + +<p class="poem"> +“To Granny’s house I go,<br/> +Where I shall fatter grow,<br/> +Then you can eat me so. +</p> + +<p> +At last he reached his Granny’s house, and said, all in a great hurry, “Granny, +dear, I’ve promised to get very fat; so, as people ought to keep their +promises, please put me into the corn bin at once.” +</p> + +<p> +So his Granny said he was a good boy, and put him into the corn bin, and there +the greedy little Lambikin stayed for seven days, and ate, and ate, and ate, +until he could scarcely waddle, and his Granny said he was fat enough for +anything, and must go home. But cunning little Lambikin said that would never +do, for some animal would be sure to eat him on the way back, he was so plump +and tender. +</p> + +<p> +“I’ll tell you what you must do,” said Master Lambikin, “you must make a little +drumikin out of the skin of my little brother who died, and then I can sit +inside and trundle along nicely, for I’m as tight as a drum myself.” +</p> + +<p> +So his Granny made a nice little drumikin out of his brother’s skin, with the +wool inside, and Lambikin curled himself up snug and warm in the middle, and +trundled away gayly. Soon lie met with the Eagle, who called out: +</p> + +<p class="poem"> +“Drumikin! Drumikin!<br/> +Have you seen Lambikin?” +</p> + +<p> +And Mr. Lambikin, curled up in his soft warm nest, replied: +</p> + +<p class="poem"> +“Fallen into the fire, and so will you<br/> +On little Drumikin. Tum-pa, tum-too!” +</p> + +<p> +“How very annoying!” sighed the Eagle, thinking regretfully of the tender +morsel he had let slip. +</p> + +<p> +Meanwhile Lambikin trundled along, laughing to himself, and singing: +</p> + +<p class="poem"> +“Tum-pa, tum-too;<br/> +Tum-pa, tum-too!” +</p> + +<p> +Every animal and bird he met asked him the same question: +</p> + +<p class="poem"> +“Drumikin! Drumikin!<br/> +Have you seen Lambikin?” +</p> + +<p> +And to each of them the little slyboots replied: +</p> + +<p class="poem"> +“Fallen into the fire, and so will you<br/> +On little Drumikin. Tum-pa, tum-too;<br/> +Tum-pa, tum-too; Tum-pa, tum-too!” +</p> + +<p> +Then they all sighed to think of the tender little morsel they had let slip. +</p> + +<p> +At last the Jackal came limping along, for all his sorry looks as sharp as a +needle, and he too called out— +</p> + +<p class="poem"> +“Drumikin! Drumikin!<br/> +Have you seen Lambikin?” +</p> + +<p> +And Lambikin, curled up in his snug little nest, replied gayly: +</p> + +<p class="poem"> +“Fallen into the fire, and so will you<br/> +On little Drumikin! Tum-pa—” +</p> + +<p> +But he never got any further, for the Jackal recognized his voice at once, arid +cried: “Hullo! you’ve turned yourself inside out, have you? Just you come out +of that!” +</p> + +<p> +Whereupon he tore open Drumikin and gobbled up Lambikin. +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap17"></a>THE RAT’S WEDDING</h2> + +<p> +By Flora Annie Steel +</p> + +<p> +Once upon a time a fat, sleek Rat was caught in a shower of rain, and being far +from shelter he set to work and soon dug a nice hole in the ground, in which he +sat as dry as a bone while the raindrops splashed outside, making little +puddles on the road. +</p> + +<p> +Now in the course of digging, he came upon a fine bit of root, quite dry and +fit for fuel, which he set aside carefully—for the Rat is an economical +creature—in order to take it home with him. So when the shower was over, he set +off with the dry root in his mouth. As he went along, daintily picking his way +through the puddles, he Saw a Poor Man vainly trying to light a fire, while a +little circle of children stood by, and cried piteously. +</p> + +<p> +“Goodness gracious!” exclaimed the Rat, who was both soft-hearted and curious, +“What a dreadful noise to make! What is the matter?” +</p> + +<p> +“The children are hungry,” answered the Man; “they are crying for their +breakfast, but the sticks are damp, the fire won’t burn, and so I can’t bake +the cakes.” +</p> + +<p> +“If that is all your trouble, perhaps I can help you,” said the good-natured +Rat, “you are welcome to this dry root and I’ll warrant it will soon make a +fine blaze.” +</p> + +<p> +The Poor Man, with a thousand thanks, took the dry root, and in his turn +presented the Rat with a morsel of dough, as a reward for his kindness and +generosity. +</p> + +<p> +“What a remarkably lucky fellow I am!” thought the Rat, as he trotted off gayly +with his prize, “and clever, too! Fancy making a bargain like that—food enough +to last me five days in return for a rotten old stick! Wah! Wah! Wah! What it +is to have brains!” +</p> + +<p> +Going along, hugging his good fortune in this way, he came presently to a +Potter’s yard, where the Potter, leaving his wheel to spin round by itself, was +trying to pacify his three little children, who were screaming arid crying as +if they would burst. +</p> + +<p> +“My gracious!” cried the Rat, stopping his ears, “what a noise! do tell me what +it is all about.” +</p> + +<p> +“I suppose they are hungry,” replied the Potter ruefully; “their mother has +gone to get flour in the bazaar, for there is none in the house. In the +meantime I can neither work nor rest because of them.” +</p> + +<p> +“Is that all?” answered the officious Rat; then I can help you. Take this +dough, cook it quickly, and stop their mouths with food.” +</p> + +<p> +The Potter overwhelmed the Rat with thanks for his obliging kindness, and +choosing out a nice well-burned pipkin, insisted on his accepting it as a +remembrance. +</p> + +<p> +The Rat was delighted at the exchange, and though the pipkin was just a trifle +awkward for him to manage, he succeeded, after infinite trouble, in balancing +it on his head and went away gingerly, tink-a-tink, tink-a-tink, down the road, +with his tail over his arm for fear he should trip on it. And all the time he +kept saying to himself, “What a lucky fellow I am! and clever, too! Such a hand +at a bargain!” +</p> + +<p> +By and by he came to where some cowherds were herding their cattle. One of them +was milking a buffalo, and having no pail, he used his shoes instead. +</p> + +<p> +“Oh fie! oh fie!” cried the cleanly Rat, quite shocked at the sight. “What a +nasty, dirty trick! Why don’t you use a pail?” +</p> + +<p> +“For the best of all reasons—we haven’t got one!” growled the Cowherd, who did +not see why the Rat should put his finger in the pie. +</p> + +<p> +“If that is all,” replied the dainty Rat, “oblige me by using this pipkin, for +I cannot bear dirt!” +</p> + +<p> +The Cowherd, nothing loath, took the pipkin and milked away until it was +brimming over; then turning to the Rat, who stood looking on, said, “Here, +little fellow, You may have a drink, in payment.” +</p> + +<p> +But if the Rat was good-natured he was also shrewd. “No, no, my friend,” said +he, “that will not do! As if I could drink the worth of any pipkin at a draft! +My dear sir, I couldn’t hold it! Besides, I never make a bad bargain, so I +expect you, at least to give me the buffalo that gave the milk.” +</p> + +<p> +“Nonsense!” cried the Cowherd; “a buffalo for a pipkin! Whoever heard of such a +price? And what on earth could you do with a buffalo when you got it? Why, the +pipkin was about as much as you could manage.” +</p> + +<p> +At this the Rat drew himself up with dignity, for he did not like allusions to +his size. “That is my affair, not yours,” he retorted; “your business is to +hand over the buffalo.” +</p> + +<p> +So just for the fun of the thing, and to amuse themselves at the Rat’s expense, +the cowherds loosened the buffalo’s halter and began to tie it to the little +animal’s tail. +</p> + +<p> +“No! no!” he called, in a great hurry. “If the beast pulled, the skin of my +tail would come off, and then where should I be? Tie it around my neck, if you +please.” +</p> + +<p> +So with much laughter the cowherds tied the halter round the Rat’s neck, and +he, after a polite leave-taking, set off gayly toward home with his prize; that +is to say, he set off with the rope, for no sooner did he come to the end of +the tether than be was brought up with a round turn; the buffalo, nose down, +grazing away, would not budge until it had finished its tuft of grass, and then +seeing another in a different direction marched off toward it, while the Rat, +to avoid being dragged, had to trot humbly behind, willy-nilly. He was too +proud to confess the truth, of course, and, nodding his head knowingly to the +cowherds, said: “Ta-ta, good people! I am going home this way. It may be a +little longer, but it’s much shadier.” +</p> + +<p> +And when the cowherds roared with laughter he took no notice, but trotted on, +looking as dignified as possible. “After all,” he reasoned to himself, “when +one keeps a buffalo one has to look after its grazing. A beast must get a good +bellyful of grass if it is to give any milk, and I have plenty of time at my +disposal.” So all day long he trotted about after the buffalo, making believe; +but by evening he was dead tired, and felt truly thankful when the great big +beast, having eaten enough, lay down under a tree to chew the cud. +</p> + +<p> +Just then a bridal party came by. The Bridegroom and his friends had evidently +gone on to the next village, leaving the Bride’s palanquin to follow; so the +palanquin bearers, being lazy fellows and seeing a nice shady tree, put down +their burden, and began to cook some food. +</p> + +<p> +“What detestable meanness!” grumbled one; “a grand wedding, and nothing but +plain rice to eat! Not a scrap of meat in it, neither sweet nor salt! It would +serve the skinflints right if we upset the Bride into a ditch!” +</p> + +<p> +“Dear me!” cried the Rat at once, seeing a way out of his difficulty, “that is +a shame! I sympathize with your feelings so entirely that if you will allow me, +I’ll give you my buffalo. You can kill it, and cook it.” +</p> + +<p> +“Your buffalo!” returned the discontented bearers. “What rubbish! Whoever heard +of a rat owning a buffalo?” +</p> + +<p> +“Not often, I admit,” replied the Rat with conscious pride; “but look for +yourselves. Can you not see that I am leading the beast by a string?” +</p> + +<p> +“Oh, never mind the string!” cried a great big hungry bearer; master or no +master, I mean to have meat for my dinner!” Whereupon they killed the buffalo, +and cooking its flesh, ate their dinner with a relish; then, offering the +remains to the Rat, said carelessly, “Here, little Rat-skin, that is for you!” +</p> + +<p> +“Now look here!” cried the Rat hotly; “I’ll have none of your pottage, or your +sauce, either. You don’t suppose I am going to give my best buffalo, that gave +quarts and quarts of milk—the buffalo I have been feeding all day—for a wee bit +of rice? No! I got a loaf for a bit of stick; I got a pipkin for a little loaf; +I got a buffalo for a pipkin; and now I’ll have the Bride for my buffalo—the +Bride, and nothing else!” +</p> + +<p> +By this time the servants, having satisfied their hunger, began to reflect on +what they had done, and becoming alarmed at the consequences, arrived at the +conclusion it would be wisest to make their escape while they could. So, +leaving the Bride in her palanquin, they took to their heels in various +directions. +</p> + +<p> +The Rat, being as it were left in possession, advanced to the palanquin, and +drawing aside the curtain, with the sweetest of voices and best of bows begged +the Bride to descend. She hardly knew whether to laugh or to cry, but as any +company, even a Rat’s, was better than being quite alone in the wilderness, she +did what she was bidden, and followed the lead of her guide, who set off as +fast as be could for his hole. +</p> + +<p> +As he trotted along beside the lovely young Bride, who, by her rich dress and +glittering jewels, seemed to be some king’s daughter, he kept saying to +himself, “How clever I am! What bargains I do make, to be sure!” +</p> + +<p> +When they arrived at his hole, the Rat stepped forward with the greatest +politeness, and said, “Welcome, madam, to my humble abode! Pray step in, or if +you will allow me, and as the passage is somewhat dark, I will show you the +way.” +</p> + +<p> +Whereupon he ran in first, but after a time, finding the Bride did not follow, +he put his nose out again, saying testily, “Well, madam, why don’t you follow? +Don’t you know it’s rude to keep your husband waiting?” +</p> + +<p> +“My good sir,” laughed the handsome young Bride, “I can’t squeeze into that +little hole!” +</p> + +<p> +The Rat coughed; then after a moment’s thought he replied, “There is some truth +in your remark—you <i>are</i> overgrown, and I suppose I shall have to build +you a thatch somewhere, For to-night you can rest under that wild plum tree.” +</p> + +<p> +“But I am so hungry!” said the Bride ruefully. +</p> + +<p> +“Dear, dear! everybody seems hungry to-day!” returned the Rat pettishly; +“however, that’s easily settled—I’ll fetch you Some supper in a trice.” +</p> + +<p> +So he ran into his hole, returning immediately with an ear of millet and a dry +pea. “There!” said he, triumphantly, “isn’t that a fine meal?” +</p> + +<p> +“I can’t eat that!” whimpered the Bride; “it isn’t a mouthful; and I want rice +pottage, and cakes, and sweet eggs, and sugar drops. I shall die if I don’t get +them!” +</p> + +<p> +“Oh, dear me!” cried the Rat in a rage, “what a nuisance a bride is, to be +sure! Why don’t you eat the wild plums?” +</p> + +<p> +“I can’t live on wild plums!” retorted the weeping Bride; “nobody could; +besides, they are only half ripe, and I can’t reach them.” +</p> + +<p> +“Rubbish!” cried the Rat; “ripe or unripe, they must do you for to-night, and +to-morrow you can gather a basketful, sell them in the city, and buy sugar +drops and sweet eggs to your heart’s content!” +</p> + +<p> +So the next morning the Rat climbed up into the plum tree, and nibbled away at +the stalks till the fruit fell down into the Bride’s veil. Then, unripe as they +were, she carried them into the city, calling out through the streets— +</p> + +<p class="poem"> +“Green plums I sell! green plums I sell!<br/> +Princess am I, Rat’s bride as well!” +</p> + +<p> +As she passed by the palace, her mother, the Queen, heard her voice, and +running out, recognized her daughter. Great were the rejoicings, for everyone +thought the poor Bride had been eaten by wild beasts. +</p> + +<p> +In the midst of the feasting and merriment, the Rat, who had followed the +Princess at a distance, and had become alarmed at her long absence, arrived at +the door, against which he beat with a big knobby stick, calling out fiercely, +“Give me my wife! Give me my wife! She is mine by a fair bargain. I gave a +stick and I got a loaf; I gave a loaf and I got a pipkin; I gave a pipkin and I +got a buffalo; I gave a buffalo and I got a bride. Give me my wife! Give me my +wife!” +</p> + +<p> +“La! son-in-law! What a fuss you do make,” said the wily old Queen through the +door, “and all about nothing! Who wants to run away with your wife? On the +contrary, we are proud to see you, and I only keep you waiting at the door till +we can spread the carpets, and receive you in style.” +</p> + +<p> +Hearing this, the Rat was mollified, and waited patiently outside while the +cunning old Queen prepared for his reception, which she did by cutting a hole +in the very middle of a stool, putting a red hot stone underneath, covering it +over with a stew-pan lid, and then spreading a beautiful embroidered cloth over +all. Then she went to the door, and receiving the Rat with the greatest +respect, led him to the stool, praying him to be seated. +</p> + +<p> +“Dear! dear! how clever I am! What bargains I do make, to be sure!” said he to +himself as he climbed on to the stool. “Here I am, son-in-law to a real live +Queen! What will the neighbors say?” +</p> + +<p> +At first he sat down on the edge of the stool, but even there it was warm, and +after a while he began to fidget, saying, “Dear me, mother-in-law, how hot +your house is! Everything I touch seems burning!” +</p> + +<p> +“You are out of the wind there, my son,” replied the cunning old Queen; “sit +more in the middle of the stool, and then you will feel the breeze and get +cooler.” +</p> + +<p> +But he didn’t! for the stewpan lid by this time had become so hot that the Rat +fairly frizzled when he sat down on it; and it was not until he had left all +his tail, half his hair, and a large piece of his skin behind him, that he +managed to escape, howling with pain, and vowing that never, never, never again +would he make a bargain! +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap18"></a>THE JACKAL AND THE PARTRIDGE</h2> + +<p> +By Flora Annie Steel +</p> + +<p> +A jackal and a partridge swore eternal friendship; but the Jackal was very +exacting and jealous. “You don’t do half as much for me as I do for you,” he +used to say, “and yet you talk a great deal of your friendship. Now my idea of +a friend is one who is able to make me laugh or cry, give me a good meal, or +save my life if need be. You couldn’t do that!” +</p> + +<p> +“Let us see,” answered the Partridge; “follow me at a little distance, and if I +don’t make you laugh soon you may eat me!” +</p> + +<p> +So she flew on till she met two travelers trudging along, one behind the other. +They were both foot-sore and weary, and the first carried his bundle on a stick +over his shoulder, while the second had his shoes in his hand. +</p> + +<p> +Lightly as a feather the Partridge settled on the first traveler’s stick. He, +none the wiser, trudged on, but the second traveler, seeing the bird sitting so +tamely just in front of his nose, said to himself, “What a chance for a +supper!” and immediately flung his shoes at it, they being ready to hand. +Whereupon the Partridge flew away, and the shoes knocked off the first +traveler’s turban. +</p> + +<p> +“What a plague do you mean?” cried he, angrily turning on his companion. “Why +did you throw your shoes at my head?” +</p> + +<p> +“Brother,” replied the other mildly, “do not be vexed. I didn’t throw them at +you, but at a Partridge that was sitting on your stick.” +</p> + +<p> +“On my stick! Do you take me for a fool?” shouted the injured man, in a great +rage. “Don’t tell me such cock-and-bull stories. First you insult me, and then +you lie like a coward; but I’ll teach you manners!” +</p> + +<p> +Then he fell upon his fellow traveler without more ado, and they fought until +they could not see out of their eyes, till their noses were bleeding, their +clothes in rags, and the Jackal had nearly died of laughing. +</p> + +<p> +“Are you satisfied?” asked the Partridge of her friend. +</p> + +<p> +“Well,” answered the Jackal, “you have certainly made nine laugh, but I doubt +if you could make me cry. It is easy enough to be a buffoon; it is more +difficult to excite the highest emotions.” +</p> + +<p> +“Let us see,” retorted the Partridge, somewhat piqued; “there is a huntsman +with his dogs coming along the road. Just creep into that hollow tree and watch +me; if you don’t weep scalding tears, you must have no feeling in you!” +</p> + +<p> +The Jackal did as he was bid, and watched the Partridge, who began fluttering +about the bushes till the dogs caught sight of her, when she flew to the hollow +tree where the Jackal was hidden. Of course the dogs smelt him at once, and set +up such a yelping and scratching that the huntsman came up, and seeing what it +was, dragged the Jackal out by the tail. Whereupon the dogs worried him to +their heart’s content, and finally left him for dead. +</p> + +<p> +By and by he opened his eyes—for he was only foxing—and saw the Partridge +sitting on a branch above him. +</p> + +<p> +“Did you cry?” she asked anxiously. “Did I rouse your high emo—” +</p> + +<p> +“Be quiet, will you!” snarled the Jackal; half dead with fear!” +</p> + +<p> +So there the Jackal lay for some time, getting the better of his bruises, and +meanwhile he became hungry. +</p> + +<p> +“Now is the time for friendship!” said he to the Partridge. “Get me a good +dinner, and I will acknowledge you a true friend.” +</p> + +<p> +“Very well!” replied the Partridge; “only watch me, and help yourself when the +time comes.” +</p> + +<p> +Just then a troop of women came by, carrying their husbands dinners to the +harvest field. The Partridge gave a little plaintive cry, and began fluttering +along from bush to bush as if she were wounded. +</p> + +<p> +“A wounded bird! a wounded bird!” cried the women; “we can easily catch it.” +Whereupon they set off in pursuit, but the cunning Partridge played a thousand +tricks, till they became so excited over the chase that they put their bundles +on the ground in order to pursue it more nimbly. The Jackal, meanwhile, seizing +his opportunity, crept up, and made off with a good dinner. +</p> + +<p> +“Are you satisfied now?” asked the Partridge. +</p> + +<p> +“Well,” returned the Jackal, “I confess you have given me a very good dinner; +you have also made me laugh—and cry—ahem! But, after all, the great test of +friendship is beyond you—you couldn’t save my life!” +</p> + +<p> +“Perhaps not,” acquiesced the Partridge mournfully, “I am so small and weak. +But it grows late—we should be getting home; and as it is a long way round by +the ford, let us go across the river. My friend the Crocodile will carry us +over.” +</p> + +<p> +Accordingly they set off for the river, and the Crocodile kindly consented to +carry them across, so they sat on his broad back and he ferried them over. But +just as they were in the middle of the stream the Partridge remarked. “I +believe the Crocodile intends to play us a trick. How awkward if he were to +drop you into the water!” +</p> + +<p> +“Awkward for you, too!” replied the Jackal, turning pale. +</p> + +<p> +“Not at all! not at all! I have wings, you haven’t.” +</p> + +<p> +On this the Jackal shivered and shook with fear, and when the Crocodile, in a +gruesome growl, remarked that he was hungry and wanted a good meal, the +wretched creature hadn’t a word to say. +</p> + +<p> +“Pooh!” cried the Partridge airily, “don’t try tricks on us—I should fly away, +and as for my friend, the Jackal, you couldn’t hurt him. He is not such a fool +as to take his life with him on these little excursions; he leaves it at home, +locked up in the cupboard.” +</p> + +<p> +“Is that a fact?” asked the Crocodile, surprised. “Certainly!” retorted the +Partridge. Try to eat him if you like, but you will only tire yourself to no +purpose. +</p> + +<p> +“Dear me! how very odd!” gasped time Crocodile; and he was so taken aback that +he carried the Jackal safe to shore. +</p> + +<p> +“Well, are you satisfied now?” asked the Partridge. +</p> + +<p> +“My dear madam!” quoth the Jackal, “you have made me laugh, you have made me +cry, you have given me a good dinner, and you have saved my life; but, upon my +honor, I think you are too clever for a friend so good-by!” +</p> + +<p> +And the Jackal never went near the Partridge again. +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap19"></a>THE JACKAL AND THE CROCODILE</h2> + +<p> +By Flora Annie Steel +</p> + +<p> +Once upon a time Mr. Jackal was trotting along gayly, when lie caught sight of +a wild plum tree laden with fruit on the other side of a broad, deep stream. I +could not get across anyhow, so he just sat down on the bank and looked at the +ripe, luscious fruit until his mouth watered with desire. +</p> + +<p> +Now it so happened that, just then, Miss Crocodile came floating down stream +with her nose in the air. +</p> + +<p> +“Good morning, my dear!” said Mr. Jackal politely; “how beautiful you look +to-day, and how charmingly you swim! Now, if I could only swim too, what a fine +feast of plums we two friends might have over there together!” And Mr. Jackal +laid his paw on his heart, and sighed. +</p> + +<p> +Now Miss Crocodile had a very inflammable heart, and when Mr. Jackal looked at +her so admiringly, and spoke so sentimentally, she simpered and blushed, +saying, “Oh! Mr. Jackal! how can you talk so? I could never dream of going out +to dinner with you, unless—unless—” +</p> + +<p> +“Unless what?” asked the Jackal persuasively. +</p> + +<p> +“Unless we were going to be married!” simpered Miss Crocodile. +</p> + +<p> +“And why shouldn’t we be married, my charmer?” returned the Jackal eagerly. “I +would go and fetch the barber to begin the betrothal at once, but I am so faint +with hunger just at present that I should never reach the village. Now, if the +most adorable of her sex would only take pity on her slave, and carry me over +the stream, I might refresh myself with those plums, and so gain strength to +accomplish the ardent desire of my heart!” +</p> + +<p> +Here the Jackal sighed so piteously, and cast such sheep’s eyes at Miss +Crocodile, that she was unable to withstand him. So she carried him across to +the plum tree, and then sat on the water’s edge to think over her wedding +dress, while Mr. Jackal feasted on the plums and enjoyed himself. +</p> + +<p> +“Now for the barber, my beauty!” cried the gay Jackal, when he had eaten as +much as he could. Then the blushing Miss Crocodile carried him back again, and +bade him be quick about his business, like a dear good creature, for really she +felt so flustered at the very idea that she didn’t know what might happen. +</p> + +<p> +“Now don’t distress yourself, my dear!” quoth the deceitful Mr. Jackal, +springing to the bank, “because it’s not impossible that I may not find the +barber, and then, you know, you may have to wait some time, a considerable time +in fact, before I return. So don’t injure your health for my sake, if you +please.” With that he blew her a kiss, and trotted away with his tail up. +</p> + +<p> +Of course he never came back, though trusting Miss Crocodile waited patiently +for him; at last she understood what a gay, deceitful fellow he was, and +determined to have her revenge on him one way or another. +</p> + +<p> +So she hid herself in the water, under the roots of a tree, close to a ford +where the Jackal always came to drink. By and by, sure enough, he came lilting +along in a self-satisfied way, and went right into the water for a good long +draft. Whereupon Miss Crocodile seized him by the right legs and held on. He +guessed at once what had happened, and called out, “Oh! my heart’s adored! I’m +drowning! I’m drowning! If you love me, leave hold of that old root and get a +good grip of my leg—it is just next door!” +</p> + +<p> +Hearing this, Miss Crocodile thought she must have made a mistake, and, letting +go the Jackal’s leg in a hurry, seized an old root close by, and held on. +Whereupon Mr. Jackal jumped nimbly to shore, and ran off with his tail up, +calling out, “Have a little patience, my beauty! The barber will come some +day!” +</p> + +<p> +But this time Miss Crocodile knew better than to wait, and being now dreadfully +angry, she crawled away to the Jackal’s hole, and, slipping inside, lay quiet. +</p> + +<p> +By and by Mr. Jackal came lilting along with his tail up. “Ho! ho! That is your +game, is it?” said he to himself, when he saw the trail of the Crocodile in the +sandy soil. So he stood outside, and said aloud, “Bless my stars! What has +happened? I don’t half like to go in, for whenever I come home my wife always +calls out, +</p> + +<p class="poem"> +‘Oh, dearest hubby hub!<br/> +What have you brought for grub<br/> +to me and the darling cub?’ +</p> + +<p class="noindent"> +and to-day she doesn’t say anything!” +</p> + +<p> +Hearing this, Miss Crocodile sang out from inside, +</p> + +<p class="poem"> +“Oh, dearest hubby hub!<br/> +What have you brought for grub<br/> +To me and the darling cub?” +</p> + +<p> +The Jackal winked a very big wink, and, stealing in softly, stood at the +doorway. Meanwhile Miss Crocodile, hearing him coming, held her breath, and +lay, shamming dead, like a big log. +</p> + +<p> +“Bless my stars!” cried Mr. Jackal, taking out his pocket handkerchief, “how +very sad! Here’s poor Miss Crocodile stone dead, and all for love of me! Dear! +dear! Yet it is very odd, and I don’t think she can be quite dead, you know—for +dead folks always wag their tails!” +</p> + +<p> +On this, Miss Crocodile began to wag her tail very gently, and Mr. Jackal ran +off, roaring with laughter, and saying. “Oho! oho! so dead folks always wag +their tails!” +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap20"></a>THE JACKAL AND THE IGUANA</h2> + +<p> +By Flora Annie Steel +</p> + +<p> +One moonlight night a miserable, half-starved Jackal, skulking through the +village, found a worn-out pair of shoes in the gutter. They were too tough for +him to eat, so, determined to make some use of them, he strung them to his ears +like earrings, and, going down to the edge of the pond, gathered all the old +bones he could find together and built a platform of them, plastering it over +with mud. +</p> + +<p> +On this he sat in a dignified attitude, and when any animal came to the pond to +drink, he cried out in a loud voice, “Hi! stop! You must not taste a drop till +you have done homage to me. So repeat these verses which I have composed in +honor of the occasion: +</p> + +<p class="poem"> +‘Silver is his dais, plastered o’er with gold;<br/> +In his ears are jewels,—some prince I must behold!’” +</p> + +<p> +Now, as most of the animals were very thirsty, and in a great hurry to drink, +they did not care to dispute the matter, but gabbled off the words without a +second thought. Even the royal tiger, treating it as a jest, repeated the +Jackal’s rime, in consequence of which the latter became quite a cock-a-hoop, +and really began to believe he was a personage of great importance. +</p> + +<p> +By and by an Iguana, or big lizard, came waddling down to the water, looking +for all the world like a baby alligator. +</p> + +<p> +“Hi! you there!” sang out the Jackal; “you mustn’t drink until you have said— +</p> + +<p class="poem"> +‘Silver is his dais, plastered o’er with gold;<br/> +In his ears are jewels,—some prince I must behold!’” +</p> + +<p> +“Pouf! pouf! pouf!” gasped the Iguana. “Mercy on us, how dry my throat is! +Mightn’t I have just a wee sip of water first? and then I could do justice to +your admirable lines; at present I am as hoarse as a crow!” +</p> + +<p> +“By all means,” replied the Jackal, with a gratified smirk. “I flatter myself +the verses are good, especially when well recited.” +</p> + +<p> +So the Iguana, nose down in the water, drank away until the Jackal began to +think he would never leave off, and was quite taken aback when he finally came +to an end of his draft, and began to move away. +</p> + +<p> +“Hi! hi!” cried the Jackal, recovering his presence of mind, “stop a bit, and +say— +</p> + +<p class="poem"> +‘Silver is his dais, plastered o’er with gold;<br/> +In his ears are jewels,—some prince I must behold!’” +</p> + +<p> +“Dear me!” replied the Iguana, politely, “I was very near forgetting! Let me +see—I must try my voice first—do, re, me, fa, sol, la, si—that is right! Now, +how does it run?” +</p> + +<p class="poem"> +“Silver is his dais, plastered o’er with gold;<br/> +In his ears are jewels,—some prince I must behold!” +</p> + +<p class="noindent"> +repeated the Jackal, not observing that the Lizard Was carefully edging farther +and farther away. +</p> + +<p> +“Exactly so,” returned the Iguana; “I think I could say that!” Whereupon he +sang out at the top of his voice— +</p> + +<p class="poem"> +“Bones made up his dais, with mud it’s plastered o’er,<br/> +Old shoes are his eardrops; a jackal, nothing more!” +</p> + +<p> +And turning round, he bolted for his hole as hard as he could. +</p> + +<p> +The Jackal could scarcely believe his ears, and sat dumb with astonishment. +Then, rage lending him wings, he flew after the Lizard, who, despite his short +legs and scanty breath, put his best foot foremost, and scuttled away at a +great rate. +</p> + +<p> +It was a near race, however, for just as he popped into his hole, the Jackal +caught him by the tail, and held on. Then it was a case of “pull, butcher; +pull, baker,” until the Lizard made certain his tail must come off, and he felt +as if his front teeth would come out. Still not an inch did either budge, one +way or the other, and there they might have remained till the present day, had +not the Iguana called out, in his sweetest tones, “Friend, I give in! Just +leave hold of my tail, will you? then I can turn round and come out.” +</p> + +<p> +Whereupon the Jackal let go, and the tail disappeared up the hole in a +twinkling; while all the reward the Jackal got for digging away until his nails +were nearly worn out was hearing the Iguana sing softly— +</p> + +<p class="poem"> +“Bones made up his dais, with mud it’s plastered o’er,<br/> +Old shoes are his eardrops; a jackal, nothing more +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap21"></a>THE BEAR’S BAD BARGAIN</h2> + +<p> +By Flora Annie Steel +</p> + +<p> +Once upon a time a very old Woodman lived with his very old Wife in a tiny hut +close to the orchard of a very rich man, so close that the boughs of a pear +tree hung right over the cottage yard. Now it was agreed between the rich man +and the Woodman that if any of the fruit fell into the yard, the old couple +were to be allowed to eat it; so you may imagine with what hungry eyes they +watched the pears ripening, and prayed for a storm of wind, or a flock of +flying foxes, or anything which would cause the fruit to fall. But nothing +came, and the old Wife, who was a grumbling, scolding old thing, declared they +would infallibly become beggars. So she took to giving her husband nothing but +dry bread to eat, and insisted on his working harder than ever, till the poor +soul got quite thin; and all because the pears would not fall down! +</p> + +<p> +At last the Woodman turned round and declared he would not work more unless his +Wife gave him Khichri for his dinner; so with a very bad grace the old woman +took some rice and pulse, some butter and spices, and began to cook a savory +Khichri. What an appetizing smell it had, to be sure! The Woodman was for +gobbling it up as soon as ever it was ready. “No, no,” cried the greedy old +Wife, not till you have brought me in another load of Wood; and mind it is a +good one. You must work for your dinner.” +</p> + +<p> +So the old man set off to the forest and began to hack and to hew with such a +will that he soon had quite a large bundle, and with every faggot he cut he +seemed to smell the savory Khichri and think of the feast that was coming. +</p> + +<p> +Just then a Bear came swinging by, with its great black nose tilted in the air, +and its little keen eyes peering about; for bears, though good enough fellows +on the whole, are just dreadfully inquisitive. +</p> + +<p> +“Peace be with you, friend,” said the Bear, “and what may you be going to do +with that remarkably large bundle of wood?” +</p> + +<p> +“It is for my Wife,” returned the Woodman. “The fact is,” he added +confidentially, smacking his lips, “she has made such a Khichri for dinner! and +if I bring in a good bundle of wood she is pretty sure to give me a plentiful +portion. Oh, my dear fellow, you should just smell that Khichri.” +</p> + +<p> +At this the Bear’s mouth began to water, for, like all bears, he was a dreadful +glutton. +</p> + +<p> +“Do you think your Wife would give mite some, too, if I brought her a bundle of +wood?” he asked anxiously. +</p> + +<p> +“Perhaps; if it is a very big load,” answered the Woodman craftily. +</p> + +<p> +“Would—would four hundredweight be enough?” asked the Bear. +</p> + +<p> +“I’m afraid not,” returned the Woodman, shaking his head; “you see Khichri is +an expensive dish to make—there is rice in it, and plenty of butter, and pulse, +and—” +</p> + +<p> +“Would—would eight hundredweight do?” +</p> + +<p> +“Say half a ton, and it’s a bargain!” quoth the Woodman. +</p> + +<p> +“Half a ton is a large quantity!” sighed the Bear. +</p> + +<p> +“There is saffron in the Khichri,” remarked the Woodman, casually. +</p> + +<p> +The Bear licked his lips, and his little eyes twinkled with greed and delight. +</p> + +<p> +“Well it’s a bargain! Go home sharp and tell your Wife to keep the Khichri hot; +I’ll be with you in a trice.” +</p> + +<p> +Away went the Woodman in great glee to tell his Wife how the Bear had agreed to +bring half a ton of wood in return for a share of the Khichri. +</p> + +<p> +Now the wife could not help allowing that her husband had made a good bargain, +but being by nature a grumbler, she was determined not to be pleased, so she +began to scold the old man for not having settled exactly the share the Bear +was to have. “For,” said she, “he will gobble up the potful before we have +finished our first helping.” +</p> + +<p> +On this the Woodman became quite pale. “In that case,” he said, “we had better +begin now, and have a fair start.” So without more ado they squatted down on +the floor, with the brass pot full of Khichri between them, and began to eat as +fast as they could. +</p> + +<p> +“Remember to leave some for the Bear, Wife,” said the Woodman, speaking with +his mouth crammed full. +</p> + +<p> +“Certainly, certainly,” she replied, helping herself to another handful. +</p> + +<p> +“My dear,” cried the old woman in her turn, with her mouth so full she could +hardly speak, “remember the poor Bear!” +</p> + +<p> +“Certainly, certainly, my love!” returned the old man, taking another mouthful. +</p> + +<p> +So it went on, till there was not a single grain left in the pot. +</p> + +<p> +“What’s to be done now?” said the Woodman; “it is all your fault, Wife, for +eating so much.” +</p> + +<p> +“My fault!” retorted his Wife scornfully, “why, you ate twice as much as I +did!” +</p> + +<p> +“No, I didn’t!” +</p> + +<p> +“Yes, you did! Men always eat more than women. +</p> + +<p> +“No, they don’t!” +</p> + +<p> +“Yes, they do!” +</p> + +<p> +“Well, it’s no use quarreling about it now,” said the Woodman, “the Khichri’s +gone, and the Bear will be furious.” +</p> + +<p> +“That wouldn’t matter much if we could get the wood,” said the greedy old +woman. “I’ll tell you what we must do—we must lock up everything there is to +eat in the house, leave the Khichri pot by the fire, and hide in the garret. +When the Bear comes he will think we have gone out and left his dinner for him. +Then he will throw down his bundle and come in. Of course he will rampage a +little when he finds the pot is empty, but he can’t do much mischief, and I +don’t think he will take the trouble of carrying the wood away.” +</p> + +<p> +So they made haste to lock up all the food and hide themselves in the garret. +</p> + +<p> +Meanwhile the Bear had been toiling and moiling away at his bundle of wood, +which took him much longer to collect than he expected; however, at last he +arrived quite exhausted at the woodcutter’s cottage. Seeing the brass Khichri +pot by the fire, he threw down his load and went in. And then—mercy! wasn’t he +angry when he found nothing in it—not even a grain of rice, nor a tiny wee bit +of pulse, but only a smell that was so uncommonly nice that he actually cried +with rage and disappointment. He flew into the most dreadful temper, but though +he turned the house topsy-turvy, he could not find a morsel of food. Finally, +he declared he would take the wood away again, but, as the crafty old woman had +imagined, when he came to the task, he did not care, even for the sake of +revenge, to carry so heavy a burden. +</p> + +<p> +“I won’t go away empty-handed,” said he to himself, seizing the Khichri pot; +“if I can’t get the taste I’ll have the smell!” +</p> + +<p> +Now, as he left the cottage, he caught sight of the beautiful golden pears +hanging over into the yard. His mouth began to water at once, for he was +desperately hungry, and the pears were the best of the season. In a trice he +was on the wall, up the tree, and gathering the biggest and ripest one he could +find, was just putting it into his mouth when a thought struck him. +</p> + +<p> +“If I take these pears home I shall be able to sell them for ever so much to +the other bears, and then with the money I shall be able to buy some Khichri. +Ha, ha! I shall have the best of the bargain after all!” +</p> + +<p> +So saying, he began to gather the ripe pears as fast as he could and put them +in the Khichri pot, but whenever he came to an unripe one he would shake his +head and say, “No one would buy that, yet it is a pity to waste it.” So he +would pop it into his mouth and eat it, making wry faces if it was very sour. +</p> + +<p> +Now all this time the Woodman’s Wife had been watching the Bear through a +crevice, and holding her breath for fear of discovery; but, at last, what with +being asthmatic, and having a cold in her head, she could hold it no longer, +and just as the Khichri pot was quite full of golden ripe pears, out she came +with the most tremendous sneeze you ever heard—“A-h-che-u!” +</p> + +<p> +The Bear, thinking some one had fired a gun at him, dropped the Khichri pot +into the cottage yard, and fled into the forest as fast as his legs would carry +him. +</p> + +<p> +So the Woodrnan and his Wife got the Khichri, the wood, and the coveted pears, +but the poor bear got nothing but a very bad stomachache from eating unripe +fruit. +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap22"></a>THE THIEF AND THE FOX</h2> + +<p> +By Ramaswarni Raju +</p> + +<p> +A man tied his horse to a tree and went into an inn. A Thief hid the horse in a +wood, and stood near the tree as if he had not done it. +</p> + +<p> +“Did you see my horse?” said the man. +</p> + +<p> +“Yes,” said the Thief, “I saw the tree eat up your horse.” +</p> + +<p> +“How could the tree eat up my horse?” said the man. +</p> + +<p> +“Why it did so,” said the Thief. +</p> + +<p> +The two went to a Fox and told him of the case. The Fox said. “I am dull. All +last night the sea was on fire; I had to throw a great deal of hay into it to +quench the flames; so come to-morrow, and I shall hear your case. +</p> + +<p> +“Oh, you lie,” said the Thief. “How could the sea burn? How could hay quench +the flames?” +</p> + +<p> +“Oh, you lie,” said the Fox, with a loud laugh; “how could a tree eat up a +horse?” +</p> + +<p> +The Thief saw his lie had no legs, and gave the man his horse. +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap23"></a>THE FARMER AND THE FOX</h2> + +<p> +By Ramaswami Raju +</p> + +<p> +A farmer was returning from a fair which he had attended the previous day at a +neighboring market town. He had a quantity of poultry which he had purchased. A +Fox observed this, and approaching the Farmer, said, “Good morning, my friend.” +</p> + +<p> +“What cheer, old fellow?” said the Farmer. +</p> + +<p> +“I am just coming from the wood, through which you mean to go with your +poultry. A band of highwaymen has been tarrying there since daybreak.” +</p> + +<p> +“Then what shall I do?” said the Farmer. +</p> + +<p> +“Why,” said the Fox, “if I were you I should stay here a while, and after +breakfast enter the wood, for by that time the robbers will have left the +place.” +</p> + +<p> +“So be it,” said the Farmer, and had a hearty breakfast, with Reynard for his +guest. +</p> + +<p> +They kept drinking for a long time. Reynard appeared to have lost his wits; he +stood up and played the drunkard to perfection. The Farmer, who highly admired +the pranks of his guest, roared with laughter, and gradually fell into a deep +slumber. It was some time after noon when he awoke. To his dismay he found that +the Fox was gone, and that the poultry had all disappeared! +</p> + +<p> +“Alas!” said the Farmer, as he trudged on his way home with a heavy heart, “I +thought the old rogue was quite drowned in liquor, but I now see it was all a +pretense. One must indeed be very sober to play the drunkard to perfection.” +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap24"></a>THE FOOLS AND THE DRUM</h2> + +<p> +By Ramaswami Raju +</p> + +<p> +Two fools heard a Drum sounding, and said to themselves, There is some one +inside it who makes the noise.” +</p> + +<p> +So, watching a moment, when the drummer was out, they pierced a hole in each +side of it, and pushed their hands in. Each felt the hand of the other within +the Drum, and exclaimed, “I have caught him!” +</p> + +<p> +Then one said to the other, “Brother, the fellow seems to be a stubborn knave; +come what will, we should not give in.” +</p> + +<p> +“Not an inch, brother,” said the other. +</p> + +<p> +So they kept pulling each other’s hand, fancying it was the man in the Drum. +The drummer came up, and finding them in such an awkward plight showed them +with his fist who the man in the Drum really was. But as his fine Drum was +ruined, he said, with a sigh, “Alas! Fools have fancies with a triple wing!” +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap25"></a>THE LION AND THE GOAT</h2> + +<p> +By Ramaswami Raju +</p> + +<p> +A lion was eating up one after another the animals of a certain country. One +day an old Goat said, “We must put a stop to this. I have a plan by which he +may be sent away from this part of the country.” +</p> + +<p> +“Pray act up to it at once,” said the other animals. +</p> + +<p> +The old Goat laid himself down in a cave on the roadside, with his flowing +beard and long curved horns. The Lion, on his way to the village, saw him, and +stopped at the mouth of the cave. +</p> + +<p> +“So you have come, after all,” said the Goat. +</p> + +<p> +“What do you mean?” said the Lion. +</p> + +<p> +“Why, I have long been lying in this cave. I have eaten up one hundred +elephants, a hundred tigers, a thousand wolves, and ninety-nine lions. One more +lion has been wanting. I have waited long and patiently. Heaven has, after all, +been kind to me,” said the Goat, and shook his horns and his beard, and made a +start as if he were about to spring upon the Lion. +</p> + +<p> +The latter said to himself, “This animal looks like a Goat, but it does not +talk like one. So it is very likely some wicked spirit in this shape. Prudence +often serves us better than valor, so for the present I shall return to the +wood,” and he turned back. +</p> + +<p> +The Goat rose up, and, advancing to the mouth of the cave, said, “Will you come +back tomorrow?” +</p> + +<p> +“Never again,” said the Lion. +</p> + +<p> +“Do you think I shall be able to see you, at least, in the wood to-morrow?” +</p> + +<p> +“Neither in the wood nor in this neighborhood any more,” said the Lion, and +running to the forest, soon left it with his kindred. +</p> + +<p> +The animals in the country, not hearing him roar any more, gathered round the +Goat, and said, “The wisdom of one doth save a host.” +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap26"></a>THE GLOWWORM AND THE JACKDAW</h2> + +<p> +By Ramaswami Raju +</p> + +<p> +Jackdaw once ran up to a Glowworm and was about to seize him. “Wait a moment, +good friend,” said the Worm, “and you shall hear something to your advantage.” +</p> + +<p> +“Ah! what is it?” said the Daw. +</p> + +<p> +“I am but one of the many glowworms that live in this forest. If you wish to +have them all, follow me,” said the Glowworm. +</p> + +<p> +“Certainly!” said the Daw. +</p> + +<p> +Then the Glowworm led him to a place in the wood where a fire had been kindled +by some woodmen, and pointing to the sparks flying about, said, “There you find +the glowworms warming themselves round a fire. When you have done with them I +shall show you some more, at a distance from this place.” +</p> + +<p> +The Daw darted at the sparks and tried to swallow some of them, but his mouth +being burned by the attempt, he ran away exclaiming, “Ah, the Glowworm is a +dangerous little creature!” +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap27"></a>THE CAMEL AND THE PIG</h2> + +<p> +By Ramaswami Raju +</p> + +<p> +A camel said, “Nothing like being tall! Look how tall I am!” +</p> + +<p> +A Pig, who heard these words, said, “Nothing like being short! Look how short I +am!” +</p> + +<p> +The Camel said, “Well, if I fail to prove the truth of what I said. I shall +give up my hump.” +</p> + +<p> +The Pig said, “If I fail to prove the truth of what I have said, I shall give +up my snout.” +</p> + +<p> +“Agreed!” said the Camel. +</p> + +<p> +“Just so!” said the Pig. +</p> + +<p> +They came to a garden, inclosed by a low wall without any opening. The Camel +stood on this side of the wall, and reaching the plants within by means of his +long neck, made a breakfast on them. Then he turned, jeeringly to the Pig, who +had been standing at the bottom of the wall, without even having a look at the +good things in the garden, and said, “Now, would you be tall or short?” +</p> + +<p> +Next they came to a garden, inclosed by a high wall, with a wicket gate at one +end. The Pig entered by the gate, and, after having eaten his fill of the +vegetables within, came out, laughing at the poor Camel, who had had to stay +outside because he was too tall to enter the garden by the gate, and said, +“Now, would you be tall or short?” +</p> + +<p> +Then they thought the matter over and came to the conclusion that the Camel +should keep his hump and the Pig his snout, observing, “Tall is good, where +tall would do; of short, again, ’tis also true!” +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap28"></a>THE DOG AND THE DOG DEALER</h2> + +<p> +By Ramaswami Raju +</p> + +<p> +A dog was standing by the cottage of a peasant. A man who dealt in dogs passed +by the way. The Dog said, “Will you buy me?” +</p> + +<p> +The man said, “Oh, you ugly little thing! I would not give a quarter of a penny +for you!” +</p> + +<p> +Then the Dog went to the palace of the king and stood by the portal. The +sentinel caressed it, and said, “You are a charming little creature!” +</p> + +<p> +Just then the Dog Dealer came by. The Dog said, “Will you buy me?” +</p> + +<p> +“Oh,” said the man, “you guard the palace of the king, who must have paid a +high price for you. I cannot afford to pay the amount, else I would willingly +take you.” +</p> + +<p> +“Ah!” said the Dog, “how place and position affect people!” +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap29"></a>THE TIGER, THE FOX, AND THE HUNTERS</h2> + +<p> +By Ramaswami Raju +</p> + +<p> +A fox was once caught in a trap. A hungry Tiger saw him and said, “So you are +here!” +</p> + +<p> +“Only on your account,” said the Fox in a whisper. +</p> + +<p> +“How so?” said the Tiger. +</p> + +<p> +“Why, you were complaining you could not get men to eat, so I got into this net +to-day, that you may have the men when they come to take me,” said the Fox, and +gave a hint that if he would wait a while in a thicket close by he would point +out the men to him. +</p> + +<p> +“May I depend upon your word?” said the Tiger. +</p> + +<p> +“Certainly,” said the Fox. +</p> + +<p> +The Hunters came, and seeing the Fox in the net, said, “So you are here!” +</p> + +<p> +“Only on your account,” said the Fox, in a whisper. +</p> + +<p> +“How so?” said the men. +</p> + +<p> +“Why, you were complaining you could not get at the Tiger that has been +devouring your cattle; I got into this net to-day that you may have him. As I +expected, he came to eat me up, and is in yonder thicket,” said the Fox, and +gave a hint that if they would take him out of the trap he would point out the +Tiger. +</p> + +<p> +“May we depend upon your word?” said the men. +</p> + +<p> +“Certainly,” said the Fox, while the men went with him in a circle to see that +he did not escape. +</p> + +<p> +Then the Fox said to the Tiger and the men, “Sir Tiger, here are the men; +gentlemen, here is the Tiger.” +</p> + +<p> +The men left the Fox and turned to the Tiger. The former beat a hasty retreat +to the wood, saying, “I have kept my promise to both; now you may settle it +between yourselves.” +</p> + +<p> +The Tiger exclaimed, when it was too late, “Alas! what art for a double part!” +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap30"></a>THE SEA, THE FOX, AND THE WOLF</h2> + +<p> +By Ramaswami Raju +</p> + +<p> +A fox that lived by the seashore once met a Wolf that had never seen the Sea. +The Wolf said, “What is the Sea?” +</p> + +<p> +“It is a great piece of water by my dwelling,” said the Fox. +</p> + +<p> +“Is it under your control?” said the Wolf. +</p> + +<p> +“Certainly,” said the Fox. +</p> + +<p> +“Will you show me the Sea, then?” said the Wolf. +</p> + +<p> +“With pleasure,” said the Fox. So the Fox led the Wolf to the Sea and said to +the waves, “Now go back”—they went back! “Now come up”—and they came up! Then +the Fox said to the waves, “My friend, the Wolf, has come to see you, so you +will come up and go back till I bid you stop; and the Wolf saw with wonder the +waves coming up and going back. +</p> + +<p> +He said to the Fox, “May I go into the Sea?” +</p> + +<p> +“As far as you like. Don’t be afraid, for at a word, the Sea would go or come +as I bid, and as you have already seen.” +</p> + +<p> +The Wolf believed the Fox, and followed the waves rather far from the shore. A +great wave soon upset him, and threw his carcass on the shore. The Fox made a +hearty breakfast on it. +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap31"></a>THE FOX IN THE WELL</h2> + +<p> +By Ramaswami Raju +</p> + +<p> +A fox fell into a well and was holding hard to some roots at the side of it, +just above the water. A Wolf, who was passing by, saw him, and said, “Hello, +Reynard, after all you have fallen into a well!” +</p> + +<p> +“But not without a purpose, and not without the means of getting out of it,” +said the Fox. +</p> + +<p> +“What do you mean?” said the Wolf. +</p> + +<p> +“Why,” said the Fox, “there is a drought all over the country now, and the +water in this well is the only means of appeasing the thirst of the thousands +that live in this neighborhood. They held a meeting, and requested me to keep +the water from going down lower; so I am holding it up for the public good.” +</p> + +<p> +“What will be your reward?” said the Wolf. +</p> + +<p> +“They will give me a pension, and save me the trouble of going about every day +in quest of food, not to speak of innumerable other privileges that will be +granted me. Further, I am not to stay here all day. I have asked a kinsman of +mine, to whom I have communicated the secret of holding up the water, to +relieve me from time to time. Of course he will also get a pension, and have +other privileges. I expect him here shortly.” +</p> + +<p> +“Ah, Reynard, may I relieve you, then? May I hope to get a pension and other +privileges? You know what a sad lot is mine, especially in winter.” +</p> + +<p> +“Certainly,” said the Fox; “but you must get a long rope, that I may come up +and let you in. +</p> + +<p> +So the Wolf got a rope. Up came the Fox and down went the wo1f, when the former +observed, with a laugh, “My dear sir, you may remain there till doomsday, or +till the owner of the well throws up your carcass,” and left the place. +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap32"></a>ASHIEPATTLE AND HIS GOODLY CREW</h2> + +<p> +By P. C. Asbjörnsen +</p> + +<p> +Once upon a time there was a king, and this king had heard about a ship which +went just as fast by land as by water; and as he wished to have one like it, he +promised his daughter and half the kingdom to anyone who could build one for +him. And this was given out at every church all over the country. There were +many who tried, as you can imagine; for they thought it would be a nice thing +to have half the kingdom, and the princess wouldn’t be a bad thing into the +bargain. But they all fared badly. +</p> + +<p> +Now there were three brothers, who lived far away on the borders of a forest; +the eldest was called Peter, the second Paul, and the youngest Espen +Ashiepattle, because he always sat in the hearth, raking and digging in the +ashes. +</p> + +<p> +It so happened that Ashiepattle was at church on the Sunday when the +proclamation about the ship, which the king wanted, was read. When he came home +amid told his family, Peter, the eldest, asked his mother to get some food +ready for him, for now he was going away to try if he could build the ship and +win the princess and half the kingdom. When the bag was ready lie set out. On +the way he met an old man who was very crooked and decrepit. +</p> + +<p> +“Where are you going?” said the man. +</p> + +<p> +“I’m going into the forest to make a trough for my father. He doesn’t like to +eat at table in our company,” said Peter. +</p> + +<p> +“Trough it shall he!” said the man. “What have you got in that bag of yours?” +he added. +</p> + +<p> +“Stones,” said Peter. +</p> + +<p> +“Stones it shall be,” said the man. Peter then went into the forest and began +to cut and chop away at the trees and work away as hard as he could, but in +spite of all his cutting and chopping he could only turn out troughs. Toward +dinner time he wanted something to eat and opened his bag. But there was not a +crumb of food in it. As he had nothing to live upon, and as he did not turn out +anything but troughs, he became tired of the work, took his ax and bag on his +shoulder, and went home to his mother. +</p> + +<p> +Paul then wanted to set out to try his luck at building the ship and winning +the princess and half the kingdom. He asked his mother for provisions, and when +the bag was ready he threw it over his shoulder and went on his way to the +forest. On the road he met the old man, who was very crooked and decrepit. +</p> + +<p> +“Where are you going?” said the man. +</p> + +<p> +“Oh, I am going into the forest to make a trough for our sucking pig,” said +Paul. +</p> + +<p> +“Pig trough it shall be,” said the man. “What have you got in that bag of +yours?” added the man. +</p> + +<p> +“Stones,” said Paul. +</p> + +<p> +“Stones it shall be,” said the man. +</p> + +<p> +Paul then began felling trees and working away as hard as he could, but no +matter how he cut and how he worked he could only turn out pig troughs. He did +not give in, however, but worked away till far into the afternoon before he +thought of taking any food; then all at once he became hungry and opened his +bag, but not a crumb could he find. Paul became so angry he turned the bag +inside out and struck it against the stump of a tree; then lie took his ax, +went out of the forest, and set off homeward. +</p> + +<p> +As soon as Paul returned, Ashiepattle wanted to set out and asked his mother +for a bag of food. +</p> + +<p> +“Perhaps I can manage to build the ship and win the princess and half the +kingdom,” said he. +</p> + +<p> +“Well, I never heard the like,” said his mother. “Are you likely to win the +princess, you, who never do anything but root and dig in the ashes? No, you +shan’t have any bag with food!” +</p> + +<p> +Ashiepattle did not give in, however, but he prayed and begged till he got +leave to go. He did not get any food, not he; but he stole a couple of oatmeal +cakes and some flat beer and set out. +</p> + +<p> +When he had walked a while he met the same old man, who was so crooked and +tattered and decrepit. +</p> + +<p> +“Where are you going?” said the man. +</p> + +<p> +“Oh, I was going into the forest to try if it were possible to build a ship +which can go as fast by land as by water,” said Ashiepattle, “for the king has +given out that anyone who can build such a ship shall have the princess and +half the kingdom.” +</p> + +<p> +“What have you got in that bag of yours?” said the man. +</p> + +<p> +“Not much worth talking about; there ought to be a little food in it,” answered +Ashiepattle. +</p> + +<p> +“If you’ll give me a little of it I’ll help you, said the man. +</p> + +<p> +“With all my heart,” said Ashiepattle, “but there is nothing but some oatmeal +cakes and a drop of flat beer.” +</p> + +<p> +It didn’t matter what it was, the man said; if he only got some of it he would +be sure to help Ashiepattle. +</p> + +<p> +When they came up to an old oak in the wood the man said to the lad, “Now you +must cut off a chip and then put it back again in exactly the same place, and +when you have done that you can lie down and go to sleep.” +</p> + +<p> +Ashiepattle did as he was told and then lay down to sleep, and in his sleep lie +thought he heard somebody cutting and hammering and sawing and carpentering, +but he could not wake up till the man called him; then the ship stood quite +finished by the side of the oak. +</p> + +<p> +“Now you must go on board and everyone you meet you must take with you,” said +the man. Espen Ashiepattle thanked him for the ship, said he would do so, and +then sailed away. +</p> + +<p> +When he had sailed some distance he came to a long, thin tramp, who was lying +near some rocks, eating stones. +</p> + +<p> +“What sort of a fellow are you, that you lie there eating stones?” asked +Ashiepattle. The tramp said he was so fond of meat he could never get enough, +therefore he was obliged to eat stones. And then he asked if he might go with +him in the ship. +</p> + +<p> +“If you want to go with us, you must make haste and get on board,” said +Ashiepattle. +</p> + +<p> +Yes, that he would, but he must take with him some large stones for food. +</p> + +<p> +When they had sailed some distance they met one who was lying on the side of a +sunny hill, sucking at a bung. +</p> + +<p> +“Who are you,” said Ashiepattle, “and what is the good of lying there sucking +that bung?” +</p> + +<p> +“Oh, when one hasn’t got the barrel, one must be satisfied with the bung,” said +the man. “I’m always so thirsty, I can never get enough beer and wine.” And +then he asked for leave to go with him in the ship. +</p> + +<p> +“If you want to go with me you must make haste and get on board,” said +Ashiepattle. +</p> + +<p> +Yes, that he would. And so he went on board and took the bung with him to allay +his thirst. +</p> + +<p> +When they had sailed a while again they met one who was lying with his ear to +the ground, listening. +</p> + +<p> +“Who are you, and what is the good of lying there on the ground listening?” +said Ashiepattle. +</p> + +<p> +“I’m listening to the grass, for I have such good ears that I can hear the +grass growing,” said the man. And then he asked leave to go with him in the +ship. Ashiepattle could not say nay to that, so he said: +</p> + +<p> +“If you want to go with me, you must make haste and get on board.” +</p> + +<p> +Yes, the man would. And he also went on board. +</p> + +<p> +When they had sailed some distance they came to one who was standing taking aim +with a gun. +</p> + +<p> +“Who are you, and what is the good of standing there aiming like that?” asked +Ashiepattle. +</p> + +<p> +So the man said: “I have such good eyes that I can hit anything, right to the +end of the world.” And then he asked for leave to go with him in the ship. +</p> + +<p> +“If you want to go with me, you must make haste and get on board,” said +Ashiepattle. +</p> + +<p> +Yes, that he would. And he went on board. +</p> + +<p> +When they had sailed some distance again they came to one who was hopping and +limping about on one leg, and on the other he had seven ton weights. +</p> + +<p> +“Who are you, said Ashiepattle, “and what is the good of hopping and limping +about on one leg with seven ton weights on the other?” +</p> + +<p> +“I am so light,” said the man, “that if I walked on both my legs I should get +to the end of the world in less than five minutes.” And then he asked for leave +to go with him in the ship. +</p> + +<p> +“If you want to go with us, you must make haste and get on board,” said +Ashiepattle. +</p> + +<p> +Yes, that he would. And so he joined Ashiepattle and his crew on the ship. +</p> + +<p> +When they had sailed on some distance they met one who was standing holding his +hand to his mouth. +</p> + +<p> +“Who are you?” said Ashiepattle, “and what is the good of standing there, +holding your mouth like that?” +</p> + +<p> +“Oh, I have seven summers and fifteen winters in my body,” said the man; “so I +think I ought to keep my mouth shut, for if they get out all at the same time +they would finish off the world altogether.” And then he asked for leave to go +with him in the ship. +</p> + +<p> +“If you want to go with us you must make haste and get on board,” said +Ashiepattle. +</p> + +<p> +Yes, that he would, and then he joined the others on the ship. +</p> + +<p> +When they had sailed a long time they came to the king’s palace. +</p> + +<p> +Ashiepattle went straight in to the king and said the ship stood ready in the +courtyard outside; and now he wanted the princess, as the king had promised. +</p> + +<p> +The king did not like this very much, for Ashiepattle did not cut a very fine +figure; he was black and sooty, and the king did not care to give his daughter +to such a tramp, so he told Ashiepattle that he would have to wait a little. +</p> + +<p> +“But you can have her all the same, if by this time to-morrow you can empty my +storehouse of three hundred barrels of meat,” said the king. +</p> + +<p> +“I suppose I must try,” said Ashiepattle; “but perhaps you don’t mind my taking +one of my crew with me?” +</p> + +<p> +“Yes, you can do that, and take all six if you like,” said the king, for he was +quite sure that even if Ashiepattle took six hundred with him, it would be +impossible. So Ashiepattle took with him the one who ate stones and always +hungered after meat. +</p> + +<p> +When they came next morning and opened the storehouse they found he had eaten +all the meat, except six small legs of mutton, one for each of his companions. +Ashiepattle then went to the king and said the storehouse was empty, and he +supposed he could now have the princess. +</p> + +<p> +The king went into the storehouse and, sure enough, it was quite empty; but +Ashiepattle was still black and sooty, and the king thought it was really too +bad that such a tramp should have his daughter. So he said he had a cellar full +of beer and old wine, three hundred barrels of each kind, which he would have +him drink first. +</p> + +<p> +“I don’t mind your having my daughter if you can drink them up by this time +to-morrow,” said the king. +</p> + +<p> +“I suppose I must try,” said Ashiepattle, “but perhaps you don’t mind my taking +one of my crew with me?” +</p> + +<p> +“Yes, you may do that,” said the king, for he was quite sure there was too much +beer and wine even for all seven of them. Ashiepattle took with him the one who +was always sucking the bung and was always thirsty; and the king then shut them +down in the cellar. +</p> + +<p> +There the thirsty one drank barrel after barrel, as long as there was any left, +but in the last barrel he left a couple of pints to each of his companions. +</p> + +<p> +In the morning the cellar was opened and Ashiepattle went at once to the king +and said he had finished the beer and wine, and now he supposed he could have +the princess as the king had promised. +</p> + +<p> +“Well, I must first go down to the cellar and see,” said the king, for he could +not believe it; but when he got there he found nothing but empty barrels. +</p> + +<p> +But Ashiepattle was both black and sooty and the king thought it wouldn’t do +for him to have such a son in law. So he said that if Ashiepattle could get +water from the end of the world in ten minutes for the princess’s tea, he could +have both her and half the kingdom; for he thought that task would be quite +impossible. +</p> + +<p> +“I suppose I must try,” said Ashiepattle, and sent for the one of his crew who +jumped about on one leg and had seven ton weights on the other, and told him he +must take off the weights and use his legs as quickly as he could, for he must +have water from the end of the world for the princess’s tea in ten minutes. +</p> + +<p> +So he took off the weights, got a bucket, and set off, and the next moment he +was out of sight. But they waited and waited and still he did not return. At +last it wanted but three minutes to the time and the king became as pleased as +if he had won a big wager. +</p> + +<p> +Then Ashiepattle called the one who could hear the grass grow and told him to +listen and find out what had become of their companion. +</p> + +<p> +“He has fallen asleep at the well”,” said he who could hear the grass grow; “I +can hear him snoring, and a troll is scratching his head.” Ashiepattle then +called the one who could shoot to the end of the world and told him to send a +bullet into the troll; he did so and hit the troll right in the eye. The troll +gave such a yell that he woke the man who had come to fetch the water for the +tea, and when he returned to the palace there was still one minute left out of +the ten. +</p> + +<p> +Ashiepattle went straight to the king and said: “Here is the water;” and now he +supposed he could have the princess, for surely the king would not make any +more fuss about it now. But the king thought that Ashiepattle was just as black +and sooty as ever, and did not like to have him for a son-in-law; so he said he +had three hundred fathoms of wood with which he was going to dry corn in the +bakehouse, and he wouldn’t mind Ashiepattle having his daughter if he would +first sit in the bakehouse and burn all the wood; he should then have the +princess, and that without fail. +</p> + +<p> +“I suppose I must try,” said Ashiepattle; “but perhaps you don’t mind my taking +one of my crew with me?” +</p> + +<p> +“Oh, no, you can take all six,” said the king, for he thought it would be warm +enough for all of them. +</p> + +<p> +Ashiepattle took with him the one who had fifteen winters and seven summers in +his body, and in the evening he went across to the bakehouse: but the king had +piled up so much wood on the fire that you might almost have melted iron in the +room. They could not get out of it, for no sooner were they inside than the +king fastened the bolt and put a couple of padlocks on the door besides. +Ashiepattle then said to his companion: +</p> + +<p> +“You had better let out six or seven winters, so that we may get something like +summer weather here.” +</p> + +<p> +They were then just able to exist, but during the night it got cold again and +Ashiepattle then told the man to let out a couple of summers, and so they slept +far into the next day. But when they heard the king outside Ashiepattle said: +</p> + +<p> +“You must let out a couple more winters, but you must manage it so that the +last winter you let out strikes the king right in the face.” +</p> + +<p> +He did so, and when the king opened the door, expecting to find Ashiepattle and +his companion burned to cinders, he saw them huddling together and shivering +with cold till their teeth chattered. The same instant Ashiepattle’s companion +with the fifteen winters in his body let loose the last one right in the king’s +face, which swelled up into a big chilblain. +</p> + +<p> +“Can I have the princess now?” asked Ashiepattle +</p> + +<p> +“Yes, take her and keep her and the kingdom into the bargain,” said the king, +who dared not refuse any longer. And so the wedding took place and they feasted +and made merry and fired off guns and powder. +</p> + +<p> +While the people were running about searching for wadding for their guns, they +took me instead, gave me some porridge in a bottle and some milk in a basket, +and fired me right across here, so that I could tell you how it all happened. +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap33"></a>THE SQUIRE’S BRIDE</h2> + +<p> +By P. C. Asbjörnsen +</p> + +<p> +Once upon a time there was a rich squire who owned a large farm, and had plenty +of silver at the bottom of his chest and money in the bank besides; but he felt +there was something wanting, for he was a widower. +</p> + +<p> +One day the daughter of a neighboring farmer was working for him in the +hayfield. The squire saw her and liked her very much, and as she was the child +of poor parents he thought if he only hinted that he wanted her she would be +ready to marry him at once. +</p> + +<p> +So he told her he had been thinking of getting married again. +</p> + +<p> +“Aye! one may think of many things,” said the girl, laughing slyly. +</p> + +<p> +In her opinion the old fellow ought to be thinking of something that behooved +him better than getting married. +</p> + +<p> +“Well, you see, I thought that you should be my wife!” +</p> + +<p> +“No, thank you all the same,” said she, “that’s not at all likely.” +</p> + +<p> +The squire was not accustomed to be gainsaid, and the more she refused him the +more determined he was to get her. +</p> + +<p> +But as he made no progress in her favor he sent for her father and told him +that if he could arrange the matter with his daughter he would forgive him the +money he had lent him, and he would also give him the piece of land which lay +close to his meadow into the bargain. +</p> + +<p> +“Yes, you may be sure I’ll bring my daughter to her senses,” said the father. +“She is only a child, and she doesn’t know what’s best for her.” But all his +coaxing and talking did not help matters. She would not have the squire, she +said, if he sat buried in gold up to his ears. +</p> + +<p> +The squire waited day after day, but at last he became so angry and impatient +that he told the father, if he expected him to stand by his promise, he would +have to put his foot down and settle the matter now, for he would not wait any +longer. +</p> + +<p> +The man knew no other way out of it but to let the squire get everything ready +for the wedding; and when the parson and the wedding guests had arrived the +squire should send for the girl as if she were wanted for some work on the +farm. When she arrived she would have to be married right away, so that she +would have no time to think it over. +</p> + +<p> +The squire thought this was well and good, and so he began brewing and baking +and getting ready for the wedding in grand style. When the guests had arrived +the squire called one of his farm lads and told him to run down to his neighbor +and ask him to send him what he had promised. +</p> + +<p> +“But if you are not back in a twinkling,” he said, shaking his fist at him, +“I’ll—” +</p> + +<p> +He did not say more, for the lad ran off as if he had been shot at. +</p> + +<p> +“My master has sent me to ask for that you promised him,” said the lad, when he +got to the neighbor, “but there is no time to be lost, for he is terribly busy +to-day.” +</p> + +<p> +“Yes, yes! Run down into the meadow and take her with you. There she goes!” +answered the neighbor. +</p> + +<p> +The lad ran off and when he came to the meadow he found the daughter there +raking the hay. +</p> + +<p> +“I am to fetch what your father has promised my master,” said the lad. +</p> + +<p> +“Ah, ha!” thought she. “Is that what they are up to?” +</p> + +<p> +“Ah, indeed!” she said. “I suppose it’s that little bay mare of ours. You had +better go and take her. She stands there tethered on the other side of the pea +field,” said the girl. +</p> + +<p> +The boy jumped on the back of the bay mare and rode home at full gallop. +</p> + +<p> +“Have you got her with you?” asked the squire. +</p> + +<p> +“She is down at the door,” said the lad. +</p> + +<p> +“Take her up to the room my mother had,” said the squire. +</p> + +<p> +“But master, how can that be managed?” said the lad. +</p> + +<p> +“You must just do as I tell you,” said the squire. “If you cannot manage her +alone you must get the men to help you,” for he thought the girl might turn +obstreperous. +</p> + +<p> +When the lad saw his master’s face he knew it would be no use to gainsay him. +So he went and got all the farm tenants who were there to help him. Some pulled +at the head and the forelegs of the mare and others pushed from behind, and at +last they got her up the stairs and into the room. There lay all the wedding +finery ready. +</p> + +<p> +“Now, that’s done master!” said the lad; “but it was a terrible job. It was the +worst I have ever had here on the farm. +</p> + +<p> +“Never mind, you shall not have done it for nothing,” said his master. “Now +send the women up to dress her.” +</p> + +<p> +“But I say master—!” said the lad. +</p> + +<p> +“None of your talk!” said the squire. “Tell them they must dress her and mind +and not forget either wreath or crown. +</p> + +<p> +The lad ran into the kitchen. +</p> + +<p> +“Look here, lasses,” he said; “you must go upstairs and dress up the bay mare +as bride. I expect the master wants to give the guests a laugh.” +</p> + +<p> +The women dressed the bay mare in everything that was there, and then the lad +went and told his master that now she was ready dressed, with wreath and crown +and all. +</p> + +<p> +“Very well, bring her down!” said the squire. “I will receive her myself at the +door,” said he. +</p> + +<p> +There was a terrible clatter on the stairs; for that bride, you know, had no +silken shoes on. +</p> + +<p> +When the door was opened and the squire’s bride entered the parlor you can +imagine there was a good deal of tittering and grinning. +</p> + +<p> +And as for the squire you may he sure line had had enough of that bride, and +they say he never went courting again. +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap34"></a>THE DOLL IN THE GRASS</h2> + +<p> +By P. C. Asbjörnsen +</p> + +<p> +Once upon a time there was a king who had twelve sons. When they were grown up +he told them they must go out into the world and find themselves wives, who +must all be able to spin and weave and make a shirt in one day, else he would +not have them for daughters-in-law. He gave each of his sons a horse and a new +suit of armor, and so they set out in the world to look for wives. +</p> + +<p> +When they had traveled a bit on the way they said they would not take +Ashiepattle with them, for he was good for nothing. Ashiepattle must stop +behind; there was no help for it. He did not know what he should do or which +way he should turn; he became so sad that he got off the horse and sat down on +the grass and began to cry. +</p> + +<p> +When he had sat a while one of the tussocks among the grass began to move, and +out of it came a small white figure; as it came nearer Ashiepattle saw that it +was a beautiful little girl, but she was so tiny, so very, very tiny. +</p> + +<p> +She went up to him and asked him if he would come below and pay a visit to the +doll in the grass. +</p> + +<p> +Yes, that he would; and so he did. When he came down below, the doll in the +grass was sitting in a chair dressed very finely and looking still more +beautiful. She asked Ashiepattle where he was going and what was his errand. +</p> + +<p> +He told her they were twelve brothers, and that the king had given them each a +horse and a suit of armor, and told them to go out in the world and find +themselves wives, but they must all be able to spin and weave and make a shirt +in a day. +</p> + +<p> +“If you can do that and will become my wife, I will not travel any farther,” +said Ashiepattle to the doll in the grass. +</p> + +<p> +Yes, that she would, and she set to work at once to get the shirt spun, woven, +and made; but it was so tiny, so very, very tiny, no bigger than—so! +</p> + +<p> +Ashiepattle then returned home, taking the shirt with him; but when he brought +it out he felt very shy because it was so small. But the king said he could +have her for all that, and you can imagine how happy and joyful Ashiepattle +became. +</p> + +<p> +The road did not seem long to him as he set out to fetch his little sweetheart. +When he came to the doll in the grass he wanted her to sit with him on his +horse; but no, that she wouldn’t; she said she would sit and drive in a silver +spoon, and she had two small while horses which would draw her. So they set +out, he on his horse and she in the silver spoon; and the horses which drew her +were two small white mice. +</p> + +<p> +Ashiepattle always kept to one side of the road, for he was so afraid he should +ride over her; she was so very, very tiny. +</p> + +<p> +When they had traveled a bit on the way they came to a large lake; there +Ashiepattle’s horse took fright and shied over to the other side of the road, +and upset the spoon, so that the doll in the grass fell into the water. +Ashiepattle became very sad, for he did not know how he should get her out +again; but after a while a merman brought her up. +</p> + +<p> +But now she had become just as big as any other grown-up being and was much +more beautiful than she was before. So he placed her in front of him on the +horse and rode home. +</p> + +<p> +When Ashiepattle got there all his brothers had also returned, each with a +sweetheart; but they were so ugly and ill-favored and bad-tempered that they +had come to blows with their sweethearts on their way home. On their heads they +had hats which were painted with tar and soot, and this had run from their hats +down their faces, so that they were still uglier and more ill-favored to +behold. +</p> + +<p> +When the brothers saw Ashiepattle’s sweetheart they all became envious of him, +but the king was so pleased with Ashiepattle and his sweetheart that he drove +all the others away, and so Ashiepattle was married to the doll in the grass; +and afterward they lived happy and comfortable for a long, long while; and if +they are not dead, they must be still alive. +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap35"></a>THE BEAR AND THE FOX</h2> + +<p> +By P. C. Asbjörnsen +</p> + +<p> +Once upon a time there was a bear, who sat on a sunny hillside taking a nap. +Just then a fox came slinking by and saw him. +</p> + +<p> +“Aha! have I caught you napping, grandfather? See if I don’t play you a trick +this time!” said Reynard to himself. +</p> + +<p> +He then found three wood mice and laid them on a stump of a tree just under the +bear’s nose. +</p> + +<p> +“Boo! Bruin! Peter the hunter is just behind that stump!” shouted the fox right +into the bear’s ear, and then took to his heels and made off into the wood. +</p> + +<p> +The bear woke at once, and when he saw the three mice he became so angry that +he lifted his paw and was just going to strike them, for he thought it was they +who had shouted in his ear. +</p> + +<p> +But just then he saw Reynard’s tail between the bushes and he set off at such a +speed that the branches crackled under him, and Bruin was soon so close upon +Reynard that he caught him by the right hind leg just as be was running into a +hole under a pine tree. +</p> + +<p> +Reynard was now in a fix; but he was not to be outwitted, and he cried: +</p> + +<p> +“Slip pine root, grip fox foot,” and so the bear let go his hold; but the fox +laughed far down in the hole and said: +</p> + +<p> +“I sold you that time, also, grandfather!” +</p> + +<p> +“Out of sight is not out of mind!” said the bear, who was in a fine fury. +</p> + +<p> +The other morning, when Bruin came trudging across the moor with a fat pig, +Master Reynard was lying on a stone by the moorside. +</p> + +<p> +“Good-day, grandfather!” said the fox. “What nice thing have you got there?” +</p> + +<p> +“Pork,” said the bear. +</p> + +<p> +“I have got something tasty as well,” said the fox. +</p> + +<p> +“What’s that?” said the bear. +</p> + +<p> +“It’s the biggest bees’ nest I ever found,” said Reynard. +</p> + +<p> +“Ah, indeed,” said the bear, grinning, and his mouth began to water, he thought +a little honey would be so nice. “Shall we change victuals?” he said. +</p> + +<p> +“No, I won’t do that,” said Reynard. But they made a wager about naming three +kinds of trees. If the fox could say them quicker than the bear he was to have +one bite at the pig; but if the bear could say them quicker he was to have one +suck at the bee’s nest. The bear thought he would be able to suck all the honey +up at one gulp. +</p> + +<p> +“Well said the fox, “that’s all well and good but if I win you must promise to +tear off the bristles where I want to have a bite,” he said. +</p> + +<p> +“Well, I suppose I must, since you are too lazy yourself,” said the bear. +</p> + +<p> +Then they began to name the trees. +</p> + +<p> +“Spruce, fir, pine,” growled the bear. His voice was very gruff. But all these +were only different names of one kind of tree. +</p> + +<p> +“Ash, aspen, oak,” screeched the fox, so that the forest resounded. He had thus +won the bet, and so he jumped down, took the heart out of the pig at one bite, +and tried to run off. But the bear was angry, because he had taken the best bit +of the whole pig, and seized hold of him by his tail and held him fast. +</p> + +<p> +“Just wait a bit,” said the bear, who was furious. +</p> + +<p> +“Never mind, grandfather; if you’ll let me go you shall have a taste of my +honey,” said the fox. +</p> + +<p> +When the bear heard this he let go his hold and the fox jumped up on the stone +after the honey. +</p> + +<p> +“Over this nest,” said Reynard, “I’ll put a leaf, and in the leaf there is a +hole, through which you can suck the honey.” He then put the nest right up +under the bear’s nose, pulled away the leaf, jumped on to the stone, and began +grinning and laughing; for there was neither honey nor honeycomb in the nest. +It was a wasp’s nest as big as a man’s head, full of wasps, and out they +swarmed and stung the bear in his eyes and ears and on his mouth and snout. He +had so much to do with scratching them off him that he had no the to think of +Reynard. +</p> + +<p> +Ever since the bear has been afraid of wasps. +</p> + +<p> +Once the fox and the bear made up their minds to have a field in common. They +found a small clearing far away in the forest, where they sowed rye the first +year. +</p> + +<p> +“Now we must share and share alike,” said Reynard; “if you will have the roots +I will have the tops,” he said. +</p> + +<p> +Yes, Bruin was quite willing; but when they had thrashed the crop the fox got +all the corn, while the bear got nothing but the roots and tares. +</p> + +<p> +Bruin didn’t like this, but the fox said it was only as they had agreed. +</p> + +<p> +“This year I am the gainer,” said the fox; “another year it will be your turn; +you can then have the tops and I will be satisfied with the roots.” +</p> + +<p> +Next spring the fox asked the bear if he didn’t think turnips would be the +right thing for that year. +</p> + +<p> +“Yes, that’s better food than corn,” said the bear; and the fox thought the +same. +</p> + +<p> +When the autumn came the fox took the turnips, but the bear only got the tops. +</p> + +<p> +The bear then became so angry that he parted company then and there with +Reynard. +</p> + +<p> +One day the bear was lying eating a horse which he had killed. Reynard was +about again and came slinking along, his mouth watering for a tasty bit of the +horseflesh. +</p> + +<p> +He sneaked in and out and round about till he came up behind the bear, when he +made a spring to the other side of the carcass, snatching a piece as he jumped +across. +</p> + +<p> +The bear was not slow either; he made a dash after Reynard and caught the tip +of his red tail in his paw. Since that time the fox has always had a white tip +to his tail. +</p> + +<p> +“Wait a bit Reynard, and come here,” said the bear, “and I’ll teach you how to +catch horses.” +</p> + +<p> +Yes, Reynard was quite willing to learn that, but he didn’t trust himself too +near the bear. +</p> + +<p> +“When you see a horse lying asleep in a sunny place,” said the bear, “you must +tie yourself fast with the hair of his tail to your brush, and then fasten your +teeth in his thigh,” he said. +</p> + +<p> +Before long the fox found a horse lying asleep on a sunny hillside; and so he +did as the bear had told him; he knotted and tied himself well to the horse +with the hair of the tail and then fastened his teeth into his thigh. +</p> + +<p> +Up jumped the horse and began to kick and gallop so that Reynard was dashed +against stock and stone, and was so bruised and battered that he nearly lost +his senses. +</p> + +<p> +All at once a hare rushed by. “Where are you off to in such a hurry, Reynard?” +said the hare. +</p> + +<p> +“I’m having a ride, Bunny!” said the fox. +</p> + +<p> +The hare sat up on his hind legs and laughed till the sides of his mouth split +right up to his ears, at the thought of Reynard having such a grand ride; but +since then the fox has never thought of catching horses again. +</p> + +<p> +That time it was Bruin who for once had the better of Reynard; otherwise they +say the bear is as simple-minded as the trolls. +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap36"></a>THE LAD WHO WENT TO THE NORTH WIND</h2> + +<p> +By Sir George Webbe Dasent +</p> + +<p> +Once upon a time there was an old widow who had one son, and she was poorly and +weak, her son had to go up into the safe to fetch meal for cooking; but when he +got outside the safe, and was just going down the steps, there came the North +Wind, puffing and blowing, caught up the meal, and so away with it through the +air. Then the lad went back into the safe for more; but when he came out again +on the steps, if the North Wind didn’t come again and carry off the meal with a +puff; and more than that, he did so the third time. At this the lad got very +angry; and as he thought it hard that the North Wind should behave so, he +thought he’d just look him up and ask him to give up his meal. +</p> + +<p> +So off he went, but the way was long, and he walked and walked; but at last he +came to the North Wind’s house. +</p> + +<p> +“Good day!” said the lad, and “thank you for coming to see us yesterday.” +</p> + +<p> +“GOOD DAY!” answered the North Wind, for his voice was loud and gruff, “AND +THANKS FOR COMING TO SEE ME. WHAT DO YOU WANT?” +</p> + +<p> +“Oh!” answered the lad, “I only wished to ask you to be so good as to let me +have back that meal you took from me on the safe steps, for we haven’t much to +live on; and if you’re to go on snapping up the morsel we have there’ll be +nothing for it but to starve.” +</p> + +<p> +“I haven’t got your meal,” said the North Wind; “but if you are in such need, +I’ll give you a cloth which will get you everything you want, if you only say, +‘Cloth, spread yourself, and serve up all kinds of good dishes!’” +</p> + +<p> +With this the lad was well content. But, as the way was so long he couldn’t get +home in one day, he stopped at an inn on the way; and when they were going to +sit down to supper, he laid the cloth on a table which stood in the corner and +said: +</p> + +<p> +“Cloth, spread yourself, and serve up all kinds of good dishes.” +</p> + +<p> +He had scarce said so before the cloth did as it was bid; and all who stood by +thought it a fine thing, but most of all the landlady. So, when all were fast +asleep, at dead of night, she took the lad’s cloth, and put another in its +stead, just like the one he had got from the North Wind, but which couldn’t so +much as serve up a bit of dry bread. +</p> + +<p> +So when the lad awoke, he took his cloth and went off with it, and that day he +got home to his mother. +</p> + +<p> +“Now,” said he, “I’ve been to the North Wind’s house, and a good fellow he is, +for he gave me this cloth, and when I only say to it, ‘Cloth, spread yourself, +and serve up all kinds of good dishes,’ I get any sort of food I please.” +</p> + +<p> +“All very true, I dare say,” said his mother, “but seeing is believing, and I +shan’t believe it till I see it.” +</p> + +<p> +So the lad made haste, drew out a table, laid the cloth on it, and said— +“Cloth, spread yourself, and serve up all kinds of good dishes.” +</p> + +<p> +But never a bit of dry bread did the cloth serve +</p> + +<p> +“Well,” said the lad, “there’s no help for it but to go to the North Wind +again;” and away he went. +</p> + +<p> +So late in the afternoon he came to where the North Wind lived. +</p> + +<p> +“Good evening!” said the lad. +</p> + +<p> +“Good evening!” said the North Wind. “I want my rights for that meal of ours +which you took,” said the lad; “for, as for that cloth I got, it isn’t worth a +penny.” +</p> + +<p> +“I’ve got no meal,” said the North Wind; “but yonder you have a ram which coins +nothing but golden ducats as soon as you say to it— +</p> + +<p> +“‘Ram, ram! Make money!’” +</p> + +<p> +So the lad thought this a fine thing; but as it was too far to get home that +day, he stopped for the night at the same inn where he had slept before. +</p> + +<p> +Before he called for anything, he tried the truth of what the North Wind had +said of the ram, and found it all right; but when the landlord saw that, he +thought it was a famous ram, and, when the lad had fallen asleep, he took +another which couldn’t coin gold ducats, and changed the two. +</p> + +<p> +Next morning off went the lad; and when he got home to his mother, he +said—“After all, the North Wind is a jolly fellow; for now he has given me a +ram which can coin golden ducats if I only say, ‘Ram, ram! Make money!’” +</p> + +<p> +“All very true, I dare say,” said his mother; “but I shan’t believe any such +stuff until I see the ducats made.” +</p> + +<p> +“Ram, ram! Make money!” said the lad; but the ram made no money. +</p> + +<p> +So the lad went back again to the North Wind, and blew him up, and said the ram +was worth nothing, and he must have his rights for the meal. +</p> + +<p> +“Well,” said the North Wind, “I’ve nothing else to give you but that old stick +in the corner yonder; but it’s a stick of that kind that if you say— ‘Stick, +stick! lay on!’ it lays on till you say, ‘Stick, stick! now stop!’ +</p> + +<p> +So, as the way was long the lad turned in this night, too, to the landlord; but +as he could pretty well guess how things stood as to the cloth and the ram, he +lay down at once on the bench and began to snore, as if he were asleep. +</p> + +<p> +Now the landlord, who easily saw that the stick must be worth something, hunted +up one which was like it, and when he heard the lad snore, was going to change +the two, but just as the landlord was about to take it, the lad bawled out— +“Stick, stick! lay on!” +</p> + +<p> +So the stick began to beat the landlord till he jumped over chairs, and tables, +and benches, and yelled and roared,— “Oh my! oh my! bid the stick be still, +else it will beat me to death, and you shall have back your cloth and your ram, +</p> + +<p> +When the lad thought the landlord had got enough, he said— “Stick, stick! now +stop!” +</p> + +<p> +Then he took the cloth and put it into his pocket, and went home with his stick +in his hand, leading the ram by a cord round its horns; and so he got his +rights for the meal he had lost. +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap37"></a>THE HUSBAND WHO WAS TO MIND THE HOUSE</h2> + +<p> +By Sir George Webbe Dasent +</p> + +<p> +Once upon a time there was a man, so surly and cross, he never thought his wife +did anything right in the house. So one evening in haymaking time, he came +home, scolding and swearing, and showing his teeth and making a dust. +</p> + +<p> +“Dear love, don’t be so angry; there’s a good man,” said his goody; “to-morrow +let’s change our work. I’ll go out with the mowers and mow, and you shall mind +the house at home.” +</p> + +<p> +Yes, the husband thought that would do very well. He was quite willing, he +said. +</p> + +<p> +So early next morning his goody took a scythe over her neck, and went out into +the hayfield with the mowers and began to mow; but the man was to mind the +house, and do the work at home. +</p> + +<p> +First of all he wanted to churn the butter; but when he had churned a while, he +got thirsty, and went down to the cellar to tap a barrel of ale. So, just when +he had knocked in the bung, and was putting the tap into the cask, he heard +overhead the pig come into the kitchen. Then off he ran up the cellar steps, +with the tap in his hand, as fast as he could, to look after the pig, lest it +should upset the churn; but when he got up, and saw that the pig had already +knocked the churn over, and stood there, routing and grunting amid the cream +which was running all over the floor, he got so wild with rage that he quite +forgot his ale barrel and ran at the pig as hard as he could. He caught it, +too, just as it ran out of doors, and gave it such a kick that piggy lay for +dead on the spot. Then all at once he remembered he had the tap in his hand, +but when he got down to the cellar, every drop of ale had run out of the cask. +</p> + +<p> +Then he went into the dairy and found enough cream left to fill the churn +again, and so he began to churn, for butter they must have for dinner. When he +had churned a bit, he remembered that their milking cow was still shut up in +the brye, and hadn’t had a bit to eat or a drop to drink all the morning, +though the sun was high. Then all at once he thought ’twas too far to take her +down to the meadow, so he’d just get her up on the housetop—for the house, you +must know, was thatched with sods, and a fine crop of grass was growing there. +</p> + +<p> +Now their house lay close up against a steep down, and he thought if he laid a +plank across to the thatch at the back he’d easily get the cow up. +</p> + +<p> +But still he couldn’t leave the churn, for there was his little babe crawling +about the floor, and “if I leave it,” he thought, “the child is sure to upset +it!” So he took the churn on his back, and went out with it; but then he +thought he’d better first water the cow before he turned her out on the thatch; +so he took up a bucket to draw water out of the well; but, as he stooped down +at the well’s brink, all the cream ran out of the churn over his shoulders, and +so down into the well. +</p> + +<p> +Now it was near dinner time, and he hadn’t even got the butter yet; so he +thought he’d best boil the porridge, and filled the pot with water, and hung it +over the fire. When he had done that, he thought the cow might perhaps fall off +the thatch and break her legs or her neck. So he got up on the house to tie her +up. One end of the rope he made fast to the cow’s neck, and the other he +slipped down the chimney and tied round his own thigh; and he had to make +haste, for the water now began to boil in the pot, and he had still to grind +the oatmeal. +</p> + +<p> +So he began to grind away; but while he was hard at it, down fell the cow off +the housetop after all, and as she fell, she dragged the man up the chimney by +the rope. There he stuck fast; and as for the cow, she hung halfway down the +wall, swinging between heaven and earth, for she could neither get down nor up. +</p> + +<p> +And now the goody had waited seven lengths and seven breadths for her husband +to come and call them home to dinner; but never a call they had. At last she +thought she’d waited long enough, and went home. But when she got there and saw +the cow hanging in such an ugly place, she ran up and cut the rope in two with +her scythe. But as she did this, down came her husband out of the chimney; and +so when his old dame came inside the kitchen, there she found him standing on +his head in the porridge pot. +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap38"></a>HOW ONE WENT OUT TO WOO</h2> + +<p> +By Sir George Webbe Dasent +</p> + +<p> +Once upon a time there was a lad who went out to woo him a wife. Among other +places he came to a farmhouse, where the household were little better than +beggars; but when the wooer came in they wanted to make out that they were well +to do, as you may guess. Now the husband had got a new arm to his coat. +</p> + +<p> +“Pray, take a seat,” he said to the wooer; “but there’s a shocking dust in the +house.” +</p> + +<p> +So he went about rubbing and wiping all the benches and tables with his new +arm, but he kept the other all the while behind his back. +</p> + +<p> +The wife she had got one new shoe, and she went stamping and sliding with it up +against the stools and chairs saying, “How untidy it is here! Everything is out +of place!” +</p> + +<p> +Then they called out to their daughter to come down and put things to rights; +but the daughter she had got a new cap; so she put her head in at the door, and +kept nodding and nodding, first to this side and then to that. +</p> + +<p> +“Well! For my part, She said, I can’t be everywhere at once.” +</p> + +<p> +Aye! Aye! That was a well-to-do household the wooer had come to. +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap39"></a>WHY THE BEAR IS STUMPY-TAILED</h2> + +<p> +By Sir George Webbe Dasent +</p> + +<p> +One day the Bear met the Fox, who came slinking along with a string of fish he +had stolen. +</p> + +<p> +“Whence did you get these from?” asked the Bear. +</p> + +<p> +“Oh! My Lord Bruin, I’ve been out fishing and caught them,” said the Fox. +</p> + +<p> +So the Bear had a mind to learn to fish too, and bade the Fox tell him how he +was to set about it. +</p> + +<p> +“Oh! It’s an easy craft for you”, answered the Fox, “and soon learned. You’ve +only got to go upon the ice, and cut a hole and stick your tail down into it; +and so you must go on holding it there as long as you can. You’re not to mind +if your tail smarts a little; that’s when the fish bite. The longer you hold it +there the more fish you’ll get; and then all at once out with it, with a cross +pull sideways, and with a strong pull too.” +</p> + +<p> +Yes; the Bear did as the Fox had said, and held his tail a long, long time down +in the hole, till it was fast frozen in. Then he pulled it out with a cross +pull, and it snapped short off. That’s why Bruin goes about with a stumpy tail +this very day. +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap40"></a>BOOTS WHO MADE THE PRINCESS SAY “THAT’S A STORY”</h2> + +<p> +By Sir George Webbe Dasent +</p> + +<p> +Once upon a time there was a King who had a daughter, and she was such a +dreadful storyteller that the like of her was not to be found far or near. So +the King gave out, that if anyone could tell such a string of lies as would get +her to say, “That’s a story,” he should have her to wife, and half the kingdom +besides. Well, many came, as you may fancy, to try their luck, for everyone +would have been very glad to have the Princess, to say nothing of the kingdom; +but they all cut a sorry figure, for the Princess was so given to storytelling, +that all their lies went in at one ear and out of the other. Among the rest +came three brothers to try their luck, and the two elder went first, but they +fared no better than those that had gone before them. Last of all, the third, +Boots, set off and found the Princess in the farmyard. +</p> + +<p> +“Good morning,” he said, “and thank you for nothing.” “Good morning,” said she, +“and the same to you.” Then she went on— +</p> + +<p> +“You haven’t such a fine farmyard as ours, I’ll be bound; for when two +shepherds stand, one at each end of it, and blow their ram’s horns, the one +can’t hear the other.” +</p> + +<p> +“Haven’t we though!” answered Boots; “ours is far bigger; for when a calf +starts to cross a field, it is a full-grown cow when it reaches the other end.” +</p> + +<p> +“I dare say,” said the Princess. “Well, but you haven’t such a big ox, after +all, as ours yonder; for when two men sit, one on each horn, they can’t touch +each other with a tweny-foot rule.” +</p> + +<p> +“Stuff!” said Boots; “is that all? Why, we have an ox who is so big, that when +two men sit, one on each horn, and each blows his great mountain-trumpet, they +can’t hear one another.” +</p> + +<p> +“I dare say,” said the Princess; “but you haven’t so much milk as we, I’ll be +bound; for we milk our cows into great pails, and carry them indoors, and empty +them into great tubs, and so we make great, great cheeses.” +</p> + +<p> +“Oh! you do, do you?” said Boots. “Well, we milk ours into great tubs, and then +we put them in carts and drive them indoors, and then we turn them out into +great brewing vats, and so we make cheeses as big as a great house. We had, +too, a dun mare to tread the cheese well together when it was making; but once +she tumbled down into the cheese, and we lost her; and after we had eaten at +this cheese seven years, we came upon a great dun mare, alive and kicking. +Well, once after that I was going to drive this mare to the mill, and her +backbone snapped in two; but I wasn’t put out, not I; for I took a spruce +sapling, and put it into her for a backbone, and she had no other backbone all +the while we had her. But the sapling grew up into such a tall tree, that I +climbed right up to the sky by it, and when I got there I saw a lady sitting +and spinning the foam of the sea into pigs’—bristle ropes; but just then the +spruce-fir broke short off, and I couldn’t get down again; so the lady let me +down by one of the ropes, and down I slipped straight into a fox’s hole, and +who should sit there but my mother and your father cobbling shoes; and just as +I stepped in, my mother gave your father such a box on the ear that it made his +whiskers curl.” +</p> + +<p> +“That’s a story!” said the Princess, “my father never did any such thing in all +his born days!” +</p> + +<p> +So Boots got the Princess to wife, and half the kingdom besides. +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap41"></a>THE WITCH IN THE STONE BOAT</h2> + +<p> +Retold by Andrew Lang +</p> + +<p> +There was once a king and queen, and they had a son called Sigurd, who was very +strong and active and good-looking. When the king came to be bowed down with +the weight of years he spoke to his son, and said that now it was time for him +to look out for a fitting match for himself, for he did not know how long he +might last now, and he would like to see him married before he died. +</p> + +<p> +Sigurd was not averse to this and asked his father where he thought it best to +look for a wife. The king answered that in a certain country there was a king +who had a beautiful daughter, and he thought it would be most desirable if +Sigurd could get her. So the two parted, and Sigurd prepared for the journey +and went to where his father had directed him. +</p> + +<p> +He came to the king and asked his daughters hand, which was readily granted +him, but only on the condition that he should remain there as long as he could, +for the king himself was not strong and not very able to govern his kingdom. +Sigurd accepted this condition, but added that he would have to get leave to go +home again to his own country when he heard news of his father’s death. After +that Sigurd married the princess and helped his father-in-law to govern the +kingdom. He and the princess loved each other dearly, and after a year a son +came to them, who was two years old when word came to Sigurd that his father +was dead. Sigurd now prepared to return home with his wife and child and went +on board ship to go by sea. +</p> + +<p> +They had sailed for several days, when the breeze suddenly fell and there came +a dead calm at a time when they needed only one day’s voyage to reach home. +Sigurd and his queen were one day on deck when most of the others on the ship +had fallen asleep. There they sat and talked for a while, and had their little +son along with them. After a time Sigurd became so heavy with sleep that he +could no longer keep awake, so he went below and lay down, leaving the queen +alone on the deck playing with her son. +</p> + +<p> +A good while after Sigurd had gone below the queen saw something black on the +sea which seemed to be coming nearer. As it approached she could make out that +it was a boat and could see the figure of some one sitting in it and rowing it. +At last the boat came alongside the ship, and now the queen saw that it was a +stone boat, out of which there came on board the ship a fearfully ugly witch. +The queen was more frightened than words can describe, and could neither speak +a word nor move from the place so as to awaken the king or the sailors. The +witch came right up to the queen, took the child from her, and laid it on the +deck; then she took the queen and stripped her of all her fine clothes, which +she proceeded to put on herself and looked then like a human being. Last of all +she took the queen, put her into the boat and said: +</p> + +<p> +“This spell I lay upon you, that you slacken not your course until you come to +my brother in the under world.” +</p> + +<p> +The queen sat stunned and motionless, but the boat at once shot away from the +ship with her, and before long she was out of sight. +</p> + +<p> +When the boat could no longer be seen the child began to cry, and though the +witch tried to quiet it she could not manage it; so, with the child on her arm, +she went below to where the king was sleeping, and awakened him, scolding him +for leaving them alone on deck while he and all the crew were asleep. It was +great carelessness of him, she said, to leave no one to watch the ship with +her. +</p> + +<p> +Sigurd was greatly surprised to hear his queen scold him so much, for she had +never said an angry word to him before; but he thought it was quite excusable +in this case, and tried to quiet the child along with her but it was no use. +Then he went and wakened the sailors and bade them hoist the sails, for a +breeze had sprung up and was blowing straight toward the harbor. +</p> + +<p> +They soon reached the land which Sigurd was to rule over, and found all the +people sorrowful for the old king’s death, but they became glad when they got +Sigurd back to the court, and made him king over them. +</p> + +<p> +The king’s son, however, hardly ever stopped crying from the time he had been +taken from his mother on the deck of the ship, although he had always been such +a good child before, so that at last the king had to get a nurse for him—one of +the maids of the court. As soon as the child got into her charge he stopped +crying and behaved as well as before. +</p> + +<p> +After the sea voyage it seemed to the king that the queen had altered very much +in many ways, and not for the better. He thought her much more haughty and +stubborn and difficult to deal with than she used to be. Before long others +began to notice this as well as the king. In the court there were two young +fellows, one of eighteen years old, the other of nineteen, who were very fond +of playing chess and often sat long inside playing at it. Their room was next +the queen’s, and often during the day they heard the queen talking. +</p> + +<p> +One day they paid more attention than usual when they heard her talk, and put +their ears close to a crack in the wall between the rooms, and heard the queen +say quite plainly: “When I yawn a little, then I am a nice little maiden: when +I yawn halfway, then I am half a troll; and when I yawn fully then I am a troll +altogether.” +</p> + +<p> +As she said this she yawned tremendously, and in a moment had put on the +appearance of a fearfully ugly troll. Then there came up through the floor of +the room a three-headed giant with a trough full of meat, who saluted her as +his sister and set down the trough before her. She began to eat out of it and +never stopped till she had finished it. The young fellows saw all this going +on, but did not hear the two of them say anything to each other. They were +astonished, though, at how greedily the queen devoured the meat and how much +she ate of it, and were no longer surprised that she took so little when she +sat at table with the king. As soon as she had finished it the giant +disappeared with the trough by the same way as he had come, and the queen +returned to her human shape. +</p> + +<p> +Now we must go back to the king’s son after he had been put in charge of the +nurse. One evening. after she had lit a candle and was holding the child, +several planks sprang up in the floor of the room, and out at the opening came +a beautiful woman dressed in white, with an iron belt round her waist, to which +was fastened an iron chain that went down into the ground. The woman came up to +the nurse, took the child from her, and pressed it to her breast; then she gave +it back to the nurse and returned by the same way as she had come, and the +floor closed over her again. Although the woman had not spoken a single word to +her, the nurse was very much frightened, but told no one about it. +</p> + +<p> +Next evening the same thing happened again, just as before, but as the woman +was going away she said in a sad tone, “Two are gone and one only is left,” and +then disappeared as before. The nurse was still more frightened when she heard +the woman say this, and thought that perhaps some danger was hanging over the +child, though she had no ill opinion of the unknown woman, who, indeed, had +behaved toward the child as if it were her own. The most mysterious thing was +the woman saying “and only one is left”; but the nurse guessed that this must +mean that only one day was left, since she had come for two days already. +</p> + +<p> +At last the nurse made up her mind to go to the king. She told him the whole +story and asked him to be present in person the next day about the time when +the woman usually came. The king promised to do so, and came to the nurse’s +room a little before the time and sat down on a chair with his drawn sword in +his hand. Soon after the planks in the floor sprang up as before, and the woman +came up, dressed in white, with the iron belt and chain. The king saw at once +that it was his own queen, and immediately hewed asunder the iron chain that +was fastened to the belt. This was followed by such noises and crashings down +in the earth that all the king’s palace shook, so that no one expected anything +else than to see every bit of it shaken to pieces. At last the noises and +shaking stopped, and they began to come to themselves again. +</p> + +<p> +The king and queen embraced each other, and she told him the whole story—how +the witch came to the ship when they were all asleep and sent her off in the +boat. After she had gone so far that she could not see the ship, she sailed on +through darkness until she landed beside a three-headed giant. The giant wished +her to marry him, but she refused; whereupon he shut her up by herself and told +her she would never get free until she consented. After a time she began to +plan how to get her freedom, and at last told him that she would consent if he +would allow her to visit her son on earth three days on end. This he agreed to, +but put on her this iron belt and chain, the other end of which he fastened +around his, own waist, and the great noises that were heard when the king cut +the chain must have been caused by the giant’s falling down the underground +passage when the chain gave way so suddenly. The giant’s dwelling, indeed, was +right under the palace, and the terrible shakings must have been caused by him +in his death throes. +</p> + +<p> +The king now understood how the queen he had had for some time past had been so +ill-tempered. He at once had a sack drawn over her head and made her be stoned +to death, and after that torn in pieces by untamed horses. The two young +fellows also told now what they had heard and seen in the queen’s room, for +before this they had been afraid to say anything about it, on account of the +Queen’s power. +</p> + +<p> +The real queen was now restored to all her dignity and was beloved by all. The +nurse was married to a nobleman and the king and queen gave her splendid +presents. +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap42"></a>THE SNUFFBOX</h2> + +<p> +By Paul Sébillot +</p> + +<p> +As often happens in this world, there was once a young man who spent all his +time in traveling. One day, as he was walking along, he picked up a snuffbox. +He opened it, and the snuffbox said to him in the Spanish language: “What do +you want?” He was very much frightened, but, luckily, instead of throwing the +box away he only shut it tight and put it in his pocket. Then he went on, away, +away, away, and as he went he said to himself, “if it says to me again, ‘What +do you want?’ I shall know better what to say this time.” So he took out the +snuffbox and opened it, and again it asked: “What do you want?” “My hat full of +gold,” answered the youth, and immediately it was full. +</p> + +<p> +Our young man was enchanted. Henceforth he should never be in need of anything. +So on he traveled, away, away, away, through thick forests, till at last he +came to a beautiful castle. In the castle there lived a king. The young man +walked round and round the castle, not caring who saw him, till the king +noticed him and asked what he was doing there. “I was just looking at your +castle.” “You would like to have one like it, wouldn’t you?” The young man did +not reply, but when it grew dark he took out his snuffbox and opened the lid.” +What do you want?” “Build me a castle with laths of gold and tiles of diamond +and the furniture all of silver and gold.” He had scarcely finished speaking +when there stood in front of him, exactly opposite the king’s palace, a castle +built precisely as he had ordered. When the king awoke he was struck dumb at +the sight of the magnificent house shining in the rays of the sun. The servants +could not do their work for stopping to stare at it. Then the king dressed +himself and went to see the young man. And he told him plainly that he was a +very powerful prince, and that he hoped that they might all live together in +one house or the other, and that the king would give him his daughter to wife. +So it all turned out just as the king wished. The young man married the +princess and they lived happily in the palace of gold. +</p> + +<p> +But the king’s wife was jealous both of the young man and of her own daughter. +The princess had told her mother about the snuffbox, which gave them everything +they wanted, and the queen bribed a servant to steal the snuffbox. They noticed +carefully where it was put away every night, and one evening, when the whole +world was asleep, the woman stole it and brought it to her old mistress. Oh, +how happy the queen was! She opened the lid and the snuffbox said to her: “What +do you want?” And she answered at once: “I want you to take me and my husband +and my servants and this beautiful house and set us down on the other side of +the Red Sea, but my daughter and her husband are to stay behind.” +</p> + +<p> +When the young couple woke up they found themselves back in the old castle, +without their snuffbox. They hunted for it high and low, but quite vainly. The +young man felt that no time was to be lost, and he mounted his horse and filled +his pockets with as much gold as he could carry. On he went, away, away, away, +but he sought the snuffbox in vain all up and down the neighboring countries, +and very soon he came to the end of all his money. But still he went on, as +fast as the strength of his horse would let him, begging his way. +</p> + +<p> +Some one told him that he ought to consult the moon, for the moon traveled far +and might be able to tell him something. So he went away, away, away, and +ended, somehow or other, by reaching the land of the moon. There he found a +little old woman who said to him: “What are you doing here? My son eats all +living things he sees, and if you are wise you will go away without coming any +farther.” But the young man told her all his sad tale, and how he possessed a +wonderful snuffbox, and how it had been stolen from him, and how he had nothing +left now that he was parted from his wife and was in need of everything. And he +said that perhaps her son, who traveled so far, might have seen a palace with +laths of gold and tiles of diamond and furnished all in silver and gold. As he +spoke these last words the moon came in and said he smelled mortal flesh and +blood. But his mother told him that it was an unhappy man who had lost +everything and had come all this way to consult him, and bade the young man not +to be afraid, but to come forward and show himself. So he went boldly up to the +moon, and asked if by any accident he had seen a palace with the laths of gold +and the tiles of diamond and all the furniture of silver and gold. Once this +house belonged to him, but now it was stolen. And the moon said no, but that +the sun traveled farther than he did, and that the young man had better go and +ask him. +</p> + +<p> +So the young man departed and went away, away, away, as well as his horse would +take him, begging his living as he rode along, and somehow or other at last he +got to the land of the sun. There he found a little old woman, who asked him: +“What are you doing here? Go away. Have you not heard that my son feeds upon +Christians?” But he said no and that he would not go, for he was so miserable +that it was all one to him whether he died or not; that he had lost everything, +and especially a splendid palace like none other in the whole world, for it had +laths of gold and tiles of diamond and all the furniture was of silver and +gold; and that he had sought it far and long, and in all the earth there was no +man more unhappy. So the old woman’s heart melted and she agreed to hide him. +</p> + +<p> +When the sun arrived he declared that he smelled Christian flesh and he meant +to have it for his dinner. But his mother told him such a pitiful story of the +miserable wretch who had lost everything and had come from far to ask his help +that at last he promised to see him. +</p> + +<p> +So the young man came out from his hiding-place and begged the sun to tell him +if in the course of his travels he had not seen somewhere a palace that had not +its like in the whole world, for its laths were of gold and its tiles of +diamond and all the furniture in silver and gold. +</p> + +<p> +And the sun said no, but that perhaps the wind had seen it, for he entered +everywhere and saw things that no one else ever saw, and if anyone knew where +it was it was certainly the wind. +</p> + +<p> +Then the poor young man again set forth as well as his horse could take him, +begging his living as he went, and somehow or other he ended by reaching the +home of the wind. He found there a little old woman busily occupied in filling +great barrels with water. She asked him what had put it into his head to come +there, for her son ate everything he saw, and that he would shortly arrive +quite mad, and that the young man had better look out. But he answered that he +was so unhappy that he had ceased to mind anything, even being eaten, and then +he told her that he had been robbed of a palace that had not its equal in all +the world, and of all that was in it, and that he had even left his wife and +was wandering over the world until he found it. And that it was the sun who had +sent him to consult the wind. So she hid him under the staircase, and soon they +heard the south wind arrive, shaking the house to its foundations. Thirsty as +he was, he did not wait to drink, but he told his mother that he smelled the +blood of a Christian man, and that she had better bring him out at once and +make him ready to be eaten. But she bade her son eat and drink what was before +him, and said that the poor young man was much to be pitied, and that the sun +had granted him his life in order that he might consult the Wind. Then she +brought out the young man, who explained how he was seeking for his palace, and +that no man had been able to tell him where it was, so he had come to the Wind. +And he added that he had been shamefully robbed, and that the laths were of +gold and the tiles of diamond, and all the furniture in silver and gold, and he +inquired if the Wind had not seen such a palace during his wanderings. +</p> + +<p> +And the Wind said yes, and that all that day he had been blowing backward and +forward over it without being able to move one single tile. “Oh, do tell me +where it is,” cried the young man.” “It is a long way off,” replied the Wind, +“on the other side of the Red Sea.” But our traveler was not discouraged—he had +already journeyed too far. +</p> + +<p> +So he set forth at once, and somehow or other he managed to reach that distant +land. And he inquired if any one wanted a gardener. He was told that the head +gardener at the castle had just left, and perhaps he might have a chance of +getting the place. The young man lost no time, but walked up to the castle and +asked if they were in want of a gardener; and how happy he was when they agreed +to take him! Now he passed most of his day in gossiping with the servants about +the wealth of their masters and the wonderful things in the house. He made +friends with one of the maids, who told him the history of the snuffbox, and he +coaxed her to let him see it. One evening she managed to get hold of it, and +the young man watched carefully where she hid it away in a secret place in the +bedchamber of her mistress. +</p> + +<p> +The following night, when everyone was fast asleep, he crept in and took the +snuffbox. Think of his joy as he opened the lid! When it asked him, as of yore, +“What do you want?” he replied: “What do I want? What do I want? Why, I want to +go with my palace to the old place, and for the king and the queen and all +their servants to be drowned in the Red Sea.” +</p> + +<p> +He had hardly finished speaking when he found himself back again with his wife, +while all the other inhabitants of the palace were lying at the bottom of the +Red Sea. +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap43"></a>THE GOLDEN BLACKBIRD</h2> + +<p> +By Paul Sébillot +</p> + +<p> +Once upon a time there was a great lord who had three sons. He fell very ill, +sent for doctors of every kind, even bonesetters, but they none of them could +find out what was the matter with him or even give him any relief. At last +there came a foreign doctor, who declared that the golden blackbird alone could +cure the sick man. +</p> + +<p> +So the old lord dispatched his eldest son to look for the wonderful bird, and +promised him great riches if he managed to find it and bring it back. +</p> + +<p> +The young man began his journey and soon arrived at a place where four roads +met. He did not know which to choose, and tossed his cap in the air, +determining that the direction of its fall should decide him. After traveling +for two or three days he grew tired of walking without knowing where or for how +long, and he stopped at an inn which was filled with merrymakers and ordered +something to eat and drink. +</p> + +<p> +“My faith,” said he, “it is sheer folly to waste more time hunting for this +bird. My father is old, and if he dies I shall inherit his goods.” +</p> + +<p> +The old man, after waiting patiently for some time, sent his second son to seek +the golden blackbird. The youth took the same direction as his brother, and +when he came to the crossroads he too tossed up which road he should take. The +cap fell in the same place as before, and he walked on till he came to the spot +where his brother had halted. The latter, who was leaning out of the window of +the inn, called to him to stay where he was and amuse himself. +</p> + +<p> +“You are right,” replied the youth. “Who knows if I should ever find the golden +blackbird, even if I sought the whole world through for it? At the worst, if +the old man dies we shall have his property.” +</p> + +<p> +He entered the inn and the two brothers made merry and feasted, till very soon +their money was all spent. They even owed something to their landlord, who kept +them as hostages till they could pay their debts. +</p> + +<p> +The youngest son set forth in his turn, and he arrived at the place where his +brothers where still prisoners. They called to him to stop and did all they +could to prevent his going further. +</p> + +<p> +“No,” he replied, “my father trusted me, and I will go all over the world till +I find the golden blackbird.” +</p> + +<p> +“Bah,” said his brothers, “you will never succeed any better than we did. Let +him die if he wants to. We will divide the property.” +</p> + +<p> +As he went his way he met a little hare, who stopped to looked at him and +asked: +</p> + +<p> +“Where are you going, my friend?” +</p> + +<p> +“I really don’t quite know,” answered he. “My father is ill, and he cannot be +cured unless I bring him back the golden blackbird. It is a long time since I +set out, but no one can tell me where to find it.” +</p> + +<p> +“Ah,” said the hare, “you have a long way to go yet. You will have to walk at +least seven hundred miles before you get to it.” +</p> + +<p> +“And how am I to travel such a distance?” +</p> + +<p> +“Mount on my back,” said the little hare, “and I will conduct you.” +</p> + +<p> +The young man obeyed. At each bound the little hare went seven miles, and it +was not long before they reached a castle that was as large and beautiful as a +castle could be. +</p> + +<p> +“The golden blackbird is in a little cabin near by,” said the little hare, “and +you will easily find it. It lives in a little cage, with another cage beside it +made all of gold. But whatever you do, be sure not to put it in the beautiful +cage, or everybody in the castle will know that you have stolen it.” +</p> + +<p> +The youth found the golden blackbird standing on a wooden perch, but as stiff +and rigid as if he was dead. And beside, was the beautiful cage, the cage of +gold. +</p> + +<p> +“Perhaps he would revive if I were to put him in that lovely cage,” thought the +youth. +</p> + +<p> +The moment the golden blackbird had touched the bars of the splendid cage he +awoke and began to whistle, so that all the servants of the castle ran to see +what was the matter, saying that he was a thief and must be put in prison. +</p> + +<p> +“No,” he answered, “I am not a thief. If I have taken the golden blackbird, it +is only that it may cure my father, who is ill, and I have traveled more than +seven hundred miles in order to find it.” +</p> + +<p> +“Well,” they replied, “we will let you go, and will even give you the golden +blackbird if you are able to bring us the porcelain maiden.” +</p> + +<p> +The youth departed, weeping, and met the little hare, who was munching wild +thyme. +</p> + +<p> +“What are you crying for, my friend?” asked the hare. +</p> + +<p> +“It is because,” he answered, “the castle people will not allow me to carry off +the golden blackbird without giving them the porcelain maiden in exchange.” +</p> + +<p> +“You have not followed my advice,” said the little hare. “And you have put the +golden blackbird into the fine cage.” +</p> + +<p> +“Alas! yes!” +</p> + +<p> +“Don’t despair. The porcelain maiden is a young girl, beautiful as Venus, who +dwells two hundred miles from here. Jump on my back and I will take you there.” +</p> + +<p> +The little hare, who took seven miles in a stride, was there in no time at all, +and he stopped on the borders of a lake. +</p> + +<p> +“The porcelain maiden,” said the hare to the youth, “will come here to bathe +with her friends. Keep yourself out of sight behind the thicket, while I just +eat a mouthful of thyme to refresh me. When she is in the lake be sure you hide +her clothes, which are of dazzling whiteness, and do not give them back to her +unless she consents to follow you.” +</p> + +<p> +The little hare left him, and almost immediately the porcelain maiden arrived +with her friends. She undressed herself and got into the water. Then the young +man glided up noiselessly and laid hold of her clothes, which he hid under a +rock at some distance. +</p> + +<p> +When the porcelain maiden was tired of playing in the water she came out to +dress herself, but though she hunted for her clothes high and low she could +find them nowhere. Her friends helped her in the search, but, seeing at last +that it was of no use, they left her alone on the bank, weeping bitterly. +</p> + +<p> +“Why do you cry?” said the young man, approaching her. +</p> + +<p> +“Alas!” answered she, “while I was bathing some one stole my clothes, and my +friends have abandoned me.” +</p> + +<p> +“I will find your clothes if you will only come with me.” +</p> + +<p> +And the porcelain maiden agreed to follow him, and after having given up her +clothes the young man bought a small horse for her which went like the wind. +The little hare brought them both back to seek for the golden blackbird, and +when they drew near the castle where it lived the little hare said to the young +man: +</p> + +<p> +“Now, do be a little sharper than you were before, and you will manage to carry +off both the golden blackbird and the porcelain maiden. Take the golden cage in +one hand and leave the bird in the old cage where he is, and bring that away +too.” +</p> + +<p> +The little hare then vanished. The youth did as he was bid, and the castle +servants never noticed that he was carrying off the golden blackbird. When he +reached the inn where his brothers were detained he delivered them by paying +their debt. They set out all together, but as the two elder brothers were +jealous of the success of the youngest, they took the opportunity as they were +passing by the shores of a lake to throw themselves upon him, seize the golden +blackbird, and fling him in the water. Then they continued their journey, +taking with them the porcelain maiden, in the firm belief that their brother +was drowned. But happily he had snatched in falling at a tuft of rushes and +called loudly for help. The little hare came running to him and said: “Take +hold of my leg and pull yourself out of the water.” +</p> + +<p> +When he was safe on shore the little hare said to him: +</p> + +<p> +“Now, this is what you have to do: dress yourself like a Breton seeking a place +as stableboy, and go and offer your services to your father. Once there, you +will easily be able to make him understand the truth.” +</p> + +<p> +The young man did as the little hare bade him, and he went to his father’s +castle and inquired if they were not in want of a stableboy. +</p> + +<p> +“Yes,” replied his father, “very much indeed. But it is not an easy place. +There is a little horse in the stable which will not let anyone go near it, and +it has already kicked to death several people who have tried to groom it.” +</p> + +<p> +“I will undertake to groom it,” said the youth. “I never saw the horse I was +afraid of yet.” +</p> + +<p> +The little horse allowed itself to be rubbed down without a toss of its head +and without a kick. +</p> + +<p> +“Good gracious!” exclaimed the master. “How is it that he lets you touch him +when no one else can go near him?” +</p> + +<p> +“Perhaps he knows me,” answered the stableboy. +</p> + +<p> +Two or three days later the master said to him: “The porcelain maiden is here; +but though she is as lovely as the dawn, she is so wicked that she scratches +every one that approaches her. Try if she will accept your services.” +</p> + +<p> +When the youth entered the room where she was the golden blackbird broke forth +into a joyful song, and the porcelain maiden sang too and jumped for joy. +</p> + +<p> +“Good gracious!” cried the master.” The porcelain maiden and the golden +blackbird know you too?” +</p> + +<p> +“Yes,” replied the youth, “and the porcelain maiden can tell you the whole +truth if she only will.” +</p> + +<p> +Then she told all that had happened, and how she had consented to follow the +young man who had captured the golden blackbird. +</p> + +<p> +“Yes,” added the youth, “I delivered my brothers, who were kept prisoners in an +inn, and as a reward they threw me into a lake. So I disguised myself and came +here in order to prove the truth to you. +</p> + +<p> +So the old lord embraced his son and promised that he should inherit all his +possessions, and he put to death the two elder ones, who had deceived him and +had tried to slay their own brother. +</p> + +<p> +The young man married the porcelain maiden and had a splendid wedding feast +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap44"></a>THE HALF-CHICK</h2> + +<p> +Retold by Andrew Lang +</p> + +<p> +Once upon a time there was a handsome black Spanish hen who had a large brood +of chickens. They were all fine, plump little birds except the youngest, who +was quite unlike his brothers and sisters. Indeed, he was such a strange, +queer-looking creature that when he first clipped his shell his mother could +scarcely believe her eyes, he was so different from the twelve other fluffy, +downy, soft little chicks who nestled under her wings. This one looked just as +if he had been cut in two. He had only one leg, and one wing, and one eye, and +he had half a head and half a beak. His mother shook her head sadly as she +looked at him and said: +</p> + +<p> +“My youngest born is only a half-chick. He can never grow up a tall, handsome +cock like his brothers. They will go out into the world and rule over poultry +yards of their own; but this poor little fellow will always have to stay at +home with his mother.” And she called him Medio Pollito, which is Spanish for +half-chick. +</p> + +<p> +Now, though Medio Pollito was such an odd, helpless-looking little thing, his +mother soon found that he was not at all willing to remain under her wing and +protection. Indeed, in character he was as unlike his brothers and sisters as +he was in appearance. They were good, obedient chickens, and when the old hen +chicked after them they chirped and ran back to her side. But Medio Pollito had +a roving spirit in spite of his one leg, and when his mother called to him to +return to the coop, he pretended that he could not hear, because he had only +one ear. +</p> + +<p> +When she took the whole family out for a walk in the fields, Medio Pollito +would hop away by himself and hide among the corn. Many an anxious minute his +brothers and sisters had looking for him, while his mother ran to and fro +cackling in fear and dismay. +</p> + +<p> +As he grew older he became more self-willed and disobedient, and his manner to +his mother was often very rude and his temper to the other chickens very +disagreeable. +</p> + +<p> +One day he had been out for a longer expedition than usual in the fields. On +his return he strutted up to his mother with the peculiar little hop and kick +which was his way of walking, and cocking his one eye at her in a very bold +way, he said: +</p> + +<p> +“Mother, I am tired of this life in a dull f farmyard, with nothing but a +dreary maize-field to look at. I’m off to Madrid to see the king.” +</p> + +<p> +“To Madrid, Medio Pollito!” exclaimed his mother. “Why, you silly chick, it +would be a long Journey for a grown-up cock, and a poor little thing like you +would be tired out before you had gone half the distance. No, no, stay at home +with your mother, and some day, when you are bigger, we will go a little +journey together.” +</p> + +<p> +But Medio Pollito had made up his mind, and he would not listen to his mother’s +advice nor to the prayers and entreaties of his brothers and sisters. +</p> + +<p> +“What is the use of our all crowding each other up in this poky little place?” +he said. “When I have a fine courtyard of my own at the king’s palace, I shall +perhaps ask some of you to come and pay me a short visit.” +</p> + +<p> +And scarcely waiting to say good-by to his family, away he stumped down the +high road that led to Madrid. +</p> + +<p> +“Be sure that you are kind and civil to every one you meet,” called his mother, +running after him; but he was in such a hurry to be off that he did not wait to +answer her or even to look back. +</p> + +<p> +A little later in the day, as he was taking a short cut through a field, he +passed a stream. Now, the stream was all choked up and overgrown with weeds and +water-plants, so that its waters could not flow freely. +</p> + +<p> +“Oh! Medio Pollito,” it cried as the half-chick hopped along its banks, “do +come and help me by clearing away these weeds.” +</p> + +<p> +“Help you, indeed!” exclaimed Medio Pollito, tossing his head and shaking the +few feathers in his tail. “Do you think I have nothing to do but to waste my +time on such trifles? Help yourself and don’t trouble busy travelers. I am off +to Madrid to see the king,” and hoppity-kick, hoppity-kick, away stumped Medio +Pollito. +</p> + +<p> +A little later he came to a fire that had been left by some gypsies in a wood. +It was burning very low and would soon be out. +</p> + +<p> +“Oh! Medio Pollito,” cried the fire in a weak, wavering voice as the half-chick +approached, “in a few minutes I shall go quite out unless you put some sticks +and dry leaves upon me. Do help me or I shall die!” +</p> + +<p> +“Help you, indeed!” answered Medio Pollito. “I have other things to do. Gather +sticks for yourself and don’t trouble me. I am off to Madrid to see the king,” +and hoppity-kick, hoppity-kick, away stumped Medio Pollito. +</p> + +<p> +The next morning, as he was getting near Madrid, he passed a large chestnut +tree, in whose branches the wind was caught and entangled. +</p> + +<p> +“Oh! Medio Pollito,” called the wind, “do hop up here and help me to get free +of these branches. I cannot come away and it is so uncomfortable.” +</p> + +<p> +“It is your own fault for going there,” answered Medio Pollito. “I can’t waste +all my morning stopping here to help you. Just shake yourself off, and don’t +hinder me, for I am off to Madrid to see the king,” and hoppity-kick, +hoppity-kick, away stumped Medio Pollito in great glee, for the towers and +roofs of Madrid were now in sight. When he entered the town he saw before him a +great, splendid house, with soldiers standing before the gates. This he knew +must be the king’s palace, and he determined to hop up to the front gate and +wait there until the king came out. But as he was hopping past one of the back +windows the king’s cook saw him. +</p> + +<p> +“Here is the very thing I want,” he exclaimed, “for the king has just sent a +message to say that he must have chicken broth for his dinner.” Opening the +window he stretched out his arm, caught Medio Pollito, and popped him into the +broth pot that was standing near the fire. Oh! how wet and clammy the water +felt as it went over Medio Pollito’s head, making his feathers cling to him. +</p> + +<p> +“Water! water!” he cried in his despair, “do have pity upon me and do not wet +me like this.” +</p> + +<p> +“Ah! Medio Pollito,” replied the water, “you would not help me when I was a +little stream away on the fields. Now you must be punished.” +</p> + +<p> +Then the fire began to burn and scald Medio Pollito, and he danced and hopped +from one side of the pot to the other, trying to get away from the heat and +crying out in pain: +</p> + +<p> +“Fire! fire! do not scorch me like this; you can’t think how it hurts.” +</p> + +<p> +“Ah! Medio Pollito,” answered the fire, “you would not help me when I was dying +away in the wood. You are being punished.” +</p> + +<p> +At last, just when the pain was so great that Medio Pollito thought he must +die, the cook lifted up the lid of the pot to see if the broth was ready for +the king’s dinner. +</p> + +<p> +“Look here!” he cried in horror, “this chicken is quite useless. It is burned +to a cinder. I can’t send it up to the royal table.” And opening the window he +threw Medio Pollito out in the street. But the wind caught him up and whirled +him through the air so quickly that Medio Pollito could scarcely breathe, and +his heart beat against his side till he thought it would break. +</p> + +<p> +“Oh, wind I” at last he gasped out, “if you hurry me along like this you will +kill me. Do let me rest a moment, or—” +</p> + +<p> +But he was so breathless that he could not finish his sentence. +</p> + +<p> +“Ah! Medio Pollito,” replied the wind, “when I was caught in the branches of +the chestnut tree you would not help me. Now you are punished.” And he swirled +Medio Pollito over the roofs of the houses till they reached the highest church +in the town, and there he left him fastened to the top of the steeple. +</p> + +<p> +And there stands Medio Pollito to this day. And if you go to Madrid and walk +through the streets till you come to the highest church, you will see Medio +Pollito perched on his one leg on the steeple, with his one wing drooping at +his side and gazing sadly out of his one eye over the town. +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap45"></a>THE THREE BROTHERS</h2> + +<p> +By Hermann R. Kletke +</p> + +<p> +There was once upon a time a witch who in the shape of a hawk used every night +to break the windows of a certain village church. In the same village there +lived three brothers, who were all determined to kill the mischievous hawk. But +in vain did the two eldest mount guard in the church with their guns; as soon +as the bird appeared high above their heads sleep overpowered them, and they +only awoke to hear the windows crashing in. +</p> + +<p> +Then the younger brother took his turn of guarding the windows, and to prevent +his being overcome by sleep he placed a lot of thorns under his chin, so that +if he felt drowsy and nodded his head they would prick him and keep him awake. +</p> + +<p> +The moon was already risen and it was as light as day, when suddenly he heard a +fearful noise, and at the same time a terrible desire to sleep overpowered him. +</p> + +<p> +His eyelids closed and his head sank on his shoulders, but the thorns ran into +him and were so painful that he awoke at once. He saw the hawk swooping down +upon the church, and in a moment he had seized his gun and shot at the bird. +The hawk fell heavily under a big stone, severely wounded in its right wing. +The youth ran to look at it and saw that a huge abyss had opened below the +stone. He went at once to fetch his brothers, and with their help dragged a lot +of pine wood and ropes to the spot. They fastened some of the burning pine wood +to the end of the rope and let it slowly down to the bottom of the abyss. At +first it was quite dark, and the flaming torch only lit up dirty gray stone +walls. But the youngest brother determined to explore the abyss, and letting +himself down by the rope he soon reached the bottom. Here he found a lovely +meadow full of green trees and exquisite flowers. +</p> + +<p> +In the middle of the meadow stood a huge stone castle, with an iron gate +leading to it, which was wide open. Everything in the castle seemed to be made +of copper, and the only inhabitant he could discover was a lovely girl, who was +combing her golden hair; and he noticed that whenever one of her hairs fell on +the ground it rang out like pure metal. The youth looked at her more closely, +and saw that her skin was smooth and fair, her blue eyes bright and sparkling, +and her hair as golden as the sun. He fell in love with her on the spot, and +kneeling at her feet he implored her to become his wife. +</p> + +<p> +The lovely girl accepted his proposal gladly; but at the same time she warned +him that she could never come up to the world above till her mother, the old +witch, was dead. And she went on to tell him that the only way in which the old +creature could be killed was with the sword that hung up in the castle; but the +sword was so heavy that no one could lift it. +</p> + +<p> +Then the youth went into a room in the castle where everything was made of +silver, and here he found another beautiful girl, the sister of his bride. She +was combing her silver hair, and every hair that fell on the ground rang out +like pure metal. The second girl handed him the sword, but though he tried with +all his strength he could not lift it. At last a third sister came to him and +gave him a drop of something to drink, which she said would give him the +needful strength. He drank one drop, but still he could not lift the sword; +then he drank a second and the sword began to move; but only after he had drunk +a third drop was he able to swing the sword over his head. +</p> + +<p> +Then he hid himself in the castle and awaited the old witch’s arrival. At last +as it was beginning to grow dark she appeared. She swooped down upon a big +apple tree, and after shaking some golden apples from it she pounced down upon +the earth. As soon as her feet touched the ground she became transformed from a +hawk into a woman. This was the moment the youth was waiting for, and he swung +his mighty sword in the air with all his strength and the witch’s head fell +off, and her blood spurted upon the walls. +</p> + +<p> +Without fear of any further danger, he packed up all the treasures of the +castle into great chests and gave his brothers a signal to pull them up out of +the abyss. First the treasures were attached to the rope and then the three +lovely girls. And now everything was up above and only he himself remained +below. But as he was a little suspicious of his brothers, he fastened a heavy +stone on to the rope and let them pull it up. At first they heaved with a will, +but when the stone was halfway up they let it drop suddenly, and it fell to the +bottom broken into a hundred pieces. +</p> + +<p> +“So that’s what would have happened to my bones had I trusted myself to them,” +said the youth sadly; and he cried bitterly, not because of the treasures, but +because of the lovely girl with her swanlike neck and golden hair. +</p> + +<p> +For a long time he wandered sadly all through the beautiful underworld, and one +day he met a magician who asked him the cause of his tears. The youth told him +all that had befallen him, and the magician said: +</p> + +<p> +“Do not grieve, young man! If you will guard the children who are hidden in the +golden apple tree I will bring you at once up to the earth. Another magician +who lives in this land always eats my children up. It is in vain that I have +hidden them under the earth and locked them into the castle. Now I have hidden +them in the apple tree; hide yourself there, too, and at midnight you will see +my enemy.” +</p> + +<p> +The youth climbed up the tree and picked some of the beautiful golden apples, +which he ate for his supper. At midnight the wind began to rise and a rustling +sound was heard at the foot of the tree. The youth looked down and beheld a +long thick serpent beginning to crawl up the tree. It wound itself round the +stem and gradually got higher and higher. It stretched its huge head, in which +the eyes glittered fiercely, among the branches, searching for the nest in +which the little children lay. They trembled with terror when they saw the +hideous creature and hid themselves beneath the leaves. +</p> + +<p> +Then the youth swung his mighty sword in the air, and with one blow cut off the +serpent’s head. He cut up the rest of the body into little bits and strewed +them to the four winds. +</p> + +<p> +The father of the rescued children was so delighted over the death of his enemy +that he told the youth to get on his back, and thus he carried him up to the +world above. +</p> + +<p> +With what joy did he hurry now to his brothers’ house! He burst into a room +where they were all assembled, but no one knew who he was. Only his bride, who +was serving as cook to her sisters, recognized her lover at once. +</p> + +<p> +His brothers, who had quite believed he was dead, yielded him up his treasures +at once and flew into the woods in terror. But the good youth forgave them all +they had done and divided his treasures with them. Then he built himself a big +castle with golden windows, and there he lived happily with his golden-haired +wife till the end of their lives. +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap46"></a>THE GLASS MOUNTAIN</h2> + +<p> +By Hermann R. Kletke +</p> + +<p> +Once upon a time there was a glass mountain at the top of which stood a castle +made of pure gold, and in front of the castle there grew an apple tree on which +there were golden apples. +</p> + +<p> +Anyone who picked an apple gained admittance into the golden castle, and there +in a silver room sat an enchanted princess of surpassing fairness and beauty. +She was as rich, too, as she was beautiful, for the cellars of the castle were +full of precious stones, and great chests of the finest gold stood round the +walls of all the rooms. +</p> + +<p> +Many knights had come from afar to try their luck, but it was in vain they +attempted to climb the mountain. In spite of having their horses shod with +sharp nails, no one managed to get more than halfway up, and then they all fell +back right down to the bottom of the steep, slippery hill. Sometimes they broke +an arm, sometimes a leg, and many a brave man had broken his neck even. +</p> + +<p> +The beautiful princess sat at her window and watched the bold knights trying to +reach her on their splendid horses. The sight of her always gave men fresh +courage, and they flocked from the four quarters of the globe to attempt the +work of rescuing her. But all in vain, and for seven years the princess had sat +now and waited for some one to scale the glass mountain. +</p> + +<p> +A heap of corpses both of riders and horses lay round the mountain, and many +dying men lay groaning there unable to go any further with their wounded limbs. +The whole neighborhood had the appearance of a vast churchyard. In three more +days the seven years would be at an end, when a knight in golden armor and +mounted on a spirited steed was seen making his way toward the fatal hill. +</p> + +<p> +Sticking his spurs into his horse he made a rush at the mountain and got up +halfway, then he calmly turned his horse’s head and came down again without a +slip or stumble. The following day he started in the same way; the horse trod +on the glass as if it had been level earth, and sparks of fire flew from its +hoofs. All the other knights gazed in astonishment, for he had almost gained +the summit, and in another moment he would have reached the apple tree; but of +a sudden a huge eagle rose up and spread its mighty wings, hitting as it did so +the knight’s horse in the eye. The beast shied, opened its wide nostrils, and +tossed its mane, then rearing high up in the air, its hind feet slipped and it +fell with its rider down the steep mountain side. Nothing was left of either of +them except their bones, which rattled in the battered, golden armor like dry +peas in a pod. +</p> + +<p> +And now there was only one more day before the close of the seven years. Then +there arrived on the scene a mere school boy—a merry, happy-hearted youth, but +at the same time strong and well grown. He saw how many knights had broken +their necks in vain, but undaunted he approached the steep mountain on foot and +began the ascent. +</p> + +<p> +For long he had heard his parents speak of the beautiful princess who sat in +the golden castle at the top of the glass mountain. He listened to all he heard +and determined that he too would try his luck. But first he went to the forest +and caught a lynx, and cutting off the creature’s sharp claws, he fastened them +on to his own hands and feet. +</p> + +<p> +Armed with these weapons he boldly started up the glass mountain. The sun was +nearly going down, and the youth had not got more than halfway up. He could +hardly draw breath he was so worn out, and his mouth was parched by thirst. A +huge black cloud passed over his head, but in vain did he beg and beseech her +to let a drop of water fall on him. He opened his mouth, but the black cloud +sailed past and not as much as a drop of dew moistened his dry lips. +</p> + +<p> +His feet were torn and bleeding, and he could only hold on now with his hands. +Evening closed in, and he strained his eyes to see if he could behold the top +of the mountain. Then he gazed beneath him, and what a sight met his eyes! A +yawning abyss, with certain and terrible death at the bottom, reeking with +half-decayed bodies of horses and riders! And this had been the end of all the +other brave men who like himself had attempted the ascent. +</p> + +<p> +It was almost pitch dark now, and only the stars lit up the glass mountain. The +poor boy still clung on as if glued to the glass by his blood-stained hands. He +made no struggle to get higher, for all his strength had left him, and seeing +no hope he calmly awaited death. Then all of a sudden he fell into a deep +sleep, and forgetful of his dangerous position he slumbered sweetly. But all +the same, although he slept, he had stuck his sharp claws so firmly into the +glass that he was quite safe not to fall. +</p> + +<p> +Now, the golden apple tree was guarded by the eagle which had overthrown the +golden knight and his horse. Every night it flew round the glass mountain +keeping a careful lookout, and no sooner had the moon emerged from the clouds +than the bird rose up from the apple tree, and circling round in the air caught +sight of the sleeping youth. +</p> + +<p> +Greedy for carrion, and sure that this must be a fresh corpse, the bird swooped +down upon the boy. But he was awake now, and perceiving the eagle, he +determined by its help to save himself. +</p> + +<p> +The eagle dug its sharp claws into the tender flesh of the youth, but he bore +the pain without a sound and seized the bird’s two feet with his hands. The +creature in terror lifted him high up into the air and began to circle round +the tower of the castle. The youth held on bravely. He saw the glittering +palace, which by the pale rays of the moon looked like a dim lamp; and he saw +the high windows, and round one of them a balcony in which the beautiful +princess sat lost in sad thoughts. Then the boy saw that he was close to the +apple tree, and drawing a small knife from his belt he cut off both the eagle’s +feet. The bird rose up in the air in its agony and vanished into the clouds, +and the youth fell on to the broad branches of the apple tree. +</p> + +<p> +Then he drew out the claws of the eagle’s feet that had remained in his flesh +and put the peel of one of the golden apples on the wound, and in one moment it +was healed and well again. He pulled several of the beautiful apples and put +them in his pocket; then he entered the castle. The door was guarded by a great +dragon, but as soon as he threw an apple at it the beast vanished. +</p> + +<p> +At the same moment a gate opened, and the youth perceived a courtyard full of +flowers and beautiful trees, and on a balcony sat the lovely enchanted princess +with her retinue. +</p> + +<p> +As soon as she saw the youth she ran toward him and greeted him as her husband +and master. She gave him all her treasures, and the youth became a rich and +mighty ruler. But he never returned to the earth, for only the mighty eagle, +who had been the guardian of the princess and of the castle, could have carried +on his wings the enormous treasure down to the world. But as the eagle had lost +its feet, it died, and its body was found in a wood on the glass mountain. +</p> + +<p> +One day when the youth was strolling about the palace garden with the princess, +his wife, he looked down over the edge of the glass mountain and saw to his +astonishment a great number of people gathered there. He blew his silver +whistle, and the swallow who acted as messenger in the golden castle flew past. +</p> + +<p> +“Fly down and ask what the matter is,” he said to the little bird, who sped off +like lightning and soon returned saying: +</p> + +<p> +“The blood of the eagle has restored all the people below to life. All those +who have perished on this mountain are awakening up to-day, as it were from a +sleep, and are mounting their horses, and the whole population are gazing on +this unheard-of wonder with joy and amazement.” +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap47"></a>HUNTSMAN THE UNLUCKY</h2> + +<p> +By John T. Naaké +</p> + +<p> +Once upon a time there lived a huntsman. He would go every day in search of +game, but it often happened that he killed nothing, and so was obliged to +return home with his bag empty. On that account he was nicknamed “Huntsman the +Unlucky.” At last he was reduced by his ill fortune to such extremities that he +had not a piece of bread nor a kopek left. The wretched man wandered about the +forest, cold and hungry; he had eaten nothing for three days, and was nearly +dying of starvation. He lay down on the grass determined to put an end to his +existence; happily better thoughts came into his mind; he crossed himself, and +threw away the gun. Suddenly he heard a rustling noise near him. It seemed to +issue from some thick grass close at hand. The hunter got up and approached the +spot. He then observed that the grass partly hid a gloomy abyss, from the +bottom of which there rose a stone, and on it lay a small jar. As he looked and +listened the hunter heard a small voice crying— +</p> + +<p> +“Dear, kind traveler, release me!” +</p> + +<p> +The voice seemed to proceed from the little jar. The courageous hunter, walking +carefully from one stone to another, approached the spot where the jar lay, +took it up gently, and heard a voice crying from within like the chirping of a +grasshopper— +</p> + +<p> +“Release me, and I will be of service to you.” +</p> + +<p> +“Who are you, my little friend?” asked Huntsman the Unlucky. +</p> + +<p> +“I have no name, and cannot be seen by human eyes,” answered a soft voice. “If +you want me, call ‘Murza!’ A wicked magician put me in this jar, sealed it with +the seal of King Solomon, and then threw me into this fearful place, where I +have lain for seventy years.” +</p> + +<p> +“Very good,” said Huntsman the Unlucky; “I will give you your liberty, and then +we shall see how you will keep your word.” He broke the seal and opened the +little jar—there was nothing in it! +</p> + +<p> +“Halloa! where are you, my friend?” cried the hunter. +</p> + +<p> +“By your side,” a voice answered. +</p> + +<p> +The hunter looked about him, but could see no one. +</p> + +<p> +“Murza!” +</p> + +<p> +“Ready! I await your orders. I am your servant for the next three days, and +will do whatever you desire. You have only to say, ‘Go there, I know not where; +bring something, I know not what.’” +</p> + +<p> +“Very well,” said the hunter. “You will doubtless know best what is wanted: Go +there, I know not where; bring something, I know not what.” +</p> + +<p> +As soon as the hunter had uttered these words there appeared before him a table +covered with dishes, each filled with the most delicious viands, as if they had +come direct from a banquet of the czar. The hunter sat down at the table, and +ate and drank till he was satisfied. He then rose, crossed himself, and, bowing +on all sides, exclaimed— +</p> + +<p> +“Thank you! thank you!” +</p> + +<p> +Instantly the table, and everything else with it, disappeared, and the hunter +continued his journey. +</p> + +<p> +After walking some distance he sat down by the roadside to rest. It so happened +that while the hunter was resting himself, there passed through the forest a +gypsy thief, leading a horse which he wanted to sell. +</p> + +<p> +“I wish I had the money to buy the horse with,” thought the hunter; “what a +pity my pockets are empty! However, I will ask my invisible friend. Murza!” +</p> + +<p> +“Ready!” +</p> + +<p> +“Go there, I know not where; bring something, I know not what.” +</p> + +<p> +In less than a minute the hunter heard the money chinking in his pocket; gold +poured into them, he knew not how nor whence. +</p> + +<p> +“Thanks! you have kept your word,” said the hunter. +</p> + +<p> +He then began to bargain with the gypsy for the horse. Having agreed upon the +price, he paid the man in gold, who, staring at the hunter with his mouth wide +open, wondered where Huntsman the Unlucky had got so much money from. Parting +from the hunter, the gypsy thief ran with all his speed to the farther end of +the forest, and whistled. There was no answer. “They are asleep,” thought the +gypsy, and entered a cavern where some robbers, lying on the skins of animals, +were resting themselves. +</p> + +<p> +“Halloa, comrades! Are you asleep?” cried the gypsy. “Get up, quick! or you +will lose a fine bird. He is alone in the forest, and his pockets are full of +gold. Make haste!” +</p> + +<p> +The robbers sprang up, mounted their horses, and galloped after the hunter. +</p> + +<p> +The hunter heard the clatter, and seeing himself suddenly surrounded by +robbers, cried out— “Murza!” +</p> + +<p> +“Ready!” answered a voice near him. “Go there, I know not where; bring +something, I know not what.” +</p> + +<p> +There was a rustling noise heard in the forest, and then something from behind +the trees fell upon the robbers. They were knocked from their horses, and +scattered on all sides; yet no hand was seen to touch them. The robbers, thrown +upon the ground, could not raise themselves, and the hunter, thankful and +rejoicing at his deliverance, rode on, and soon found his way out of the dark +forest, and came upon a town. +</p> + +<p> +Near this town there were pitched tents full of soldiers. Huntsman the Unlucky +was told that an enormous army of Tartars had come, under the command of their +khan, who, angry at being refused the hand of the beautiful Princess Milovzora, +the daughter of the czar, had declared war against him. The hunter had seen the +Princess Milovzora when she was out hunting in the forest. She used to ride a +beautiful horse, and carry a golden lance in her hand; a magnificent quiver of +arrows hung from her shoulder. When her veil was lifted up she appeared like +the spring sunlight, to give light to the eyes and warmth to the heart. +</p> + +<p> +The hunter reflected for a little while, and then cried, “Murza!” +</p> + +<p> +In an instant he found himself dressed in splendid attire; his jacket was +embroidered with gold, he wore a beautiful mantle on his shoulders, and ostrich +feathers hung gracefully down from the top of his helmet, fastened by a brooch +of a ruby surrounded by pearls. The hunter went into the castle, presented +himself before the czar, and offered to drive away the forces of the enemy on +condition that the czar gave him the beautiful Princess Milovzora for his wife. +</p> + +<p> +The czar was greatly surprised, but did not like to refuse such an offer at +once; he first asked the hunter his name, his birth and his possessions. +</p> + +<p> +“I am called Huntsman the Unlucky, Master of Murza the Invisible.” +</p> + +<p> +The czar thought the young stranger was mad; the courtiers, however, who had +seen him before, assured the czar that the stranger exactly resembled Huntsman +the Unlucky, whom they knew; but how he had got that splendid dress they could +not tell. +</p> + +<p> +Then the czar demanded: +</p> + +<p> +“Do you hear what they say? If you are telling lies, you will lose your head. +Let us see, then, how you will overcome the enemy with the forces of your +invisible Murza?” +</p> + +<p> +“Be of good hope, czar,” answered the hunter; “as soon as I say the word, +everything will be completed.” +</p> + +<p> +“Good,” said the czar. “If you have spoken the truth you shall have my daughter +for your wife; if not, your head will be the forfeit.” +</p> + +<p> +The hunter said to himself, “I shall either become a prince, or I am a lost +man.” +</p> + +<p> +He then whispered, “Murza, go there, I know not where; do this, I know not +what.” +</p> + +<p> +A few minutes passed, and there was nothing to be heard or seen. Huntsman the +Unlucky turned pale; the czar, enraged, ordered him to be seized and put in +irons, when suddenly the firing of guns was heard in the distance. The czar and +his courtiers ran out on the steps leading to the castle, and saw bodies of men +approaching from both right and left, their standards waving gracefully in the +air; the soldiers were splendidly equipped. The czar could hardly believe his +eyes, for he himself had no troops so fine as these. +</p> + +<p> +“This is no delusion!” cried Huntsman the Unlucky. “These are the forces of my +invisible friend.” +</p> + +<p> +“Let them drive away the enemy then, if they can,” said the czar. +</p> + +<p> +The hunter waved his handkerchief. The army wheeled into position; music burst +forth in a martial strain, and then a great cloud of dust arose. When the dust +had cleared away, the army was gone. +</p> + +<p> +The czar invited Huntsman the Unlucky to dinner, and asked him numerous +questions about Murza the Invisible. At the second course the news came that +the enemy was flying in every direction, completely routed. The terrified +Tartars had left all their tents and baggage behind them. The czar thanked the +hunter for his assistance, and informed his daughter that he had found a +husband for her. Princess Milovzora blushed upon receiving this intelligence, +then turned pale, and began to shed tears. The hunter whispered something to +Murza, and the princess’s tears changed into precious stones as they fell. The +courtiers hastened to pick them up—they were pearls and diamonds. The princess +smiled at this, and overcome with pleasure gave her hand to Huntsman the +Unlucky—unlucky no longer. Then began the feast. But here the story must end. +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap48"></a>STORY OF LITTLE SIMPLETON</h2> + +<p> +By John T. Naaké +</p> + +<p> +Once there lived a peasant and his wife who had three daughters. The two elder +girls were cunning and selfish; the youngest was simple and open-hearted, and +on that account came to be called, first by her sisters and afterward by her +father and mother, “Little Simpleton.” Little Simpleton was pushed about, had +to fetch everything that was wanted, and was always kept at work; but she was +ever ready to do what she was told, and never uttered a word of complaint. She +would water the garden, prepare pine splinters, milk the cows, and feed the +ducks; she had to wait upon everybody—in a word, she was the drudge of the +family. +</p> + +<p> +One day, as the peasant was going with the hay to market, he asked his +daughters what they would like him to buy for them. +</p> + +<p> +“Buy me some kumach (Red wool stuff from Bucharest) for a sarafan (A long dress +worn by the Russian peasant women) father,” answered the eldest daughter. +</p> + +<p> +“And me some nankeen,” said the second. The youngest daughter alone did not ask +for a present. The peasant was moved with compassion for the girl; although a +simpleton she was still his daughter. +</p> + +<p> +Turning to her he asked “Well, Little Simpleton, what shall I buy for you?” +</p> + +<p> +Little Simpleton smiled and replied— +</p> + +<p> +“Buy me, dearest father, a little silver plate and a little apple.” +</p> + +<p> +“What do you want them for?” asked her sisters. +</p> + +<p> +“I will make the little apple roll round the plate, and will say some words to +it which an old woman taught me because I gave her a cake.” +</p> + +<p> +The peasant promised to buy his daughters what they asked of him, and then +started for market. He sold his hay, and bought the presents: some nankeen for +one of his daughters, for another some kumach, and for Little Simpleton a +little silver plate and a little apple. Then he returned home and gave these +things to his daughters. +</p> + +<p> +The girls were delighted; the two elder ones made themselves sarafans, and +laughed at Little Simpleton, wondering what she would do with the silver plate +and the apple. +</p> + +<p> +Little Simpleton did not eat the apple, but sat down in a corner and cried— +</p> + +<p> +“Roll, roll, little apple on the silver plate, and show me towns and fields, +forests and seas, lofty mountains and beautiful skies.” +</p> + +<p> +And the apple began to roll on the plate, and there appeared on it town after +town; ships sailing on the seas, and people in the fields; mountains and +beautiful skies; suns and stars. All these things looked so beautiful, and were +so wonderful, that it would be impossible to tell of them in a story, or +describe them with the pen. +</p> + +<p> +At first the elder sisters looked at the little plate with delight; soon, +however, their hearts were filled with envy, and they began to try to get it +from their younger sister. But the girl would not part with it on any account. +Then the wicked girls said— “Dearest sister, let us go into the forest to +gather blackberries.” +</p> + +<p> +Little Simpleton got up, gave the plate and apple to her father, and went with +them into the forest. They walked about and gathered blackberries. All at once +they saw a spade lying upon the ground. The wicked sisters killed Little +Simpleton with it, and buried her under a birch tree. +</p> + +<p> +They returned home late, and told their father, “The Simpleton is lost; she ran +away from us in the forest; we searched, but could not find her anywhere. The +wolves must have eaten her.” +</p> + +<p> +The peasant regretted the loss of his daughter bitterly; for although so simple +she was still his child. The wicked sisters also shed tears. Her father put the +little silver plate and the little apple into a box, and locked them up. +</p> + +<p> +Next morning a shepherd was tending his sheep near the place, playing on his +pipe, and searching in the forest for one of his flock that was missing. He +observed the little grave under the birch tree; it was covered by the most +lovely flowers, and out of the middle of the grave there grew a reed. The +shepherd cut off the reed, and made a pipe of it. As soon as the pipe was +prepared, oh, wonderful! It began to play of itself, and say— +</p> + +<p> +“Play, oh pipe, play! and comfort my poor parents and sisters. I was killed for +the sake of my little silver plate and my little apple.” +</p> + +<p> +When the people heard of this they ran out of their huts, and all came round +the shepherd and began to ask him who was killed. +</p> + +<p> +“Good people,” answered the shepherd, “I don’t know who it is. While searching +for one of my sheep in the forest, I came upon a grave covered with flowers. +Above them all stood a reed. I cut off the reed and made this pipe of it. It +plays of itself, and you have heard what it says.” +</p> + +<p> +The father of Little Simpleton happened to be present. He took the pipe into +his own hand, and it began to play: +</p> + +<p> +“Play, oh pipe, play! Comfort my poor father and mother. I was killed for the +sake of my little silver plate and my little apple.” The peasant asked the +shepherd to take him to the place where he had cut the reed. They all went into +the forest, saw the grave, and were astonished at the sight of the lovely +flowers which grew there. They opened the grave, and there discovered the body +of a girl, which the poor man recognized as that of his youngest daughter. +There she lay, murdered—but by whom no one could tell. The people asked one +another who it was that had killed the poor girl. Suddenly the pipe began to +play— +</p> + +<p> +“Oh, my dearest father; my sisters brought me to this forest, and here killed +me for the sake of my little plate and my little apple. You will not bring me +to life until you fetch some of the water from the czar’s well.” +</p> + +<p> +Then the wicked sisters confessed it all. They were seized and cast into a dark +prison, to await the pleasure of the czar. The peasant set out for the capital. +As soon as he arrived at the city, he went to the palace, saw the czar, told +his story, and begged permission to take some water from the well. The czar +said, “You may take some water of life from my well, and as soon as you have +restored your daughter to life, bring her here with her little plate and the +little apple; bring your other two daughters also.” +</p> + +<p> +The peasant bowed to the ground, and returned home with a bottle full of the +water of life. He hastened to the grave in the forest, lifted up the body of +his daughter, and as soon as he had sprinkled it with the water the girl came +to life again, and threw herself into his arms. All who were present were moved +to tears. +</p> + +<p> +Then the peasant started again for the capital, and arriving there went at once +to the czar’s palace. The czar came out, and saw the peasant with his three +daughters, two of them with their arms bound, the third, as beautiful as the +spring flowers, stood near, the tears like diamonds falling down her cheeks. +The czar was very angry with the two wicked sisters; then he asked the youngest +for her little plate and apple. The girl took the box from her father’s hands, +and said— +</p> + +<p> +“Sire, what would you like to see? Your towns or your armies; the ships at sea, +or the beautiful stars in the sky?” +</p> + +<p> +Then she made the little apple roll round the plate, and there appeared on it +many towns, one after the other, with bodies of soldiers near them, with their +standards and artillery. Then the soldiers made ready for the fight, and the +officers stood in their places. The firing commenced, the smoke arose, and hid +it all from view. The little apple began again to roll on the plate, and there +appeared the sea covered with ships, their flags streaming in the wind. The +guns began to fire, the smoke arose, and again all disappeared from their +sight. The apple again began to roll on the plate, and there appeared on it the +beautiful sky with suns and stars. +</p> + +<p> +The czar was astonished. The girl fell down on her knees before him, and cried— +</p> + +<p> +“Oh, Sire, take my little plate and my little apple, and forgive my sisters!” +</p> + +<p> +The czar was moved by her tears and entreaties and forgave the wicked sisters; +the delighted girl sprang up and began to embrace and kiss them. The czar +smiled, took her by the hand and said, “I honor the goodness of your heart, and +admire your beauty. Would you like to become my wife?” +</p> + +<p> +“Sire,” answered the beautiful girl, “I obey your royal command; but allow me +first to ask my parents’ permission.” +</p> + +<p> +The delighted peasant at once gave his consent; they sent for the mother, and +she, too, gladly bestowed her blessing. +</p> + +<p> +“One favor more,” said the beautiful girl to the czar. “Permit my parents and +sisters to remain with me.” +</p> + +<p> +On hearing this the sisters fell down on their knees before her, and cried— +</p> + +<p> +“We are not worthy of so much favor!” +</p> + +<p> +“Dearest sisters,” said the beautiful girl, “all is forgotten and forgiven. +They who remember the past with malice deserve to lose their sight.” +</p> + +<p> +She then tried to lift them up from the ground, but they, shedding bitter +tears, would not rise. Then the czar, looking at them with a frown, bade them +get up; he allowed them, however, to stay in the palace. +</p> + +<p> +A magnificent entertainment then began: the palace was splendidly lighted up, +and looked like the sun among the clouds. The czar and czarina rode out in an +open chariot and showed themselves to the people, who cried joyfully— +</p> + +<p> +“Long live czar and czarina! May they shine upon us like the glorious sun for +years and years to come!” +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap49"></a>THE GOLDEN FISH</h2> + +<p> +By L. M. Gask +</p> + +<p> +Upon a certain island in the middle of the sea dwelt an old man and his wife. +They were so poor that they often went short of bread, for the fish he caught +were their only means of livelihood. +</p> + +<p> +One day when the man had been fishing for many hours without success, he hooked +a small Gold Fish, whose eyes were bright as diamonds. +</p> + +<p> +“Let me go, kind man,” the little creature cried. “I should not make a mouthful +either for yourself or your wife, and my own mate waits for me down in the +waters.” +</p> + +<p> +The old man was so moved by his pleadings that he took him off the hook and +threw him back into the sea. Before he swam off to rejoin his mate, the Gold +Fish promised that in return for his kindness he would come to the fisherman’s +help if ever he wanted him. Laughing merrily at this, for he did not believe +that a fish could help him except by providing him with food, the old man went +home and told his wife. +</p> + +<p> +“What!” she cried, “you actually let him go when you had caught him? It was +just like your stupidity. We have not a scrap of bread in the house, and now, I +suppose, we must starve!” +</p> + +<p> +Her reproaches continued for so long that though he scarcely believed what the +fish had said, the poor old man thought that at least it would do no harm to +put him to the test. He therefore hastened back to the shore, and stood at the +very edge of the waves. +</p> + +<p> +“Golden Fish, Golden Fish!” he called. “Come to me, I pray, with your tail in +the water, and your head lifted up toward me!” +</p> + +<p> +As the last word was uttered the Gold Fish popped up his head. +</p> + +<p> +“You see I have kept my promise,” he said. “What can I do for you, my good +friend?” +</p> + +<p> +“There is not a scrap of bread in the house,” quavered the old man, “and my +wife is very angry with me for letting you go. +</p> + +<p> +“Don’t trouble about that!” said the Gold Fish in an off-hand manner; “you will +find bread, and to spare, when you go home.” And the old man hurried away to +see if his little friend had spoken truly. +</p> + +<p> +Surely enough, he found that the pan was full of fine white loaves. +</p> + +<p> +“I did not do so badly for you after all, good wife!” he said, as they ate +their supper; but his wife was anything but satisfied. The more she had, the +more she wanted, and she lay awake planning what they should demand from the +Gold Fish next. +</p> + +<p> +“Wake up, you lazy man!” she cried to her husband, early next morning. “Go down +to the sea and tell your fish that I must have a new washtub.” +</p> + +<p> +The old man did as his wife bade him, and the moment he called the Gold Fish +reappeared. He seemed quite willing to grant the new request, and on his return +home the old man found a beautiful new washtub in the small yard at the back of +their cabin. +</p> + +<p> +“Why didn’t you ask for a new cabin too?” his wife said angrily. “If you had +had a grain of sense you would have done this without being told. Go back at +once, and say that we must have one. +</p> + +<p> +The old man was rather ashamed to trouble his friend again so soon; but the +Gold Fish was as obliging as ever. +</p> + +<p> +“Very well,” he said, “a new cabin you shall have.” And the old mart found one +so spick-and-span that he hardly dare cross the floor for fear of soiling it. +It would have pleased him greatly had his wife been contented, but she, good +woman, did nothing but grumble still. +</p> + +<p> +“Tell your Gold Fish,” she said next day, “that I want to be a duchess, with +many servants at my beck and call, and a splendid carriage to drive in. +</p> + +<p> +Once more her wish was granted, but now her husband’s plight was hard indeed. +She would not let him share her palace, but ordered him off to the stables, +where he was forced to keep company with her grooms. In a few days, however, he +grew reconciled to his lot, for here he could live in peace, while he learned +that she was leading those around her a terrible life, it was not long before +she sent for him again. +</p> + +<p> +“Summon the Gold Fish,” she commanded haughtily, “and tell him I wish to be +Queen of the Waters, and to rule over all the fish.” +</p> + +<p> +The poor old man felt sorry for the fish if they had to be under her rule, for +prosperity had quite spoiled her. However, he dared not disobey, and once more +summoned his powerful friend. +</p> + +<p> +“Make your wife the Queen of the Waters?” exclaimed the Gold Fish. “That is the +last thing I should do. She is unfit to reign, for she cannot rule herself or +her desires. I shall make her once more a poor old woman. Adieu! You will see +me no more.” +</p> + +<p> +The old man returned sorrowfully with this unpleasant message, to find the +palace transformed into a humble cabin, and his wife in a skirt of threadbare +stuff in place of the rich brocade which she had worn of late. She was sad and +humble, and much more easy to live with than she had been before. Her husband +therefore had occasion many times to think gratefully of the Gold Fish, and +sometimes when drawing up his net the glint of the sun upon the scales of his +captives would give him a moment’s hope—which, alas! was as often +disappointed—that once again he was to see his benefactor. +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap50"></a>THE WONDERFUL HAIR</h2> + +<p> +By W. S. Karajich +</p> + +<p> +There once lived a man who was very poor, and who had many children; so many +that he was unable to support them. As he could not endure the idea of their +perishing of hunger, he was often tempted to destroy them; his wife alone +prevented him. One night, as he lay asleep, there appeared to him a lovely +child in a vision. The child said— +</p> + +<p> +“Oh, man! I see your soul is in danger, in the thought of killing your helpless +children. But I know you are poor, and am come here to help you. You will find +under your pillow in the morning a looking-glass, a red handkerchief, and an +embroidered scarf. Take these three things, but show them to no one, and go to +the forest. In that forest you will find a rivulet. Walk by the side of this +rivulet until you come to its source; there you will see a girl, as bright as +the sun, with long hair streaming down her shoulders. Take care that she does +you no harm. Say not a word to her; for if you utter a single syllable, she +will change you into a fish or some other creature, and eat you. Should she ask +you to comb her hair, obey her. As you comb it, you will find one hair as red +as blood; pull it out, and run away with it. Be swift, for she will follow you. +Then throw on the ground, first the embroidered scarf, then the red +handkerchief, and last of all the looking-glass; they will delay her pursuit of +you. Sell the hair to some rich man; but see that you do not allow yourself to +be cheated, for it is of boundless worth. Its produce will make you rich and +thus you will be able to feed your children.” +</p> + +<p> +Next morning, when the poor man awoke, he found under his pillow exactly the +things the child mad told him of in his dream. He went immediately into the +forest, and when he had discovered the rivulet he walked by the side of it, on +and on, until he reached its source. There he saw a girl sitting on the bank, +threading a needle with the rays of the sun. She was embroidering a net made of +the hair of heroes, spread on a frame before her. He approached and bowed to +her. The girl got up and demanded— +</p> + +<p> +“Where did you come from, strange knight?” +</p> + +<p> +The man remained silent. Again she asked him— +</p> + +<p> +“Who are you, and why do you come here?” And many other questions. But he +remained silent as a stone, indicating with his hands only that he was dumb and +in need of help. She told him to sit at her feet, and when he had gladly done +so, she inclined her head toward him, that he might comb her hair. He began to +arrange her hair as if to comb it, but as soon as he had found the red one, he +separated it from the rest, plucked it out, leaped up, and ran from her with +his utmost speed. +</p> + +<p> +The girl sprang after him, and was soon at his heels. The man, turning round as +he ran, and seeing that his pursuer would soon overtake him, threw the +embroidered scarf on the ground, as he had been told. When the girl saw it, she +stopped and began to examine it; turning it over on both sides, and admiring +the embroidery. Meanwhile the man gained a considerable distance in advance. +The girl tied the scarf round her bosom and recommenced the pursuit. When the +man saw that she was again about to overtake him, he threw down the red +handkerchief. At the sight of it, the girl again stopped, examined, and +wondered at it; the peasant, in the meantime, was again enabled to increase the +distance between them. When the girl perceived this, she became furious, and +throwing away both scarf and handkerchief began to run with increased speed +after him. She was just upon the point of catching the poor peasant, when he +threw the looking-glass at her feet. At the sight of the looking-glass, the +like of which she had never seen before, the girl checked herself, picked it +up, and looked in it. Seeing her own face, she fancied there was another girl +looking at her. While she was thus occupied the man ran so far that she could +not possibly overtake him. When the girl saw that further pursuit was useless, +she turned back, and the peasant, joyful and unhurt, reached his home. Once +within doors he showed the hair to his wife and children, and told them all +that had happened to him; but his wife only laughed at the Story. The peasant, +however, took no heed of her ridicule, but went to a neighboring town to sell +the hair. He was soon surrounded by a crowd of people, and some merchants began +to bid for his prize. One merchant offered him one gold piece, another two, for +the single hair, and so on, until the price rose to a hundred gold pieces. +Meanwhile the king, hearing of the wonderful red hair, ordered the peasant to +be called in, and offered him a thousand gold pieces for it. The man joyfully +sold it for that sum. +</p> + +<p> +What wonderful kind of hair was this after all? The king split it carefully +open from end to end, and in it was found the story of many marvelous secrets +of nature, and of things that had happened since the creation of the world. +</p> + +<p> +Thus the peasant became rich, and henceforth lived happily with his wife and +children. The child he had seen in his dream, was an angel sent down from +heaven to succor him, and to reveal to mankind the knowledge of many wonderful +things which had hitherto remained unexplained. +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap51"></a>THE LANGUAGE OF ANIMALS</h2> + +<p> +By W. S. Karajich +</p> + +<p> +A certain man had a shepherd who had served him faithfully and honestly for +many years. One day, as the Shepherd was tending his sheep, he heard a hissing +noise in the forest, and wondered what it could he. He went, therefore, into +the wood in the direction of the sound, to learn what it was. There he saw that +the dry grass and leaves had caught fire, and in the middle of a burning circle +a Snake was hissing. The Shepherd stopped to see what the Snake would do, for +the fire was burning all around it, and the flames approached it nearer and +nearer every moment. Then the Snake cried from amid the fire— +</p> + +<p> +“Oh, Shepherd! for heaven’s sake save me from this fire!” +</p> + +<p> +The Shepherd stretched out his crook over the flames to the Snake, and the +Snake passed along it on to his hand, and from his hand it crawled to his neck, +where it twisted itself round. +</p> + +<p> +When the Shepherd perceived this, he was greatly alarmed, and said to the +Snake— +</p> + +<p> +“What have I done in an evil hour? Have I saved you to my own destruction?” +</p> + +<p> +The Snake answered him, “Fear not, but carry me to my father’s house. My father +is the King of the snakes.” +</p> + +<p> +The Shepherd, however, began to beg the Snake to excuse him, saying that he +could not leave the sheep; but the Snake answered— +</p> + +<p> +“Be not troubled about the sheep; no harm shall happen to them; only go as fast +as you can.” +</p> + +<p> +The Shepherd then walked through the forest with the Snake until he came to a +gate which was entirely made of snakes knotted together. There the Snake on the +Shepherd’s neck gave a whistle, and all the other snakes untwisted themselves. +Then the Snake said to the Shepherd— +</p> + +<p> +“When we come to my father’s palace he will give you whatever you ask for: +silver, gold, and precious stones. Do you, however, take nothing of these, but +beg to know the language of the brutes and other creatures. He will refuse you +this for a long time, but at last he will grant your request.” +</p> + +<p> +Meanwhile they came to the palace, to the father, who, shedding many tears, +cried— +</p> + +<p> +“For heaven’s sake! my dearest daughter, where have you been?” +</p> + +<p> +And she told him in due order how she had been surrounded by the forest fire, +and how the Shepherd had rescued her. Then the King of the snakes turned to the +Shepherd and said to him— +</p> + +<p> +“What would you have me give you for the deliverance of my daughter?” +</p> + +<p> +The Shepherd answered, “Only let me understand the language of animals; I want +nothing else.” +</p> + +<p> +Then the King said, “That is not good for you; for if I were to bestow upon you +the gift of the knowledge of the tongue of animals, and you were to tell anyone +of it, you would instantly die. Ask, therefore, for something else; whatever +you desire to possess, I will give to you.” +</p> + +<p> +To which the Shepherd replied— +</p> + +<p> +“If you wish to give me anything, then grant me the knowledge of the language +of brute creatures; but if you do not care to give me that—farewell, and God +protect you! I want nothing else.” And the Shepherd turned to leave the place. +</p> + +<p> +Then the King called him back, saying— +</p> + +<p> +“Stay! come here to me, since you will have it at all hazards. Open your +mouth.” +</p> + +<p> +The Shepherd opened his mouth, and the King of the snakes breathed into it, and +said— +</p> + +<p> +“Do you now breathe into my mouth.” +</p> + +<p> +The Shepherd breathed into his mouth, and the Snake King breathed again into +that of the Shepherd. After they had breathed each three times into the other’s +mouth, the King said— +</p> + +<p> +“Now you understand the language of animals, and of all created things. Go in +peace, and God be with you! but for the life of you, tell no one of this; if +you do, you will die on the instant!” +</p> + +<p> +The Shepherd returned home through the forest. As he walked he heard and +understood all that the birds said, and the grass and all the other things that +are upon the earth. When he came to his sheep and found them all together and +quite safe, he laid himself down to rest. Scarcely had he lain down when there +flew two ravens toward him, who took their perch upon a tree, and began to talk +together in their own language. +</p> + +<p> +“What if that Shepherd only knew that underneath the place where the black lamb +lies there is a cellar full of silver and gold!’ +</p> + +<p> +When the Shepherd heard this, he went to his master, and told him of it. The +master took a cart with him, and they dug down to a door leading to the cave, +and removed the treasure to his house. But the master was an honest man, and +gave all the treasure to the Shepherd, saying— +</p> + +<p> +“My son, all this treasure is yours, for heaven has given it to you. Buy +yourself a house with it, marry, and live happily in it.” +</p> + +<p> +The Shepherd took the treasure, built himself a house, and, having married, +lived a happy life. Soon he became known as the richest man, not only in his +own village, but so rich that there was not his equal in the whole +neighborhood. He had his own shepherd, cow keeper, hostler, and swineherd; +plenty of goods and chattels, and great riches. +</p> + +<p> +One day, just before Christmas, he said to his wife, “Get some wine, and some +brandy, and all things necessary; to-morrow we will go to the farmyard and take +the good things to the shepherds that they may also enjoy themselves.” +</p> + +<p> +The wife followed his directions and prepared all that he had told her. When +they arrived on the following day at the farmhouse, the master said to the +shepherds in the evening— +</p> + +<p> +“Come here, all of you; eat, drink, and be merry. I will watch over the flocks +for you to-night.” And he went, in very deed, and remained with the flocks. +</p> + +<p> +About midnight the wolves began to howl and the dogs to bark, and the wolves +said in their language— +</p> + +<p> +“May we come in and do what mischief we like? Then you, too, shall have your +share.” +</p> + +<p> +And the dogs answered in their language, “Come in; and we will eat our fill +with you.” +</p> + +<p> +But among the dogs there was an old one, who had but two teeth in his head, and +he said to the wolves— +</p> + +<p> +“That will not do. So long as I have my two teeth in my head you shall do no +harm to my master nor his.” +</p> + +<p> +The master heard it all, and understood what was said. On the following morning +he ordered all the dogs to be killed save only the old one. The hinds said, +“Heaven forbid, sir; that would be a great pity!” But the master answered, “Do +what I have told you.” +</p> + +<p> +Then he prepared to return home with his wife, and they both mounted their +horses. And as they rode on, the husband got a little ahead, while the wife +fell behind. At last the husband’s horse neighed, and called to the mare— +</p> + +<p> +“Come on! make haste! Why do you lag behind!” +</p> + +<p> +And the mare answered him, “Ah yes, it is all very easy for you: you have only +one to carry, the master; while I have to carry two, the mistress and her +baby.” +</p> + +<p> +The husband turned round and laughed, and his wife seeing this, urged the mare +forward, overtook her husband, and asked him what he had been laughing at. +</p> + +<p> +“Nothing; I do not know; just something that came into my mind,” answered the +husband. +</p> + +<p> +But the wife was not satisfied with this answer, and she pressed him again and +again to tell her why he had laughed. +</p> + +<p> +But he excused himself, and said— +</p> + +<p> +“Let me alone, wife! What is the matter with you? I do not know myself why I +laughed.” +</p> + +<p> +But the more he denied her the more she insisted upon his telling her what he +had been laughing at. At last the husband said to her— +</p> + +<p> +“Know then, that if I tell you the reason, I shall instantly die.” +</p> + +<p> +The woman, however, did not care for that, but urged him to tell her +notwithstanding. +</p> + +<p> +Meanwhile they had reached home. The husband ordered a coffin to be made +immediately, and when it was ready he had it placed before the house, and said +to his wife— +</p> + +<p> +“See now, I now lay me down in this coffin, and then tell you why I laughed; +but as soon as I have told you I shall die.” +</p> + +<p> +The husband lay down in the coffin, and looked around him for the last time. +And there came the old Dog from the farmyard, and sat down at his head and +whined. The husband seeing this, said to his wife— +</p> + +<p> +“Bring a piece of bread and give it to this Dog.” +</p> + +<p> +The wife brought out a piece of bread, and threw it down to the Dog; but the +Dog would not even look at it. Then the House Cock ran up, and began to pick at +the bread; and the Dog said to it— +</p> + +<p> +“You miserable greedy thing, you! You can eat, and yet you see that the master +is going to die!” +</p> + +<p> +The Cock answered the Dog, “And let him die since he is such a fool. I have a +hundred wives, and I call them all together whenever I find a grain of corn, +and as soon as they have come round me, I swallow it myself. And if any one of +them got angry, I should be at her directly with my beak. The master has only +one wife, and he cannot even manage her.” +</p> + +<p> +When the husband heard this he quickly sprang out of the coffin, took up a +stick, and called his wife into the room. +</p> + +<p> +“Come, wife,” he said, “I will tell you what you so much want to hear.” +</p> + +<p> +Then as he beat her with the stick he cried, “This is it, wife! This is it.” +</p> + +<p> +In this way he quieted his wife, and she never asked him again what he had been +laughing at. +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap52"></a>THE EMPEROR TROJAN’S GOAT’S EARS</h2> + +<p> +By W. S. Karajich +</p> + +<p> +There once lived an emperor whose name was Trojan. This emperor had goat’s +ears, and he used to call in barber after barber to shave him. But whoever went +in never came out again; for while the barber was shaving him, the emperor +would ask what he observed uncommon in him, and when the barber would answer +that he observed his goat’s ears, the Emperor would immediately cut him into +pieces. +</p> + +<p> +At last it came to the turn of a certain barber to go who feigned illness, and +sent his apprentice instead. When the apprentice appeared before the emperor he +was asked why his master did not come, and he answered, “Because he is ill.” +Then the emperor sat down, and allowed the youth to shave him. +</p> + +<p> +As he shaved him the apprentice noticed the emperor’s goat’s ears, but when +Trojan asked him what he had observed, he answered, “I have observed nothing.” +</p> + +<p> +Then the emperor gave him twelve ducats, and said to him— +</p> + +<p> +“From this time forth you shall always come and shave me. +</p> + +<p> +When the apprentice came home, his master asked him how he got on at the +emperor’s, and the youth answered— +</p> + +<p> +“All well; and the emperor has told me that I am to shave him in future.” +</p> + +<p> +Then he showed the twelve ducats he had received; but as to the emperor’s +goat’s ears, of that he said nothing. +</p> + +<p> +From this time forth the apprentice went regularly to Trojan to shave him, and +for each shaving he received twelve ducats; but he told no one that the emperor +had goat’s ears. +</p> + +<p> +At last it began to worry and torment him that he dare tell no one his secret; +and he became sick and began to pine away. His master, who could not fail to +observe this, asked him what ailed him, and after much pressing the apprentice +confessed that he had something on his heart which he dared not confide to +anyone, and he added, “If I could only tell it to somebody, I should feel +better at once.” +</p> + +<p> +Then said the master— +</p> + +<p> +“Tell it to me, and I will faithfully keep it from everybody else; or if you +fear to trust me with it, then go to the confessor and confide it to him; but +if you will not do even that, then go into the fields outside the town, there +dig a hole, thrust your head into it, and tell the earth three times what you +know, then throw the mold in again and fill up the hole.” +</p> + +<p> +The apprentice chose the last course; went into the field outside the city, dug +a hole, into which he thrust his head, and called out three times— +</p> + +<p> +“The Emperor Trojan has goat’s ears.” +</p> + +<p> +Then he filled up the hole again, and with his mind quite relieved went home. +</p> + +<p> +When some time had passed by, there sprang an elder tree out of this very hole, +and three slender sterns grew up, beautiful and straight as tapers. Some +shepherds found this elder, cut off one of the stems, and made a pipe of it. +But as soon as they began to blow into the new pipe, out burst the words: +</p> + +<p> +“The Emperor Trojan has goat’s ears!” +</p> + +<p> +The news of this strange occurrence spread immediately through the whole city, +and at last the Emperor Trojan himself heard the children blowing on a pipe: +</p> + +<p> +“The Emperor Trojan has goat’s ears!” +</p> + +<p> +He sent instantly for the barber’s apprentice, and shouted to him— +</p> + +<p> +“Heh! what is this you have been telling the people about me.” +</p> + +<p> +The poor youth began at once to explain that he had indeed noticed the +emperor’s ears, but had never told a soul of it. The emperor tore his saber out +of its sheath to hew the apprentice down, at which the youth was so frightened +that he told the whole story in its order: how he had confessed himself to the +earth; how an elder tree had sprang up on the very spot; and how, when a pipe +was made of one of its sterns, the tale was sounded in every direction. +</p> + +<p> +Then the emperor took the apprentice with him in a carriage to the place, to +convince himself of the truth of the story; and when they arrived there they +found there was only a single stem left. The Emperor Trojan ordered a pipe to +be made out of this stem, that he might hear how it sounded. As soon as the +pipe was ready, and one of them blew into it, out poured the words: +</p> + +<p> +“The Emperor Trojan has goat’s ears!” +</p> + +<p> +Then the emperor was convinced that nothing on this earth could be hidden, +spared the barber apprentices life, and henceforth allowed any barber, without +exception, to come and shave him. +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap53"></a>THE MAIDEN WHO WAS WISER THAN THE KING</h2> + +<p> +By W. S. Karajich +</p> + +<p> +There once lived a poor man in a miserable hovel, who had no one with him save +an only daughter. But she was very wise, and went about everywhere seeking +alms, and taught her father also to speak in a becoming manner when he begged. +It happened once that the poor man came to the king and asked for a gift. The +king demanded whence he came, and who had taught him to speak so well. The man +said whence he came, and that it was his daughter who had taught him. +</p> + +<p> +“And who taught your daughter?” asked the king. +</p> + +<p> +The poor man answered: “God, and our great poverty.” +</p> + +<p> +Then the king gave him thirty eggs, saying— +</p> + +<p> +“Take these eggs to your daughter, and tell her to hatch chickens out of them, +and I will reward her handsomely; but if she cannot hatch them, it will go ill +with you.” +</p> + +<p> +The poor man went crying back to his hovel, and related to his daughter what +had passed. The maiden saw at once that the eggs had been boiled, but she told +her father to go to rest, and assured him that she would see that all went +well. The father followed her advice, and went to sleep; the maiden took a pot, +filled it with water and beans, and set it on the fire. On the following +morning, the beans being quite boiled, she told her father to take a plow and +oxen, and to plow along the road where the king would pass. +</p> + +<p> +“And,” she added, “when you see the king, take the beans, sow them, and cry, +‘Hi! go on, oxen mine! Heaven be with me, and make my boiled beans take root +and grow!’ And when the king asks you how it is possible for boiled beans to +grow, answer him, that it is quite as possible as for boiled eggs to yield +chickens.” +</p> + +<p> +The poor man hearkened to his daughter, went away, and began to plow. When he +saw the king coming he began to cry— +</p> + +<p> +“Hi, go on, oxen mine! God help me, and make my boiled beans take root and +grow!” +</p> + +<p> +The king, hearing these words, stopped on the road, and said to the poor man— +</p> + +<p> +“Here, fellow! how is it possible for boiled beans to grow?” +</p> + +<p> +And the poor man answered him— +</p> + +<p> +“Heaven prosper you, king! just as possible as for boiled eggs to yield +chickens.” +</p> + +<p> +The king guessed at once that it was the poor man’s daughter who had taught him +this answer. He ordered his servants to seize him and bring him into his +presence. Then he gave him a bundle of flax, and said to him— +</p> + +<p> +“Take this flax and make out of it ropes and sails and all that is wanted on +shipboard; if you do not, you shall lose your head.” +</p> + +<p> +The poor man took the bundle in great fear, and went crying home to his +daughter, to whom he related all that had passed. But the maiden sent him again +to rest with the promise that all should go well. On the following day she took +a small piece of wood, awoke her father, and said to him— +</p> + +<p> +“Take this wood, and carry it to the king; let him cut a spinning wheel, a +spindle, and a loom out of it, and I will do all that he demands of me.” +</p> + +<p> +The poor man again followed the directions of his daughter; he went to the king +and delivered the maiden’s message. The king was astonished at hearing this, +and began to think what he should do next. At last he took up a small cup, and +said as he gave it to the father— +</p> + +<p> +“Take this cup to your daughter, and let her empty the sea with it, so that it +shall become like a dry field.” +</p> + +<p> +The poor man obeyed with tears in his eyes, and took the cup to his daughter +with the king’s message. But the maiden told him he need only leave the matter +till the morning, when she would see to it. +</p> + +<p> +In the morning she called her father, and gave him a pound of tow to take to +the king, and bade him say: +</p> + +<p> +“Let the king stop up all the springs and river mouths of the earth with this +tow, and then will I dry up the sea for him.” +</p> + +<p> +And the poor man went and told this to the king. +</p> + +<p> +Now the king saw that this maiden was wiser that he was himself, and he ordered +her to be brought before him. And when the father and daughter stood in his +presence and bowed before him, he said to the daughter— +</p> + +<p> +“Tell me, girl, what is it that man hears the farthest?” +</p> + +<p> +And the maiden answered— “Great king! that which man hears the farthest is the +thunder, and a lie.” +</p> + +<p> +Upon this the king took hold of his beard, and turning to his councilors, +demanded of them: +</p> + +<p> +“Tell me what my beard is worth?” +</p> + +<p> +And when one valued it at so much, and another at so much more, the maiden told +them outright that they could not guess it. “The king’s beard,” she said, “is +of as much worth as three rainy days in summer time.” +</p> + +<p> +The king was astonished and exclaimed, “The maiden has made the best answer!” +</p> + +<p> +Then he asked her if she would be his wife, nor would he desist from pressing +his suit, until she agreed to it. The maiden bent before him and said— +</p> + +<p> +“Glorious king! let it be as you will; but I beg of you to write on a piece of +paper with your own hand, that, should you ever be angry with me, and should +drive me forth from your palace, I shall be at liberty to take whatever I love +dearest away with me.” +</p> + +<p> +And the king agreed and wrote out the paper. After some time had passed away, +it came, in fact, to pass, that the king became one day so angry with his wife, +that he said to her— +</p> + +<p> +“I will have you no longer for my wife; leave my palace, and go where you +will.” +</p> + +<p> +“Illustrious king!” answered the queen, “I will obey you. Permit me, however, +to stay here over the night, then in the morning I will go forth.” +</p> + +<p> +The king granted her prayer; and the queen before supper mixed some brandy and +some sweet herbs in the king’s wine, and pressed him to partake of it, saying— +</p> + +<p> +“Drink, O king, and be merry. To-morrow we part; and believe me, I shall then +be happier than when I married you.” +</p> + +<p> +The king drank too much, and when he was fast asleep, the queen had him laid in +a wagon ready prepared, and drove with him into a rocky cavern. And when the +king awoke in the cavern, and saw where he was, he cried out— +</p> + +<p> +“Who has brought me here?” +</p> + +<p> +“I have brought you here,” answered the queen. +</p> + +<p> +The king demanded of her: +</p> + +<p> +“Why have you done this? Have I not told you that you are no longer my wife?” +</p> + +<p> +Then said she, as she drew forth a sheet of paper— +</p> + +<p> +“It is true what you say; but see what you yourself have laid down on this +sheet: that when I should leave you, I might take with me, from your palace, +that which I loved best.” +</p> + +<p> +When the king heard this, he kissed her, and went back with her to the palace. +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap54"></a>THE THREE SONS</h2> + +<p> +By Lady Gregory +</p> + +<p> +I’ll tell you a story, says the old man who was bringing fish from the sea; and +after that I’ll be going on to Ballinrobe, to one that has a shop there and +that was reared by my grandmother. It is likely he’ll give me a tasty suit of +clothes. +</p> + +<p> +Working all my life I am, working with the flail in the barn, working with the +spade at the potato tilling and the potato digging, breaking stones on the +road. And four years ago the wife died, and it’s lonesome to be housekeeping +alone. +</p> + +<p> +There was a King long ago in Ireland, and he had three sons, and one of them +was something silly. There came a sickness on the King, and he called his three +sons, and he said to them that he had knowledge the only thing would cure him +was the apples from Burnett’s orchard, and he bade them to go look for them, +for that orchard was in some far-away place, and no one could tell where it +was. +</p> + +<p> +The three sons went then, and they caught their horses, and put on their +bridles, and they set out, and went on till they came to three crossroads. +There they stopped, and they settled among themselves that each one of them +would take one of the roads and go searching for the apples, and they would +meet at the same place at the end of a year and a day. +</p> + +<p> +The youngest son, that was a bit silly, took the crossest of the roads, and he +went on till he came to a cottage by the roadside. He went in, and there was a +withered old man in the house, and he said: “There is a great welcome before +the King of Ireland’s son!” The son was astonished at that because he thought +no one could know him. He was well received there, and in the course of the +evening he asked the old man did he know where was Burnett’s garden. “I am a +hundred years old,” said the man, “and I never heard of such a place. But I +have a brother,” he said, “that is a hundred years older than I am, and it may +be he would know,” he said. +</p> + +<p> +So in the morning he gave a canoe to the King’s son, and it went on of itself +without him turning or guiding it, till it brought him to the old man’s +brother, and he got a welcome there and good treatment, and in the course of +the night he asked that old man did he know where was Burnett’s orchard. +</p> + +<p> +“I do not,” said he: “though I am two hundred years old I never heard of it. +But go on,” he said, “to a brother I have that has a hundred years more than +myself.” +</p> + +<p> +So in the morning, he went into the canoe, and it went on of itself till it +came to where the third old man was, that was older again than the other two, +and the King’s son asked did he know where was Burnett’s garden. “I do not,” he +said, “although I am three hundred years old; but I will tell you how you will +know it,” he said. “Go on till you come to shore, where you will see a +Swan-Gander standing by the water, and he is the one that can tell you and can +bring you to it,” he said. “And ask him to bring you to that garden in the name +of the Almighty God.” +</p> + +<p> +So the King’s son went on in the canoe till he came where the Swan-Gander was +standing on the shore. “Can you tell me,” says he, “where can I get the apples +that are in Burnett’s orchard? And can you bring me there?” he said. +</p> + +<p> +“Indeed,” said the Swan-Gander, “I am in no way obliged to your leader, or to +whoever it was sent you to me and gave you that teaching. And those apples are +well minded,” he said, “by wolves; and the only time they sleep is for three +hours once in every seven years. And it chances they are asleep for those three +hours at this time; and so I will bring you there,” he said. +</p> + +<p> +With that he stretched out his wings, and he bade the King’s son to get on his +back. And it was long before he could start flying with the weight that was on +him; but at last he flew away, and he brought the King’s son to Burnett’s +garden, and there was a high wall around it, but he flew over the wall, and put +him down in the garden. The King’s son filled his bag with the apples, and when +he had done that he went looking around, and he came to a large cottage in the +garden, and he went in, and there was no one in the house but a beautiful young +girl, and she was asleep. So he went away; but he brought with him the gold +rings and the gold garters that he saw there in the window. +</p> + +<p> +He got up again on the back of the Swan-Gander, but it was hard for it to rise +with the weight of the bag of apples. But it did rise at last, and it brought +him to where the old man was that was three hundred years old. The King’s son +gave one of the apples to the old man, and no sooner did he eat it than his age +left him, and he was like a boy of fifteen years. +</p> + +<p> +He went on then to the two other old men, and gave an apple to both of them, +and no sooner did they eat it than they were like young boys again. +</p> + +<p> +Then the King’s son went back to the crossroads, for it was the end of the year +and a day, and he was the first to come there, and he fell asleep. The two +brothers came and saw him there, and they stole the bag of apples from under +his head and put in the place of it a bag of apples that were no use at all. +Then they went on to their father’s house, and they gave him the apples they +had stolen, and he was cured on the moment; but they told him that what the +youngest son was bringing to him was poison apples, that would bring him to his +death. +</p> + +<p> +The King was very angry when he heard that, and he went to his butler and said, +“Go out to the wood where my son is, and shoot him, and bring his heart here +with you on the top of a gun and throw it to the dogs at the door; for I will +never have him, or anything belonging to him, brought into the house,” he said. +</p> + +<p> +So the butler got the gun, and went out to the wood; and when he saw the young +man he was going to shoot him. “Why would you do that?” said he. So the butler +told him all the father ordered him; and the young man said, “Do not shoot me, +but save me. And this is what you will do. Go into the wood until you meet with +a woodcock, and shoot it, and take the heart out of it, for that is most like +the heart of a man. Bring the woodcock’s heart to my father’s house,” he said, +“and throw it to the dogs at the door.” +</p> + +<p> +So the butler did that, and spared him, and took the woodcock’s heart and threw +it to the dogs at the door. +</p> + +<p> +It was a good while after that, a beautiful young lady came to the King’s +doorway in a coach and four, and stopped at the door. “Send out my husband to +me here,” she said. So the eldest son came out to her. “Was it you came to the +garden for the apples?” says she. “It was,” says he. “What things did you take +notice of in the cottage where I was?” says she. +</p> + +<p> +So he began telling of this thing and that thing that never was in it at all. +</p> + +<p> +And when she heard that she gave him a clout that knocked his head as solid as +any stone in the wall. +</p> + +<p> +Then the second son came out, and she asked him the same question, and he told +the same lies, and she gave him another clout that left his head as solid as +any stone in the wall. +</p> + +<p> +When the King heard all that, he knew they had deceived him, and that it was +the youngest son who got the apples for his cure, and he began to cry after him +and to lament that he was not living to come back again. “Would you like to +know he is living yet?” says the butler. “I would sooner hear it than any word +ever I heard,” says the King. +</p> + +<p> +“Well he is living yet, and is in the wood,” says the butler. +</p> + +<p> +When the young lady heard that, she bade the butler bring her to where he was, +and they went together to the wood, and there they found him, where he had been +living on the fruits of trees through the most of the year. When the young lady +saw him, she said: “Was it you came to the house where I was in the garden?” +“It was,” says he. +</p> + +<p> +“What things did you take notice of in it?” +</p> + +<p> +“Here they are,” says he. And he put his hand in his pocket, and brought out +the gold rings and the golden garters, and the other signs he had brought away. +</p> + +<p> +So she knew that he was the right one, and she married him, and they lived +happy ever after, and there was great rejoicing in the King of Ireland’s house. +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap55"></a>HOK LEE AND THE DWARFS</h2> + +<p> +Retold by Andrew Lang +</p> + +<p> +There once lived in a small town in China a man named Hok Lee. He was a steady, +industrious man, who not only worked hard at his trade, but did all his own +housework as well, for he had no wife to do it for him. “What an excellent, +industrious man is this Hok Lee!” said his neighbors. “How hard he works! He +never leaves his house to amuse himself or to take a holiday as others do!” +</p> + +<p> +But Hok Lee was by no means the virtuous person his neighbors thought him. +True, he worked hard enough by day, but at night, when all respectable folk +were fast asleep, he used to steal out and join a dangerous band of robbers, +who broke into rich people’s houses and carried off all they could lay hands +on. +</p> + +<p> +This state of things went on for some time, and though a thief was caught now +and then and punished, no suspicion ever fell on Hok Lee, he was such a very +respectable, hard-working man. +</p> + +<p> +Hok Lee had already amassed a good store of money as his share of the proceeds +of these robberies, when it happened one morning on going to market that a +neighbor said to him: +</p> + +<p> +“Why, Hok Lee, what is the matter with your face? One side of it is all swelled +up.” +</p> + +<p> +True enough, Hok Lee’s right cheek was twice the size of his left, and it soon +began to feel very uncomfortable. +</p> + +<p> +“I will bind up my face,” said Hok Lee. “Doubtless the warmth will cure the +swelling.” But no such thing. Next day it was worse, and day by day it grew +bigger and bigger till it was nearly as large as his head and became very +painful. +</p> + +<p> +Hok Lee was at his wits’ end what to do. Not only was his check unsightly and +painful, but his neighbors began to jeer and make fun of him, which hurt his +feelings very much indeed. +</p> + +<p> +One day, as luck would have it, a traveling doctor came to the town. He sold +not only all kinds of medicine, but also dealt in many strange charms against +witches and evil spirits. +</p> + +<p> +Hok Lee determined to consult him and asked him into his house. After the +doctor had examined him carefully he spoke thus: +</p> + +<p> +“This, Hok Lee, is no ordinary swelled face. I strongly suspect you have been +doing some wrong deed which has called down the anger of the spirits on you. +None of my drugs will avail to cure you, but if you are willing to pay me +handsomely I can tell you how you may be cured.” +</p> + +<p> +Then Hok Lee and the doctor began to bargain together, and it was a long time +before they could come to terms. However, the doctor got the better of it in +the end, for he was determined not to part with his secret under a certain +price, and Hok Lee had no mind to carry his huge cheek about with him to the +end of his days. So he was obliged to part with the greater portion of his +ill-gotten gains. +</p> + +<p> +When the doctor had pocketed the money he told Hok Lee to go on the first night +of the full moon to a certain wood and there to watch by a particular tree. +After a time he would see the dwarfs and little sprites who live underground +come out to dance. When they saw him they would be sure to make him dance too. +“And mind you dance your very best,” added the doctor. “If you dance well and +please them they will grant you a petition and you can then beg to be cured; +but if you dance badly they will most likely do you some mischief out of +spite.” With that he took leave and departed. +</p> + +<p> +Happily the first night of the full moon was near, and at the proper time Hok +Lee set out for the wood. With a little trouble he found the tree the doctor +had described, and feeling nervous he climbed up into it. +</p> + +<p> +He had hardly settled himself on a branch when he saw the little dwarfs +assembling in the moonlight. They came from all sides, till at length there +appeared to be hundreds of them. They seemed in high glee and danced and +skipped and capered about, while Hok Lee grew so eager watching them that he +crept farther and farther along his branch till at length it gave a loud crack. +All the dwarfs stood still, and Hok Lee felt as if his heart stood still also. +</p> + +<p> +Then one of the dwarfs called out: “Some one is up in that tree. Come down at +once, whoever you are, or we must come and fetch you.” +</p> + +<p> +In great terror Hok Lee proceeded to come down; but he was so nervous that he +tripped near the ground and came rolling down in the most absurd manner. When +he had picked himself up he came forward with a low bow, and the dwarf who had +first spoken and who appeared to be the leader said: “Now, then, who art thou +and what brings thee here?” +</p> + +<p> +So Hok Lee told him the sad story of his swelled cheek, and how he had been +advised to come to the forest and beg the dwarfs to cure him. +</p> + +<p> +“It is well,” replied the dwarf. “We will see about that. First, however, thou +must dance before us. Should thy dancing please us, perhaps we may be able to +do something; but shouldst thou dance badly we shall assuredly punish thee, so +now take warning and dance away.” +</p> + +<p> +With that, he and all the other dwarfs sat down in a large ring, leaving Hok +Lee to dance alone in the middle. He felt half-frightened to death, and besides +was a good deal shaken by his fall from the tree and did not feel at all +inclined to dance. But the dwarfs were not to be trifled with. +</p> + +<p> +“Begin!” cried their leader, and “Begin!” shouted the rest in chorus. +</p> + +<p> +So in despair Hok Lee began. First he hopped on one foot and then on the other, +but he was so stiff and so nervous that he made but a poor attempt, and after a +time sank down on the ground and vowed he could dance no more. +</p> + +<p> +The dwarfs were very angry. They crowded round Hok Lee and abused him. “Thou to +come here to be cured, indeed!” they cried. “Thou hast brought one big cheek +with thee, but thou shalt take away two.” And with that they ran off and +disappeared, leaving Hok Lee to find his way home as best he might. +</p> + +<p> +He hobbled away, weary and depressed, and not a little anxious on account of +the dwarfs’ threat. +</p> + +<p> +Nor were his fears unfounded, for when he rose next morning his left cheek was +swelled up as big as his right, and he could hardly see out of his eyes. Hok +Lee felt in despair, and his neighbors jeered at him more than ever. The +doctor, too, had disappeared, so there was nothing for it but to try the dwarfs +once more. +</p> + +<p> +He waited a month till the first night of the full moon came round again, and +then he trudged back to the forest and sat down under the tree from which he +had fallen. He had not long to wait. Ere long the dwarfs came trooping out till +all were assembled. +</p> + +<p> +“I don’t feel quite easy,” said one. “I feel as if some horrid human being were +near us.” +</p> + +<p> +When Hok Lee heard this he came forward and bent down to the ground before the +dwarfs, who came crowding round and laughed heartily at his comical appearance +with his two big cheeks. +</p> + +<p> +“What dost thou want?” they asked; and Hok Lee proceeded to tell them of his +fresh misfortunes and begged so hard to be allowed one more trial at dancing +that the dwarfs consented, for there is nothing they love so much as being +amused. +</p> + +<p> +Now, Hok Lee knew how much depended on his dancing well, so he plucked up a +good spirit and began, first quite slowly and faster by degrees, and he danced +so well and gracefully, and made such new and wonderful steps, that the dwarfs +were quite delighted with him. +</p> + +<p> +They clapped their tiny hands and shouted: +</p> + +<p> +“Well done, Hok Lee, well done. Go on—dance more, for we are pleased.” +</p> + +<p> +And Hok Lee danced on and on, till he really could dance no more and was +obliged to stop. +</p> + +<p> +Then the leader of the dwarfs said: “We are well pleased, Hok Lee, and as a +recompense for thy dancing thy face shall he cured. Farewell.” +</p> + +<p> +With these words he and the other dwarfs vanished, and Hok Lee, putting his +hands to his face, found to his great joy that his cheeks were reduced to their +natural size. The way home seemed short and easy to him, and he went to bed +happy and resolved never to go out robbing again. +</p> + +<p> +Next day the whole town was full of the news of Hok’s sudden cure. His +neighbors questioned him, but could get nothing from him, except the fact that +he had discovered a wonderful cure for all kinds of diseases. +</p> + +<p> +After a time a rich neighbor, who had been ill for some years, came and offered +to give Hok Lee a large sum of money if he would tell him how he might get +cured. Hok Lee consented on condition that he swore to keep the secret. He did +so, and Hok Lee told him of the dwarfs and their dances. +</p> + +<p> +The neighbor went off, carefully obeyed Hok Lee’s directions, and was duly +cured by the dwarfs. Then another and another came to Hok Lee to beg his +secret, and from each he extracted a vow of secrecy and a large sum of money. +This went on for some years, so that at length Hok Lee became a very wealthy +man and ended his days in peace and prosperity. +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap56"></a>A DREADFUL BOAR</h2> + +<p> +By Adele M. Fielde +</p> + +<p> +A poor Old Woman, who lived with her one little granddaughter in a wood, was +out gathering sticks for fuel and found a green stalk of sugar-cane which she +added to her bundle. She presently met an elf in the form of a Wild Boar, that +asked her for the cane. She declined giving it to him, saying that at her age +to stoop and to rise again was to earn what she picked up, and she was going to +take the cane home and let her little granddaughter suck its sap. +</p> + +<p> +The Boar, angry at her refusal, said that during the coming night he would come +and eat her granddaughter instead of the cane, and went off into the wood. +</p> + +<p> +When the Old Woman reached her cabin she sat down by the door and wailed, for +she knew that she had no means of defending herself against the Boar. While she +sat crying a vender of needles came along and asked her what was the matter. +She told him, but all that he could do for her was to give her a box of +needles. The Old Woman stuck the needles thickly over the lower half of the +door, on its outer side, and then went on crying. +</p> + +<p> +Just then a Man came along with a basket of crabs, heard her lamentations, and +stopped to inquire what was the matter. She told him, but he said he knew no +help for her, but he would do the best he could for her by giving her half his +crabs. The woman put the crabs in her water jar, behind her door, and again sat +down and cried. +</p> + +<p> +A Farmer, who was coming along from the fields, leading his ox, also asked the +cause of her distress and heard her story. He said he was sorry he could not +think of any way of preventing the evil she expected, but that he would leave +his ox to stay all night with her, as it might be a sort of company for her in +her loneliness. She led the ox into her cabin, tied it to the head of her +bedstead, gave it some straw, and then sat down to cry again. +</p> + +<p> +A courier returning on horseback from a neighboring town was the next to pass +her door, and he dismounted to inquire what troubled her. Having heard her +tale, he said he would leave his horse to stay with her, and make the ox more +contented. So she tied the horse to the foot of the bed, and, thinking how +surely evil was coming upon her, she burst out crying anew. +</p> + +<p> +A boy just then came along with a snapping turtle that he had caught and +stopped to ask what had happened to her. On learning the cause of her weeping +he said it was no use to contend against sprites, but that he would give her +his snapping turtle as a proof of his sympathy. She took the turtle, tied it in +front of her bedstead, and continued to cry. +</p> + +<p> +Some men who were carrying millstones then came along, inquired into her +trouble, and expressed their compassion by giving her a millstone, which they +rolled into her back yard. While they were doing this a Man went by carrying +hoes and a pickaxe, and he stopped and asked her why she was crying so hard. +She told him her grief, and he said he would gladly help her if he could, but +he was only a well digger and could do nothing for her except to dig a well. +She pointed out a place in the backyard, and he went to work and quickly dug a +well. +</p> + +<p> +On his departure the old woman cried again, until a Paper Seller came and +inquired what was the matter. When she told him he gave her a large sheet of +white paper, as a token of pity, and she laid it smoothly over the mouth of the +well. +</p> + +<p> +Nightfall came. The old woman shut and barred her door, put her granddaughter +snugly on the wall side of the bed, and then lay down beside her to await the +foe. +</p> + +<p> +At midnight the Boar came and threw himself against the door to break it in. +The needles wounded him sorely, so that when he had gained an entrance he was +heated and thirsty, and went to the water jar to drink. +</p> + +<p> +When he thrust in his snout the crabs attacked him, clung to his bristles, and +pinched his ears, till he rolled over and over to free himself. +</p> + +<p> +Then in a rage he approached the front of the bed; but the snapping turtle +nipped his tail and made him retreat under the feet of the horse, who kicked +him over to the ox, and the ox tossed him back to the horse. Thus beset, he was +glad to escape to the back yard to take a rest and to consider the situation. +</p> + +<p> +Seeing a clean paper spread on the ground, he went to lie upon it, and fell +into the well. The Old Woman, hearing the fall, rushed out and rolled the +millstone down on him and crushed him. +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap57"></a>THE FIVE QUEER BROTHERS</h2> + +<p> +By Adele M. Fielde +</p> + +<p> +An old woman had five grown-up sons that looked just alike. The eldest could +gulp up the ocean at a mouthful; the second was hard enough to nick steel; the +third had extensible legs; the fourth was unaffected by fire; the fifth lived +without breathing. They all concealed their peculiar traits, and their +neighbors did not know they were queer. +</p> + +<p> +The eldest supported the family by fishing, going alone to the sea, and +bringing back loads of spoil. The neighbors often besought him to teach their +sons how to fish, and he at last let all their boys go with him, one day, to +learn his art. On reaching the shore he sucked the sea into his mouth, and sent +the boys to the dry bottom to collect the fish. When he was tired of holding +the water, he beckoned to the boys to return, but they were playing among +strange objects and paid no heed to him. When he could contain the sea no +longer, he had to let it flow back into its former basin, and all the boys were +drowned. +</p> + +<p> +As he went homeward, he passed the doom of the parents, who inquired how many +fish their sons had caught and how long they would be in coming back. He told +them the facts, but they would not excuse him. They dragged him before the +magistrate to account for the loss of their children. He defended himself by +saying he had not invited the boys to go with him, and had consented to their +going only when the parents had repeatedly urged him; that after the boys were +on the ocean bed, he had done his utmost to induce them to come ashore; that he +had held the water as long as he could, and had then put it in the sea basin +solely because nothing else would contain it. +</p> + +<p> +Notwithstanding this defense the judges decided that since he took the boys +away and did not bring them back, he was guilty of murder and sentenced him to +be beheaded. +</p> + +<p> +He entreated leave to pay, before his execution, one visit to his aged mother, +and this was granted. +</p> + +<p> +He went alone and told his brothers of his doom, and the second brother +returned in his stead to the judge, thanked him for having given him permission +to perform a duty required by filial piety, and said he was then ready to die. +</p> + +<p> +He knelt with bowed head and the headsman brought the knife down across the +back of his neck, but the knife was nicked and the neck was left unharmed. +</p> + +<p> +A second knife and a third of finer steel were brought and tried by headsmen +who were accustomed to sever heads clean off at one stroke. Having spoiled +their best blades without so much as scratching his neck, they took him back to +prison and informed the judge that the sentence could not be executed. +</p> + +<p> +The judge accordingly decreed that he should be dropped into the sea which +covered his victims. +</p> + +<p> +When the old woman’s son heard this decision he said that he took leave of his +mother supposing that his head was to be cut off, and that if he was to be +drowned he must go to her and make known his fate and get her blessing anew. +</p> + +<p> +Permission being given, he went and told his brothers what had happened. The +third brother took the place of the second and presented himself before the +judge as the criminal that was to be sunk in the sea. He was carried far from +shore and thrown overboard, but he stretched his legs till his feet touched +bottom, and he stood with his head in the air. They hauled him aboard and took +him farther from land, but still his extensible legs supported him above the +waters. Then they sailed to mid-ocean and cast him into its greatest depths, +but his legs still lengthened so that he was not drowned. They brought him back +to the judge, reported what had been done, and said that some other method of +destroying him must be followed. +</p> + +<p> +On hearing this the judge condemned him to death by being boiled in oil. While +the caldron was being heated he begged and obtained permission to go and tell +his mother of the way he had survived from the attempt to drown him, and of the +manner in which he was soon to be taken off. +</p> + +<p> +His brothers having heard the latest judgment, the fourth one went to bear the +penalty of the law and was lowered into the kettle of boiling oil. In this he +disported himself as if in a tepid bath, and he even asked his executioners to +stir up the fire a little to increase the warmth. Finding that he could not be +fried, he was remanded to prison. +</p> + +<p> +At this the populace, the bereaved parents, and the magistrate joined in an +effort to invent a sure method of putting him to death. Water, fire, and sword +all having failed, they finally fixed upon smothering him in a vast cream cake. +</p> + +<p> +The whole country round made contributions of flour for the pastry, of sugar +for the filling, and of bricks for a huge oven; and it was made and baked on a +plain outside the city walls. +</p> + +<p> +Meanwhile the prisoner was allowed to go and bid his mother farewell, and the +fifth brother secretly became his substitute. +</p> + +<p> +When the cake was done, a multitude of people with oxen, horses, and ropes +dragged it to the execution ground, and within it the culprit was interred. +</p> + +<p> +As he was able to exist without air he rested peacefully till the next +midnight, and then safely crawled forth, returned to his home, and dwelt there +happily for many years with his remarkable brothers. +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap58"></a>THE ACCOMPLISHED AND LUCKY TEAKETTLE</h2> + +<p> +By A. B. Mitford +</p> + +<p> +A long time ago, at a temple called Morinji, there was an old teakettle. One +day, when the priest of the temple was about to hang it over the hearth to boil +the water for his tea, to his amazement the kettle all of a sudden put forth +the head and tail of a badger. What a wonderful kettle, to come out all over +fur! +</p> + +<p> +The priest, thunderstruck, called in the novices or assistants of the temple to +see the sight; and while they were stupidly staring, one suggesting one thing +and another another, the kettle, jumping up into the air, began flying about +the room. More astonished than ever, the priest and his pupils tried to pursue +it; but no thief or cat was ever half so sharp as the wonderful badger kettle. +At last, however, they managed to knock it down and secure it; and, holding it +in with their united efforts, they forced it into a box, intending to carry it +off and throw it away in some distant place, so that they might no more be +plagued with the goblin. +</p> + +<p> +For this day their troubles were over, but as luck would have it, the tinker +who was in the habit of working for the temple called in, and the priest +suddenly bethought him that it was a pity to throw the kettle away for nothing, +and that he might as well get a trifle for it, no matter how small. So he +brought out the kettle, which had resumed its former shape and had got rid of +its head and tail, and showed it to the tinker. When the tinker saw the kettle, +he offered twenty copper coins for it, and the priest was only too glad to +close the bargain and be rid of his troublesome piece of furniture. And the +tinker trudged off home with his pack and his new purchase. +</p> + +<p> +That night, as he lay asleep, he heard a strange noise near his pillow; so he +peeped out from under the bedclothes and there he saw the kettle that he had +bought in the temple covered with fur and walking about on four legs. The +tinker started up in a fright to see what it could all mean, when all of a +sudden the kettle resumed its former shape. This happened over and over again, +until at last the tinker showed the teakettle to a friend of his, who said, +“This is certainly an accomplished and lucky teakettle—you should take it about +as a show, with songs and accompaniments of musical instruments, and make it +dance and walk on the tight rope.” +</p> + +<p> +The tinker, thinking this good advice, made arrangements with a showman, and +set up an exhibition. The noise of the kettle’s performances soon spread +abroad, until even the princes of the land sent to order the tinker to come to +them; and he grew rich beyond all expectations. Even the princesses, too, and +the great ladies of the court, took great delight in the dancing kettle, so +that no sooner had it shown its tricks in one place than it was time for them +to keep some other engagement. +</p> + +<p> +At last the tinker grew so rich that he took the kettle back to the temple, +where it was laid up as a precious treasure and worshiped as a saint. +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap59"></a>THE ADVENTURES OF LITTLE PEACHLING</h2> + +<p> +By A. B. Mitford +</p> + +<p> +Many hundred years ago there lived an honest old woodcutter and his wife. One +fine morning the old man went off to the hills with his bill hook to gather a +faggot of sticks, while his wife went down to the river to wash the dirty +clothes. When she came to the river, she saw a peach floating down the stream; +so she picked it up and carried it homeward with her, thinking to give it to +her husband to eat when he should come in. The old man soon came down from the +hills, and the good wife set the peach before him, when, just as she was +inviting him to eat it, the fruit split in two and a little baby was born into +the world. So the old couple took the babe and brought it up as their own; and +because it had been born in a peach, they called it Momotaro, or Little +Peachhing! +</p> + +<p> +By degrees Little Peachling grew up to be strong and brave, and at last one day +he said to his old foster parents— +</p> + +<p> +“I am going to the ogres’ island, to carry off the riches they have stored up +there. Pray, then, make me some millet dumplings for my journey.” +</p> + +<p> +So the old folks ground the millet and made the dumplings for him; and Little +Peachling, after taking an affectionate leave of them, cheerfully set out on +his travels. +</p> + +<p> +As he was journeying on, he fell in with an Ape, who gibbered at him, and said, +</p> + +<p> +“Kia! kia! kia! where are you off to, Little Peachling?” +</p> + +<p> +“I’m going to the ogres’ island, to carry off their treasure,” answered Little +Peachling. +</p> + +<p> +“What are you carrying at your girdle?” +</p> + +<p> +“I’m carrying the very best millet dumplings in all Japan. +</p> + +<p> +“If you’ll give me one, I will go with you,” said the Ape. +</p> + +<p> +So Little Peachhing gave one of his dumplings to the Ape, who received it and +followed him. When he had gone a little farther, he heard a Pheasant calling— +</p> + +<p> +“Ken! ken! ken! where are you off to, Master Peachling?” +</p> + +<p> +Little Peachling answered as before; and the Pheasant, having begged and +obtained a millet dumpling, entered his service and followed him. A little +while after this they met a Dog, who cried— +</p> + +<p> +Bow! wow! wow! whither away, Master Peachling?” +</p> + +<p> +“I’m going off to the ogres’ island, to carry off their treasure. +</p> + +<p> +“If you will give me one of those nice millet dumplings of yours, I will go +with you,” said the Dog. +</p> + +<p> +“With all my heart,” said Little Peachling. So he went on his way, with the +Ape, the Pheasant, and the Dog following after him. +</p> + +<p> +When they got to the ogres’ island, the Pheasant flew over the castle gate and +the Ape clambered over the castle wall, while Little Peachling, leading the +Dog, forced in the gate and got into the castle. Then they did battle with the +ogres and put them to flight, and took their King prisoner. So all the ogres +did homage to Little Peachling, and brought out the treasures which they had +laid up. There were caps and coats that made their wearers invisible, jewels +which governed the ebb and the flow of the tide, coral, musk, emeralds, amber, +and tortoise shells, besides gold and silver. All these were laid before Little +Peachling by the conquered ogres. +</p> + +<p> +So Little Peachling went home laden with riches, and maintained his foster +parents in peace and plenty for the remainder of their lives. +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap60"></a>THE TWO LIZARDS</h2> + +<p> +By Annie Ker +</p> + +<p> +In the old days there lived two lizards, Webubu and Nagari. Webubu was plain of +speech, and moreover was unable to cry aloud, but Nagari, by stretching his +long neck, could produce a sweet low sound, somewhat after the manner of a +whistle. +</p> + +<p> +Nagari longed for companions, so he stretched his neck and cried “U-u-u-u-u.” +Then many women, hearing the sweet sound, flocked to where Nagari sat, and +listened to his music. This pleased Nagari, and he continued to sound his long +note. “U-u-u-u-u,” he sang, and the women sat so still, one might have thought +them dead or weeping. +</p> + +<p> +Webubu, on the contrary, had no one to cheer him in his loneliness. “What can I +do,” he said, “to draw women to me as Nagari has done? I have not a sweet voice +as he has. What can I do?” +</p> + +<p> +As he was speaking a thought grew up in his heart, and he began to act. He cut +a slim piece of hollow bamboo, and pierced small holes in it. Thus was the +first flute (duraio) born. Webubu then built himself a platform high in a +corkwood tree, which we call “troba” on the beach, and seating himself there he +began to play his flute. +</p> + +<p> +The women sat patiently around Nagari, while he sounded his one note, “U-u-u!” +But on a sudden, upon the still air, broke the sweet voice of Webubu’s flute. +High and sweet were the notes which Webubu sent forth from his flute. +</p> + +<p> +“M! m!” said the listening women. +</p> + +<p> +“U-u-u-u,” sang Nagari. +</p> + +<p> +“Ah, ss-ss-ss!” cried the women. “Deafen us not with thy ‘U,’ when we would +hear this strange music!” +</p> + +<p> +Nagari was much troubled at this saying, and marveled greatly. Then one woman +made bold to rise up, and saying, “I shall return,” she went to seek the sweet +music. Now this woman lied, for she never returned. After a time, another woman +arose and said, “Stay here, my friends; I shall return.” +</p> + +<p> +Then she went in like manner to look for the music. And she also lied, for she +returned not. And so with each woman, until Nagari was left sitting alone as he +had been at the beginning. +</p> + +<p> +Now Webubu was still playing his flute on the platform he had built in the +corkwood tree, when the women came in sight. He was alarmed for the safety of +his frail platform, when he saw these many people advancing, and he cried, +“Come not up into the tree. Remain below, I beseech you, O women!” +</p> + +<p> +But the women were consumed with eagerness to be close to the music which had +taken their hearts, and they climbed, all of them, until they were upon the +platform of Webubu. +</p> + +<p> +Then straightway what he had feared came to pass, and Webubu, and his flute, +and the multitude of women fell crashing through the branches of the corkwood +tree to the ground beneath. +</p> + +<p> +And from that hour until now, all corkwood trees lean toward the earth, as I +will show thee, if thou wilt go with me to the beach where they grow. +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap61"></a>DE KING AND DE PEAFOWL</h2> + +<p> +By Mary Pamela Milne-Horne +</p> + +<p> +One day once ’pon a time de King hab a party of ladies an’ genelmen. An’ arter +de party, de band was ter come an’ play. But de fiddler was took sick, so dey +could not dance. So de King said, “I am gwine ter sen’ ober ter my frien’s an’ +ask dem ter come an’ sing.” So he sen’, an’ de genelman say he was very glad +an’ his family was Dog, Peafowl, and Tiger. So he sen’ Missis Duck fus, an’ dey +said, “Can you sing? let me har you voice.” +</p> + +<p> +Dey put her in a rocking-chair ’pon de platform, an’ de Duck say, “Hahh! hahh!” +an’ den he say, “Dat will not do. Sen’ for Dog.” An’ dey took her an’ put her +in a coop, an’ all de ducks come round an’ ask to have her let out, an’ say, +“Hahh! hahh! hahh!” +</p> + +<p> +Den dey sen’ for Dog an’ tole him dat if he fin’ a salt beef bone in de road, +he mus’ not pick it up, ’cos it mek him rough in his troat. So Dog did not pick +it up, but pass it; but arter, when he go, his voice did not suit either. Dey +tole Dog to sing, an’ he said, “How! how! how!” An’ de King say, “Don’t wan’ a +man ter ask me how—he will not do.” Dey saw a Fowl coming. “Can you sing?” An’ +de Fowl say “Ka! ka! ka!” an’ dey said, “Dat will not do,” an’ dribe de Fowl +’way. De Cock came in arter, an’ de Cock said, “Coquericou,” an’ dey said, “De +King don’ wan’ ter know when de daylight, sah!” De King came in an’ said, “All +dese people cannot sing; dey will not do.” +</p> + +<p> +Dey sen’ Tiger, an’ dey said, “You must not pick up a big salt beef bone in de +road.” An’ de Tiger did pick it up, an’ Tiger could not sing, an’ said, “Grum! +grum! grum!” +</p> + +<p> +“Dat voice is wuss dan all, dat voice will not do.” +</p> + +<p> +Den dey sen’ off for Peafowl, but Peafowl would not go. Dey went back ter +dinner, all de people went back ter dinner, an’ when dey were at dinner in a +large house, de Peafowl came in an’ sing— +</p> + +<p> +Mi - kale an’ iv’ry, Mi - kale an’ iv’rv. Mi - +</p> + +<p> +kale an’ iv’ry, Mi - kale an’ iv’ry, Why - ou, Why - ou +</p> + +<p> +Why - ou Why - ou Why-ou Wife gwine ter die. +</p> + +<p> +Den de genelmen jump up an’ say, “Hullo! What dat?” De King say, “Sing again, +my pritty lil’ bird,” an’ den de Peafowl sang, “Mikale an’ iv’ry, Mikale an’ +iv’ry, Mikale an’ iv’ry, Whyou, Whyou, Whyou, Whyou, Whyou wife gwine ter die.” +“What dat? What dat? What dat?” dey say, an’ de bird den settin’ on de tree +sing, “Mikale an’ iv’ry,” etc. +</p> + +<p> +De King say, “Sing again, you pritty lil’ bird. You dress shall be tipped with +blue, an’ you shall hab a beautiful field of corn as a present.” An’ de bird +sang again better, when he har dat, “Mikale an’ iv’ry, Mikale an’ iv’ry, Mikale +an’ iv’ry, Mikale an’ iv’ry, whyou, whyou, whyou, whyou, whyou wife gwine ter +die.” De King jump up an’ call de buggy, an’ jump in an’ tek de Peafowl in, an’ +all de horses was richly decked, an’ all de company very fine, dey dribe de +Peafowl home, an’ dat why de Peafowl hav such a beautiful dress. +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap62"></a>HANSEL AND GRETHEL</h2> + +<p> +By William and Jacob Grimm +</p> + +<p> +Once upon a time there dwelt near a large wood a poor woodcutter with his wife +and two children by his former marriage, a little boy called Hansel and a girl +named Grethel. He had little enough to break or bite, and once, when there was +a great famine in the land, he could not procure even his daily bread; and as +he lay thinking in his bed one evening, rolling about for trouble, he sighed, +and said to his wife, “What will become of us? How can we feed our children +when we have no more than we can eat ourselves?” +</p> + +<p> +“Know, then, my husband,” answered she, “we will lead them away quite early in +the morning into the thickest part of the wood, and there make them a fire, and +give them each a little piece of bread; then we will go to our work and leave +them alone, so they will not find the way home again and we shall be freed from +them.” “No, wife,” replied he, “that I can never do; how can you bring your +heart to leave my children all alone in the wood, for the wild beasts will soon +come and tear them to pieces?” +</p> + +<p> +“Oh, you simpleton!” said she, “then we must all four die of hunger; you had +better plane the coffins for us.” But she left him no peace till he consented +saying, “Ah, but I shall regret the poor children.” +</p> + +<p> +The two children, however, had not gone to sleep for very hunger, and so they +overheard what the stepmother said to their father. Grethel wept bitterly, and +said to Hansel, “What will become of us?” “Be quiet, Grethel,” said he; “do not +cry, I will soon help you.” And as soon as their parents had fallen asleep, he +got up, put on his coat, and, unbarring the back door, slipped out. The moon +shone brightly, and the white pebbles which lay before the door seemed like +silver pieces, they glittered so brightly. Hansel stooped down, and put as many +into his pocket as it would hold, and then going back he said to Grethel, “Be +comforted, dear sister, and sleep in peace; God will not forsake us;” and so +saying he went to bed again. +</p> + +<p> +The next morning, before the sun arose, the wife went and awoke the two +children. “Get up, you lazy things; we are going into the forest to chop wood.” +Then she gave them each a piece of bread, saying, “There is something for your +dinner; do not eat it before the time, for you will get nothing else.” Grethel +took the bread in her apron, for Hansel’s pocket was full of pebbles; and so +they all set out upon their way. When they had gone a little distance Hansel +stood still, and peeped back at the house; and this he repeated several times, +till his father said, “Hansel, what are you peeping at, and why do you lag +behind? Take care, and remember your legs.” +</p> + +<p> +“Ah! father,” said Hansel, “I am looking at my white cat sitting upon the roof +of the house, and trying to say good-by.” “You simpleton!” said the wife, “that +is not a cat; it is only the sun shining on the white chimney.” But in reality +Hansel was not looking at a cat; but every time he stopped he dropped a pebble +out of his pocket upon the path. +</p> + +<p> +When they came to the middle of the wood the father told the children to +collect wood, and he would make them a fire, so that they should not be cold; +so Hansel and Grethel gathered together quite a little mountain of twigs. Then +they set fire to them, and as the flame burned up high the wife said, “Now, you +children, lie down near the fire and rest yourself, while we go into the forest +and chop Wood; when we are ready, I will come and call you.” +</p> + +<p> +Hansel and Grethel sat down by the fire, and when it was noon each ate the +piece of bread, and, because they could hear the blows of an ax, they thought +their father was near; but it was not an ax, but a branch which he had bound to +a withered tree, so as to be blown to and fro by the wind. They waited so long +that at last their eyes closed from weariness, and they fell fast asleep. When +they awoke it was quite dark, and Grethel began to cry; “How shall we get out +of the wood?” But Hansel tried to comfort her by saying, “Wait a little while +till the moon rises, and then we will quickly find the way.” The moon soon +shone forth, and Hansel, taking his sister’s hand, followed the pebbles, which +glittered like new-coined silver pieces, and showed them the path. All night +long they walked on, and as day broke they came to their father’s house. They +knocked at the door, and when the wife opened it, and saw Hansel and Grethel, +she exclaimed, “You wicked children! why did you sleep so long in the wood? We +thought you were never coming home again.” But their father was very glad, for +it had grieved his heart to leave them all alone. +</p> + +<p> +Not long afterward there was again great scarcity in every corner of the land; +and one night the children overheard their mother saying to their father, +“Everything is again consumed; we have only half a loaf left, and then the song +is ended: the children must be sent away. We will take them deeper into the +wood, so that they may not find the way out again; it is the only means of +escape for us.” +</p> + +<p> +But her husband felt heavy at heart, and thought, “It were better to share the +last crust with the children.” His wife, however, would listen to nothing that +he said and scolded and, reproached him without end. He who says A must say B +too; and he who consents the first time must also the second. +</p> + +<p> +The children, however, had heard the conversation as they lay awake, and as +soon as the old people went to sleep Hansel got up intending’ to pick up some +pebbles as before; but the wife had locked the door, so that he could not get +out. Nevertheless he comforted Grethel, saying, “Do not cry; sleep in quiet; +the good God will not forsake us.” +</p> + +<p> +Early in the morning the stepmother came and pulled them out of bed, and gave +them each a slice of bread, which was still smaller than the former piece. On +the way Hansel broke his in his pocket, and, stopping every now and then, +dropped a crumb upon the path. “Hansel, why do you stop and look about?” said +the father. “Keep in the path.”—“I am looking at my little dove,” answered +Hansel, “nodding a good-by to me.” +</p> + +<p> +“Simpleton!” said the wife, “that is no dove, but only the sun shining on the +chimney.” +</p> + +<p> +So Hansel kept still dropping crumbs as he went along. +</p> + +<p> +The mother led the children deep into the wood, where they had never been +before, and there making an immense fire, she said to them, “Sit down here and +rest, and when you feel tired you can sleep for a little while. We are going +into the forest to hew wood, and in the evening, when we are ready, we will +come and fetch you.” +</p> + +<p> +When noon came Grethel shared her bread with Hansel, who had strewn his on the +path. Then they went to sleep; but the evening arrived, and no one came to +visit the poor children, and in the dark night they awoke, and Hansel comforted +his sister by saying, “Only wait, Grethel, till the moon comes out, then we +shall see the crumbs of bread which I have dropped, and they will show us the +way home.” The moon shone and they got up, but they could not see any crumbs, +for the thousands of birds which had been flying about in the woods and fields +had picked them all up. Hansel kept saying to Grethel, “We will soon find the +way”; but they did not, and they walked the whole night long and the next day, +but still they did not come out of the wood; and they got so hungry, for they +had nothing to eat but the berries which they found upon the bushes. +</p> + +<p> +Soon they got so tired that they could not drag themselves along, so they laid +down under a tree and went to sleep. +</p> + +<p> +It was now the third morning since they had left their father’s house, and they +still walked on; but they only got deeper and deeper into the wood, and Hansel +saw that if help did not come very soon they would die of hunger. +</p> + +<p> +As soon as it was noon they saw a beautiful snow-white bird sitting upon a +bough which sang so sweetly that they stood still and listened to it. It soon +left off, and spreading its wings, flew off; and they followed it until it +arrived at a cottage, upon the roof of which it perched; and when they went +close up to it they saw that the cottage was made of bread and cakes, and the +windowpanes were of clear sugar. +</p> + +<p> +“We will go in there,” said Hansel, “and have a glorious feast. I will eat a +piece of the roof, and you can eat the window. Will they not be sweet?” So +Hansel reached up and broke a piece off the roof, in order to see how it +tasted; while Grethel stepped up to the window and began to bite it. Then a +sweet voice called out in the room, “Tip-tap, tip-tap, who raps at my door?” +and the children answered, “The wind, the wind, the child of heaven”; and they +went on eating without interruption. Hansel thought the roof tasted very nice, +and so he tore off a great piece; while Grethel broke a large round pane out of +the window, and sat down quite contentedly. Just then the door opened, and a +very old woman, walking upon crutches, came out. Hansel and Grethel were so +frightened that they let fall what they had in their hands; but the old woman, +nodding her head, said, “Ah, you dear children, what has brought you here? Come +in and stop with me, and no harm shall befall you;” and so saying she took them +both by the hand, and led them into her cottage. A good meal of milk and +pancakes, with sugar, apples, and nuts, was spread on the table, and in the +back room were two nice little beds, covered with white, where Hansel and +Grethel laid themselves down, and thought themselves in heaven. The old woman +had behaved very kindly to them, but in reality she was a wicked witch who +waylaid children, and built the bread house in order to entice them in; but as +soon as they were in her power she killed them, cooked and ate them, and made a +great festival of the day. Witches have red eyes, and cannot see very far; but +they have a fine sense of smelling, like wild beasts, so that they know when +children approach them. When Hansel and Grethel came near the witch’s house she +laughed wickedly, saying, “Here come two who shall not escape me.” And early in +the morning, before they awoke, she went up to them, and saw how lovingly they +lay sleeping, with their chubby red cheeks; and she mumbled to herself, “That +will be a good bite.” Then she took up Hansel with her rough hand, and shut him +up in a little cage with a lattice door; and although he screamed loudly, it +was of no use. Grethel came next, and, shaking her till she awoke, she said, +“Get up, you lazy thing, and fetch some water to cook something good for your +brother, who must remain in that stall and get fat; when he is fat enough I +shall, eat him.” Grethel began to cry, but it was all useless, for the old +witch made her do as she wished. So a nice meal was cooked for Hansel, but +Grethel got nothing else but a crab’s claw. +</p> + +<p> +Every morning the old witch came to the cage and said, “Hansel, stretch your +finger that I may feel whether you are getting fat.” But Hansel used to stretch +out a bone, and the old woman, having very bad sight, thought it was his +finger, and wondered very much that it did not get fat. When four weeks had +passed, and Hansel still kept quite lean, she lost all her patience and would +not wait any longer. “Grethel.” she called out in a passion, “get some water +quickly; be Hansel fat or lean, this morning I will kill and cook him.” Oh, how +the poor little sister grieved, as she was forced to fetch the water, and how +fast the tears ran down her cheeks! “Dear good God, help us now!” she +exclaimed. “Had we only been eaten by the wild beasts in the wood then we +should have died together.” But the old witch called out, “Leave off that +noise; it will not help you a bit.” +</p> + +<p> +So early in the morning Grethel was forced to go out and fill the kettle, and +make a fire. “First we will bake, however,” said the old woman; “I have already +heated the oven and kneaded the dough”; and so saying she pushed poor Grethel +up to the oven, out of which the flames were burning fiercely. “Creep in,” said +the witch, “and see if it is hot enough, and then we will put in the bread”; +but she intended when Grethel got in to shut up the oven and let her bake, so +that she might eat her as well as Hansel. Grethel perceived what her thoughts +were, and said, “I do not know how to do it; how shall I get in?” “You stupid +goose,” said she, “the opening is big enough. See, I could even get in myself!” +and she got up and put her head into the oven. Then Grethel gave her a push, so +that she fell right in, and then shutting the iron door, she bolted it. Oh! how +horribly she howled; but Grethel ran away, and left the ungodly witch to burn +to ashes. +</p> + +<p> +Now she ran to Hansel, and, opening his door, called out, “Hansel, we are +saved; the old witch is dead!” So he sprang out, like a bird out of his cage +when the door is opened; and they were so glad that they fell upon each other’s +neck, and kissed each other over and over again. And now, as there was nothing +to fear, they went into the witch’s house, where in every corner were caskets +full of pearls and precious stones. “These are better than pebbles,” said +Hansel, putting as many into his pocket as it would hold; while Grethel +thought, “I will take some home, too,” and filled her apron full. “We must be +off now,” said Hansel, “and get out of this bewitched forest”; but when they +had walked for two hours they came to a large piece of water. “We cannot get +over,” said Hansel. “I can see no bridge at all.” “And there is no boat +either,” said Grethel; “but there swims a white duck, I will ask her to help us +over;” and she sang, +</p> + +<p class="poem"> +“Little duck, good little duck,<br/> + Grethel and Hansel, here we stand,<br/> +There is neither stile nor bridge,<br/> + Take us on your back to land.” +</p> + +<p> +So the duck came to them, and Hansel sat himself on, and bade his sister sit +behind him. “No,” answered Grethel, “that will be too much for the duck, she +shall take us over one at a time.” This the good little bird did, and when both +were happily arrived on the other side, and had gone a little way, they came to +a well-known wood, which they knew the better every step they went, and at last +they perceived their father’s house. Then they began to run, and, bursting into +the house, they fell on their father’s neck. He had not had one happy hour +since he had left the children in the forest; and his wife was dead. Grethel +shook her apron, and the pearls and precious stones rolled out upon the floor, +and Hansel threw down one handful after the other out of his pocket. Then all +their sorrows were ended, and they lived together in great happiness. +</p> + +<p> +My tale is done. There runs a mouse; whoever catches her may make a great, +great cap out of her fur. +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap63"></a>THUMBLING</h2> + +<p> +By William and Jacob Grimm +</p> + +<p> +Once upon a time there lived a poor peasant, who used to sit every evening by +the hearth, poking the fire, while his wife spun. One night he said, “How sad +it is that we have no children; everything is so quiet here, while in other +houses it is so noisy and merry.” +</p> + +<p> +“Ah!” sighed his wife, “if we had but only one, and were he no bigger than my +thumb, I should still be content, and love him with all my heart.” A little +while after the wife fell ill; and after seven months a child was born, who, +although he was perfectly formed in all his limbs, was not actually bigger than +one’s thumb. So they said to one another that it had happened just as they +wished; and they called the child “Thumbling.” Every day they gave him all the +food he could eat; still he did not grow a bit, but remained exactly the height +he was when first born; he looked about him, however, very knowingly, and +showed himself to be a bold and clever fellow, who prospered in everything he +undertook. +</p> + +<p> +One morning the peasant was making ready to go into the forest to fell wood, +and said, “Now I wish I had some one who could follow me with the cart.” +</p> + +<p> +“Oh! father,” exclaimed Thumbling, “I will bring the cart; don’t you trouble +yourself; it shall be there at the right time.” +</p> + +<p> +The father laughed at this speech, and said, “How shall that be? You are much +too small to lead the horse by the bridle.” +</p> + +<p> +“That matters not, father. If mother will harness the horse, I can sit in his +car, and tell him which way to take.” +</p> + +<p> +“Well, we will try for once,” said the father; and so, when the hour came, the +mother harnessed the horse, and placed Thumbling in its ear, and told him how +to guide it. Then he set out quite like a man, and the cart went on the right +road to the forest; and just as it turned a corner, and Thumbling called out +“Steady, steady,” two strange men met it; and one said to the other, “My +goodness, what is this? Here comes a cart, and the driver keeps calling to the +horse; but I can see no one.” “That cannot be all right,” said the other: “let +us follow and see where the cart stops.” +</p> + +<p> +The cart went on safely deep into the forest, and straight to the place where +the wood was cut. As soon as Thumbling saw his father, he called to him, “Here, +father; here I am, you see, with the cart; just take me down.” The peasant +caught the bridle of the horse with his left hand, and with his right took his +little son out of its ear; and he sat himself down merrily on a straw. When the +two strangers saw the little fellow, they knew not what to say for +astonishment; and one of them took his companion aside, and said, “This little +fellow might make our fortune if we could exhibit him in the towns. Let us buy +him.” They went up to the peasant, and asked, “Will you sell your son? We will +treat him well.” “No,” replied the man; “he is my heart’s delight, and not to +be bought for all the money in the world!” But Thumbling, when he heard what +was said, climbed up by his father’s skirt, and set himself on his shoulder, +and whispered in his ear, “Let me go now, and I will soon come back again.” So +his father gave him to the two men for a fine piece of gold; and they asked him +where he would sit. “Oh,” replied he, “put me on the rim of your hat; and then +I can walk round and survey the country. I will not fall off.” They did as he +wished; and when he had taken leave of his father, they set out. Just as it was +getting dark he asked to be lifted down; and, after some demur, the man on +whose hat he was, took him off and placed him on the ground. In an instant +Thumbling ran off, and crept into a mousehole, where they could not see him. +“Good evening, masters,” said he, “you can go home without me”; and with a +quiet laugh he crept into his hole still further. The two men poked their +sticks into the hole, but all in vain; for Thumbling only went down further; +and when it had grown quite dark they were obliged to return home full of +vexation and with empty pockets. +</p> + +<p> +As soon as Thumbling perceived that they were off, he crawled out of his hiding +place, and said, “How dangerous it is to walk in this field in the dark: one +might soon break one’s head or legs;” and so saying he looked around, and by +great good luck saw an empty snail shell. “God be praised,” he exclaimed, “here +I can sleep securely; and in he went. Just as he was about to fall asleep he +heard two men coming by, one of whom said to the other, “How shall we manage to +get at the parson’s gold and silver?” +</p> + +<p> +“That I can tell you,” interrupted Thumbling. +</p> + +<p> +“What was that?” exclaimed the thief, frightened. “I heard some one speak.” +They stood still and listened; and then Thumbling said, “Take me with you, and +I will help you.” +</p> + +<p> +“Where are you?” asked the thieves. +</p> + +<p> +“Search on the ground, and mark where my voice comes from,” replied he. The +thief looked about, and at last found him; and lifted him up in the air. +</p> + +<p> +“What, will you help us, you little wight?” said they. +</p> + +<p> +“Do you not see I can creep between the iron bars into the chamber of the +parson, and reach out to you whatever you require?” +</p> + +<p> +“Very well; we will see what you can do,” said the thief. +</p> + +<p> +When they came to the house, Thumbling crept into the chamber, and cried out +with all his might, “Will you have all that is here?” The thieves were +terrified, and said, “Speak gently, or some one will awake.” +</p> + +<p> +But Thumbling feigned not to understand, and exclaimed, louder still, “Will you +have all that is here?” +</p> + +<p> +This awoke the cook, who slept in the room, and sitting up in her bed she +listened. The thieves, however, had run back a little way, quite frightened; +but taking courage again, and thinking the little fellow wished to tease them, +they came and whispered to him to make haste and hand them out something. At +this, Thumbling cried out still more loudly, “I will give you it all, only put +your hands in.” The listening maid heard this clearly, and springing out of +bed, hurried out at the door. The thieves ran off as if they were pursued by +the wild huntsman, but the maid, as she could see nothing, went to strike a +light. When she returned, Thumbling escaped without being seen into the barn, +and the maid, after she had looked round and searched in every corner, without +finding anything, went to bed again, believing she had been dreaming with her +eyes open. Meanwhile Thumbling had crept in amongst the hay, and found a +beautiful place to sleep, where he intended to rest till daybreak, and then to +go home to his parents. +</p> + +<p> +Other things however, was he to experience, for there is much tribulation and +trouble going on in this world. +</p> + +<p> +The maid got up at dawn of day to feed the cow. Her first walk was to the barn, +where she took an armful of hay, and just the bundle where poor Thumbling lay +asleep. He slept so soundly, however, that he was not conscious, and only awoke +when he was in the cow’s mouth. “Ah, goodness!” exclaimed he, “however came I +into this mill?” but soon he saw where he really was. Then he took care not to +come between the teeth, but presently slipped quite down the cow’s throat. +“There are no windows in this room,” said he to himself, “and no sunshine, and +I brought no light with me.” Overhead his quarters seemed still worse, and more +than all, he felt his room growing narrower, as the cow swallowed more hay. So +he began to call out in terror as loudly as he could, “Bring me no more food. I +do not want any more food!” Just then the maid was milking the cow, and when +she heard the voice without seeing anything, and knew it was the same she had +listened to in the night, she was so frightened that she slipped off her stool +and overturned the milk. In great haste she ran to her master, saying, “Oh, Mr. +Parson, the cow has been speaking.” +</p> + +<p> +“You are crazy,” he replied; but still he went himself into The stable to see +what was the matter, and scarcely had he stepped in when Thumbling began to +shout out again, “Bring me no more food, bring me no more food.” This terrified +the parson himself, and he thought an evil spirit had entered into his cow, and +so ordered her to be killed. As soon as that was done, and they were dividing +the carcass, a fresh accident befell Thumbling, for a wolf, who was passing at +the time, made a snatch at the cow, and tore away the part where he was stuck +fast. However, he did not lose courage, but as soon as the wolf had swallowed +him, he called out from inside, “Oh, Mr. Wolf, I know of a capital meal for +you.” “Where is it to be found?” asked the wolf +</p> + +<p> +“In the house by the meadow; you must creep through the gutter, and there you +will find cakes, and bacon, and sausages, as many as you can eat,” replied +Thumbling, describing exactly his father’s house. +</p> + +<p> +The wolf did not wait to be told twice, but in the night crept in, and ate away +in the larder, to his heart’s content. When he had finished, he tried to escape +by the way he entered, but the hole was not large enough. Thereupon Thumbling, +who had reckoned on this, began to make a tremendous noise inside the poor +wolf, screaming and shouting as loud as he could. “Will you be quiet?” said the +wolf; “you will awake the people.” “Eh, what!” cried the little man, “since you +have satisfied yourself, it is my turn now to make merry;” and he set up a +louder howling than before. At last his father and mother awoke, and came to +the room and looked through the chinks of the door; and as soon as they +perceived the ravages the wolf had committed, they ran and brought the man his +ax and the woman the scythe. “Stop you behind,” said the man, as they entered +the room; “if my blow does not kill him, you must give him a cut with your +weapon, and chop off his head if you can.” +</p> + +<p> +When Thumbling heard his father’s voice, he called out, “Father dear, I am +here, in the wolf’s body!” “Heaven be praised,” said the man, full of joy, “our +dear child is found again;” and he bade his wife take away the scythe, lest it +should do any harm to his son. Then he raised his ax, and gave the wolf such a +blow on its head that it fell dead, and, taking a knife, he cut it open and +released the little fellow, his son. “Ah,” said his father, “what trouble we +have had about you.” “Yes, father,” replied Thumbling, “I have been traveling a +great deal about the world. Heaven be praised! I breathe fresh air again.” +</p> + +<p> +“Where have you been, my son?” he inquired. +</p> + +<p> +“Once I was in a mouse’s hole, once inside a cow, and lastly inside that wolf; +and now I will stop here with you,” said Thumbling. +</p> + +<p> +“Yes,” said the old people, “we will not sell you again for all the riches of +the world;” and they embraced and kissed him with great affection. Then they +gave him plenty to eat and drink, and had new clothes made for him, for his old +ones were worn out with traveling. +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap64"></a>THE SIX SWANS</h2> + +<p> +By William and Jacob Grimm +</p> + +<p> +A king was once hunting in a large wood, and pursued his game so hotly, that +none of his courtiers could follow him. But when evening approached he stopped, +and looking around him perceived that he had lost himself. He sought a path out +of the forest, but could not find one, and presently he saw an old woman with a +nodding head, who came up to him. “My good woman,” said he to her, “can you not +show me the way out of the forest?” “Oh, yes, my lord King,” she replied, “I +can do that very well, but upon one condition, which if you do not fulfill you +will never again get out of the wood, but will die of hunger.” +</p> + +<p> +“What, then, is this condition?” asked the King. +</p> + +<p> +“I have a daughter,” said the old woman, “who is as beautiful as anyone you can +find in the whole world, and well deserves to be your bride. Now, if you will +make her your Queen, I will show you your way out of the wood.” In the anxiety +of his heart the King consented, and the old woman led him to her cottage, +where the daughter was sitting by a fire. She received the King as if she had +expected him, and he saw at once that she was very beautiful, but yet she did +not quite please him, for he could not look at her without a secret shuddering. +However, after all, he took the maiden up on his horse, and the old woman +showed him the way, and the King arrived safely at his palace, where the +wedding was to be celebrated. +</p> + +<p> +The King had been married once before, and had seven children by his first +wife, six boys and a girl, whom he loved above everything else in the world. He +became afraid, soon, that the stepmother might not treat them very well, and +might even do them some great injury, so he took them away to a lonely castle +which stood in the midst of a forest. This castle was so hidden, and the way to +it so difficult to discover, that he himself could not have found it if a wise +woman had not given him a ball of cotton which had the wonderful property, when +he threw it before him, of unrolling itself and showing him the right path. The +King went, however, so often to see his dear children, that the Queen noticed +his absence, became inquisitive, and wished to know what he went to fetch out +of the forest. So she gave his servants a great quantity of money, and they +disclosed to her the secret, and also told her of the ball of cotton which +alone could show the way. She had now no peace until she discovered where this +ball was concealed, and then she made some fine silken shirts, and, as she had +learned of her mother, she sewed within each one a charm. One day soon after, +when the King was gone out hunting, she took the little shirts and went into +the forest, and the cotton showed her the path. The children, seeing some one +coming in the distance, thought it was their dear father, and ran out toward +her full of joy. Then she threw over each of them a shirt, which as it touched +their bodies changed them into Swans, which flew away over the forest. The +Queen then went home quite contented, and thought she was free of her +stepchildren; but the little girl had not met her with the brothers, and the +Queen did not know of her. +</p> + +<p> +The following day the King went to visit his children, but he found only the +maiden. “Where are your brothers?” asked he. “Ah, dear father,” she replied, +“they are gone away and have left me alone;” and she told him how she had +looked out of the window and seen them changed into Swans, which had flown over +the forest; and then she showed him the feathers which they had dropped in the +courtyard, and which she had collected together. The King was much grieved, but +he did not think that his wife could have done this wicked deed, and, as he +feared the girl might also be stolen away, he took her with him. She was, +however, so much afraid of the stepmother, that she begged him not to stop more +than one night in the castle. +</p> + +<p> +The poor maiden thought to herself: “This is no longer my place, I will go and +seek my brothers;” and when night came she escaped and went quite deep into the +wood. She walked all night long and great part of the next day, until she could +go no further from weariness. Just then she saw a rude hut, and walking in she +found a room with six little beds, but she dared not get into one, but crept +under, and, laying herself upon the hard earth, prepared to pass the night +there. Just as the sun was setting, she heard a rustling, and saw six white +Swans come flying in at the window. They settled on the ground and began +blowing one another until they had blown all their feathers off, and their +swan’s down stripped off like a shirt. Then the maiden knew them at once for +her brothers, and gladly crept out from under the bed, and the brothers were +not less glad to see their sister, but their joy was of short duration. “Here +you must not stay,” said they to her; “this is a robber’s hiding-place; if they +should return and find you here, they will murder you.” “Can you not protect +me, then?” inquired the sister. +</p> + +<p> +“No,” they replied, “for we can only lay aside our swan’s feathers for a +quarter of an hour each evening, and for that time we retain our human form, +but afterward we resume our usual appearance.” +</p> + +<p> +Their sister then asked them with tears, “Can you not be restored again?” +</p> + +<p> +“Oh, no,” replied they, “the conditions are too difficult. For six long years +you must neither speak nor laugh, and during that time you must sew together +for us six little shirts of star flowers, and should there fall a single word +from your lips, then all your labor will be vain.” Just as the brother finished +speaking, the quarter of an hour elapsed, and they all flew out of the window +again like Swans. +</p> + +<p> +The little sister, however, made a solemn resolution to rescue her brothers or +die in the attempt; and she left the cottage, and, penetrating deep into the +forest, passed the night amid the branches of a tree. The next morning she went +out and collected the star flowers to sew together. She had no one to converse +with, and as for laughing she had no spirits, so there up in the tree she sat, +intent only upon her work. After she had passed some time there, it happened +that the King of that country was hunting in the forest, and his huntsmen came +beneath the tree on which the maiden sat. They called to her and asked, “Who +art thou?” But she gave no answer. “Come down to us,” continued they, “we will +do thee no harm.” She simply shook her head, and, when they pressed her further +with questions, she threw down to them her gold necklace, hoping therewith to +satisfy them. They did not, however, leave her, and she threw down her girdle, +but in vain; and even her rich dress did not make them desist. At last the +hunter himself climbed the tree and brought down the maiden and took her before +the King. The King asked her, “Who art thou? What dost thou upon that tree? But +she did not answer, and then he asked her, in all the languages that he knew, +but she remained dumb to all, as a fish. Since, however, she was so beautiful, +the King’s heart was touched, and he conceived for her a strong affection. Then +he put around her his cloak, and, placing her before him on his horse, took her +to his castle. There he ordered rich clothing to be made for her, and, although +her beauty shone as the sun-beams, not a word escaped her. The King placed her +by his side at table, and there her dignified mien and manners so won upon him, +that he said, “This maiden will I to marry, and no other in the world,” and +after some days he was united to her. +</p> + +<p> +Now, the King had a wicked stepmother who was discontented with his marriage, +and spoke evil of the young Queen. “Who knows whence the wench comes?” said +she. “She who cannot speak is not worthy of a King.” A year after, when the +Queen brought her first-born son into the world, the old woman took him away. +Then she went to the King and complained that the Queen was a murderess. The +King, however, would not believe it, and suffered no one to do any injury to +his wife, who sat composedly sewing at her shirts and paying attention to +nothing else. When a second child was born, the false stepmother used the same +deceit, but the King again would not listen to her words, but said, “She is too +pious and good to act so: could she but speak and defend herself, her innocence +would come to light.” But when again the third time the old woman stole away +the child, and then accused the Queen, who answered her not a word to the +accusation, the King was obliged to give her up to be tried, and she was +condemned to suffer death by fire. +</p> + +<p> +When the time had elapsed, and the sentence was to be carried out, during which +she had neither spoken nor laughed, it was the very day when her dear brothers +should be made free; the six shirts were also ready, all but the last, which +yet wanted the left sleeve. As she was led to the scaffold she placed the +shirts upon her arm, and just as she had mounted it, and the fire was about to +be kindled, she looked round, and saw six Swans come flying through the air. +Her heart leaped for joy as she perceived her deliverers approaching, and soon +the Swans, flying toward her, alighted so near that she was enabled to throw +over them the shirts, and as soon as she had so done their feathers fell off +and the brothers stood up alive and well; but the youngest wanted his left arm, +instead of which he had a swan’s wing. They embraced and kissed each other, and +the Queen going to the King, who was thunderstruck, began to say, “Now may I +speak, my dear husband, and prove to you that I am innocent and falsely +accused;” and then she told him how the wicked old woman had stolen away and +hidden her three children. When she had concluded, the King was overcome with +joy, and the wicked stepmother was led to the scaffold and bound to the stake +and burned to ashes. +</p> + +<p> +The King and the Queen forever after lived in peace and prosperity with their +six brothers. +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap65"></a>SNOW-WHITE AND ROSE-RED</h2> + +<p> +By William and Jacob Grimm +</p> + +<p> +There was once a poor Widow who lived alone in her hut with her two children, +who were called Snow-White and Rose-Red, because they were like the flowers +which bloomed on two rosebushes which grew before the cottage. But they were +two as pious, good, industrious, and amiable children as any that were in the +world, only Snow-White was more quiet and gentle than Rose-Red. For Rose-Red +would run and jump about the meadows, seeking flowers and catching butterflies, +while Snow-White sat at home helping her Mother to keep house, or reading to +her if there were nothing else to do. The two children loved one another +dearly, and always walked hand in hand when they went out together; and ever +when they talked of it they agreed that they would never separate from each +other, and that whatever one had the other should share. Often they ran deep +into the forest and gathered wild berries; but no beast ever harmed them. For +the hare would eat cauliflowers out of their hands, the fawn would graze at +their side, the goats would frisk about them in play, and the birds remained +perched on the boughs singing as if nobody were near. No accident ever befell +them; and if they stayed late in the forest, and night came upon them, they +used to lie down on the moss and sleep till morning; and because their Mother +knew they would do so, she felt no concern about them. One time when they had +thus passed the night in the forest, and the dawn of morning awoke them, they +saw a beautiful Child dressed in shining white sitting near their couch. She +got up and looked at them kindly, but without saying anything went into the +forest; and when the children looked round they saw that where they had slept +was close to the edge of a pit, into which they would have certainly fallen had +they walked a couple of steps further in the dark. Their Mother told them the +figure they had seen was doubtless the good angel who watches over children. +</p> + +<p> +Snow-White and Rose-Red kept their Mother’s cottage so clean that it was a +pleasure to enter it. Every morning in the summer time Rose-Red would first put +the house in order, and then gather a nosegay for her Mother, in which she +always placed a bud from each rose tree. Every winter’s morning Snow-White +would light the fire and put the kettle on to boil, and although the kettle was +made of copper it yet shone like gold, because it was scoured so well. In the +evenings, when the flakes of snow were falling, the Mother would say: “Go, +Snow-White, and bolt the door;” and then they used to sit down on the hearth, +and the Mother would put on her spectacles and read out of a great book while +her children sat spinning. By their side, too, laid a little lamb, and on a +perch behind them a little white dove reposed with her head under her wing. +</p> + +<p> +One evening, when they were thus sitting comfortably together, there came a +knock at the door as if somebody wished to come in. “Make haste, Rose-Red,” +cried her Mother; “make haste and open the door; perhaps there is some traveler +outside who needs shelter.” So Rose-Red went and drew the bolt and opened the +door, expecting to see some poor man outside, but instead, a great fat Bear +poked his black head in. Rose-Red shrieked out and ran back, the little lamb +bleated, the dove fluttered on her perch, and Snow-White hid herself behind her +Mother’s bed. The Bear, however, began to speak, and said: “Be not afraid, I +will do you no harm; but I am half frozen, and wish to come in and warm +myself.” +</p> + +<p> +“Poor Bear!” cried the Mother; “come in and lie down before the fire; but take +care you do not burn your skin;” and then she continued: “Come here, Rose-Red +and Snow-White, the Bear will not harm you, he means honorably.” So they both +came back, and by degrees the lamb too and the dove overcame their fears and +welcomed the rough visitor. +</p> + +<p> +“You children!” said the Bear, before he entered, “come and knock the snow off +my coat.” And they fetched their brooms and swept him clean. Then he stretched +himself before the fire and grumbled out his satisfaction; and in a little +while the children became familiar enough to play tricks with the unwieldy +animal. They pulled his long, shaggy skin, set their feet upon his back and +rolled him to and fro, and even ventured to beat him with a hazel stick, +laughing when he grumbled. The Bear bore all their tricks good temperedly, and +if they hit him too hard he cried out: +</p> + +<p class="poem"> +“Leave me my life, you children,<br/> +Snow-White and Rose-Red,<br/> +Or you’ll never wed.” +</p> + +<p class="noindent"> +When bedtime came and the others were gone, the Mother said to the Bear: “You +may sleep here on the hearth if you like, and then you will be safely protected +from the cold and bad weather.” +</p> + +<p> +As soon as day broke the two children let the Bear out again, and he trotted +away over the snow, and ever afterward he came every evening at a certain hour. +He would lie down on the hearth and allow the children to play with him as much +as they liked, till by degrees they became so accustomed to him that the door +was left unbolted till their black friend arrived. +</p> + +<p> +But as soon as spring returned, and everything out of doors was green again, +the Bear one morning told Snow-White that he must leave her, and could not +return during the whole summer. “Where are you going, then, dear Bear?” asked +Snow-White, “I am obliged to go into the forest and guard my treasures from the +evil Dwarfs; for in winter, when the ground is hard, they are obliged to keep +in their holes, and cannot work through; but now, since the sun has thawed the +earth and warmed it, the Dwarf’s pierce through, and steal all they can find; +and what has once passed into their hands, and gets concealed by them in their +caves, is not easily brought to light.” Snow-White, however, was very sad at +the departure of the Bear, and opened the door so hesitatingly that when he +pressed through it he left behind on the sneck a piece of his hairy coat; and +through the hole which was made in his coat Snow-White fancied she saw the +glittering of gold; but she was not quite certain of it. The Bear, however, ran +hastily away, and was soon hidden behind the trees. +</p> + +<p> +Some time afterward the Mother sent the children into the wood to gather +sticks; and while doing so, they came to a tree which was lying across the +path, on the trunk of which something kept bobbing up and down from the grass, +and they could not imagine what it was. When they came nearer they saw a Dwarf, +with an old wrinkled face and a snow-white beard a yard long. The end of this +beard was fixed in a split of the tree, and the little man kept jumping about +like a dog tied by a chain, for he did not know how to free himself. He glared +at the Maidens with his red fiery eyes, and exclaimed, “Why do you stand there? +are you going to pass without offering me any assistance?” “What have you done, +little man?” asked Rose-Red. “You stupid, gaping goose!” exclaimed he. “I +wanted to have split the tree, in order to get a little wood for my kitchen, +for the little wood which we use is soon burned up with great fagots, not like +what you rough, greedy people devour! I had driven the wedge in properly, and +everything was going on well, when the smooth wood flew upward, and the tree +closed so suddenly together that I could not draw my beautiful beard out, and +here it sticks and I cannot get away. There, don’t laugh, you milk-faced +things! are you dumfounded?” +</p> + +<p> +The children took all the pains they could to pull the Dwarf’s beard out; but +without success. “I will run and fetch some help,” cried Rose-Red at length. +</p> + +<p> +“Crack-brained sheep’s head that you are!” snarled the Dwarf; “what are you +going to call other people for? You are two too many now for me; can you think +of nothing else?” +</p> + +<p> +“Don’t be impatient,” replied Snow-White; “I have thought of something;” and +pulling her scissors out of her pocket she cut off the end of the beard. As +soon as the Dwarf found himself at liberty, he snatched up his sack, which lay +between the roots of the tree, filled with gold, and throwing it over his +shoulder marched off, grumbling and groaning and crying: “Stupid people! to cut +off a piece of my beautiful beard. Plague take you!” and away he went without +once looking at the children. +</p> + +<p> +Some time afterward Snow-White and Rose-Red went a-fishing, and as they neared +the pond they saw something like a great locust hopping about on the bank, as +if going to jump into the water. They ran up and recognized the Dwarf. “What +are you after?” asked Rose-Red; “you will fall into the water.” “I am not quite +such a simpleton as that,” replied the Dwarf: “but do you not see this fish +will pull me in?” The little man had been sitting there angling, and +unfortunately the wind had entangled his beard with the fishing line; and so, +when a great fish bit at the bait, the strength of the weak little fellow was +not able to draw it out, and the fish had the best of the struggle. The Dwarf +held on by the reeds and rushes which grew near; but to no purpose, for the +fish pulled him where it liked, and he must soon have been drawn into the pond. +Luckily just then the two Maidens arrived, and tried to release the beard of +the Dwarf from the fishing line; but both were too closely entangled for it to +be done. So the Maiden pulled out her scissors again and cut off another piece +of the beard. When the Dwarf saw this done he was in a great rage, and +exclaimed: “You donkey! that is the way to disfigure my face. Was it not enough +to cut it once, but you must now take away the best part of my fine beard? I +dare not show myself again now to my own people. I wish you had run the soles +off your boots before you had come here!” So saying, he took up a bag of pearls +which lay among the rushes, and without speaking another word, slipped off and +disappeared behind a stone. +</p> + +<p> +Not many days after this adventure, it chanced that the Mother sent the two +Maidens to the next town to buy thread, needles and pins, laces and ribbons. +Their road passed over a common, on which here and there great pieces of rock +were lying about. Just over their heads they saw a great bird flying round and +round, and every now and then, dropping lower and lower, till at last it flew +down behind a rock. Immediately afterward they heard a piercing shriek, and +running up they saw with affright that the eagle had caught their old +acquaintance. the Dwarf, and was trying to carry him off. The compassionate +children thereupon laid hold of the little man, and held him fast till the bird +gave up the struggle and flew off. As soon then as the Dwarf had recovered from +his fright, he exclaimed in his squeaking voice: “Could you not hold me more +gently? You have seized my fine brown coat in such a manner that it is all torn +and full of holes, meddling and interfering rubbish that you are!” With these +words he shouldered a bag filled with precious stones, and slipped away to his +cave among the rocks. +</p> + +<p> +The maidens were now accustomed to his ingratitude, and so they walked on to +the town and transacted their business there. Coming home, they returned over +the same common, and unawares walked up to a certain clean spot on which the +Dwarf had shaken out his bag of precious stones, thinking nobody was near. The +sun was shining, and the bright stones glittered in its beams and displayed +such a variety of colors that the two Maidens stopped to admire them. +</p> + +<p> +“What are you standing there gaping for?” asked the Dwarf, while his face grew +as red as copper with rage; he was continuing to abuse the poor Maidens, when a +loud roaring noise was heard, and presently a great black Bear came rolling out +of the forest. The Dwarf jumped up terrified, but he could not gain his retreat +before the Bear overtook him. Thereupon, he cried out: “Spare me, my dear Lord +Bear! I will give you all my treasures. See these beautiful precious stones +which lie here; only give me my life; for what have you to fear from a little +weak fellow like me? you could not touch me with your big teeth. There are two +wicked girls, take them; they would make nice morsels, as fat as young quails; +eat them for heaven’s sake.” +</p> + +<p> +The Bear, however, without troubling himself to speak, gave the bad-hearted +Dwarf a single blow with his paw, and he never stirred after. +</p> + +<p> +The Maidens were then going to run away, but the Bear called after them: +“Snow-White and Rose-Red, fear not! wait a bit and I will accompany you.” They +recognized his voice and stopped; and when the Bear came, his rough coat +suddenly fell off, and he stood up a tall man, dressed entirely in gold. “I am +a king’s son,” he said, “and was condemned by the wicked Dwarf, who stole all +my treasures, to wander about in this forest, in the form of a bear, till his +death released me. Now he has received his well-deserved punishment.” +</p> + +<p> +Then they went home, and Snow-White was married to the prince, and Rose-Red to +his brother, with whom they shared the immense treasure which the Dwarf had +collected. The old Mother also lived for many years happily with her two +children, and the rose trees which had stood before the cottage were planted +now before the palace, and produced every year beautiful red and white roses. +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap66"></a>THE UGLY DUCKLING</h2> + +<p> +By Hans Christian Andersen +</p> + +<p> +It was so glorious out in the country; it was summer; the cornfields were +yellow, the oats were green, the hay had been put up in stacks in the green +meadows, and the stork went about on his long red legs, and chattered Egyptian, +for this was the language he had learned from his good mother. All around the +fields and meadows were great forests, and in the midst of these forests lay +deep lakes. Yes, it was right glorious out in the country. In the midst of the +sunshine there lay an old farm, with deep canals about it, and from the wall +down to the water grew great burdocks, so high that little children could stand +upright under the loftiest of them. It was just as wild there as in the deepest +wood, and here sat a Duck upon her nest; she had to hatch her ducklings; but +she was almost tired out before the little ones came; and then she so seldom +had visitors. The other ducks liked better to swim about in the canals than to +run up to sit down under a burdock, and cackle with her. +</p> + +<p> +At last one egg-shell after another burst open. “Piep! piep!” it cried, and in +all the eggs there were little creatures that stuck out their heads. +</p> + +<p> +“Quack! quack!” they said; and they all came quacking out as fast as they +could, looking all round them under the green leaves; and the mother let them +look as much as they chose, for green is good for the eye. +</p> + +<p> +“How wide the world is!” said all the young ones, for they certainly had much +more room now than when they were in the eggs. +</p> + +<p> +“D’ye think this is all the world?” said the mother. “That stretches far across +the other side of the garden, quite into the parson’s field; but I have never +been there yet. I hope you are all together,” and she stood up. “No, I have not +all. The largest egg still lies there. How long is that to last? I am really +tired of it.” And she sat down again. +</p> + +<p> +“Well, how goes it?” asked an old Duck who had come to pay her a visit. +</p> + +<p> +“It lasts a long time with that one egg,” said the Duck who sat there. “It will +not burst. Now, only look at the others; are they not the prettiest little +ducks one could possibly see? They are all like their father: the rogue, he +never comes to see me.” +</p> + +<p> +“Let me see the egg which will not burst,” said the old visitor. “You may be +sure it is a turkey’s egg. I was once cheated in that way, and had much anxiety +and trouble with the young ones, for they are afraid of the water. Must I say +it to you, I could not get them to venture in. I quacked and I clacked, but it +was no use. Let me see the egg. Yes, that’s a turkey’s egg. Let it lie there, +and teach the other children to swim.” +</p> + +<p> +“I think I will sit on it a little longer,” said the Duck. “I’ve sat so long +now that I can sit a few days more.” +</p> + +<p> +“Just as you please,” said the old Duck; and she went away. +</p> + +<p> +At last the great egg burst. “Piep! piep!” said the little one, and crept +forth, it was very large and very ugly. The Duck looked at it. +</p> + +<p> +“It’s a very large duckling,” said she; “none of the others look like that: can +it really be a turkey chick? Well, we shall soon find out. It must go into the +water, even if I have to thrust it in myself.” +</p> + +<p> +The next day, it was bright, beautiful weather; the sun shone on all the green +trees. The Mother Duck went down to the canal with all her family. Splash! she +jumped into the water. “Quack! quack!” she said, and one duckling after another +plunged in. The water closed over their heads, but they came up in an instant, +and swam capitally; their legs went of themselves, and they were all in the +water. The ugly gray Duckling swam with them. +</p> + +<p> +“No, it’s not a turkey,” said she; “look how well it can use its legs, and how +straight it holds itself. It is my own child! On the whole it’s quite pretty, +if one looks at it rightly. Quack! quack! come with me, and I’ll lead you out +into the great world, and present you in the duckyard; but keep close to me, so +that no one may tread on you, and take care of the cats!” +</p> + +<p> +And so they came into the duckyard. There was a terrible riot, going on in +there, for two families were quarreling about an eel’s head, and the cat got it +after all. +</p> + +<p> +“See, that’s how it goes in the world!” said the Mother Duck; and she whetted +her beak, for she too wanted the eel’s head. “Only use your legs,” she said. +“See that you can bustle about, and bow your heads before the old Duck yonder. +She’s the grandest of all here; she’s of Spanish blood—that’s why she’s so fat; +and d’ye see she has a red rag round her leg; that’s something particularly +fine, and the greatest distinction a duck can enjoy; it signifies that one does +not want to lose her, and that she’s to be known by the animals and by men too. +Shake yourselves—don’t turn in your toes; a well-brought-up duck turns its toes +quite out, just like father and mother—so! Now bend your necks and say +‘Quack!’” +</p> + +<p> +And they did so: but the other ducks round about looked at them, and said quite +boldly: +</p> + +<p> +“Look there! now we’re to have these hanging on, as if there were not enough of +us already! And—fie!—how that Duckling yonder looks; we won’t stand that!” And +one duck flew up at it, and bit it in the neck. +</p> + +<p> +“Let it alone,” said the mother: “it does no harm to anyone.” +</p> + +<p> +“Yes, but it’s too large and peculiar,” said the Duck who had bitten it; “and +therefore it must be put down.” +</p> + +<p> +“Those are pretty children that the mother has there,” said the old Duck with +the rag round her leg. They’re all pretty but that one; that was rather +unlucky. I wish she could bear it over again.” +</p> + +<p> +“That cannot be done, my lady,” replied the Mother Duck. “It is not pretty, but +it has a really good disposition, and swims as well as any other; yes, I may +even say it, swims better. I think it will grow up pretty, and become smaller +in time; it has lain too long in the egg, and therefore is not properly +shaped.” And then she pinched it in the neck, and smoothed its feathers. +Moreover it is a drake,” she said, “and therefore it is not so much +consequence. I think he will be very strong: he makes his way already.” +</p> + +<p> +“The other duckling’s are graceful enough,” said the old Duck. “Make yourself +at home; and if you find an eel’s head, you may bring it to me.” +</p> + +<p> +And now they were at home. But the poor Duckling which had crept last out of +the egg, and looked so ugly, was bitten and pushed and jeered, as much by the +ducks as by the chickens. +</p> + +<p> +“It is too big!” they all said. And the turkey cock, who had been born with +spurs, and therefore thought himself an emperor, blew himself up like a ship in +full sail, and bore straight down upon it; then he gobbled and grew quite red +in the face. The poor Duckling did not know where it should stand or walk; it +was quite melancholy because it looked ugly, and was the butt of the whole +duckyard. +</p> + +<p> +So it went on the first day; and afterward it became worse and worse. The poor +Duckling was hunted about by everyone: even its brothers and sisters were quite +angry with it, and said: “If the cat would only catch you, you ugly creature!” +And the mother said: “If you were only far away!” And the ducks hit it, and the +chickens beat it, and the girl who had to feed the poultry kicked at it with +her foot. +</p> + +<p> +Then it ran and flew over the fence, and the little birds in the bushes flew up +in fear. +</p> + +<p> +“That is because I am so ugly!” thought the Duckling; and it shut its eyes, but +flew on further; and so it came out into the great moor, where the wild ducks +lived. Here it lay the whole night long; and it was weary and downcast. +</p> + +<p> +Toward morning the wild chicks flew up, and looked at their new companion. +</p> + +<p> +“What sort of a one are you?” they asked; and the Duckling turned in every +direction, and bowed as well as it could. You are remarkably ugly!” said the +Wild Ducks. “But that is nothing to us, so long as you do not marry into our +family.” +</p> + +<p> +Poor thing! it certainly did not think of marrying, and only hoped to obtain +leave to lie among the reeds and drink some of the swamp water. +</p> + +<p> +Thus it lay two whole days; then came thither two wild geese, or, properly +speaking, two wild ganders. It was not long since each had crept out of an egg, +and that’s why they were so saucy. +</p> + +<p> +“Listen, comrade,” said one of them. “You’re so ugly that I like you. Will you +go with us, and become a bird of passage? Near here, in another moor, there are +a few sweet lovely geese, all unmarried, and all able to say ‘Rap?’ You’ve a +chance of’ making your fortune, ugly as you are.” +</p> + +<p> +“Piff! paff!” resounded through the air; and the two ganders fell down dead in +the swamp, and the water became blood red. “Piff paff!” it sounded again, and +the whole flock of wild geese rose up from the reeds. And then there was +another report. A great hunt was going on. The sportsmen were lying in wait all +round the moor, and some were even sitting up in the branches of the trees, +which spread far over the reeds. The blue smoke rose up like clouds among the +dark trees, and was wafted far away across the water; and the hunting dogs +came—splash, splash!—into the swamp, and the rushes and the reeds bent down on +every side. That was a fright for the poor Duckling! It turned its head, and +put it under its wing; but at that moment a frightful great dog stood close by +the Duckling. His tongue hung far out of his mouth, and his eyes gleamed +horrible and ugly; he thrust out his nose close against the Duckling, showed +his Sharp teeth, and—splash, splash!—on he went, without seizing it. +</p> + +<p> +“O, Heaven be thanked!” sighed the Duckling. “I am so ugly, that even the dog +does not like to bite me!” +</p> + +<p> +And so it lay quite quiet, while the shots rattled through the reeds and gun +after gun was fired. At last, late in the day, all was still; but the poor +Duckling did not dare to rise up; it waited several hours before it looked +round, and then hastened away out of the moor as fast it could. It ran on over +field and meadow; there was such a storm raging that it was difficult to get +from one place to another. +</p> + +<p> +Toward evening the Duck came to a little miserable peasant’s hut. This hut was +so dilapidated that it did not itself know on which side it should fall; and +that’s why it remained standing. The storm whistled round the Duckling in such +a way that the poor creature was obliged to sit down, to stand against it; and +the wind blew worse and worse. Then the Duckling noticed that one of the hinges +of the door had given way, and the door hung so slanting that the Duckling +could slip through the crack into the room; and that is what it did. +</p> + +<p> +Here lived a woman, with her Cat and her Hen. And the Cat, whom she called +Sonnie, could arch his back and purr, he could even give out sparks; but for +that one had to stroke his fur the wrong way. The Hen had quite little short +legs, and therefore she was called Chickabiddy Shortshanks; she laid good eggs, +and the woman loved her as her own child. +</p> + +<p> +In the morning the strange Duckling was at once noticed, and the Cat began to +purr and the Hen to cluck. +</p> + +<p> +“What’s this?” said the woman, and looked all round; but she could not see +well, and therefore she thought the Duckling was a fat duck that had strayed. +“This is a rare prize!” she said, “Now I shall have ducks’ eggs. I hope it is +not a drake. We must try that.” +</p> + +<p> +And so the Duckling was admitted on trial for three weeks; but no eggs came. +And the Cat was master of the house, and the Hen was the lady, and always said +“We and the world!” for she thought they were half the world, and by far the +better half. The Duckling thought one might have a different opinion, but the +Hen would not allow it. +</p> + +<p> +“Can you lay eggs?” she asked. +</p> + +<p> +“No.” +</p> + +<p> +“Then will you hold your tongue!” +</p> + +<p> +And the Cat said, “Can you curve your back, and purr, and give out sparks?” +</p> + +<p> +“No.” +</p> + +<p> +“Then you will please have no opinion of your own when sensible folks are +speaking. +</p> + +<p> +And the Duckling sat in a corner and was melancholy; then the fresh air and the +sunshine streamed in; and it was seized with such a strange longing to swim on +the water, that it could not help telling the Hen of it. +</p> + +<p> +“What are you thinking of?” cried the Hen. “You have nothing to do, that’s why +you have these fancies. Lay eggs, or purr, and they will pass over.” +</p> + +<p> +“But it is so charming to swim on the water!” said the Duckling, “so refreshing +to let it close over one’s head, and to dive down to the bottom.” +</p> + +<p> +“Yes, that must be a mighty pleasure, truly,” quoth the Hen. “I fancy you must +have gone crazy. Ask the Cat about it—he’s the cleverest animal I know—ask him +if he likes to swim on the water, or to dive down: I won’t speak about myself. +Ask our mistress, the old woman; no one in the world is cleverer than she. Do +you think she has any desire to swim, and to let the water close above her +head?” +</p> + +<p> +“You don’t understand me,” said the Duckling. +</p> + +<p> +“We don’t understand you? Then pray who is to understand you? You surely don’t +pretend to be cleverer than the Cat and the woman—I won’t say anything of +myself. Don’t be conceited, child, and thank your Maker for all the kindness +you have received. Did you not get into a warm room, and have you not fallen +into company from which you may learn something? But you are a chatterer, and +it is not pleasant to associate with you. You may believe me, I speak for your +good. I tell you disagreeable things, and by that one may always know one’s +true friends! Only take care that you learn to lay eggs, or to purr, and give +out sparks!” +</p> + +<p> +“I think I will go out into the wide world,” said the Duckling. +</p> + +<p> +“Yes, do go,” replied the Hen. +</p> + +<p> +And so the Duckling went away. It swam on the water, and dived, but it was +slighted by every creature because of its ugliness. +</p> + +<p> +Now came the autumn. The leaves in the forest turned yellow and brown; the wind +caught them so that they danced about, and up in the air it was very cold. The +clouds hung low, heavy with hail and snowflakes, and on the fence stood the +raven, crying, “Croak! croak!” for mere cold; yes, it was enough to make one +feel cold to think of this. The poor little Duckling certainly had not a good +time. One evening—the sun was just setting in his beauty—there came a whole +flock of great, handsome birds out of the bushes; they were dazzlingly white, +with long, flexible necks; they were swans. They uttered a very peculiar cry, +spread forth their glorious great wings, and flew away from that cold region to +warmer lands, to fair open lakes. They mounted so high, so high! and the ugly +Duckling felt quite strangely as it watched them. It turned round and round in +the water like a wheel, stretched out its neck toward them, and uttered such a +strange, loud cry as frightened itself. Oh! it could not forget those +beautiful, happy birds; and so soon as it could see them no longer, it dived +down to the very bottom, and when it came up again, it was quite beside itself. +It knew not the name of those birds, and knew not whither they were flying; but +it loved them more than it had ever loved anyone. It was not at all envious of +them. How could it think of wishing to possess such loveliness as they had? It +would have been glad if only the ducks would have endured its company the poor, +ugly creature! +</p> + +<p> +And the winter grew cold, very cold! The Duckling was forced to swim about in +the water, to prevent the surface from freezing entirely; but every night the +hole in which it swam about became smaller and smaller. It froze so hard that +the icy covering crackled again; and the Duckling was obliged to use its legs +continually to prevent the hole from freezing up. At last it became exhausted, +and lay quite still, and thus froze fast into the ice. Early in the morning a +peasant came by, and when he saw what had happened, he took his wooden shoe, +broke the ice crust to pieces, and carried the Duckling home to his wife. Then +it came to itself again. The children wanted to play with it; but the Duckling +thought they wanted to hurt it, and in its terror fluttered up into the milk +pan, so that the milk spurted down into the room. The woman clasped her hands, +at which the Duckling flew down into the butter tub, and then into the meal +barrel and out again. How it looked then! The woman screamed, and struck at it +with the fire tongs; the children tumbled over one another in their efforts to +catch the Duckling; and they laughed and they screamed!—well it was that the +door stood open, and the poor creature was able to slip out between the shrubs +into the newly fallen snow—there it lay quite exhausted. +</p> + +<p> +But it would be too melancholy if I were to tell all the misery and care which +the Duckling had to endure in the hard winter. It lay out on the moor among the +reeds, when the sun began to shine again and the larks to sing: it was a +beautiful spring. +</p> + +<p> +Then all at once the Duckling could flap its wings: they beat the air more +strongly than before, and bore it strongly away; and before it well knew how +all this happened, it found itself in a great garden, where the elder trees +smelled sweet, and bent their long green branches down to the canal that wound +through the region. Oh, here it was so beautiful, such a gladness of spring! +and from the thicket came three glorious white swans; they rustled their wings, +and swam lightly on the water. The Duckling knew the splendid creatures, and +felt oppressed by a peculiar sadness. +</p> + +<p> +“I will fly away to them, to the royal birds! and they will beat me, because I, +that am so ugly, dare to come near them. But it is all the same. Better to be +killed by them than to be pursued by ducks, and beaten by fowls, and pushed +about by the girl who takes care of the poultry yard, and to suffer hunger in +winter!” And it flew out into the water, and swam toward the beautiful swans: +these looked at it, and came sailing down upon it with outspread wings. “Kill +me!” said the poor creature, and bent its head down upon the water, expecting +nothing but death. But what was this that it saw in the clear water? It beheld +its own image; and, lo! it was no longer a clumsy, dark-gray bird, ugly and +hateful to look at, but a—swan! +</p> + +<p> +It matters nothing if one is born in a duck yard, if one has only lain in a +swan’s egg. +</p> + +<p> +It felt quite glad at all the need and misfortune it had suffered, now it +realized its happiness in all the splendor that surrounded it. And the great +swans swam round it, and stroked it with their beaks. +</p> + +<p> +Into the garden came little children, who threw bread and corn into the water; +and the youngest cried, “There is a new one!” and the other children shouted +joyously, “Yes, a new one has arrived!” And they clapped their hands and danced +about, and ran to their father and mother; and bread and cake were thrown into +the water; and they all said, “The new one is the most beautiful of all so +young and handsome!” and the old swans bowed their heads before him. +</p> + +<p> +Then he felt quite ashamed, and hid his head under his wings, for he did not +know what to do; he was so happy, and yet not at all proud. He thought how he +had been persecuted and despised; and now he heard them saying that he was the +most beautiful of all birds. Even the elder tree bent its branches straight +down into the water before him, and the sun shone warm and mild. Then his wings +rustled, he lifted his slender neck, and cried rejoicingly from the depths of +his heart: +</p> + +<p> +“I never dreamed of so much happiness when I was the Ugly Duckling!” +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap67"></a>THE TINDER-BOX</h2> + +<p> +By Hans Christian Andersen +</p> + +<p> +There came a soldier marching along the high road—one, two! one, two! He had +his knapsack on his back and a saber by his side, for he had been in the wars, +and now he wanted to go home. And on the way he met with an old Witch: she was +very hideous and her under lip hung down upon her breast. She said: “Good +evening, Soldier. What a fine sword you have, and what a big knapsack! You’re a +proper soldier! Now you shall have as much money as you like to have.” +</p> + +<p> +“I thank you, you old Witch” said the Soldier. +</p> + +<p> +“Do you see that great tree?” quoth the Witch; and she pointed to a tree which +stood beside them. +</p> + +<p> +“It’s quite hollow inside. You must climb to the top, and then you’ll see a +hole, through which you can let yourself down and get deep into the tree. I’ll +tie a rope round your body, so that I can pull you up again when you call me.” +</p> + +<p> +“What am I to do down in the tree?” asked the Soldier. +</p> + +<p> +“Get money,” replied the Witch. “Listen to me. When you come down to the earth +under the tree, you will find yourself in a great hall: it is quite light, for +above three hundred lamps are burning there. Then you will see three doors; +these you can open, for the keys are hanging there. If you go into the first +chamber, you’ll see a great chest in the middle of the floor; on this chest +sits a dog, and he’s got a pair of eyes as big as two teacups. But you need not +care for that. I’ll give you my blue-checked apron, and you can spread it out +upon the floor; then go up quickly and take the dog, and set him on my apron; +then open the chest, and take as many shillings as you like. They are of +copper; if you prefer silver, you must go into the second chamber. But there +sits a dog with a pair of eyes as big as mill wheels. But do not you care for +that. Set him upon my apron, and take some of the money. And if you want gold, +you can have that too—in fact, as much as you can carry—if you go into the +third chamber. But the dog that sits on the money chest there has two eyes as +big as round towers. He is a fierce dog, you may be sure; but you needn’t be +afraid, for all that. Only set him on my apron, and he won’t hurt you; and take +out of the chest as much gold as you like.” +</p> + +<p> +“That’s not so bad,” said the Soldier. “But what am I to give you, you old +Witch? for you will not do it for nothing, I fancy.” +</p> + +<p> +“No,” replied the Witch, “not a single shilling will I have. You shall only +bring me an old Tinder-box which my grandmother forgot when she was down there +last.” +</p> + +<p> +“Then tie the rope round my body,” cried the Soldier. +</p> + +<p> +“Here it is,” said the Witch, “and here’s my blue-checked apron.” +</p> + +<p> +Then the Soldier climbed up into the tree, let himself slip down into the hole, +and stood, as the Witch had said, in the great hall where the three hundred +lamps were burning. +</p> + +<p> +Now he opened the first door. Ugh! there sat the dog with eyes as big as +teacups, staring at him. +</p> + +<p> +“You’re a nice fellow!” exclaimed the Soldier; and he set him on the Witch’s +apron, and took as many shillings as his pockets would hold, and then locked +the chest, set the dog on it again, and went into the second chamber, Aha! +there sat the dog with eyes as big as mill wheels. +</p> + +<p> +“You should not stare so hard at me,” said the Soldier; “you might strain your +eyes.” And he set the dog upon the Witch’s apron. And when he saw the silver +money in the chest, he threw away all the copper money he had and filled his +pockets and his knapsack with silver only. Then he went into the third chamber. +Oh, but that was horrid! The dog there really had eyes as big as towers, and +they turned round and round in his head like wheels. +</p> + +<p> +“Good evening!” said the Soldier; and he touched his cap, for he had never seen +such a dog as that before. When he had looked at him a little more closely, he +thought: “That will do,” and lifted him down to the floor, and opened the +chest. Mercy! What a quantity of gold was there! He could buy with it the whole +town, and the sugar sucking pigs of the cake woman, and all the tin soldiers, +whips, and rocking-horses in the whole world. Yes, that was a quantity of +money! Now the Soldier threw away all the silver coin with which he had filled +his pockets and his knapsack, and took gold instead; yes, all his pockets, his +knapsack, his boots, and his cap were filled, so that he could scarcely walk. +Now indeed he had plenty of money. He put the dog on the chest shut the door, +and then called up through the tree: “Now pull me up, you old Witch!” +</p> + +<p> +“Have you the Tinder-box?” asked the Witch. +</p> + +<p> +“Plague on it!” exclaimed the Soldier, “I had clean forgotten that.” And he +went and brought it. +</p> + +<p> +The Witch drew him up, and he stood on the high road again, with pockets, +boots, knapsack, and cap full of gold. +</p> + +<p> +“What are you going to do with the Tinder-box?” asked the Soldier. +</p> + +<p> +“That’s nothing to you,” retorted the Witch. “You’ve had your money; just give +me the Tinder-box.” +</p> + +<p> +“Nonsense!” said the Soldier. “Tell me directly what you’re going to do with it +or I’ll draw my sword and cut off your head.” +</p> + +<p> +“No!” cried the Witch. +</p> + +<p> +So the Soldier cut off her head. There she lay! But he tied up all his money in +her apron, took it on his back like a bundle, put the Tinder-box in his pocket, +and went straight off toward the town. +</p> + +<p> +That was a splendid town! And he put up at the very best inn, and asked for the +finest rooms, and ordered his favorite dishes, for now he was rich, as he had +so much money. The servant who had to clean his boots certainly thought them a +remarkably old pair for such a rich gentleman; but he had not bought any new +ones yet. The next day he procured proper boots and handsome clothes. Now our +Soldier had become a fine gentleman; and the people told him of all the +splendid things which were in their city, and about the King, and what a pretty +Princess the King’s daughter was. +</p> + +<p> +“Where can one get to see her?” asked the Soldier. +</p> + +<p> +“She is not to be seen at all,” said they all together; “she lives in a great +copper castle, with a great many walls and towers round about it: no one but +the King may go in and out there, for it has been prophesied that she shall +marry a common soldier, and the King can’t bear that.” +</p> + +<p> +“I should like to see her,” thought the Soldier; but he could not get leave to +do so. Now he lived merrily, went to the theater, drove in the King’s garden, +and gave much money to the poor; and this was very kind of him, for he knew +from old times how hard it is when one has not a shilling. +</p> + +<p> +Now he was rich, had new clothes, and gained many friends, who all said he was +a rare one, a true cavalier; and that pleased the Soldier well. But as he spent +money every day and never carried any, he had at last only two shillings left; +and he was obliged to turn out of the fine rooms in which he had dwelt, and had +to live in a little garret under the roof, and clean his boots for himself, and +mend them with a darning-needle. None of his friends came to see him, for there +were too many stairs to climb. +</p> + +<p> +It was quite dark one evening, and he could not even buy himself a candle, when +it occurred to him that there was a candle end in the Tinder-box which he had +taken out of the hollow tree into which the Witch had helped him. He brought +out the Tinder-box and the candle end; but as soon as he struck fire and the +sparks rose up from the flint, the door flew open, and the dog who had eyes as +big as a couple of teacups, and whom he had seen in the tree, stood before him, +and said: +</p> + +<p> +“What are my lord’s commands?” +</p> + +<p> +“What is this?” said the Soldier. “That’s a famous Tinder-box, if I can get +everything with it that I want! Bring me some money,” said he to the dog; and +whisk! the dog was gone, and whisk! he was back again, with a great bag full of +shillings in his mouth. +</p> + +<p> +Now the Soldier knew what a capital Tinder-box this was. If he struck it once, +the dog came who sat upon the chest of copper money; if he struck it twice, the +dog came who had the silver; and if he struck it three times, then appeared the +dog who had the gold. Now the Soldier moved back into the fine rooms, and +appeared again in handsome clothes; and all his friends knew him again, and +cared very much for him indeed. +</p> + +<p> +Once he thought to himself: “It is a very strange thing that one cannot get to +see the Princess. They all say she is very beautiful; but what is the use of +that, if she has always to sit in the great copper castle with the many towers? +Can I not get to see her at all? Where is my Tinder-box?” And so he struck a +light, and whisk! came the dog with eyes as big as teacups. +</p> + +<p> +“It is midnight, certainly,” said the Soldier, “but I should very much like to +see the Princess, only for one little moment.” +</p> + +<p> +And the dog was outside the door directly, and, before the Soldier thought it, +came back with the Princess. She sat upon the dogs back and slept; and everyone +could see she was a real Princess, for she was so lovely. The Soldier could not +refrain from kissing her, for he was a thorough soldier. Then the dog ran back +again with the Princess. But when morning came, and the King and Queen were +drinking tea, the Princess said she had had a strange dream the night before +about a dog and a soldier—that she had ridden upon the dog, and the soldier had +kissed her. +</p> + +<p> +“That would be a fine history!” said the Queen. +</p> + +<p> +So one of the old court ladies had to watch the next night by the Princess’s +bed, to see if this was really a dream, or what it might be. +</p> + +<p> +The Soldier had a great longing to see the lovely Princess again; so the dog +came in the night, took her away, and ran as fast as he could. But the old lady +put on water boots, and ran just as fast after him. When she saw that they both +entered a great house, she thought: “Now I know where it is; and with a bit of +chalk she drew a great cross on the door. Then she went home and lay down, and +the dog came up with the Princess; but when he saw that there was a cross drawn +on the door where the Soldier lived, he took a piece of chalk too, and drew +crosses on all the doors in the town. And that was cleverly done, for now the +lady could not find the right door, because all the doors had crosses upon +them. +</p> + +<p> +In the morning early came the King and Queen, the old court lady and all the +officers, to see where it was the Princess had been. “Here it is!” said the +King, when he saw the first door with a cross upon it. “No, my dear husband, it +is there!” said the Queen, who descried another door which also showed a cross. +“But there is one, and there is one!” said all, for wherever they looked there +were crosses on the doors. So they saw that it would avail them nothing if they +searched on. +</p> + +<p> +But the Queen was an exceedingly clever woman, who could do more than ride in a +coach. She took her great gold scissors, cut a piece of silk into pieces, and +made a neat little bag; this bag she filled with fine wheat flour, and tied it +on the Princess’s back, and when that was done, she cut a little hole in the +bag, so that the flour would be scattered along all the way which the Princess +should take. +</p> + +<p> +In the night the dog came again, took the Princess on his back, and ran with +her to the Soldier, who loved her very much, and would gladly have been a +prince, so that he might have her for his wife. The dog did not notice at all +how the flour ran out in a stream from the castle to the windows of the +Soldier’s house, where he ran up the wall with the Princess. In the morning the +King and Queen saw well enough where their daughter had been, and they took the +Soldier and put him in prison. +</p> + +<p> +There he sat. Oh, but it was dark and disagreeable there! And they said to him: +“To-morrow you shall be hanged.” That was not amusing to hear, and he had left +his Tinder-box at the inn. In the morning he could see, through the iron +grating of the little window, how the people were hurrying out of the town to +see him hanged. He heard the drums beat and saw the soldiers marching. All the +people were running out, and among them was the shoemaker’s boy with leather +apron and slippers, and he galloped so fast that one of his slippers flew off, +and came right against the wall where the Soldier sat looking through the iron +grating. +</p> + +<p> +“Halloo, you shoemaker’s boy! you needn’t be in such a hurry,” cried the +Soldier to him: “it will not begin till I come. But if you will run to where I +lived and bring me my Tinder-box, you shall have four shillings: but you must +put your best leg foremost.” +</p> + +<p> +The shoemaker’s boy wanted to get the four shillings, so he went and brought +the Tinder-box, and—well, we shall hear now what happened. +</p> + +<p> +Outside the town a great gallows had been built, and round it stood the +soldiers and many hundred thousand people. The King and Queen sat on a splendid +throne, opposite to the judges and the whole council. The soldiers already +stood upon the ladder; but as they were about to put the rope round his neck, +he said that before a poor criminal suffered his punishment an innocent request +was always granted to him. He wanted very much to smoke a pipe of tobacco, and +it would be the last pipe he should smoke in the world. The King would not say +“No” to this; so the Soldier took his Tinder-box and struck fire. +One—two—three!—and there suddenly stood all the dogs—the one with eyes as big +as teacups, the one with eyes as large as mill wheels, and the one whose eyes +were as big as round towers. +</p> + +<p> +“Help me now, so that I may not be hanged,” said the Soldier. +</p> + +<p> +And the dogs fell upon the judges and all the council, seized one by the leg +and another by the nose, and tossed them many feet into the air, so that they +fell down and were all broken to pieces. +</p> + +<p> +“I won’t!” cried the King; but the biggest dog took him and the Queen, and +threw them after the others. Then the soldiers were afraid, and the people +cried: “Little Soldier, you shall be our king, and marry the beautiful +Princess.” +</p> + +<p> +So they put the Soldier into the King’s coach, and all the three dogs darted on +in front and cried “Hurrah!” and the boys whistled through their fingers, and +the soldiers presented arms. The Princess came out of the copper castle, and +became Queen, and she liked that well enough. The wedding lasted a week, and +the three dogs sat at the table too, and opened their eyes wider than ever at +all they saw. +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap68"></a>THE CONSTANT TIN SOLDIER</h2> + +<p> +By Hans Christian Andersen +</p> + +<p> +There were once five-and-twenty tin soldiers; they were all brothers, for they +had all been born of one old tin spoon. They shouldered their muskets, and +looked straight before them; their uniform was red and blue, and very splendid. +The first thing they had heard in the world, when the lid was taken off the +box, had been the words “Tin soldiers!” These words were tittered by a little +boy, clapping his hands; the soldiers had been given to him, for it was his +birthday; and now he put them upon the table. Each soldier was exactly like the +rest; but one of them had been cast last of all, and there had not been enough +tin to finish him; but he stood as firmly upon his one leg as the others on +their two; and it was just this soldier who became remarkable. +</p> + +<p> +On the table on which they had been placed stood many other playthings, but the +toy that attracted most attention was a neat castle of cardboard. Through the +little windows one could see straight into the hall. Before the castle some +little trees were placed round a little looking-glass, which was to represent a +clear lake. Waxen swans swam on this lake, and were mirrored in it. This was +all very pretty; but the prettiest of all was a little Lady, who stood at the +open door of the castle; she was also cut out in paper, but she had a dress of +the clearest gauze, and a little narrow blue ribbon over her shoulders that +looked like a scarf; and in the middle of this ribbon was a shining tinsel +rose, as big as her whole face. The little Lady stretched out both her arms, +for she was a dancer, and then she lifted one leg so high that the Tin Soldier +could not see it at all, and thought that, like himself, she had but one leg. +</p> + +<p> +“That would be the wife for me,” thought he; “but she is very grand. She lives +in a castle, and I have only a box, and there are five-and-twenty of us in +that. It is no place for her. But I must try to make acquaintance with her.” +</p> + +<p> +And then he lay down at full length behind a snuffbox which was on the table; +there he could easily watch the little dainty lady, who continued to stand on +one leg without losing her balance. +</p> + +<p> +When the evening came, all the other tin soldiers were put into their box, and +the people in the house went to bed. Now the toys began to play at “visiting,” +and at “war,” and “giving balls.” The tin soldiers rattled in their box, for +they wanted to join, but could not lift the lid. The Nutcracker threw +somersaults, and the Pencil amused itself on the table; there was so much noise +that the Canary woke up, and began to speak too, and even in verse. The only +two who did not stir from their places were the Tin Soldier and the Dancing +Lady; she stood straight up on the point of one of her toes, and stretched out +both her arms: and he was just as enduring on his one leg; and he never turned +his eyes away from her. +</p> + +<p> +Now the clock struck twelve—and, bounce!—the lid flew off the snuffbox; but +there was not snuff in it, but a little black goblin; you see, it was a trick. +</p> + +<p> +“Tin Soldier,” said the Goblin, “don’t stare at things that don’t concern you.” +</p> + +<p> +But the Tin Soldier pretended not to hear him. “Just you wait till to-morrow!” +said the Goblin. But when the morning came, and the children got up, the Tin +Soldier was placed in the window; and whether it was the Goblin or the draft +that did it, all at once the window flew open, and the Soldier fell, head over +heels, out of the third story. That was a terrible passage! He put his leg +straight up, and struck with his helmet downward, and his bayonet between the +paving stones. +</p> + +<p> +The servant maid and the little boy came down directly to look for him, but +though they almost trod upon him they could not see him. If the Soldier had +cried out, “Here I am!” they would have found him; but he did not think it +fitting to call out loudly, because he was in uniform. +</p> + +<p> +Now it began to rain; the drops soon fell thicker, and at last it came down in +a complete stream. When the rain was past, two street boys came by. +</p> + +<p> +“Just look!” said one of them, “there lies a tin soldier. He must come out and +ride in the boat.” +</p> + +<p> +And they made a boat out of a newspaper, and put the Tin Soldier in the middle +of it; and so he sailed down the gutter, and the two boys ran beside him and +clapped their hands. Goodness preserve us! how the waves rose in that gutter, +and how fast the stream ran! But then it had been a heavy rain. The paper boat +rocked up and down, and sometimes turned round so rapidly that the Tin Soldier +trembled; but he remained firm and never changed countenance, and looked +straight before him, and shouldered his musket. +</p> + +<p> +All at once the boat went into a long drain, and it became as dark as if he had +been in his box. +</p> + +<p> +“Where am I going now?” he thought. “Yes, yes, that’s the Goblin’s fault. Ah! +if the little Lady only sat here with me in the boat, it might be twice as dark +for what I should care.” +</p> + +<p> +Suddenly there came a great water rat, which lived under the drain. +</p> + +<p> +“Have you a passport?” said the Rat. “Give me your passport.” +</p> + +<p> +But the Tin Soldier kept silence, and only held his musket tighter than ever. +</p> + +<p> +The boat went on, but the Rat came after it. Hu! how he gnashed his teeth, and +called out to the bits of straw and wood: +</p> + +<p> +“Hold him! hold him! he hasn’t paid toll—he hasn’t showed his passport!” +</p> + +<p> +But the stream became stronger and stronger. The Tin Soldier could see the +bright daylight where the arch ended; but he heard a roaring noise, which might +well frighten a bolder man. Only think—just where the tunnel ended the drain +ran into a great canal; and for him that would have been as dangerous as for us +to be carried down a great waterfall. +</p> + +<p> +Now he was already so near it that he could not stop. The boat was carried out, +the poor Tin Soldier stiffening himself as much as he could, and no one could +say that he moved an eyelid. The boat whirled round three or four times, and +was full of water to the very edge—it must sink. The Tin Soldier stood up to +his neck in water, and the boat sank deeper and deeper, and the paper was +loosened more and more, and now the water closed over the Soldier’s head. Then +he thought of the pretty little dancer, and how he should never see her again; +and it sounded in the Soldier’s ears: +</p> + +<p class="poem"> +“Farewell, farewell, thou warrior brave,<br/> +Die shalt thou this day.” +</p> + +<p> +And now the paper parted, and the Tin Soldier fell out; but at that moment he +was snapped up by a great fish. +</p> + +<p> +Oh, how dark it was in that fish’s body! It was darker yet than in the drain +tunnel; and then it was very narrow, too. But the Tin Soldier remained unmoved, +and lay at full length, shouldering his musket. +</p> + +<p> +The fish swam to and fro; he made the most wonderful movements, and then became +quite still. At last something flashed through him like lightning. The daylight +shone quite clear, and a voice said aloud, “The Tin Soldier!” The fish had been +caught, carried to market, bought, and taken into the kitchen, where the cook +cut him open with a large knife. She seized the Soldier round the body with +both her hands, and carried him into the room, where all were anxious to see +the remarkable man who had traveled about in the inside of a fish; but the Tin +Soldier was not at all proud. They placed him on the table, and there—no! What +curious things may happen in the world! The Tin Soldier was in the very room in +which he had been before! he saw the same children, and the same toys stood +upon the table; and there was the pretty castle with the graceful little +Dancer. She was still balancing herself on one leg and held the other extended +in the air. She was faithful, too. That moved the Tin Soldier: he was very near +weeping tin tears, but that would not have been proper. He looked at her, but +they said nothing to each other. +</p> + +<p> +Then one of the little boys took the Tin Soldier and flung him into the stove. +He gave no reason for doing this. It must have been the fault of the Goblin in +the snuffbox. +</p> + +<p> +The Tin Soldier stood there quite illuminated, and felt a heat that was +terrible; but whether this heat proceeded from the real fire or from love he +did not know. The colors had quite gone off from him; but whether that had +happened on the journey, or had been caused by grief, no one could say. He +looked at the little Lady, she looked at him, and he felt that he was melting; +but he stood firm, shouldering his musket. Then suddenly the door flew open, +and the draft of air caught the Dancer, and she flew like a sylph just into the +stove to the Tin Soldier, and flashed up in a flame, and then was gone! Then +the Tin Soldier melted down into a lump, and when the servant maid took the +ashes out next day, she found him in the shape of a little tin heart. But of +the Dancer nothing remained but the tinsel rose, and that was burned as black +as coal. +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap69"></a>THE FIR TREE</h2> + +<p> +By Hans Christian Andersen +</p> + +<p> +Out in the woods stood a nice little Fir tree. The place he had was a very good +one; the sun shone on him; as to fresh air, there was enough of that, and round +him grew many large-sized comrades, pines as well as firs. But the little Fir +wanted so very much to be a grown-up tree. +</p> + +<p> +He did not think of the warm sun and of the fresh air; he did not care for the +little cottage children that ran about and prattled when they were in the wood +looking for wild strawberries. The children often came with a whole pitcher +full of berries, or a long row of them threaded on a straw, and sat down near +the young Tree and said, “Oh, how pretty he is! what a nice little fir!” But +this was what the Tree could not bear to hear. +</p> + +<p> +At the end of a year he had shot up a good deal, and after another year he was +another long bit taller; for with fir trees one can always tell by the shoots +how many years old they are. +</p> + +<p> +“Oh, were I but such a high tree as the others are,” sighed he. “Then I should +be able to spread out my branches, and with the tops to look into the wide +world! Then would the birds build nests among my branches; and when there was a +breeze, I could bend with as much stateliness as the others!” +</p> + +<p> +Neither the sunbeams, nor the birds, nor the red clouds which morning and +evening sailed above him, gave the little Tree any pleasure. +</p> + +<p> +In winter, when the snow lay glittering on the ground, a hare would often come +leaping along, and jump right over the little Tree. Oh, that made him so angry! +But two winters were past, and in the third the Tree was so large that the hare +was obliged to go round it. “To grow and grow, to get older and be tall,” +thought the Tree—“that, after all, is the most delightful thing in the world!” +</p> + +<p> +In autumn the woodcutters always came and felled some of the largest trees. +This happened every year; and the young Fir tree, that had now grown to a very +comely size, trembled at the sight; for the magnificent great trees fell to the +earth with noise and cracking, the branches were lopped off, and the trees +looked long and bare: they were hardly to be recognized; and then they were +laid in carts, and the horses dragged them out of the wood. +</p> + +<p> +Where did they go to? What became of them? In spring, when the Swallows and the +Storks came, the Tree asked them: “Don’t you know where they have been taken? +Have you not met them anywhere?” +</p> + +<p> +The Swallows did not know anything about it; but the Stork looked musing, +nodded his head, and said: “Yes; I think I know; I met many ships as I was +flying hither from Egypt; on the ships were magnificent masts, and I venture to +assert that it was they that smelled so of fir. I may congratulate you, for +they lifted themselves on high most majestically!” +</p> + +<p> +“Oh, were I but old enough to fly across the sea! But how does the sea look in +reality? What is it like?” +</p> + +<p> +“That would take a long time to explain,” said the Stork, and with these words +off he went. +</p> + +<p> +“Rejoice in thy growth!” said the Sunbeams, “rejoice in thy vigorous growth, +and in the fresh life that groweth within thee!” +</p> + +<p> +And the Wind kissed the Tree, and the Dew wept tears over him; but the Fir +understood it not. +</p> + +<p> +When Christmas came, quite young trees were cut down; trees which often were +not even as large or of the same age as this Fir tree, who could never rest, +but always wanted to be off. These young trees, and they were always the finest +looking, retained their branches; they were laid on carts, and the horses drew +them out of the wood. +</p> + +<p> +“Where are they going to?” asked the Fir. +</p> + +<p> +“They are not taller than I; there was one indeed that was considerably +shorter;—and why do they retain all their branches? Whither are they taken?” +</p> + +<p> +“We know! we know!” chirped the Sparrows. “We have peeped in at the windows in +the town below! We know whither they are taken! The greatest splendor and the +greatest magnificence one can imagine await them. We peeped through the +windows, and saw them planted in the middle of the warm room, and ornamented +with the most splendid things—with gilded apples, with gingerbread, with toys, +and many hundred lights!” +</p> + +<p> +“And then?” asked the Fir tree, trembling in every bough. “And then? What +happens then?” +</p> + +<p> +“We did not see anything more: it was incomparably beautiful.” +</p> + +<p> +“I would fain know if I am destined for so glorious a career,” cried the Tree, +rejoicing. “That is still better than to cross the sea! What a longing do I +suffer! Were Christmas but come! I am now tall, and my branches spread like the +others that were carried off last year! Oh, were I but already on the cart! +Were I in the warm room with all the splendor and magnificence! Yes; then +something better, something still grander, will surely follow, or wherefore +should they thus ornament me? Something better, something still grander, must +follow—but what? Oh, how I long, how I suffer! I do not know myself what is +the matter with me!” +</p> + +<p> +“Rejoice in our presence!” said the Air and the Sunlight; “rejoice in thy own +fresh youth!” +</p> + +<p> +But the Tree did not rejoice at all; he grew and grew, and was green both +winter and summer. People that saw him said, “What a fine tree!” and toward +Christmas he was one of the first that was cut down. The ax struck deep into +the very pith; the tree fell to the earth with a sigh: he felt a pang—it was +like a swoon; he could not think of happiness, for he was sorrowful at being +separated from his home, from the place where he had sprung up. He well knew +that he should never see his dear old comrades, the little bushes and flowers +around him, any more; perhaps not even the birds! The departure was not at all +agreeable. +</p> + +<p> +The Tree only came to himself when he was unloaded in a courtyard with the +other trees, and heard a man say, “That one is splendid! we don’t want the +others.” Then two servants came in rich livery and carried the Fir tree into a +large and splendid drawing-room. Portraits were hanging on the walls, and near +the white porcelain stove stood two large Chinese vases with lions on the +covers. There, too, were large easy-chairs, silken sofas, large tables full of +picture books, and full of toys worth hundreds and hundreds of crowns—at least +the children said so. And the Fir tree was stuck upright in a cask that was +filled with sand: but no one could see that it was a cask, for green cloth was +hung all round it, and it stood on a large gayly colored carpet. Oh, how the +Tree quivered! What was to happen? The servants, as well as the young ladies, +decorated it. On one branch there hung little nets cut out of colored paper, +and each net was filled with sugarplums; and among the other boughs gilded +apples and walnuts were suspended, looking as though they had grown there, and +little blue and white tapers were placed among the leaves. Dolls that looked +for all the world like men—the Tree had never beheld such before—were seen +among the foliage, and at the very top a large star of gold tinsel was fixed. +It was really splendid—beyond description splendid. +</p> + +<p> +“This evening!” said they all; “how it will shine this evening!” +</p> + +<p> +“Oh,” thought the Tree, “if the evening were but come! If the tapers were but +lighted! And then I wonder what will happen! Perhaps the other trees from the +forest will come to look at me! Perhaps the sparrows will beat against the +windowpanes! I wonder if I shall take root here, and winter and summer stand +covered with ornaments!” +</p> + +<p> +He knew very much about the matter! but he was so impatient that for sheer +longing he got a pain in his back, and this with trees is the same thing as a +headache with us. +</p> + +<p> +The candles were now lighted. What brightness! What splendor! The Tree trembled +so in every bough that one of the tapers set fire to the foliage. It blazed up +splendidly. +</p> + +<p> +“Help! help!” cried the young ladies, and they quickly put out the fire. +</p> + +<p> +Now the Tree did not even dare tremble. What a state he was in! He was so +uneasy lest he should lose something of his splendor, that he was quite +bewildered amid the glare and brightness; when suddenly both folding doors +opened, and a troop of children rushed in as if they would upset the Tree. The +older persons followed quietly; the little ones stood quite still. But it was +only for a moment; then they shouted so that the whole place reechoed with +their rejoicing; they danced round the Tree, and one present after the other +was pulled off. +</p> + +<p> +“What are they about?” thought the Tree. “What is to happen now!” And the +lights burned down to the very branches, and as they burned down they were put +out one after the other, and then the children had permission to plunder the +Tree. So they fell upon it with such violence that all its branches cracked; if +it had not been fixed firmly in the cask, it would certainly have tumbled down. +</p> + +<p> +The children danced about with their beautiful playthings; no one looked at the +Tree except the old nurse, who peeped between the branches; but it was only to +see if there was a fig or an apple left that had been forgotten. +</p> + +<p> +“A story! a story!” cried the children, drawing a little fat man toward the +Tree. He seated himself under it, and said: “Now we are in the shade, and the +Tree can listen too. But I shall tell only one story. Now which will you have; +that about IvedyAvedy, or about Klumpy-Dumpy who tumbled downstairs, and yet +after all came to the throne and married the princess?” +</p> + +<p> +“Ivedy-Avedy,” cried some; “Klumpy-Dumpy,” cried the others. There was such a +bawling and screaming!—the Fir tree alone was silent, and he thought to +himself, “Am I not to bawl with the rest?—am I to do nothing whatever?” for he +was one of the company, and had done what he had to do. +</p> + +<p> +And the man told about Klumpy-Dumpy that tumbled down, who notwithstanding came +to the throne, and at last married the princess. And the children clapped their +hands, arid cried out, “Oh, go on! Do go on!” they waited to hear about +Ivedy-Avedy too, but the little man only told them about Klumpy-Dumpy. The Fir +tree stood quite still and absorbed in thought: the birds in the wood had never +related the like of this. “Klumpy-Dumpy fell downstairs, and yet he married the +princess! Yes, yes! that’s the way of the world!” thought the Fir tree, and +believed it all, because the man who told the story was so good-looking. “Well, +well! who knows, perhaps I may fall downstairs too, and get a princess as +wife!” And he looked forward with joy to the morrow, when he hoped to be decked +out again with lights, play-things, fruits, and tinsel. +</p> + +<p> +“I won’t tremble to-morrow!” thought the Fir tree. “I will enjoy to the full +all my splendor! To-morrow I shall hear again the story of Klumpy-Dumpy, and +perhaps that of Ivedy-Avedy too.” And the whole night the Tree stood still and +in deep thought. +</p> + +<p> +In the morning the servant and the housemaid came in. +</p> + +<p> +“Now then the splendor will begin again,” thought the Fir. But they dragged him +out of the room, and up the stairs into the loft; and here, in a dark corner, +where no daylight could enter, they left him. “What’s the meaning of this?” +thought the Tree. “What am I to do here? What shall I hear now, I wonder?” And +he leaned against the wall lost in reverie. Time enough had he too for his +reflections; for days and nights passed on, and nobody came up; and when at +last somebody did come, it was only to put some great trunks in a corner out of +the way. There stood the Tree quite hidden; it seemed as if he had been +entirely forgotten. +</p> + +<p> +“’Tis now winter out-of-doors!” thought the Tree. “The earth is hard and +covered with snow; men cannot plant me now, and therefore I have been put up +here under shelter till the springtime comes! How thoughtful that is! How kind +man is, after all! If it only were not so dark here, and so terribly lonely! +Not even a hare. And out in the woods it was so pleasant, when the snow was on +the ground, and the hare leaped by; yes—even when he jumped over me; but I did +not like it then. It is really terribly lonely here!” +</p> + +<p> +“Squeak! squeak!” said a little Mouse at the same moment, peeping out of his +hole. And then another little one came. They snuffed about the Fir tree, and +rustled among the branches. +</p> + +<p> +“It is dreadfully cold,” said the Mouse. “But for that, it would be delightful +here, old Fir, wouldn’t it?” +</p> + +<p> +“I am by no means old,” said the Fir tree. “There’s many a one considerably +older than I am.” +</p> + +<p> +“Where do you come from,” asked the Mice; “and what can you do?” They were so +extremely curious. “Tell us about the most beautiful spot on the earth. Have +you never been there? Were you never in the larder, where cheeses lie on the +shelves, and hams hang from above; where one dances about on tallow candles; +that place where one enters lean, and comes out again fat and portly?” +</p> + +<p> +“I know no such place,” said the Tree. “But I know the wood, where the sun +shines, and where the little birds sing.” And then he told all about his youth; +and the little Mice had never heard the like before; and they listened and +said: +</p> + +<p> +“Well, to be sure! How much you have seen! How happy you must have been!” +</p> + +<p> +“I!” said the Fir tree, thinking over what he had himself related. “Yes, in +reality those were happy times.” And then he told about Christmas Eve, when he +was decked out with cakes and candles. +</p> + +<p> +“Oh,” said the little Mice, “how fortunate you have been, old Fir tree!” +</p> + +<p> +“I am by no means old,” said he. “I came from the wood this winter; I am in my +prime, and am only rather short for my age.” +</p> + +<p> +“What delightful stories you know!” said the Mice; and the next night they came +with four other little Mice, who were to hear what the Tree recounted; and the +more he related, the more plainly he remembered all himself; and it appeared as +if those times had really been happy times. “But they may still come—they may +still come. Humpy-Dumpy fell downstairs, and yet he got a princess!” and he +thought at the moment of a nice little Birch tree growing out in the woods; to +the Fir, that would be a real charming princess. +</p> + +<p> +“Who is Klumpy-Dumpy?” asked the Mice. So then the Fir tree told the whole +fairy tale, for he could remember every single word of it; and the little Mice +jumped for joy up to the very top of the Tree. Next night two more Mice came, +and on Sunday two Rats, even; but they said the stories were not interesting, +which vexed the little Mice; and they, too, now began to think them not so very +amusing either. +</p> + +<p> +“Do you know only one story?” asked the Rats. +</p> + +<p> +“Only that one,” answered the Tree. “I heard it on my happiest evening; but I +did not then know how happy I was.” +</p> + +<p> +“It is a very stupid story! Don’t you know one about bacon and tallow candles? +Can’t you tell any larder stories?” +</p> + +<p> +“No,” said the Tree. +</p> + +<p> +“Then good-by,” said the Rats and they went home. +</p> + +<p> +At last the little Mice stayed away also; and the Tree sighed: “After all, it +was very pleasant when the sleek little Mice sat round me and listened to what +I told them. Now that too is over. But I will take good care to enjoy myself +when I am brought out again.” +</p> + +<p> +But when was that to be? Why, one morning there came a quantity of people and +set to work in the loft. The trunks were moved, the tree was pulled out and +thrown—rather hard, it is true—down on the floor, but a man drew him toward +the stairs, where the daylight shone. +</p> + +<p> +“Now a merry life will begin again,” thought the Tree. He felt the fresh air, +the first sunbeam—and now he was out in the courtyard. All passed so quickly, +there was so much going on around him, that the Tree quite forgot to look to +himself. The court adjoined a garden, and all was in flower; the roses hung so +fresh and odorous over the balustrade, the lindens were in blossom, the +Swallows flew by, and said “Quirre-vit! my husband is come!” but it was not +the Fir tree that they meant. +</p> + +<p> +“Now, then, I shall really enjoy life,” said he, exultingly, and spread out his +branches; but, alas! they were all withered and yellow. It was in a corner that +he lay, among weeds and nettles. The golden star of tinsel was still on the top +of the Tree, and glittered in the sunshine. +</p> + +<p> +In the courtyard some of the merry children were playing who had danced at +Christmas round the Fir tree, and were so glad at the sight of him. One of the +youngest ran and tore off the golden star. +</p> + +<p> +“Only look what is still on the ugly old Christmas tree!” said he, trampling on +the branches, so that they all cracked beneath his feet. +</p> + +<p> +And the Tree beheld all the beauty of the flowers, and the freshness in the +garden; he beheld himself, and wished he had remained in his dark corner in the +loft: he thought of his first youth in the wood, of the Merry Christmas Eve, +and of the little Mice who had listened with so much pleasure to the story of +Humpy-Dumpy. +</p> + +<p> +“’Tis over—’tis past!” said the poor Tree. “Had I but rejoiced when I had +reason to do so! But now ’tis past, ’tis past!” +</p> + +<p> +And the gardener’s boy chopped the Tree into small pieces; there was a whole +heap lying there. The wood flamed up splendidly under the large brewing copper, +and it sighed so deeply! Each sigh was like a shot. +</p> + +<p> +The boys played about in the court, and the youngest wore the gold star on his +breast which the Tree had had on the happiest evening of his life. However, +that was over now—the Tree gone, the story at an end. All, all was over; every +tale must end at last. +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap70"></a>THE FLYING TRUNK</h2> + +<p> +By Hans Christian Andersen +</p> + +<p> +There was once a merchant, who was so rich that he could pave the whole street +with gold, and almost have enough left for a little lane. But he did not do +that; he knew how to employ his money differently. When he spent a shilling he +got back a crown, such a clever merchant was he; and this continued till he +died. +</p> + +<p> +His son now got all this money; and he lived merrily, going to the masquerade +every evening, making kites out of dollar notes, and playing at ducks and +drakes on the seacoast with gold pieces instead of pebbles. In this way the +money might soon be spent, and indeed it was so. At last he had no more than +four shillings left, and no clothes to wear but a pair of slippers and an old +dressing gown. +</p> + +<p> +Now his friends did not trouble themselves any more about him as they could not +walk with him in the street, but one of them, who was good-natured, sent him +an old trunk, with the remark: “Pack up!” Yes, that was all very well, but he +had nothing to pack, therefore he seated himself in the trunk. +</p> + +<p> +That was a wonderful trunk. So soon as any one pressed the lock the trunk could +fly. He pressed it, and whirr! away flew the trunk with him through the chimney +and over the clouds farther and farther away. But as often as the bottom of the +trunk cracked a little he was in great fear lest it might go to pieces, and +then he would have flung a fine somersault! In that way he came to the land of +the Turks. He hid the trunk in a wood under some dry leaves, and then went into +the town. He could do that very well, for among the Turks all the people went +about dressed like himself in dressing gown and slippers. Then he met a nurse +with a little child. +</p> + +<p> +“Here, you Turkish nurse,” he began, “what kind of a great castle is that close +by the town, in which the windows are so high up?” +</p> + +<p> +“There dwells the Sultan’s daughter,” replied she. “It is prophesied that she +will be very unhappy respecting a lover; and therefore nobody may go near her, +unless the Sultan and Sultana are there too.” +</p> + +<p> +“Thank you!” said the Merchant’s Son; and he went out into the forest, seated +himself in his trunk, flew on the roof, and crept through the window into the +Princess’s room. +</p> + +<p> +She was lying asleep on the sofa, and she was so beautiful that the Merchant’s +Son was compelled to kiss her. Then she awoke, and was startled very much; but +he said he was a Turkish angel who had come down to her through the air, and +that pleased her. +</p> + +<p> +They sat down side by side, and he told her stories about her eyes; and he told +her they were the most glorious dark lakes, and that thoughts were swimming +about in them like mermaids. And he told her about her forehead; that it was a +snowy mountain with the most splendid halls and pictures. And he told her about +the stork who brings the lovely little children. +</p> + +<p> +Yes, those were fine histories! Then he asked the Princess if she would marry +him, and she said, “Yes,” directly. +</p> + +<p> +“But you must come here on Saturday,” said she. “Then the Sultan and Sultana +will be here to tea. They will be very proud that I am to marry a Turkish +angel. But take care that you know a very pretty story, for both my parents are +very fond indeed of stories. My mother likes them high-flown and moral, but my +father likes them merry, so that one can laugh.” +</p> + +<p> +“Yes, I shall bring no marriage gift but a story,” said he; and so they parted. +But the Princess gave him a saber, the sheath embroidered with gold pieces and +that was very useful to him. +</p> + +<p> +Now he flew away, bought a new dressing gown, and sat in the forest and made up +a story; it was to be ready by Saturday, and that was not an easy thing. +</p> + +<p> +By the time he had finished it Saturday had come. The Sultan and his wife and +all the court were at the ‘Princess’s to tea. He was received very graciously. +</p> + +<p> +“Will you relate us a story?” said the Sultana; “one that is deep and +edifying.” +</p> + +<p> +“Yes, but one that we can laugh at,” said the Sultan. +</p> + +<p> +“Certainly,” he replied; and so began. And now listen well. +</p> + +<p> +“There was once a bundle of Matches, and these Matches were particularly proud +of their high descent. Their genealogical tree, that is to say, the great fir +tree of which each of them was a little splinter, had been a great old tree out +in the forest. The Matches now lay between a Tinder-box and an old Iron Pot; +and they were telling about the days of their youth. ‘Yes, when we were upon +the green boughs,’ they said, ‘then we really were upon the green boughs! Every +morning and evening there was diamond tea for us—I mean dew; we had sunshine +all day long whenever the sun shone, and all the little birds had to tell +stories. We could see very well that we were rich, for the other trees were +only dressed out in summer, while our family had the means to wear green +dresses in the winter as well. But then the woodcutter came, like a great +revolution, and our family was broken up. The head of the family got an +appointment as mainmast in a first-rate ship, which could sail round the world +if necessary; the other branches went to other places, and now we have the +office of kindling a light for the vulgar herd. That’s how we grand people came +to be in the kitchen.’ +</p> + +<p> +“‘My fate was of different kind,’ said the Iron Pot, which stood next to the +Matches. ‘From the beginning, ever since I came into the world, there has been +a great deal of scouring and cooking done in me. I look after the practical +part, and am the first here in the house. My only pleasure is to sit in my +place after dinner, very clean and neat, and to carry on a sensible +conversation with my comrades. But except the Waterpot, which is sometimes +taken down into the courtyard, we always live within our four walls. Our only +newsmonger is the Market Basket; but he speaks very uneasily about the +government and the people. Yes, the other day there was an old pot that fell +down, from fright, and burst. He’s liberal, I can tell you!’—‘Now you’re +talking too much,’ the Tinder-box interrupted, and the steel struck against the +flint, so that sparks flew out. ‘Shall we not have a merry evening?’ +</p> + +<p> +“‘Yes, let us talk about who is the grandest,’ said the Matches. +</p> + +<p> +“‘No, I don’t like to talk about myself,’ retorted the Pot. ‘Let us get up an +evening entertainment. I will begin. I will tell a story from real life, +something that everyone has experienced, so that we can easily imagine the +situation, and take pleasure in it. On the Baltic, by the Danish shore—’ +</p> + +<p> +“‘That’s a pretty beginning!’ cried all the Plates. ‘That will be a story we +shall like.’ +</p> + +<p> +“‘Yes, it happened to me in my youth, when I lived in a family where the +furniture was polished, the floors scoured, and new curtains were put up every +fortnight.’ +</p> + +<p> +“‘What an interesting way you have of telling a story!’ said the Carpet Broom. +‘One can tell directly that a man is speaking who has been in woman’s society. +There’s something pure runs through it.’ +</p> + +<p> +“And the Pot went on telling the story, and the end was as good as the +beginning. +</p> + +<p> +“All the Plates rattled with joy, and the Carpet Broom brought some green +parsley out of the dust hole, and put it like a wreath on the Pot, for he knew +that it would vex the others. ‘If I crown him to-day,’ it thought, ‘he will +crown me tomorrow.’ +</p> + +<p> +“‘Now I’ll dance,’ said the Fire Tongs; and they danced. Preserve us! how that +implement could lift up one leg! The old chair-cushion burst to see it. ‘Shall +I be crowned too?’ thought the Tongs; and indeed a wreath was awarded. +</p> + +<p> +“‘They’re only common people, after all!’ thought the Matches. +</p> + +<p> +“Now the Tea Urn was to sing; but she said she had taken cold and could not +sing unless she felt boiling within. But that was only affectation: she did not +want to sing, except when she was in the parlor with the grand people. +</p> + +<p> +“In the window sat an old Quill Pen, with which the maid generally wrote: there +was nothing remarkable about this pen, except that it had been dipped too deep +into the ink, but she was proud of that. ‘If the Tea Urn won’t sing,’ she said, +‘she may leave it alone. Outside hangs a nightingale in a cage, and he can +sing. He hasn’t had any education, but this evening we’ll say nothing about +that.’ +</p> + +<p> +“‘I think it very wrong,’ said the Teakettle—he was the kitchen singer, and +half brother to the Tea Urn—‘that that rich and foreign bird should be listened +to. Is that patriotic? Let the Market Basket decide.’ +</p> + +<p> +“‘I am vexed,’ said the Market Basket. ‘No one can imagine how much I am +secretly vexed. Is that a proper way of spending the evening? Would it not be +more sensible to put the house in order? Let each one go to his own place, and +I will arrange the whole game. That would be quite another thing.’ +</p> + +<p> +‘Yes, let us make a disturbance, cried they all. Then the door opened, and the +maid came in, and they all stood still; not one stirred. But there was not one +pot among them who did not know what he could do and how grand he was. ‘Yes, if +I had liked,’ each one thought, ‘it might have been a very merry evening.’ +</p> + +<p> +“The servant girl took the Matches and lighted the fire with them. mercy! how +they sputtered and burst out into flame! ‘Now everyone can see,’ thought they, +‘that we are the first. How we shine! what a light!’—and they burned out.” +</p> + +<p> +“That was a capital story,” said the Sultana. “I feel myself quite carried away +to the kitchen, to the Matches. Yes, now thou shalt marry our daughter.” +</p> + +<p> +“Yes, certainly,” said the Sultan, “thou shalt marry our daughter on Monday.” +</p> + +<p> +And they called him thou, because he was to belong to the family. +</p> + +<p> +The wedding was decided on, and on the evening before it the whole city was +illuminated. Biscuits and cakes were thrown among the people, the street boys +stood on their toes, called out “Hurrah!” and whistled on their fingers. It was +uncommonly splendid. +</p> + +<p> +“Yes, I shall have to give something as a treat,” thought the Merchant’s Son. +So he bought rockets and crackers, and every imaginable sort of fire-work, put +them all into his trunk, and flew up into the air. +</p> + +<p> +“Crack!” how they went, and how they went off! All the Turks hopped up with +such a start that their slippers flew about their ears; such a meteor they had +never yet seen. Now they could understand that it must be a Turkish angel who +was going to marry the Princess. +</p> + +<p> +What stories people tell! Everyone whom he asked about it had seen it in a +separate way; but one and all thought it fine. +</p> + +<p> +“I saw the Turkish angel himself,” said one. “He had eyes like glowing stars, +and a beard like foaming water.” +</p> + +<p> +“He flew up in a fiery mantle,” said another; “the most lovely little cherub +peeped forth from among the folds.” +</p> + +<p> +Yes, they were wonderful things that he heard; and on the following day he was +to be married. +</p> + +<p> +Now he went back to the forest to rest himself in his trunk. But what had +become of that? A spark from the fireworks had set fire to it, and the trunk +was burned to ashes. He could not fly any more, and could not get to his bride. +</p> + +<p> +She stood all day on the roof waiting; and most likely she is waiting still. +But he wanders through the world, telling fairy tales; but they are not so +merry as that one he told about the Matches. +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap71"></a>THE DARNING NEEDLE</h2> + +<p> +By Hans Christian Andersen +</p> + +<p> +There was once a darning needle, who thought herself so fine, she imagined she +was an embroidery needle. +</p> + +<p> +“Take care, and mind you hold me tight!” she said to the Fingers that took her +out. “Don’t let me fall! If I fall on the ground I shall certainly never be +found again, for I am so fine!” +</p> + +<p> +“That’s as it may be,” said the Fingers; and they grasped her round the body. +</p> + +<p> +“See, I’m coming with a train!” said the Darning Needle, and she drew a long +thread after her, but there was no knot in the thread. +</p> + +<p> +The Fingers pointed the needle just at the cook’s slipper, in which the upper +leather had burst, and was to be sewn together. +</p> + +<p> +“That’s vulgar work,” said the Darning Needle. “I shall never get through. I’m +breaking! I’m breaking!” And she really broke. “Did I not say so?” said the +Darning Needle; “I’m too fine!” +</p> + +<p> +“Now it’s quite useless,” said the Fingers; but they were obliged to hold her +fast, all the same; for the cook dropped some sealing wax upon the needle, and +pinned her handkerchief together with it in front. +</p> + +<p> +“So, now I’m a breastpin!” said the Darning Needle. “I knew very well that I +should come to honor: when one is something, one comes to something!” +</p> + +<p> +And she laughed quietly to herself—and one can never see when a darning needle +laughs. There she sat, as proud as if she was in a state coach, and looked all +about her. +</p> + +<p> +“May I be permitted to ask if you are of gold?” she inquired of the pin, her +neighbor. “You have a very pretty appearance, and a peculiar head, but it is +only little. You must take pains to grow, for it’s not everyone that has +sealing wax dropped upon him.” +</p> + +<p> +And the Darning Needle drew herself up so proudly that she fell out of the +handkerchief right into the sink, which the cook was rinsing out. +</p> + +<p> +“Now we’re going on a journey,” said the Darning Needle. “If I only don’t get +lost!” +</p> + +<p> +But she really was lost. +</p> + +<p> +“I’m too fine for this world,” she observed, as she lay in the gutter. “But I +know who I am, and there’s always something in that!” +</p> + +<p> +So the Darning Needle kept her proud behavior, and did not lose her good humor. +And things of many kinds swam over her, chips and straws and pieces of old +newspapers. +</p> + +<p> +“Only look how they sail!” said the Darning Needle. “They don’t know what is +under them! I’m here, I remain firmly here. See, there goes a chip thinking of +nothing in the world but of himself—of a chip! There’s a straw going by now. +How he turns! how he twirls about! Don’t think only of yourself, you might +easily run up against a stone. There swims a bit of newspaper. What’s written +upon it has long been forgotten, and yet it gives itself airs. I sit quietly +and patiently here. I know who I am, and I shall remain what I am.” +</p> + +<p> +One day something lay close beside her that glittered splendidly; then the +Darning Needle believed that it was a diamond; but it was a bit of broken +bottle; and because it shone, the Darning Needle spoke to it, introducing +herself as a breastpin. +</p> + +<p> +“I suppose you are a diamond?” she observed. +</p> + +<p> +“Why, yes, something of that kind.” +</p> + +<p> +And then each believed the other to be a very valuable thing; and they began +speaking about the world, and how very conceited it was. +</p> + +<p> +“I have been in a lady’s box,” said the Darning Needle, “and this lady was a +cook. She had five fingers on each hand, and I never saw anything so conceited +as those five fingers. And yet they were only there that they might take me out +of the box and put me back into it.” +</p> + +<p> +“Were they of good birth?” asked the Bit of Bottle. +</p> + +<p> +“No, indeed,” cried the Darning Needle, “but very haughty. There were five +brothers, all of the finger family. They kept very proudly together, though +they were of different lengths: the outermost, the thumbling, was short and +fat; he walked out in front of the ranks, and only had one joint in his back, +and could only make a single bow; but he said that if he were hacked off a man, +that man was useless for service in war. Daintymouth, the second finger, thrust +himself into sweet and sour, pointed to sun and moon, and gave the impression +when they wrote. Longrnan, the third, looked at all the others over his +shoulder. Goldborder, the fourth, went about with a golden belt round his +waist; and little Playman did nothing at all, and was proud of it. There was +nothing but bragging among them, and therefore I went away.” +</p> + +<p> +“And now we sit here and glitter!” said the Bit of Bottle. +</p> + +<p> +At that moment more water came into the gutter, so that it overflowed, and the +Bit of Bottle was carried away. +</p> + +<p> +“So he is disposed of,” observed the Darning Needle. “I remain here, I am too +fine. But that’s my pride, and my pride is honorable.” And proudly she sat +there, and had many great thoughts. “I could almost believe I had been born of +a sunbeam, I’m so fine! It really appears as if the sunbeams were always +seeking for me under the water. Ah! I’m so fine that my mother cannot find me. +If I had my old eye, which broke off, I think I should cry; but, no, I should +not do that: it’s not genteel to cry.” +</p> + +<p> +One day a couple of street boys lay grubbing in the gutter where they sometimes +find old nails, farthings, and similar treasures. It was dirty work, but they +took great delight in it. +</p> + +<p> +“Oh!” cried one, who had pricked himself with the Darning Needle, there’s a +fellow for you!” +</p> + +<p> +“I’m not a fellow; I’m a young lady!” said the Darning Needle. +</p> + +<p> +But nobody listened to her. The sealing wax had come off, and she had turned +black; but black makes one look slender, and she thought herself finer even +than before. +</p> + +<p> +“Here comes an eggshell sailing along!” said the boys; and they stuck the +Darning Needle fast in the eggshell. +</p> + +<p> +“White walls, and black myself! that looks well,” remarked the Darning Needle. +“Now one can see me. I only hope I shall not be seasick!” But she was not +seasick at all. “It is good against seasickness, if one has a steel stomach, +and does not forget that one is a little more than an ordinary person! Now my +seasickness is over. The finer one is, the more one can bear.” +</p> + +<p> +“Crack!” went the eggshell, for a wagon went over her. +</p> + +<p> +“Good heavens, how it crushes one!” said the Darning Needle. “I’m getting +seasick now—I’m quite sick.” +</p> + +<p> +But she was not really sick, though the wagon went over her; she lay there at +full length, and there she may lie. +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap72"></a>PEN AND INKSTAND</h2> + +<p> +By Hans Christian Andersen +</p> + +<p> +The following remark was made in a poet’s room, as the speaker looked at the +inkstand that stood upon his table: +</p> + +<p> +“It is marvelous all that can come out of that ink-stand! What will it produce +next? Yes, it is marvelous!” +</p> + +<p> +“So it is!” exclaimed the Inkstand. “It is incomprehensible! That is what I +always say.” It was thus the Inkstand addressed itself to the Pen, and to +everything else that could hear it on the table. “It is really astonishing all +that can come from me! It is almost incredible! I positively do not know myself +what the next thing may be, when a person begins to dip into me. One drop of me +serves for half a side of paper; and what may not then appear upon it? I am +certainly something extraordinary. From me proceed all the works of the poets. +These animated beings, whom people think they recognize—these deep feelings, +that gay humor, these charming descriptions of nature—I do not understand them +myself, for I know nothing about nature; but still it is all in me. From me +have gone forth, and still go forth, these warrior hosts, these lovely maidens, +these bold knights on snorting steeds, those droll characters in humbler life. +The fact is, however, that I do not know anything about them myself. I assure +you they are not my ideas.” +</p> + +<p> +“You are right there,” replied the Pen. “You have few ideas, and do not trouble +yourself much with thinking, if you did exert yourself to think, you would +perceive that you ought to give something that was not dry. You supply me with +the means of committing to paper what I have in me; I write with that. It is +the pen that writes. Mankind do not doubt that; and most men have about as much +genius for poetry as an old inkstand.” +</p> + +<p> +“You have but little experience,” said the ink-stand. “You have scarcely been a +week in use, and you are already half worn out. Do you fancy that you are a +poet? You are only a servant: and I have had many of your kind before you +came—many of the goose family, and of English manufacture. I know both quill +pens and steel pens. I have had a great many in my service, and I shall have +many more still, when he, the man who stirs me up, comes and puts down what he +takes from me. I should like very much to know what will be the next thing he +will take from me.” +</p> + +<p> +“Ink tub!” said the Pen. +</p> + +<p> +Late in the evening the Poet returned home. He had been at a concert, had heard +a celebrated violin player, and was quite enchanted with his wonderful +performance. It had been a complete gush of melody that he had drawn from the +instrument. Sometimes it seemed like the gentle murmur of a rippling stream, +sometimes like the singing of birds, sometimes like the tempest sweeping +through the mighty pine forests, he fancied he heard his own heart weep, but in +the sweet tones that can be heard in a woman’s charming voice. It seemed as if +not only the strings of the violin made music, but its bridge, its pegs, and +its sounding board. It was astonishing! The piece had been a most difficult +one; but it seemed like play—as if the bow were but wandering capriciously over +the strings. Such was the appearance of facility, that everyone might have +supposed he could do it. The violin seemed to sound of itself, the bow to play +of itself. These two seemed to do it all. One forgot the master who guided +them, who gave them life and soul. Yes, they forgot the master; but the Poet +thought of him. He named him, and wrote down his thoughts as follows: +</p> + +<p> +“How foolish it would be of the violin and the bow, were they to be vain in +their performance! And yet this is what so often we of the human species are. +Poets, artists, those who make discoveries in science, military and naval +commanders—we are all proud of ourselves; and yet we are all only the +instruments in our Lord’s hands. To Him alone be the glory! We have nothing to +arrogate to ourselves.” +</p> + +<p> +This was what the Poet wrote; and he headed it with: “The Master and the +Instruments.” +</p> + +<p> +“Well, madam,” said the Pen to the Inkstand when they were again alone, “you +heard him read aloud what I had written.” +</p> + +<p> +“Yes, what I gave you to write,” said the Ink-stand. “It was a hit at you for +your conceit. Strange that you cannot see that people make a fool of you! I +gave you that hit pretty cleverly. I confess, though, it was rather malicious.” +</p> + +<p> +“Inkholder!” cried the Pen. +</p> + +<p> +“Writing stick!” cried the Inkstand. +</p> + +<p> +They both felt assured that they had answered well; and it is a pleasant +reflection that one has made a smart reply—one sleeps comfortably after it. And +they both went to sleep; but the Poet could not sleep. His thoughts welded +forth like the tones from the violin, trilling like pearls, rushing like a +storm through the forest. He recognized the feeling of his own heart—he +perceived the gleam from the everlasting Master. +</p> + +<p> +To Him alone be the glory! +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap73"></a>CINDERELLA</h2> + +<p> +Retold by Miss Mulock +</p> + +<p> +There was once an honest gentleman who took for his second wife a lady, the +proudest and most disagreeable in the whole country. She had two daughters +exactly like herself in all things. He also had one little girl, who resembled +her dead mother, the best woman in all the world. Scarcely had the second +marriage taken place, than the stepmother became jealous of the good qualities +of the little girl who was so great a contrast to her own two daughters. She +gave her all the menial occupations of the house; compelled her to wash the +floors and staircases; to dust the bedrooms, and clean the grates; and while +her sisters occupied carpeted chambers hung with mirrors, where they could see +themselves from head to foot, this poor little damsel was sent to sleep in an +attic, on an old straw mattress, with only one chair and not a looking-glass in +the room. +</p> + +<p> +She suffered all in silence, not daring to complain to her father, who was +entirely ruled by his new wife. When her daily work was done, she used to sit +down in the chimney corner among the ashes; from which the two sisters gave her +the nickname of Cinderella. But Cinderella, however, shabbily clad, was +handsomer than they were with all their fine clothes. +</p> + +<p> +It happened that the king’s son gave a series of balls, to which were invited +all the rank and fashion of the city, and among the rest the two elder sisters. +They were very proud and happy, and occupied their whole time in deciding what +they should wear; a source of new trouble to Cinderella, whose duty it was to +get up their fine linen and laces, and who never could please them however much +she tried. They talked of nothing but their clothes. +</p> + +<p> +“I,” said the elder, “shall wear my velvet gown and my trimmings of English +lace.” +</p> + +<p> +“And I,” added the younger, “will have but my ordinary silk petticoat, but I +shall adorn it with an upper skirt of flowered brocade, and shall put on my +diamond tiara, which is a great deal finer than anything of yours.” +</p> + +<p> +Here the elder sister grew angry, and the dispute began to run so high that +Cinderella, who was known to have excellent taste, was called upon to decide +between them. She gave them the best advice she could, and gently and +submissively offered to dress them herself, and especially to arrange their +hair, an accomplishment in which she excelled many a noted coiffeur. The +important evening came, and she exercised all her skill to adorn the two young +ladies. While she was combing out the elder’s hair, this ill-natured girl said +sharply, “Cinderella, do you not wish you were going to the ball?” +</p> + +<p> +“Ah, madam” (they obliged her always to say madam), “you are only mocking me; +it is not my fortune to have any such pleasure.” +</p> + +<p> +“You are right; people would only laugh to see a little cinder wench at a +ball.” +</p> + +<p> +Any other than Cinderella would have dressed the hair all awry, but she was +good, and dressed it perfectly even and smooth, and as prettily as she could. +</p> + +<p> +The sisters had scarcely eaten for two days, and had broken a dozen staylaces a +day, in trying to make themselves slender; but to-night they broke a dozen +more, and lost their tempers over and over again before they had completed +their toilet. When at last the happy moment arrived, Cinderella followed them +to the coach; after it had whirled them away, she sat down by the kitchen fire +and cried. +</p> + +<p> +Immediately her godmother, who was a fairy, appeared beside her. “What are you +crying for, my little maid?” +</p> + +<p> +“Oh, I wish—I wish—” Her sobs stopped her. +</p> + +<p> +“You wish to go to the ball; isn’t it so?” +</p> + +<p> +Cinderella nodded. +</p> + +<p> +“Well then, be a good girl, and you shall go. First run into the garden and +fetch me the largest pumpkin you can find.” +</p> + +<p> +Cinderella did not comprehend what this had to do with her going to the ball, +but being obedient and obliging, she went. Her godmother took the pumpkin, and +having scooped out all its inside, struck it with her wand; it became a +splendid gilt coach, lined with rose-colored satin. +</p> + +<p> +“Now fetch me the mousetrap out of the pantry, my dear.” +</p> + +<p> +Cinderella brought it; it contained six of the fattest, sleekest mice. The +fairy lifted up the wire door, and as each mouse ran out she struck it and +changed it into a beautiful black horse. +</p> + +<p> +“But what shall I do for your coachman, Cinderella?” +</p> + +<p> +Cinderella suggested that she had seen a large black rat in the rat trap, and +he might do for want of better. +</p> + +<p> +“You are right; go and look again for him.” +</p> + +<p> +He was found; and the fairy made him into a most respectable coachman, with the +finest whiskers imaginable. She afterward took six lizards from behind the +pumpkin frame, and changed them into six footmen, all in splendid livery, who +immediately jumped up behind the carriage, as if they had been footmen all +their days. “Well, Cinderella, now you can go to the ball.” +</p> + +<p> +“What, in these clothes?” said Cinderella piteously, looking down on her ragged +frock. +</p> + +<p> +Her godmother laughed, and touched her also with the wand; at which her +wretched threadbare jacket became stiff with gold, and sparkling with jewels; +her woolen petticoat lengthened into a gown of sweeping satin, from underneath +which peeped out her little feet, no longer bare, but covered with silk +stockings, and the prettiest glass slippers in the world. “Now, Cinderella, +depart; but remember, if you stay one instant after midnight, your carriage +will become a pumpkin, your coachman a rat, your horses mice, and your footmen +lizards; while you, yourself, will be the little cinder wench you were an hour +ago.” +</p> + +<p> +Cinderella promised without fear, her heart was so full of joy. +</p> + +<p> +Arrived at the palace, the king’s son, whom some one, probably the fairy, had +told to await the coming of an uninvited princess, whom nobody knew, was +standing at the entrance, ready to receive her. He offered her his hand, and +led her with the utmost courtesy through the assembled guests, who stood aside +to let her pass, whispering to one another, “Oh, how beautiful she is!” It +might have turned the head of anyone but poor Cinderella, who was so used to be +despised, that she took it all as if it were something happening in a dream. +</p> + +<p> +Her triumph was complete; even the old king said to the queen, that never since +her majesty’s young days had he seen so charming and elegant a person. All the +court ladies scanned her eagerly, clothes and all, determining to have theirs +made next day of exactly the same pattern. The king’s son himself led her out +to dance, and she danced so gracefully that he admired her more and more. +Indeed, at supper, which was fortunately early, his admiration quite took away +his appetite. For Cinderella, herself, with an involuntary shyness, sought out +her sisters; placed herself beside them and offered them all sorts of civil +attentions, which coming as they supposed from a stranger, and so magnificent a +lady, almost overwhelmed them with delight. +</p> + +<p> +While she was talking with them, she heard the clock strike a quarter to +twelve, and making a courteous adieu to the royal family, she reentered her +carriage, escorted tenderly by the king’s son, and arrived in safety at her own +door. There she found her godmother, who smiled approval; and of whom she +begged permission to go to a second ball, the following night, to which the +queen had earnestly invited her. +</p> + +<p> +While she was talking, the two sisters were heard knocking at the gate, and the +fairy godmother vanished, leaving Cinderella sitting in the chimney corner, +rubbing her eves and pretending to be very sleepy. +</p> + +<p> +“Ah,” cried the eldest sister maliciously, “it has been the most delightful +ball, and there was present the most beautiful princess I ever saw, who was so +exceedingly polite to us both.” +</p> + +<p> +“Was she?” said Cinderella indifferently; “and who might she be?” +</p> + +<p> +“Nobody knows, though everybody would give their eyes to know, especially the +king’s Son.” +</p> + +<p> +“Indeed!” replied Cinderella, a little more interested; “I should like to see +her. Miss Javotte”—that was the elder sister’s name—“will you not let me go +to-morrow, and lend me your yellow gown that you wear on Sundays?” +</p> + +<p> +“What, lend my yellow gown to a cinder wench! I am not so mad as that;” at +which refusal Cinderella did not complain, for if her sister really had lent +her the gown, she would have been considerably embarrassed. +</p> + +<p> +The next night came, and the two young ladies, richly dressed in different +toilets, went to the ball. +</p> + +<p> +Cinderella, more splendidly attired and beautiful than ever, followed them +shortly after. “Now remember twelve o’clock,” was her godmother’s parting +speech; and she thought she certainly should. But the prince’s attentions to +her were greater even than the first evening, and in the delight of listening +to his pleasant conversation, time slipped by unperceived. While she was +sitting beside him in a lovely alcove, and looking at the moon from under a +bower of orange blossoms, she heard a clock strike the first stroke of twelve. +She started up, and fled away as lightly as a deer. +</p> + +<p> +Amazed, the prince followed, but could not catch her. Indeed he missed his +lovely princess altogether, and only saw running out of the palace doors, a +little dirty lass whom he had never beheld before, and of whom he certainly +would never have taken the least notice. Cinderella arrived at home breathless +and weary, ragged and cold, without carriage, or footman or coachman; the only +remnant of her past magnificence being one of her little glass slippers—the +other she had dropped in the ballroom as she ran away. +</p> + +<p> +When the two sisters returned, they were full of this strange adventure, how +the beautiful lady had appeared at the ball more beautiful than ever, and +enchanted everyone who looked at her; and how as the clock was striking twelve +she had suddenly risen up and fled through the ballroom, disappearing no one +knew how or where, and dropping one of her glass slippers behind her in her +flight. How the king’s son had remained inconsolable, until he chanced to pick +up the little glass slipper, which he carried away in his pocket, and was seen +to take it out continually, and look at it affectionately, with the air of a +man very much in love; in fact, from his behavior during the remainder of the +evening, all the court and royal family were convinced that he had become +desperately enamored of the wearer of the little glass slipper. +</p> + +<p> +Cinderella listened in silence, turning her face to the kitchen fire, and +perhaps it was that which made her look so rosy, but nobody ever noticed or +admired her at home, so it did not signify, and next morning she went to her +weary work again just as before. +</p> + +<p> +A few days after, the whole city was attracted by the sight of a herald going +round with a little glass slipper in his hand, publishing with a flourish of +trumpets, that the king’s son ordered this to be fitted on the foot of every +lady in the kingdom, and that he wished to marry the lady whom it fitted best, +or to whom it and the fellow slipper belonged. Princesses, duchesses, +countesses, and simple gentlewomen all tried it on, but being a fairy slipper, +it fitted nobody; and besides, nobody could produce its fellow slipper, which +lay all the time safely in the pocket of Cinderella’s old linsey gown. +</p> + +<p> +At last the herald came to the house of the two sisters, and though they well +knew neither of themselves was the beautiful lady, they made every attempt to +get their clumsy feet into the glass slipper, but in vain. +</p> + +<p> +“Let me try it on,” said Cinderella from the chimney corner. +</p> + +<p> +“What, you?” cried the others, bursting into shouts of laughter; but Cinderella +only smiled, and held out her hand. +</p> + +<p> +Her sisters cou1d not prevent her, since the command was that every young +maiden in the city should try on the slipper, in order that no chance might be +left untried, for the prince was nearly breaking his heart; and his father and +mother were afraid that though a prince, he would actually die for love of the +beautiful unknown lady. +</p> + +<p> +So the herald bade Cinderella sit down on a three-legged stool in the kitchen, +and himself put the slipper on her pretty little foot, which it fitted exactly; +she then drew from her pocket the fellow slipper, which she also put on, and +stood up—for with the touch of the magic shoes all her dress was changed +likewise—no longer the poor despised cinder wench, but the beautiful lady whom +the king’s son loved. +</p> + +<p> +Her sisters recognized her at once. Filled with astonishment, mingled with no +little alarm, they threw themselves at her feet, begging her pardon for all +their former unkindness. She raised and embraced them; told them she forgave +them with all her heart, and only hoped they would love her always. Then she +departed with the herald to the king’s palace, and told her whole story to his +majesty and the royal family, who were not in the least surprised, for +everybody believed in fairies, and everybody longed to have a fairy godmother. +</p> + +<p> +For the young prince, he found her more lovely and lovable than ever, and +insisted upon marrying her immediately. Cinderella never went home again, but +she sent for her two sisters to the palace, and with the consent of all parties +married them shortly after to two rich gentlemen of the court. +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap74"></a>LITTLE RED RIDING-HOOD</h2> + +<p> +By Charles Perrault +</p> + +<p> +Once upon a time there lived in a certain village a little country girl, the +prettiest creature ever seen. Her mother was very fond of her, and her +grandmother doted on her still more. This good woman had made for her a little +red riding-hood, which became the girl so well that everybody called her Little +Red Riding-Hood. +</p> + +<p> +One day her mother, having made some custards, said to her: +</p> + +<p> +“Go, my dear, and see how thy grandmamma does, for I hear she has been very +ill; carry her a custard and this little pot of butter.” +</p> + +<p> +Little Red Riding-Hood set out immediately to go to her grandmother, who lived +in another village. +</p> + +<p> +As she was going through the wood she met with Gaffer Wolf, who had a very +great mind to eat her up, but he durst not, because of some fagot makers hard +by in the forest. He asked her whither she was going. The poor child, who did +not know that it was dangerous to stop and listen to a wolf, said to him: +</p> + +<p> +“I am going to see my grandmamma and carry her a custard and a little pot of +butter from my mamma.” +</p> + +<p> +“Does she live far off?” said the Wolf. +</p> + +<p> +“Oh! yes,” answered Little Red Riding-Hood; “it is beyond that mill you see +there, at the first house in the village.” +</p> + +<p> +“Well,” said the Wolf, “I’ll go and see her, too. I’ll go this way and you go +that, and we shall see who will be there soonest.” +</p> + +<p> +The Wolf began to run as fast as he could, taking the nearest way, and the +little girl went by the longest, diverting herself in gathering nuts, running +after butterflies, and making nosegays of such little flowers as she met with. +The Wolf was not long before he got to the old woman’s house. He knocked at the +door—tap, tap. +</p> + +<p> +“Who’s there?” +</p> + +<p> +“Your grandchild, Little Red Riding-Hood,” replied the Wolf, imitating her +voice; “who has brought you a custard and a little pot of butter sent you by +mamma.” +</p> + +<p> +The good grandmother, who was in bed, because she was ill, cried out: +</p> + +<p> +“Pull the bobbin, and the latch will go up.” +</p> + +<p> +The Wolf pulled the bobbin, and the door opened, and he fell upon the good +woman and ate her up in a moment, for it was above three days that he had not +touched a bit. He then shut the door and went into the grandmother’s bed, +expecting Little Red Riding-Hood, who came some time afterward and knocked at +the door—tap, tap. +</p> + +<p> +“Who’s there?” +</p> + +<p> +Little Red Riding-Hood, hearing the big voice of the Wolf, was at first afraid; +but believing her grandmother had got a cold and was hoarse, answered: +</p> + +<p> +’Tis your grandchild, Little Red Riding-Hood, who has brought you a custard and +a little pot of butter mamma sends you.” +</p> + +<p> +The Wolf cried out to her, softening his voice as much as he could: +</p> + +<p> +“Pull the bobbin and the latch will go up.” +</p> + +<p> +Little Red Riding-Hood pulled the bobbin and the door opened. +</p> + +<p> +The wolf, seeing her come in, said to her, hiding himself under the bedclothes: +</p> + +<p> +“Put the custard and the little pot of butter upon the stool, and come and lie +down with me.” +</p> + +<p> +Little Red Riding-Hood undressed herself and went into bed, where, being +greatly amazed to see how her grandmother looked in her night clothes, she said +to her: +</p> + +<p> +“Grandmamma, what great arms you’ve got!” +</p> + +<p> +“That is the better to hug thee, my dear.” +</p> + +<p> +“Grandmamma, what great legs you’ve got!” +</p> + +<p> +“The better to run, my child.” +</p> + +<p> +“Grandmamma, what great ears you’ve got!” +</p> + +<p> +“The better to hear, my child!” +</p> + +<p> +“Grandmamma, what great eyes you’ve got!” +</p> + +<p> +“The better to see, my child.” +</p> + +<p> +“Grandmamma, what great teeth you’ve got!” +</p> + +<p> +“To eat thee up!” +</p> + +<p> +And saying these words, the wicked Wolf fell upon Little Red Riding-Hood and +ate her all up. +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap75"></a>THE STORY OF THE THREE BEARS</h2> + +<p> +By Robert Southey +</p> + +<p> +Once upon a time there were three Bears, who lived together in a house of their +own in a wood. One of them was a Little, Small, Wee Bear; and one was a +Middle-sized Bear, and the other was a Great, Huge Bear. They had each a pot +for their porridge, a little pot for the Little, Small, Wee Bear; and a +middle-sized pot for the Middle Bear; and a great pot for the Great, Huge Bear. +And they had each a chair to sit in: a little chair for the Little, Small, Wee +Bear; and a middle-sized chair for the Middle Bear; and a great chair for the +Great, Huge Bear. And they had each a bed to sleep in: a little bed for the +Little, Small, Wee Bear; and a middle-sized bed for the Middle Bear; and a +great bed for the Great, Huge Bear. +</p> + +<p> +One day, after they had made the porridge for their breakfast and poured it +into their porridge pots, they walked out into the wood while the porridge was +cooling, that they might not burn their mouths by beginning too soon to eat it. +And while they were walking a little old woman came to the house. She could not +have been a good, honest, old woman; for, first, she looked in at the window, +and then she peeped in at the keyhole, and, seeing nobody in the house, she +lifted the latch. The door was not fastened, because the bears were good bears, +who did nobody any harm, and never suspected that anybody would harm them. So +the little old woman opened the door and went in; and well pleased she was when +she saw the porridge on the table. If she had been a good little old woman she +would have waited till the bears came home, and then, perhaps, they would have +asked her to breakfast, for they were good hears—a little rough or so, as the +manner of bear’s is, but for all that very good-natured and hospitable. But she +was an impudent, bad old woman, and set about helping herself. +</p> + +<p> +So first she tasted the porridge of the Great Huge Bear, and that was too hot +for her; and she said a bad word about that. And then she tasted the porridge +of the Middle Bear, and that was too cold for her; and she said a bad word +about that, too. And then she went to the porridge of the Little, Small, Wee +Bear, and tasted that, and that was neither too hot nor too cold, but just +right; and she liked it so well that she ate it all up; but the naughty old +woman said a bad word about the little porridge pot, because it did not hold +enough for her. +</p> + +<p> +Then the little old woman sat down in the chair of the Great, Huge Bear, and +that was too hard for her. And then she sat down in the chair of the Middle +Bear, and that was too soft for her. And then she sat down in the chair of the +Little Small, Wee Bear, and that was neither too hard nor too soft, but just +right. So she seated herself in it, and there she sat till the bottom of the +chair came out, and down came she, plump upon the ground. And the naughty old +woman said wicked words about that, too. +</p> + +<p> +Then the little old woman went upstairs into the bedchamber in which the three +Bears slept. And first she lay down upon the bed of the Great, Huge Bear, but +that was too high at the head for her. And next she lay down upon the bed of +the Middle Bear, and that was too high at the foot for her. And then she lay +down upon the bed of the Little, Small, Wee Bear, and that was neither too high +at the head nor at the foot, but just right. So she covered herself up +comfortably, and lay there till she fell asleep. By this time the three Bears +thought their porridge would be cool enough, so they came home to breakfast. +Now the little old woman had left the spoon of the Great, Huge Bear standing in +his porridge. +</p> + +<p class="center"> +“SOMEBODY HAS BEEN AT MY PORRIDGE!” +</p> + +<p class="noindent"> +said the Great, Huge Bear, in his great gruff voice. And when the Middle Bear +looked at his, he saw that the spoon was standing in it, too. They were wooden +spoons; if they had been silver ones the naughty old woman would have put them +in her pocket. +</p> + +<p class="center"> +“SOMEBODY HAS BEEN AT MY PORRIDGE!” +</p> + +<p class="noindent"> +said the middle Bear, in his middle voice. +</p> + +<p> +Then the Little, Small, Wee Bear looked at his, and there was the spoon in the +porridge pot, but the porridge was all gone. +</p> + +<p class="center"> +“SOMEBODY HAS BEEN AT MY PORRIDGE, AND HAS EATEN IT ALL UP!” +</p> + +<p class="noindent"> +said the Little, Small, Wee Bear, in his little, small, wee voice. +</p> + +<p> +Upon this the three Bears, seeing that some one had entered their house and +eaten up the Little, Small, Wee Bear’s breakfast, began to look about them. Now +the little old woman had not put the hard cushion straight when she rose from +the chair of the Great, Huge Bear. +</p> + +<p class="center"> +“SOMEBODY HAS BEEN SITTING IN MY CHAIR!” +</p> + +<p class="noindent"> +said the Great, Huge Bear, in his great, rough, gruff voice. +</p> + +<p> +And the little old woman had squatted down the soft cushion of the Middle Bear. +</p> + +<p class="center"> +“SOMEBODY HAS BEEN SITTING IN MY CHAIR!” +</p> + +<p class="noindent"> +said the Middle Bear, in his middle voice. +</p> + +<p> +And you know what the little old woman had done to the third chair. +</p> + +<p class="center"> +“SOMEBODY HAS BEEN SITTING IN MY CHAIR, AND HAS SAT THE BOTTOM OUT OF IT!” +</p> + +<p class="noindent"> +said the Little, Small, Wee Bear, in his little, small, wee voice. +</p> + +<p> +Then the three bears thought it necessary that they should make further search; +so they went upstairs into their bedchamber. Now the little old woman had +pulled the pillow of the Great, Huge Bear out of its place. +</p> + +<p class="center"> +“SOMEBODY HAS BEEN LYING IN MY BED!” +</p> + +<p class="noindent"> +said the Great, Huge Bear, in his great, rough, gruff voice. +</p> + +<p> +And the little old woman had pulled the bolster of the Middle Bear out of its +place. +</p> + +<p class="center"> +“SOMEBODY HAS BEEN LYING IN MY BED!” +</p> + +<p class="noindent"> +said the Middle Bear, in his middle voice. +</p> + +<p> +And when the Little, Small, Wee Bear came to look at his bed, there was the +bolster in its place, and upon the pillow was the little old woman’s ugly, +dirty head—which was not in its place, for she had no business there. +</p> + +<p class="center"> +“SOMEBODY HAS BEEN LYING IN MY BED—AND HERE SHE IS!” +</p> + +<p class="noindent"> +said the Little, Small, Wee Bear, in his little, small, wee voice. +</p> + +<p> +The little old woman had heard in her sleep the great, rough, gruff voice of +the Great, Huge Bear, but she was so fast asleep that it was no more to her +than the moaning of wind or the rumbling of thunder. And she had heard the +middle voice of the Middle Bear, but it was only as if she had heard some one +speaking in a dream. But when she heard the little, small, wee voice of the +Little, Small, Wee Bear, it was so sharp and so shrill that it awakened her at +once. Up she started, and when she saw the three bears on one side of the bed +she tumbled herself out at the other and ran to the window. Now the window was +open, because the Bears, like good, tidy bears as they were, always opened +their bedchamber window when they got up in the morning. Out the little old +woman jumped, and whether she broke her neck in the fall or ran into the wood +and was lost there, or found her way out of the wood and was taken up by the +constable and sent to the House of Correction for a vagrant as she was, I +cannot tell. But the three Bears never saw anything more of her. +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap76"></a>PUSS IN BOOTS</h2> + +<p> +By Charles Perrault +</p> + +<p> +A miller, dying, divided all his property between his three children. This was +very easy, as he had nothing to leave but his mill, his ass, and his cat; so he +made no will, and called in no lawyer. The eldest son had the mill; the second, +the ass; and the youngest, nothing but the cat. The young fellow was quite +downcast at so poor a lot. “My brothers,” said he, “by putting their property +together, may gain an honest living, but there is nothing left for me except to +die of hunger, unless, indeed, I were to kill my cat and eat him, and make a +muff of his skin.” +</p> + +<p> +The cat, who heard all this, sat up on his four paws, and looking at him with a +grave and wise air, said: “Master, I think you had better not kill me; I shall +be much more useful to you alive.” +</p> + +<p> +“How so?” asked his master. +</p> + +<p> +“You have but to give me a sack and a pair of boots, such as gentlemen wear +when they go shooting, and you will find you are not so ill off as you +suppose.” +</p> + +<p> +Now, though the young man did not much depend upon the cat’s words, still he +thought it rather surprising that a cat should speak at all. And he had before +now seen him play a great many cunning tricks in catching rats and mice, so +that it seemed advisable to trust him a little further; especially as—poor +young fellow—he had nobody else to trust. +</p> + +<p> +When the cat got his boots, he drew them on with a grand air, and slinging his +sack over his shoulder, and drawing the cords of it round his neck, he marched +bravely to a rabbit warren hard by, with which he was well acquainted. Then, +putting some bran and lettuces into his bag, and stretching himself out beside +it as if he were dead, he waited till some fine, fat young rabbit, ignorant of +the wickedness and deceit of the world, should peep into the sack to eat the +food that was inside. This happened very shortly, for there are plenty of +foolish young rabbits in every warren; and when one of them, who really was a +splendid fat fellow, put his head inside, Master Puss drew the cords +immediately, and took him and killed him without mercy. Then, very proud of his +prey, he marched direct to the palace, and begged to speak with the King. +</p> + +<p> +He was told to ascend to the apartment of his majesty, where, making a low bow, +he said: “Sire, here is a magnificent rabbit, killed in the warren, which +belongs to my lord the Marquis of Carabas, and which he told me to offer humbly +to your majesty.” +</p> + +<p> +“Tell your master,” replied the King, politely, “that I accept his present, and +am very much obliged to him.” +</p> + +<p> +Another time, Puss went out and hid himself and his sack in a wheat field, and +there caught two splendid fat partridges in the same manner as he had done the +rabbit. When he presented them to the King, with a similar message as before, +his majesty was so pleased that he ordered the cat to be taken down into the +kitchen and given something to eat and drink; where, while enjoying himself, +the faithful animal did not cease to talk in the most cunning way of the large +preserves and abundant game which belonged to his lord the Marquis of Carabas. +</p> + +<p> +One day, hearing that the King was intending to take a drive along the +riverside with his daughter, the most beautiful princess in the world, Puss +said to his master: “Sir, if you would only follow my advice, your fortune is +made.” +</p> + +<p> +“Be it so,” said the miller’s son, who was growing disconsolate, and cared very +little what he did: “Say your say, cat.” +</p> + +<p> +“It is but little,” replied Puss, looking wise, as cats can. “You have only to +go and bathe in the river at a place which I shall show you, and leave all the +rest to me. Only remember that you are no longer yourself, but my lord the +Marquis of Carabas.” +</p> + +<p> +“Just so,” said the miller’s son, “it’s all the same to me;” but he did as the +cat told him. +</p> + +<p> +While he was bathing, the King and all the court passed by, and were startled +to hear loud cries of “Help! help! my lord the Marquis of Carabas is drowning.” +The King put his head out of the carriage, and saw nobody but the cat, who had +at different times brought him so many presents of game; however, he ordered +his guards to fly quickly to the succor of my lord the Marquis of Carabas. +While they were pulling the unfortunate marquis out of the water, the cat came +up, bowing, to the side of the King’s carriage, and told a long and pitiful +story about some thieves who, while his master was bathing, had come and +carried away all his clothes, so that it would be impossible for him to appear +before his majesty and the illustrious princess. +</p> + +<p> +“Oh, we will soon remedy that,” answered the King, kindly and immediately +ordered one of the first officers of the household to ride back to the palace +with all speed, and bring thence a supply of fine clothes for the young +gentleman, who kept out of sight until they arrived. Then, being handsome and +well-made, his new clothes became him so well, that he looked as if he had been +a marquis all his days, and advanced with an air of respectful ease to offer +his thanks to his majesty. +</p> + +<p> +The King received him courteously, and the princess admired him very much. +Indeed, so charming did he appear to her, that she hinted to her father to +invite him into the carriage with them, which, you may be sure the young man +did not refuse. The cat, delighted at the success of his scheme, went away as +fast as he could, and ran so swiftly that he kept a long way ahead of the royal +carriage. He went on and on, till he came to some peasants who were mowing in a +meadow. “Good people,” said he, in a very firm voice, “the King is coming past +here shortly, and if you do not say that the field you are mowing belongs to my +lord the Marquis of Carabas, you shall all be chopped as small as mincemeat.” +</p> + +<p> +So when the King drove by, and asked whose meadow it was where there was such a +splendid crop of hay, the mowers all answered, trembling, that it belonged to +my lord the Marquis of Carabas. +</p> + +<p> +“You have very fine land, marquis,” said his majesty to the miller’s son, who +bowed, and answered that “it was not a bad meadow, take it altogether.” +</p> + +<p> +Then the cat came to a wheat field, where the reapers were reaping with all +their might. He bounced in upon them: “The King is coming past to-day, and if +you do not tell him that this wheat belongs to my lord the Marquis of Carabas, +I will have you everyone chopped as small as mincemeat.” The reapers, very much +alarmed, did as they were bid, and the King congratulated the marquis upon +possessing such beautiful fields, laden with such an abundant harvest. +</p> + +<p> +They drove on—the cat always running before and saying the same thing to +everybody he met, that they were to declare that the whole country belonged to +his master; so that even the King was astonished at the vast estate of my lord +the Marquis of Carabas. +</p> + +<p> +But now the cat arrived at a great castle where dwelt an Ogre, to whom belonged +all the land through which the royal carriage had been driving. This Ogre was a +cruel tyrant, and his tenants and servants were terribly afraid of him, which +accounted for their being so ready to say whatever they were told to say by the +cat, who had taken pains to inform himself all about the Ogre. So, putting on +the boldest face he could assume, Puss marched up to the castle with his boots +on, and asked to see the owner of it, saying that he was on his travels, but +did not wish to pass so near the castle of such a noble gentleman without +paying his respects to him. When the Ogre heard this message, he went to the +door, received the cat as civilly as an Ogre can, and begged him to walk in and +repose himself. +</p> + +<p> +“Thank you, sir,” said the cat; “but first I hope you will satisfy a traveler’s +curiosity. I have heard in far countries of your many remarkable qualities, and +especially how you have the power to change yourself into any sort of beast you +choose—a lion, for instance, or an elephant.” +</p> + +<p> +“That is quite true,” replied the Ogre; “and lest you should doubt it I will +immediately become a lion.” +</p> + +<p> +He did so; and the cat was so frightened that he sprang up to the roof of the +castle and hid himself in the gutter—a proceeding rather inconvenient on +account of his boots, which were not exactly fitted to walk with on tiles. At +length, perceiving that the Ogre had resumed his original form, he came down +again, and owned that he had been very much frightened. +</p> + +<p> +“But, sir,” said he, “it may be easy enough for such a big gentleman as you to +change himself into a large animal; I do not suppose you could become a small +one—a rat, or mouse, for instance. I have heard that you can; still, for my +part, I consider it quite impossible.” +</p> + +<p> +“Impossible!” cried the other, indignantly. “You shall see!” and immediately +the cat saw the Ogre no longer, but a little mouse running along on the floor. +</p> + +<p> +This was exactly what Puss wanted; and he fell upon him at once and ate him up. +So there was an end to the Ogre. +</p> + +<p> +By this time the King had arrived opposite the castle, and had a strong wish to +go into it. The cat, hearing the noise of the carriage wheels, ran forward in a +great hurry, and, standing at the gate, said, in a loud voice: “Welcome, sire, +to the castle of my lord the Marquis of Carabas.” +</p> + +<p> +“What!” cried his majesty, very much surprised, “does the castle also belong to +you? Truly, marquis, you have kept your secret well up to the last minute. I +have never seen anything finer than this courtyard and these battlements. Let +us go in, if you please.” +</p> + +<p> +The marquis, without speaking, offered his hand to the princess to help her to +descend, and, standing aside that the King might enter first, followed his +majesty to the great hall, where a magnificent dinner was laid out, and where, +without more delays they all sat down to feast. +</p> + +<p> +Before the banquet was over, the King, charmed with the good qualities of the +Marquis of Carabas, said, bowing across the table at which the princess and the +miller’s son were talking very confidentially together: “It rests with you, +marquis, whether you will marry my daughter.” +</p> + +<p> +“I shall be only too happy,” said the marquis, and the princess’s cast-down +eyes declared the same. +</p> + +<p> +So they were married the very next day, and took possession of the Ogre’s +castle, and of everything that had belonged to him. +</p> + +<p> +As for the cat, he became at once a great lord, and had nevermore any need to +run after mice, except for his own diversion. +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap77"></a>JACK THE GIANT-KILLER</h2> + +<p> +Retold by Joseph Jacobs +</p> + +<p> +In the reign of the famous King Arthur there lived in Cornwall a lad named +Jack, who was a boy of a bold temper and took delight in hearing or reading of +conjurers, giants, and fairies; and used to listen eagerly to the deeds of the +knights of King Arthur’s Round Table. +</p> + +<p> +In those days there lived on St. Michael’s Mount, off Cornwall, a huge Giant, +eighteen feet high and nine feet round; his fierce and savage looks were the +terror of all who beheld him. +</p> + +<p> +He dwelt in a gloomy cavern on the top of the mountain, and used to wade over +to the mainland in search of prey, when he would throw half a dozen oxen upon +his back, and tie three times as many sheep and hogs round his waist, and march +back to his own abode. +</p> + +<p> +The Giant had done this for many years when Jack resolved to destroy him. +</p> + +<p> +Jack took a horn, a shovel, a pickaxe, his armor, and a dark lantern, and one +winter’s evening he went to the mount. There he dug a pit twenty-two feet deep +and twenty broad. He covered the top over so as to make it look like solid +ground. He then blew such a blast on his horn that the Giant awoke and came out +of his den, crying out: “You saucy villain, you shall pay for this! I’ll broil +you for my breakfast!” +</p> + +<p> +He had just finished, when, taking one step farther, he tumbled headlong into +the pit, and Jack struck him a blow on the head with his pickaxe which killed +him. Jack then returned home to cheer his friends with the news. +</p> + +<p> +Another Giant, called Blunderbore, vowed to be revenged on Jack if ever he +should have him in his power. +</p> + +<p> +This Giant kept an enchanted castle in the midst of a lonely wood, and some +time after the death of Cormoran, Jack was passing through a wood, and, being +weary, sat down and went to sleep. +</p> + +<p> +The Giant, passing by and seeing Jack, carried him to his castle, where he +locked him up in a large room, the floor of which was covered with the bodies, +skulls, and bones of men and women. +</p> + +<p> +Soon after, the Giant went to fetch his brother, who was likewise a Giant, to +take a meal off his flesh, and Jack saw with terror through the bars of his +prison the two Giants approaching. +</p> + +<p> +Jack, perceiving in one corner of the room a strong cord, took courage, and +making a slip-knot at each end, he threw them over their heads, and tied it to +the window-bars; he then pulled till he had choked them. When they were black +in the face he slid down the rope and stabbed them to the heart. +</p> + +<p> +Jack next took a great bunch of keys from the pocket of Blunderbore and went +into the castle again. He made a strict search through all the rooms, and in +one of them found three ladies tied up by the hair of their heads and almost +starved to death. They told him that their husbands had been killed by the +Giants, who had then condemned them to be starved to death. +</p> + +<p> +“Ladies,” said Jack, “I have put an end to the monster and his wicked brother, +and I give you this castle and all the riches it contains to make some amends +for the dreadful pains you have felt.” He then very politely gave them the keys +of the castle and went farther on his journey to Wales. +</p> + +<p> +As Jack had but little money, he went on as fast as possible. At length he came +to a handsome house. +</p> + +<p> +Jack knocked at the door, when there came forth a Welsh Giant. Jack said he was +a traveler who had lost his way, on which the Giant made him welcome and let +him into a room where there was a good bed to sleep in. +</p> + +<p> +Jack took off his clothes quickly, but though he was weary he could not go to +sleep. Soon after this he heard the Giant walking backward and forward in the +next room and saying to himself: +</p> + +<p class="poem"> +“Though here you shall lodge with me this night,<br/> +You shall not see the morning light;<br/> +My club shall dash your brains out quite!” +</p> + +<p> +“Say you so?” thought Jack. “Are these your tricks upon travelers? But I hope +to prove as cunning as you are.” Then, getting out of bed, he groped about the +room and at last found a thick tog of wood. He laid it in his own place in the +bed, and then hid himself in a dark corner of the room. +</p> + +<p> +The Giant, about midnight, entered the apartment, and with his bludgeon struck +many blows on the bed, in the very place where Jack had laid the log; and then +he went back to his own room, thinking he had broken all Jack’s bones. +</p> + +<p> +Early in the morning Jack put a bold face upon the matter and walked into the +Giant’s room to thank him for his lodging. The Giant started when he saw him, +and began to stammer out: “Oh! dear me; is it you? Pray, how did you sleep last +night? Did you hear or see anything in the dead of the night?” +</p> + +<p> +“Nothing worth speaking of,” said Jack, carelessly; “a rat, I believe, gave me +three or four slaps with its tail, and disturbed me a little; but I soon went +to sleep again.” +</p> + +<p> +The Giant wondered more and more at this; yet he did not answer a word, but +went to bring two great bowls of hasty-pudding for their breakfast. Jack wanted +to make the Giant believe that he could eat as much as himself so he contrived +to button a leathern bag inside his coat and slip the hasty-pudding into this +bag while he seemed to put it into his mouth. +</p> + +<p> +When breakfast was over he said to the Giant: “Now I will show you a fine +trick. I can cure all wounds with a touch; I could cut off my head in one +minute, and the next put it sound again on my shoulders. You shall see an +example.” He then took hold of the knife, ripped up the leathern bag, and all +the hasty-pudding tumbled out upon the floor. +</p> + +<p> +“Ods splutter hur nails!” cried the Welsh Giant, who was ashamed to be outdone +by such a little fellow as Jack, “hur can do that hurself;” so he snatched up +the knife, plunged it into his own stomach, and in a moment dropped down dead. +</p> + +<p> +Jack, having hitherto been successful in all his undertakings, resolved not to +be idle in future; he therefore furnished himself with a horse, a cap of +knowledge, a sword of sharpness, shoes of swiftness, and an invisible coat, the +better to perform the wonderful enterprises that lay before him. +</p> + +<p> +He traveled over high hills, and on the third day he came to a large and +spacious forest through which his road lay. Scarcely had he entered the forest +when he beheld a monstrous Giant dragging along by the hair of their heads a +handsome Knight and his lady. Jack alighted from his horse, and tying him to an +oak-tree, put on his invisible coat, under which he carried his sword of +sharpness. +</p> + +<p> +When he came up to the Giant he made several strokes at him, but could not +reach his body, but wounded his thighs in several places; and at length, +putting both hands to his sword and aiming with all his might, he cut off both +his legs. Then Jack, setting his foot upon his neck, plunged his sword into the +Giant’s body, when the monster gave a groan and expired. +</p> + +<p> +The Knight and his 1ady thanked Jack for their deliverance, and invited him to +their house to receive a proper reward for his services. “No,” Said Jack, “I +cannot be easy till I find out this monster’s habitation.” So taking the +Knight’s directions, he mounted his horse and soon after came in sight of +another Giant, who was sitting on a block of timber waiting for his brother’s +return. +</p> + +<p> +Jack alighted from his horse, and, putting on his invisible coat, approached +and aimed a blow at the Giant’s head, but missing his aim he only cut off his +nose. On this the Giant seized his club and laid about him most unmercifully. +</p> + +<p> +“Nay,” said Jack, “if this be the case I’d better dispatch you!” So jumping +upon the block, he stabbed him in the back, when he dropped down dead. +</p> + +<p> +Jack then proceeded on his journey, and traveled over hills and dales till, +arriving at the foot of a high mountain, he knocked at the door of a lonely +house, when an old man let him in. +</p> + +<p> +When Jack was seated the hermit thus addressed him: “My son, on the top of this +mountain is an enchanted castle, kept by the Giant Galligantus and a vile +magician. I lament the fate of a duke’s daughter, whom they seized as she was +walking in her father’s garden, and brought hither transformed into a deer.” +</p> + +<p> +Jack promised that in the morning, at the risk of his life, he would break the +enchantment; and after a sound sleep he rose early, put on his invisible coat, +and got ready for the attempt. +</p> + +<p> +When he had climbed to the top of the mountain he saw two fiery griffins; but +he passed between them without the least fear of danger, for they could not see +him because of his invisible coat. On the castle gate he found a golden +trumpet, under which were written these lines: +</p> + +<p class="poem"> +Whoever can this trumpet blow<br/> +Shall cause the giant’s overthrow. +</p> + +<p> +As soon as Jack had read this he seized the trumpet and blew a shrill blast, +which made the gates fly open and the very castle itself tremble. +</p> + +<p> +The Giant and the conjurer now knew that their wicked course was at an end, and +they stood biting their thumbs and shaking within fear. Jack, with his sword of +sharpness, soon killed the Giant, and the magician was then carried away by a +whirlwind; and every knight and beautiful lady who had been changed into birds +and beasts returned to their proper shapes. The castle vanished away like +smoke, and the head of the Giant Galligantus was sent to King Arthur. +</p> + +<p> +The knights and ladies rested that night at the old man’s hermitage, and next +day they set out for the Court. Jack then went up to the King and gave his +Majesty an account of all his fierce battles. +</p> + +<p> +Jack’s fame had now spread through the whole country, and at the King’s desire +the Duke gave him his daughter in marriage, to the joy of all his kingdom. +After this the King gave him a large estate, on which he and his lady lived the +rest of their days in joy and contentment. +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap78"></a>TOM THUMB</h2> + +<p> +Retold by Joseph Jacobs +</p> + +<p> +In the days of the great Prince Arthur, there lived a mighty magician, named +Merlin, the most learned and skillful enchanter the world has ever seen. +</p> + +<p> +This famous magician, who could take any form he pleased, was travelling about +as a poor beggar, and being very tired he stopped at the cottage of a Ploughman +to rest himself, and asked for some food. +</p> + +<p> +The countryman bade him welcome, and his wife, who was a very good-hearted +woman, brought him some milk in a wooden bowl and some coarse brown bread on a +platter. +</p> + +<p> +Merlin was much pleased with the kindness of the Ploughman and his wife; but he +could not help noticing that though everything was neat and comfortable in the +cottage, they both seemed to be very unhappy. He therefore asked them why they +were so melancholy, and learned that they were miserable because they had no +children. +</p> + +<p> +The Poor Woman said, with tears in her eves: “I should be the happiest creature +in the world if I had a son although he was no bigger than my husband’s thumb.” +</p> + +<p> +Merlin was so much amused with the idea of a boy no bigger than a man’s thumb +that he determined to grant the Poor Woman’s wish. Accordingly, in a short time +after, the Ploughman’s wife had a son, who, wonderful to relate! was not a bit +bigger than his father’s thumb. +</p> + +<p> +The Queen of the fairies, wishing to see the little fellow, came in at the +window, while the mother was sitting up in bed admiring him. The Queen kissed +the child, and, giving it the name of Tom Thumb, sent for some of the fairies, +who dressed her little godson according to her orders: +</p> + +<p class="poem"> +An oak-leaf hat he had for his crown;<br/> +His shirt of web by spiders spun;<br/> +With jacket wove of thistle’s down;<br/> +His trousers were of feathers done.<br/> +His stockings, of apple rind, they tie<br/> +With eyelash from his mother’s eye:<br/> +His shoes were made of mouse’s skin,<br/> +Tann’d with the downy hair within. +</p> + +<p> +Tom never grew any larger than his father’s thumb, but as he got older he +became very cunning and full of tricks. When he was old enough to play with the +boys, and had lost all his own cherry stones, he used to creep into the bags of +his play-fellows, fill his pockets, and, getting out without their noticing +him, would again join in the game. +</p> + +<p> +One day, as he was coming out of a bag of cherry stones, where he had been +stealing as usual, the boy to whom it belonged chanced to see him. “Ah, ah! my +little Tommy,” said the boy, “so I have caught you stealing my cherry stones at +last, and you shall be rewarded for your thievish tricks.” On saying this, he +drew the string tight round his neck, and gave the bag such a hearty shake that +poor little Tom’s legs, thighs and body were sadly bruised. He roared out with +pain and begged to be let out, promising never to steal again. +</p> + +<p> +A short time afterwards his mother was making a batter pudding, and Tom, being +anxious to see how it was made, climbed up to the edge of the bowl; but his +foot slipped, and he plumped over head and ears into the batter, without his +mother noticing him, who stirred him into the pudding-bag, and put him in the +pot to boil. +</p> + +<p> +The batter filled Tom’s mouth, and prevented him from crying; but, upon feeling +the hot water, he kicked and struggled so much in the pot that his mother +thought that the pudding was bewitched, and, pulling it out of the pot, she +threw it outside the door. A poor tinker, who was passing by, lifted up the +pudding, put it in his bag, and walked off. As Tom had now got his mouth +cleared of the batter, he began to cry aloud, which so frightened the tinker +that he flung down the pudding and ran away. The pudding being broke to pieces +by the fall, Tom crept out covered all over with the batter, and walked home. +His mother, who was very sorry to see her darling in such a woeful state, put +him into a teacup and soon washed off the batter; after which she kissed him +and laid him in bed. +</p> + +<p> +Soon after the adventure of the pudding, Tom’s mother went to milk her cow in +the meadow, and she took him along with her. As the wind was very high, for +fear of being blown away, she tied him to a thistle with a piece of fine +thread. The cow soon observed Tom’s oak-leaf hat, and liking the appearance of +it, took poor Tom and the thistle at one mouthful. While the cow was chewing +the thistle Tom was afraid of her great teeth, which threatened to crush him in +pieces, and he roared out as loud as he could: “Mother, mother!” +</p> + +<p> +“Where are you, Tommy, my dear Tommy?” said his mother. +</p> + +<p> +“Here, mother,” replied he, “in the red cow’s mouth.” +</p> + +<p> +His mother began to cry and wring her hands; but the cow, surprised at the odd +noise in her throat, opened her mouth and let Tom drop out. Fortunately his +mother caught him in her apron as he was falling to the ground, or he would +have been dreadfully hurt. She then put Tom in her bosom and ran home with him. +</p> + +<p> +Tom’s father made him a whip of barley straw to drive the cattle with, and +having one day gone into the fields, Tom slipped a foot and rolled into the +furrow. A raven, which was flying over, picked him up and flew with him over +the sea, and there dropped him. +</p> + +<p> +A large fish swallowed Tom the moment he fell into the sea, which was soon +after caught and bought for the table of King Arthur. When they opened the fish +in order to cook it, every one was astonished at finding such a little boy, and +Tom was quite delighted at being free again. They carried him to the King, who +made Tom his dwarf, and he soon became a great favorite at court; for by his +tricks and gambols he not only amused the King and Queen, but also the Knights +of the Round Table. +</p> + +<p> +It is said that when the King rode out on horseback he often took Tom along +with him, and if a shower came on he used to creep into his Majesty’s waistcoat +pocket, where he slept till the rain was over. +</p> + +<p> +King Arthur one day asked Tom about his parents, wishing to know if they were +as small as he was, and whether they were well off. Tom told the King that his +father and mother were as tall as anybody about the court, but in rather poor +circumstances. On hearing this, the King carried Tom to his treasury, the place +where he kept all his money, and told him to take as much money as he could +carry home to his parents, which made the poor little fellow caper with joy. +Tom went immediately to procure a purse which was made of a water-bubble, and +then returned to the treasury, where he received a silver three-penny piece to +put into it. +</p> + +<p> +Our little hero had some difficulty in lifting the burden upon his back; but he +at last succeeded in getting it placed and set forward on his journey. Without +meeting with any accident, and after resting himself more than a hundred times +by the way, in two days and two nights he reached his father’s house in safety. +</p> + +<p> +Tom had traveled forty-eight hours with a huge silver piece on his back, and +was almost tired to death, when his mother ran out to meet him and carried him +into the house. But he soon returned to court. +</p> + +<p> +As Tom’s clothes had suffered much in the batter pudding and the inside of the +fish, his Majesty ordered him a new suit of clothes, and to be mounted as a +knight on a mouse. +</p> + +<p class="poem"> +Of Butterfly’s wings his shirt was made,<br/> + His boots of chicken’s hide;<br/> +And by a nimble fairy blade,<br/> +Well learned in the tailoring trade,<br/> + His clothing was supplied.<br/> + A needle dangled by his side;<br/> + A dapper mouse he used to ride,<br/> + Thus strutted Tom in stately pride! +</p> + +<p> +It was certainly very amusing to see him in this dress and mounted on the +mouse, as he rode out a-hunting with the King and nobility, who were all ready +to expire with laughter at Tom and his fine prancing charioteer. +</p> + +<p> +The King was so charmed with his address that he ordered a little chair to be +made, in order that Tom might sit upon his table, and also a palace of gold, a +span high, with a door an inch wide, to live in. He also gave him a coach, +drawn by six small mice. +</p> + +<p> +The Queen was so enraged at the honors conferred on Sir Thomas that she +resolved to ruin him, and told the King that the little knight had been saucy +to her. +</p> + +<p> +The King sent for Tom in great haste, but being fully aware of the danger of +royal anger, he crept into an empty snail shell, where he lay for a long time +until he was almost starved with hunger; at last he ventured to peep out, and +seeing a fine large butterfly on the ground, near the place of his concealment, +he got close to it and jumping astride on it was carried up into the, air. The +butterfly flew with him from tree to tree and from field to field, at last +returned to the court, where the King and nobility all strove to catch him; but +at last poor Tom fell from his seat into a watering-pot, in which he was almost +drowned. +</p> + +<p> +When the Queen saw him she was in a rage, and said he should be beheaded; and +he was again put into a mouse trap until the time of his execution. +</p> + +<p> +However, a cat, observing something alive in the trap, patted it about till the +wires broke, and set Thomas at liberty. +</p> + +<p> +The King received Tom again into favor, which he did not live to enjoy, for a +large spider one day attacked him; and although he drew his sword and fought +well, yet the spider’s poisonous breath at last overcame him. +</p> + +<p> +King Arthur and his whole court were so sorry at the loss of their little +favorite that they went into mourning and raised a fine white marble monument +over his grave with the following epitaph: +</p> + +<p class="poem"> +Here lies Tom Thumb, King Arthur’s knight,<br/> +Who died by a spider’s cruel bite.<br/> +He was well known in Arthur’s court,<br/> +Where he afforded gallant sport;<br/> +He rode a tilt and tournament,<br/> +And on a mouse a-hunting went.<br/> +Alive he filled the court with mirth;<br/> +His death to sorrow soon gave birth.<br/> +Wipe, wipe your eyes, and shake your head<br/> +And cry,—Alas! Tom Thumb is dead! +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap79"></a>BLUE BEARD</h2> + +<p> +By Charles Perrault +</p> + +<p> +There was once a man who had fine houses, both in town and country, a deal of +silver and gold plate, embroidered furniture, and coaches gilded all over with +gold. But this man was so unlucky as to have a blue beard, which made him so +ugly that all the women and girls ran away from him. +</p> + +<p> +One of his neighbors, a lady of quality, had two daughters who were perfect +beauties. He asked her for one of them in marriage, but neither of them could +bear the thought of marrying a man who had a blue beard. Besides, he had +already been married several times, and nobody ever knew what became of his +wives. +</p> + +<p> +In the hope of making them like him, Blue Beard took them, with their mother +and three or four ladies of their acquaintance, and other young people of the +neighborhood, to one of his country houses, where they stayed a whole week. +</p> + +<p> +There were parties of pleasure, hunting, fishing, dancing, mirth, and feasting +all the time. Nobody went to bed, but all passed the time in merry-making and +joking with one another. Everything succeeded so well that the youngest +daughter began to think the master of the house was a very civil gentleman. And +his beard not so very blue after all. +</p> + +<p> +As soon as they returned home, the marriage took place. About a month afterward +Blue Beard told his wife that he was obliged to take a journey for six weeks, +about affairs of great consequence, desiring her to amuse herself in his +absence, to send for her friends and acquaintances, to carry them in to the +country if she pleased, and to have a good time wherever she was. +</p> + +<p> +“Here,” said he, “are the keys of the two great wardrobes wherein I have my +best furniture; these are of my silver and gold plate, which is not every day +in use; these open my strong boxes, which hold my money, both gold and silver; +these my caskets of jewels; and this is the master key to all my apartments. +This little one here is the key of the closet at the end of the great gallery +on the ground floor. Open them all; go into all and every one of them, except +that little closet, which I forbid you; if you happen to open it, there’s +nothing but what you may expect from my just anger and resentment.” +</p> + +<p> +She promised to observe exactly whatever he ordered; so, having embraced her, +he got into his coach and proceeded on his journey. +</p> + +<p> +Her neighbors and good friends did not wait to be sent for, so great was their +impatience to see all the rich furniture of her house. They ran through all the +rooms, closets, and wardrobes, which were all so fine and rich that they seemed +to surpass one another. +</p> + +<p> +After that they went up into the two great rooms, where were the best and +richest furniture; they could not sufficiently admire the number and beauty of +the tapestries, beds, couches, cabinets, stands, tables, and looking-glasses, +in which you might see yourself from head to foot; some of them were framed +with glass, others with silver, plain and gilded, the finest and most +magnificent ever seen. +</p> + +<p> +They ceased not to compliment and envy their friend, but she was so much +pressed by her curiosity to open the closet on the ground floor that, without +considering that it was very uncivil to leave her company, she went down a +little back staircase with such haste that she had twice or thrice like to have +broken her neck. +</p> + +<p> +Arriving at the closet door, she hesitated, thinking of her husband’s orders +and considering what unhappiness might attend her if she was disobedient; but +the temptation was so strong she could not overcome it. She took the little key +and opened it, trembling, but could not at first see anything plainly because +the windows were shut. After some moments she began to perceive that the floor +was all covered with blood, in which lay the bodies of several dead women, +ranged against the walls. (These were the wives whom Blue Beard had married and +murdered, one after another.) She thought she would die for fear, and the key, +which she pulled out of the lock, fell out of her hand. +</p> + +<p> +After having somewhat recovered from the shock, she took up the key, locked the +door, and went upstairs to her bedroom to rest. Having observed that the key of +the closet was stained with blood, she tried two or three times to wipe it off, +but the stain would not come out; in vain did she wash it, and even rub it with +soap and sand, the blood still remained, for the key was magical; when the +blood was removed from one side it came again on the other. +</p> + +<p> +Blue Beard returned from his journey the same evening, and said he had received +letters upon the road informing him that the affair he went about was ended to +his advantage. His wife did all she could to convince him she was extremely +glad of his speedy return. +</p> + +<p> +Next morning he asked her for the keys, which she gave him, but with such a +trembling hand that he easily guessed what had happened. +</p> + +<p> +“What!” said he, “is not the key of my closet among the rest?” +</p> + +<p> +“I must certainly,” said she, “have left it above upon the table.” +</p> + +<p> +“Fail not,” said Blue Beard, “to bring it to me presently.” +</p> + +<p> +After several goings backward and forward she was forced to bring him the key. +Blue Beard attentively considered it and said to his wife: +</p> + +<p> +“How comes this blood upon the key?” +</p> + +<p> +“I do not know,” cried the poor woman, paler than death. +</p> + +<p> +“You do not know!” replied Blue Beard. “I very well know. You were resolved to +go into the closet, were you not? Very well, madam; you shall go in and take +your place among the ladies you saw there. +</p> + +<p> +Upon this she threw herself at her husband’s feet, and begged his pardon with +all the signs of a true repentance, vowing that she would never again be +disobedient. She would have melted a rock, so beautiful and sorrowful was she; +but Blue Beard had a heart harder than any rock! +</p> + +<p> +“You must die, madam,” said he, “and that; very soon.” +</p> + +<p> +“Since I must die,” answered she, her eyes bathed in tears, “give me some +little time to say my prayers.” +</p> + +<p> +“I give you,” replied Blue Beard, “half a quarter of an hour, but not one +moment more.” +</p> + +<p> +When she was alone she called out to her sister: +</p> + +<p> +“Sister Anne, go up, I beg you, on top of the tower and see if my brothers are +not coming; they promised me that they would come to-day, and if you see them, +give them a sign to make haste.” +</p> + +<p> +Sister Anne went up on the top of the tower, and the poor afflicted wife cried +out from time to time: +</p> + +<p> +“Anne, sister Anne, do you see anyone coming?” +</p> + +<p> +And sister Anne replied: +</p> + +<p> +“I see nothing but the sun, which makes a dust, and the grass, which looks +green.” +</p> + +<p> +In the meanwhile Blue Beard, holding a great saber in his hand, cried out as +loud as he could bawl to his wife: +</p> + +<p> +“Come down instantly, or I shall come up after you.” +</p> + +<p> +“One moment longer, if you please,” said his wife; and then she cried out +softly: “Anne, sister Anne, dost thou see anybody coming?” +</p> + +<p> +And sister Anne answered: +</p> + +<p> +“I see nothing but the sun, which makes a dust, and the grass, which is green.” +</p> + +<p> +“Come down quickly,” shouted Blue Beard, “or I will come up after you.” +</p> + +<p> +“I am coming,” answered his wife; and then she cried: “Anne, sister Anne, dost +thou not see any one coming?” +</p> + +<p> +“I see,” replied sister Anne, “a great dust, which comes on this side.” +</p> + +<p> +“Are they my brothers?” +</p> + +<p> +“Alas! no, my dear sister, I see a flock of sheep.” +</p> + +<p> +“Will you not come down?’ roared Blue Beard. +</p> + +<p> +“One moment longer,” said his wife, and then she cried out: “Anne, sister Anne, +dost thou see nobody coming?” +</p> + +<p> +“I see,” said she, “two horsemen, but they are yet a great way off.” +</p> + +<p> +“God be praised!” replied the poor wife joyfully; “they are my brothers; I will +make them a sign, as well as I can, for them to make haste.” +</p> + +<p> +Then Blue Beard bawled out so loud that he made the whole house tremble. The +distressed wife came down and threw herself at his feet, all in tears, with her +hair about her shoulders. +</p> + +<p> +“That will not help you,” says Blue Beard; “you must die;” then, taking hold of +her hair with one hand, and lifting up the sword with the other, he was going +to cut off her head. The poor lady, turning to him and looking at him with +dying eyes, begged him to give her one little moment more. +</p> + +<p> +“No, no,” said he; “say your prayers,” and was just about to strike… +</p> + +<p> +At this very instant there was such a loud knocking at the gate that Blue Beard +looked up in alarm. The gate was opened and two horsemen entered, who drew +their swords and ran directly at Blue Beard. He knew them to be his wife’s +brothers, one a dragoon, the other a musketeer; so that he quickly ran to save +himself; but the two brothers pursued so close that they overtook him before he +could get to the steps of the porch, and ran their swords through his body and +left him dead. The poor wife was almost as dead as her husband, and had not +strength enough to rise and welcome her brothers. +</p> + +<p> +Blue Beard had no heirs, and so his wife became mistress of all his estate. She +made use of one part of it to marry her sister Anne to a young gentleman who +had loved her a long while; another part to buy captains’ commissions for her +brothers, and the rest to marry herself to a very worthy gentleman, who made +her forget the unhappy time she had passed with Blue Beard. +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap80"></a>THE BRAVE LITTLE TAILOR</h2> + +<p> +Anonymous +</p> + +<p> +One summer’s day a little Tailor sat on his table by the window in the best of +spirits and sewed for dear life. As he was sitting thus a peasant woman came +down the street, calling out: “Good jam to sell! good jam to sell!” This +sounded sweetly in the Tailor’s ears; he put his little head out of the window +and shouted: “Up here, my good woman, and you’ll find a willing customer!” The +woman climbed up the three flights of stairs with her heavy basket to the +tailor’s room, and he made her spread out the pots in a row before him. He +examined them all, lifted them up and smelt them, and said at last: “This jam +seems good; weigh me four ounces of it, my good woman; and even if it’s a +quarter of a pound I won’t stick at it.” The woman, who had hoped to find a +good market, gave him what he wanted, but went away grumbling wrathfully. “Now +Heaven shall bless this jam for my use,” cried the little Tailor, “and it shall +sustain and strengthen me.” He fetched some bread out of a cupboard, cut a +round off the loaf, and spread the jam on it. “That will taste good,” he said; +“but I’ll finish that waistcoat first before I take a bite.” He placed the +bread beside him, went on sewing, and out of the lightness of his heart kept on +making his stitches bigger and bigger. In the meantime the smell of the sweet +jam rose to the ceiling, where swarms of flies were gathered, and attracted +them to such an extent that they swarmed on to it in masses. “Ha! who invited +you?” said the Tailor, and chased the unwelcome guests away. But the flies, who +didn’t understand English, refused to let themselves be warned off, and +returned again in even greater numbers. At last the Tailor, losing all +patience, reached out of his chimney-corner for a duster, and exclaiming, +“Wait, and I’ll give it to you!” he beat them mercilessly with it. When he left +off he counted the slain, and no fewer than seven lay dead before him with +outstretched legs. “What a brave fellow I am!” said he, and was filled with +admiration at his own courage. “The whole town must know about this;” and in +great haste the little Tailor cut out a girdle, hemmed it, and embroidered on +it in big letters, “Seven at a blow.” “What did I say, the town? no, the whole +world shall hear of it,” he said; and his heart beat for joy as a lamb wags his +tail. +</p> + +<p> +The Tailor strapped the girdle round his waist and set out into the wide world, +for he considered his workroom too small a field for his bravery. Before he set +forth he looked round about him, to see if there was anything in the house he +could take with him on his journey; but he found nothing except an old cheese, +which he took possession of. In front of the house he observed a bird that had +been caught in some bushes, and this he put into his wallet beside the cheese. +Then he went on his way merrily, and being light and quick he never felt tired. +His way led up a hill on the top of which sat a powerful Giant, who was calmly +surveying the landscape. The little Tailor went up to him, and greeting him +cheerfully said: “Good-day, friend; there you sit at your ease viewing the +whole wide world. I’m just on my way there. What do you say to accompanying +me?” The Giant looked contemptuously at the Tailor, and said: “What a poor, +wretched little creature you are!” “That’s a good joke,” answered the little +Tailor, and unbuttoning his coat he showed the Giant the girdle. “There, now, +you can read what sort of a fellow I am.” The Giant read: “Seven at a blow,” +and thinking they were human beings the Tailor had slain, he had a certain +respect for the little man. But first he thought he’d test him; so taking up a +stone in his hand, he squeezed it till some drops of water ran out. “Now you do +the same,” said the Giant, “if you really wish to be thought strong.” “Is that +all?” said the little Tailor; “that’s child’s play to me.” So he dived into his +wallet, brought out the cheese, and pressed it till the whey ran out. “My +squeeze was better than yours,” said he. The Giant didn’t know what to say, for +he couldn’t have believed it of the little fellow. To prove him again, the +Giant lifted a stone and threw it so high that the eye could hardly follow it. +“Now, my little dwarf, let me see you do that.” “Well thrown,” said the Tailor; +“but, after all, your stone fell to the ground; I’ll throw one that won’t come +down at all.” He dived into his wallet again, and grasping the bird in his hand +he threw it up into the air. The bird, enchanted to be free, soared up into the +sky, and flew away never to return. “Well, what do you think of that little +piece of business, friend?” asked the Tailor. “You can certainly throw,” said +the Giant; “but now let’s see if you can carry a proper weight.” With these +words he led the Tailor to a huge oak-tree which had been felled to the ground, +and said: “If you are strong enough, help me carry the tree out of the wood.” +“Most certainly,” said the little Tailor: “just you take the trunk on your +shoulder; I’ll bear the top and branches, which is certainly the heaviest +part.” The Giant laid the trunk on his shoulder, but the Tailor sat at his ease +among the branches; and the Giant, who couldn’t see what was going on behind +him, had to carry the whole tree, and the little Tailor into the bargain. There +he sat behind in the best of spirits, lustily whistling a tune, as if carrying +the tree were mere sport. The Giant after dragging the heavy weight for some +time, could get on no farther, and shouted out: “Hi! I must let the tree fall.” +The Tailor sprang nimbly down, seized the tree with both hands as if he had +carried it the whole way, and said to the Giant: “Fancy a big lazy fellow like +you not being able to carry a tree!” +</p> + +<p> +They continued to go on their way together, and as they passed by a cherry-tree +the Giant grasped the top of it, where the ripest fruit hung, gave the branches +into the Tailor’s hand, and bade him eat. But the little Tailor was far too +weak to hold the tree down, and when the Giant let go the tree swung back into +the air, bearing the little Tailor with it. When he had fallen to the ground +again without hurting himself, the Giant said: “What! do you mean to tell me +you haven’t the strength to hold down a feeble twig?” “It wasn’t strength that +was wanting,” replied time Tailor; “do you think that would have been anything +for a man who has killed seven at a blow? I jumped over the tree because the +huntsmen are shooting among the branches near us. Do you do the like if you +dare.” The Giant made an attempt, but couldn’t get over the tree, and stuck +fast in the branches, so that here, too, the little Tailor had the better of +him. +</p> + +<p> +“Well, you’re a fine fellow, after all,” said the Giant; “come and spend the +night with us in our cave.” The little Tailor willingly consented to do this, +and following his friend they went on till they reached a cave where several +other giants were sitting round a fire, each holding a roast sheep in his hand, +of which he was eating. The little Tailor looked about him, and thought: “Yes, +there’s certainly more room to turn round in here than in my workshop.” The +Giant showed him a bed, and bade him lie down and have a good sleep. But the +bed was too big for the little Tailor, so he didn’t get into it, but crept away +into the corner. At midnight, when the Giant thought the little Tailor was fast +asleep, he rose up, and taking his big iron walking-stick, he broke the bed in +two with a blow, and thought he had made an end of the little grasshopper. At +early dawn the Giants went off to the wood, and quite forgot about the little +Tailor, till all of a sudden they met him trudging along in the most cheerful +manner. The Giants were terrified at seeing him, and, fearing lest he should +slay them, they all took to their heels as fast as they could. +</p> + +<p> +The Little Tailor continued to follow his nose, and after he had wandered about +for a long time he came to the courtyard of a royal palace, and feeling tired +he lay down on the grass and fell asleep. While he lay there the people came, +and looking him all over read on his girdle, “Seven at a blow.” “Oh!” they +said, “what can this great hero of a hundred fights want in our peaceful land? +He must indeed be a mighty man of valor.” They went and told the King about +him, and said what a weighty and useful man he’d be in time of war and that it +would be well to secure him at any price. This counsel pleased the King, and he +sent one of his courtiers down to the little Tailor, to offer him, when he +awoke, a commission in their army. The messenger remained standing by the +sleeper, and waited till he stretched his limbs and opened his eyes, when he +tendered his proposal. “That’s the very thing I came here for,” he answered; “I +am quite ready to enter the King’s service.” So he was received with all honor, +and given a special house of his own to live in. +</p> + +<p> +But the other officers were angry at the success of the little Tailor, and +wished him a thousand miles away. “What’s to come of it all?” they asked one +another; “if we quarrel with him, he’ll let out at us, and at every blow seven +will fall. There’ll soon be an end of us.” So they resolved to go in a body to +the King, and all to send in their papers. “We are not made,” they said. “to +hold out against a man who kills seven at a blow.” The King was grieved at the +thought of losing all his faithful servants for the sake of one man, and he +wished heartily that he had never set eyes on him, or that he could get rid of +him. But he didn’t dare to send him away, for he feared he might kill him and +place himself on the throne. He thought long and deeply over the matter, and +finally came to a conclusion. He sent for the Tailor and told him that, seeing +what a great and warlike hero he was, he was about to make him an offer. In a +certain wood of his kingdom there dwelt two Giants who did much harm by the way +they robbed, murdered, burnt, and plundered everything about them; “no one +could approach them without endangering his life. If he could overcome and kill +these two giants he should have the King’s only daughter for a wife, and half +his kingdom into the bargain; he might have a hundred horsemen, too, to back +him up.” “That’s the very thing for a man like me,” thought the little Tailor; +“one doesn’t get the offer of a beautiful princess and half a kingdom every +day.” “Done with you,” he answered; “I’ll soon put an end to the Giants. But I +haven’t the smallest need of your hundred horsemen; a fellow who can slay seven +men at a blow need not be afraid of two.” +</p> + +<p> +The little Tailor set out, and the hundred horsemen followed him. When he came +to the outskirts of the wood he said to his followers: “You wait here, I’ll +manage the Giants by myself;” and he went on into the wood, casting his sharp +little eyes right and left about him. After a while he spied the two Giants +lying asleep under a tree, snoring till the very boughs bent with the breeze. +The little Tailor lost no time in filling his wallet with stones, and then +climbed up the tree under which they lay. When he got to about the middle of it +he slipped along a branch till he sat just above the sleepers, when he threw +down one stone after the other on the nearest Giant. The Giant felt nothing for +a long time, but at last he woke up, and pinching his companion said: “What did +you strike me for?” “I didn’t strike you,” said the other; “you must be +dreaming.” They both lay down to sleep again, and the Tailor threw down a stone +on the second Giant, who sprang up and cried: “What’s that for? Why did you +throw something at me?” “I didn’t throw anything,” growled the first one. They +wrangled on for a time, till as both were tired, they made up the matter and +fell asleep again. The little Tailor began his game once more, and flung the +largest stone he could find in his wallet with all his force, and hit the first +Giant on the chest. “This is too much of a good thing!” he yelled, and +springing up like a madman, he knocked his companion against the tree till he +trembled. He gave, however, as good as he got, and they became so enraged that +they tore up trees and beat each other with them, till they both fell dead at +once on the ground. Then the little Tailor jumped down. “It’s a mercy,” he +said, “that they didn’t root up the tree on which I was sitting, or I should +have had to jump like a squirrel on to another, which, nimble though I am, +would have been no easy job.” He drew his sword and gave each of the Giants a +very fine thrust or two on the breast, and then went to the horsemen and said: +“The deed is done; I’ve put an end to the two of them; but I assure you it has +been no easy matter, for they even tore up trees in their struggle to defend +themselves; but all that’s of no use against one who slays seven men at a +blow.” “Weren’t you wounded?” asked the horsemen. “No fear,” answered the +Tailor; “they haven’t touched a hair of my head.” But the horsemen wouldn’t +believe him till they rode into the wood and found the Giants weltering in +their blood, and the trees lying around, torn up by the roots. +</p> + +<p> +The little Tailor now demanded the promised reward, but the King repented his +promise, and pondered once more how he could rid himself of the hero. “Before +you obtain the hand of my daughter and half my kingdom,” he said to him, “you +must do another deed of valor. A unicorn is running about loose in the wood and +doing much mischief; you must first catch it.” “I’m even less afraid of one +unicorn than of two Giants; seven at a blow, that’s my motto.” He took a piece +of cord and an axe with him, went out to the wood, and again told the men who +had been sent with him to remain outside. He hadn’t to search long, for the +unicorn soon passed by, and, on perceiving the Tailor, dashed straight at him +as though it were going to spike him on the spot. “Gently, gently,” said he; +“not so fast, my friend;” and standing still he waited till the beast was quite +near, when he sprang lightly behind a tree; the unicorn ran with all its force +against the tree, and rammed its horn so firmly into the trunk that it had no +strength left to pull it out again, and was thus successfully captured. “Now, +I’ve caught my bird,” said the Tailor, and he came out from behind the tree, +placed the cord round its neck first, then struck the horn out of the tree +within his axe, and when everything was in order led the beast Before the King. +</p> + +<p> +Still the King didn’t want to give him the promised reward and made a third +demand. The Tailor was to catch a wild boar for him that did a great deal of +harm in the wood; and he might have the huntsmen to help him. “Willingly,” said +the Tailor; “that’s mere child’s play.” But he didn’t take the huntsmen into +the wood with him, and they were well enough pleased to remain behind, for the +wild boar had often received them in a manner which did not make them desire +its further acquaintance. As soon as the boar perceived the Tailor it ran at +him with foaming mouth and gleaming teeth, and tried to knock him down; but our +alert little friend ran into a chapel that stood near, and got out of the +window with a jump. The boar pursued him into the church, but the Tailor +skipped round to the door and closed it securely. So the raging beast was +caught, for it was far too heavy and unwieldy to spring out of the window. The +little Tailor summoned the huntsmen together, that they might see the Prisoner +with their own eyes. Then the hero betook himself to the King, who was obliged +now, whether he liked it or not, to keep his promise, and hand him over his +daughter and half his kingdom. Had he known that no hero-warrior, but only a +little tailor, stood before him, it would have gone even more to his heart. So +the wedding was celebrated with much splendor and little joy, and the Tailor +became a King. +</p> + +<p> +After a time the Queen heard her husband saying one night in his sleep: “My +lad, make that waistcoat and patch these trousers, or I’ll box your ears.” Thus +she learned in what rank the young gentleman had been born, and next day she +poured forth her woes to her father, and begged him to help her to get rid of a +husband who was nothing more nor less than a tailor. The King comforted her, +and said: “Leave your bedroom door open tonight; my servants shall stand +outside, and when your husband is fast asleep they shall enter, bind him fast, +and carry him on to a ship, which shall sail away out into the wide ocean.” The +Queen was well satisfied with the idea, but the armor-bearer, who had overheard +everything, being much attached to his young master, went straight to him and +revealed the whole plot. “I’ll soon put a stop to the business,” said the +Tailor. That night he and his wife went to bed at the usual time; and when she +thought he had fallen asleep she got up, opened the door, and then lay down +again. The little Tailor, who had only pretended to be asleep, began to call +out in a clear voice: “My lad, make that waistcoat and patch these trousers, or +I’ll box your ears. I have killed seven at a blow, slain two giants, led a +unicorn captive, and caught a wild boar, then why should I be afraid of those +men standing outside my door?” The men, when they heard the Tailor saying these +words, were so terrified that they fled as if pursued by a wild army, and +didn’t dare go near him again. So the little Tailor was and remained a King all +the days of his life. +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap81"></a>THE SLEEPING BEAUTY IN THE WOOD</h2> + +<p> +By Charles Perrault +</p> + +<p> +There was once in a distant country a King and Queen whose only sorrow was that +they had no children. At last the Queen gave birth to a little daughter and the +King showed his joy by giving a christening feast so grand that the like of it +was never known. He asked all the fairies in the land—there were seven found in +the kingdom—to stand godmothers to the little Princess; hoping that each might +bestow on her some good gift. +</p> + +<p> +After the christening all the guests returned to the palace, where there was +placed before each fairy godmother a magnificent covered dish, and a knife, +fork, and spoon of pure gold, set with precious stones. But, as they all were +sitting down at table there entered an old fairy who had not been invited, +because it was more than fifty years since she had gone out of a certain tower, +and she was thought to be dead or enchanted. The King ordered a cover to be +placed for her, but it was of common earthenware, for he had ordered from his +jeweler only seven gold dishes, for the seven fairies aforesaid. The old fairy +thought herself neglected, and muttered angry threats, which were overheard by +one of the younger fairies, who chanced to sit beside her. This good godmother, +afraid of harm to the pretty baby, hastened to hide herself behind the hangings +in the hall. She did this because she wished to speak last and repair any evil +the old fairy might intend. +</p> + +<p> +The fairies now offered their good wishes, which, unlike most wishes, were sure +to come true. The first wished that the little Princess should grow up the +fairest woman in the world; the second, that she should have wit like an angel; +the third, that she should be perfectly graceful; the fourth, that she should +sing like a nightingale; the fifth, that she should dance perfectly well; the +sixth, that she should play all kinds of music perfectly. Then the old fairy’s +turn came. Shaking her head spitefully, she uttered the wish that when the baby +grew up into a young lady, and learned to spin, she might prick her finger with +a spindle and die of the wound. +</p> + +<p> +This terrible prophecy made all the company tremble; and every one fell to +crying. Upon which the wise young fairy appeared from behind the curtains and +said: “Assure yourselves O King and Queen; the Princess shall not die. I have +no power to undo what my elder has done. The Princess must pierce her finger +with a spindle and she shall then sink, not into the sleep of death, but into a +sleep that will last a hundred years. After that time is ended, the son of a +King shall come and awake her.” +</p> + +<p> +Then all the fairies vanished. +</p> + +<p> +The King, in the hope of avoiding his daughter’s doom, issued an edict +forbidding all persons to spin, and even to have spinning wheels in their +houses, on pain of instant death. But it was in vain. One day when she was just +fifteen years of age, the King and Queen left their daughter alone in one of +their castles, where, wandering about at her will, she came to a little room in +the top of a tower, and there found a very old woman, who had not heard of the +King’s edict, busy with her spinning wheel. +</p> + +<p> +“What are you doing, good old woman?” said the Princess. +</p> + +<p> +“I’m spinning my pretty child.” +</p> + +<p> +“Ah, how pretty! Let me try if I can spin also.” +</p> + +<p> +She had no sooner taken up the spindle than, being hasty and unhandy, she +pierced her finger with the point. Though it was so small a wound, she fainted +away at once and dropped on the floor. The poor old woman called for help; +shortly came the ladies-in-waiting, who tried every means to restore their +young mistress; but all in vain. She lay, beautiful as an angel, the color +still lingering in her lips and cheeks, her fair bosom softly stirred with her +breath; only her eyes were fast closed. When the King, her father, and the +Queen, her mother, beheld her thus, they knew that all had happened as the +cruel fairy meant, and that their daughter would sleep for one hundred years. +They sent away all the physicians and attendants, and themselves sorrowing laid +her upon a bed in the finest apartment in the palace. There she slept and +looked like a sleeping angel still. +</p> + +<p> +When this misfortune happened, the kindly young fairy who had saved the +Princess by changing her sleep of death into this sleep of a hundred years, was +twelve thousand leagues away, in the kingdom of Mataquin. But, being informed +of everything by a little dwarf who wore seven-league boots, she arrived +speedily in a chariot of fire drawn by dragons. The King handed her out of the +chariot, and she approved of all he had done. Then, being a fairy of great +common sense and foresight, she thought that the Princess, awakening after a +hundred years in this old castle, might not know what to do with herself if she +found herself alone. Accordingly, she touched with her magic wand everybody and +everything in the palace except the King and Queen: governesses, ladies of +honor, waiting maids, gentlemen ushers, cooks, kitchen girls, pages, footmen; +even the horses that were in the stables, and the grooms that attended them, +she touched each and all. Nay, the dogs, too, in the outer court, and the +little fat lapdog, Mopsey, who had laid himself down beside his mistress on her +splendid bed, were also touched, and they, like all the rest, fell fast asleep +in a moment. The very spits that were before the kitchen fire fell asleep, and +the fire itself, and everything became as still as if it were the middle of the +night, or as if the palace were a palace of the dead. +</p> + +<p> +The King and Queen, having kissed their daughter, went out of the castle, +giving orders that it was to be approached no more. The command was +unnecessary, for in one quarter of an hour there sprang up around it a wood so +thick and thorny that neither beasts nor men could attempt to penetrate there. +Above this dense mass of forest could only be seen the top of the high tower +where the lovely Princess slept. +</p> + +<p> +When a hundred years were gone the King had died, and his throne had passed to +another royal family. The reigning King’s son, being one day out hunting, was +stopped in the chase by this great wood, inquired what wood it was and what +were those towers which he saw appearing out of the midst of it. Every one +answered as he had heard. Some said it was an old castle haunted by spirits. +Others said it was the abode of witches and enchanters. The most common story +was that an Ogre lived there, a giant with long teeth and claws, who carried +away naughty little boys and girls and ate them up. The Prince did not know +what to think. At length an old peasant was found who remembered having heard +his grandfather say to his father that in this tower was a Princess, beautiful +as the day, who was doomed to sleep there for one hundred years, until awakened +by a king’s son, who was to marry her. +</p> + +<p> +At this the young Prince, who had the spirit of a hero, determined to find out +the truth for himself. +</p> + +<p> +Spurred on by love and honor, he leaped from his horse and began to force his +way through the thick wood. To his amazement the stiff branches all gave way, +and the ugly thorns drew back of their own accord, and the brambles buried +themselves in the earth to let him pass. This done, they closed behind him, +allowing none to follow. Nevertheless, he pushed boldly on alone. +</p> + +<p> +The first thing he saw was enough to freeze him with fear. Bodies of men and +horses lay extended on the ground; but the men had faces, not death white, but +red as roses, and beside them were glasses half filled with wine, showing that +they had gone to sleep drinking. Next he entered a large court paved with +marble, where stood rows of guards presenting arms, but as still as if cut out +of stone; then he passed through many chambers where gentlemen and ladies, all +in the dress of the past century, slept at their ease, some standing, some +sitting. The pages were lurking in corners, the ladies of honor were stooping +over their embroidery frames or listening to the gentlemen of the court; but +all were as silent and as quiet as statues. Their clothes, strange to say, were +fresh and new as ever; and not a particle of dust or spider web had gathered +over the furniture, though it had not known a broom for a hundred years. +Finally, the astonished Prince came to an inner chamber, where was the fairest +sight his eyes ever beheld. +</p> + +<p> +A young girl of wonderful beauty lay asleep on an embroidered bed, and she +looked as if she had only just closed her eyes. Trembling, the Prince +approached and knelt beside her. Some say he kissed her; but as nobody saw it, +and she never told, we cannot be quite sure of the fact. However, as the end of +the enchantment had come, the Princess waked at once, and, looking at him with +eyes of the tenderest regard, said, sleepily: “Is it you, my Prince? I have +waited for you very long.” +</p> + +<p> +Charmed with these words, and still more by the tone in which they were +uttered, the Prince assured her that he loved her more than his life. For a +long time did they sit talking, and yet had not said half enough. Their only +interruption was the little dog Mopsey, who had awakened with his mistress, and +now began to be jealous that the Princess did not notice him as much as she was +wont to do. +</p> + +<p> +Meanwhile all the attendants, whose enchantment was also broken, not being in +love, were ready to die of hunger after their fast of a hundred years. A lady +of honor ventured to say that dinner was served, whereupon the Prince handed +his beloved Princess at once to the great hall. She did not wait to dress for +dinner, being already perfectly and magnificently attired, though in a fashion +somewhat out of date. However, her lover had the politeness not to notice this, +nor to remind her that she was dressed exactly like his grandmother whose +portrait still hung on the palace walls. +</p> + +<p> +During dinner a concert by the attendant musicians took place, and, considering +they had not touched their instruments for a century, they played the old tunes +extremely well. They ended with a wedding march, for that very evening the +Prince and Princess were married. +</p> + +<p> +After a few days they went together out of the castle and enchanted wood, both +of which immediately vanished, and were nevermore beheld by mortal eyes. The +Princess was restored to her ancestral kingdom, and after a few years the +Prince and she became King and Queen, and ruled long and happily. +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap82"></a>THE FAIR ONE WITH GOLDEN LOCKS</h2> + +<p> +Retold by Miss Mulock +</p> + +<p> +There was once a King’s daughter so beautiful that they named her the Fair One +with Golden Locks. These golden locks were the most remarkable in the world, +soft and fine, and falling in long waves down to her very feet. She wore them +always thus, loose and flowing, surmounted with a wreath of flowers; and though +such long hair was sometimes rather inconvenient, it was so exceedingly +beautiful, shining in the sun like ripples of molten gold, that everybody +agreed she fully deserved her name. +</p> + +<p> +Now there was a young King of a neighboring country, very handsome, very rich, +and wanting nothing but a wife to make him happy. He heard so much of the +various perfections of the Fair One with Golden Locks, that at last, without +even seeing her, he fell in love with her so desperately that he could neither +eat nor drink, and resolved to send an ambassador at once to demand her in +marriage. So he ordered a magnificent equipage—more than a hundred horses and a +hundred footmen—in order to bring back to him the Fair One with Golden Locks, +who, he never doubted, would be only too happy to become his Queen. Indeed, he +felt so sure of her that he refurnished the whole palace, and had made by all +the dressmakers of the city, dresses enough to last a lady a lifetime. But, +alas! when the ambassador arrived and delivered his message, either the +princess was in bad humor, or the offer did not appear to be to her taste; for +she returned her best thanks to his majesty, but said she had not the slightest +wish or intention to get married. She also, being a prudent damsel, declined +receiving any of the presents which the King had sent her; except that, not +quite to offend his majesty, she retained a box of English pins, which were in +that country of considerable value. +</p> + +<p> +When the ambassador returned, alone and unsuccessful, all the court was very +much affected, and the King himself began to weep with all his might. Now, +there was in the palace household a young gentleman named Avenant, beautiful as +the sun, besides being at once so amiable and so wise that the King confided to +him all his affairs; and every one loved him, except those people—to be found +in all courts—who were envious of his good fortune. These malicious folk +hearing him say gaily: “If the King had sent me to fetch the Fair One with +Golden Locks, I know she would have come back with me,” repeated the saying in +such a manner, that it appeared as if Avenant thought so much of himself and +his beauty, and felt sure the princess would have followed him all over the +world; which when it came to the ears of the King, as it was meant to do, +irritated him so much that he commanded Avenant to be imprisoned in a high +tower and left to die there of hunger. The guards accordingly carried off the +young man, who had quite forgotten his idle speech, and had not the least idea +what fault he had committed. They ill-treated him very much, and then left him +with nothing to eat and only water to drink. This, however, kept him alive for +a few days, during which he did not cease to complain aloud, and to call upon +the King, saying: “Oh King, what harm have I done? You have no subject more +faithful than I. Never have I had a thought which could offend you.” +</p> + +<p> +And it so befell that the King, coming by chance, or else with a sort of +remorse, past the tower, was touched by the voice of the young Avenant, whom he +had once so much regarded. In spite of all the courtiers could do to prevent +him, he stopped to listen, and overheard these words. The tears rushed into his +eyes; he opened the door of the tower, and called: “Avenant!” Avenant came, +creeping feebly along, fell at the King’s knees, and kissed his feet: +</p> + +<p> +“Oh sire, what have I done that you should treat me so cruelly?” +</p> + +<p> +“You have mocked me and my ambassador; for you said, if I had sent you to fetch +the Fair One with Golden Locks, you would have been successful and brought her +back.” +</p> + +<p> +“I did say it, and it was true,” replied Avenant fearlessly; “for I should have +told her so much about your majesty and your various high qualities, which no +one knows so well as myself, that I am persuaded she would have returned with +me.” +</p> + +<p> +“I believe it,” said the King, with an angry look at those who had spoken ill +of his favorite; he then gave Avenant a free pardon and took him back with him +to the court. +</p> + +<p> +After having supplied the famished youth with as much supper as he could eat, +the King admitted him to a private audience, and said: “I am as much in love as +ever with the Fair One with Golden Locks, so I will take thee at thy word, and +send thee to try and win her for me.” +</p> + +<p> +“Very well, please your majesty” replied Avenant cheerfully; “I will depart +to-morrow.” +</p> + +<p> +The King, overjoyed with his willingness and hopefulness would have furnished +him with a still more magnificent equipage and suite than the first ambassador +but Avenant refused to take anything except a good horse to ride, and letters +of introduction to the Princess’s father. The King embraced him and eagerly saw +him depart. +</p> + +<p> +It was on a Monday morning when, without any pomp or show, Avenant thus started +on his mission. He rode slowly and meditatively, pondering over every possible +means of persuading the Fair One with Golden Locks to marry the King; but, even +after several days journey towards her country, no clear project had entered +into his mind. One morning, when he had started at break of day, he came to a +great meadow with a stream running through it, along which were planted willows +and poplars. It was such a pleasant, rippling stream that he dismounted and sat +down on its banks. There he perceived gasping on the grass a large golden Carp, +which, in leaping too far after gnats, had thrown itself quite out of the +water, and now lay dying on the greensward. Avenant took pity on it, and though +he was very hungry, and the fish was very fat, and he would well enough have +liked it for his breakfast, still he lifted it gently and put it back into the +stream. No sooner had the Carp touched the fresh cool water than it revived and +swam away; but shortly returning, it spoke to him from the water in this wise: +</p> + +<p> +“Avenant, I thank you for your good deed. I was dying, and you have saved me; I +will recompense you for this one day.” +</p> + +<p> +After this pretty little speech, the fish popped down to the bottom of the +stream, according to the habit of Carp, leaving Avenant very much astonished, +as was natural. +</p> + +<p> +Another day he met with a Raven that was in great distress, being pursued by an +Eagle, which would have swallowed him up in no time. “See,” thought Avenant, +“how the stronger oppress the weaker! What right has an Eagle to eat up a +Raven?” So taking his bow and arrow, which he always carried, he shot the Eagle +dead, and the Raven, delighted, perched in safety on an opposite tree. +</p> + +<p> +“Avenant,” screeched he, though not in the sweetest voice in the world, “you +have generously succored me, a poor miserable Raven. I am not ungrateful, and I +will recompense you one day.” +</p> + +<p> +“Thank you,” said Avenant, and continued his road. +</p> + +<p> +Entering in a thick wood, so dark with the shadows of early morning that he +could scarcely find his way, he heard an Owl hooting, like an owl in great +tribulation. She had been caught by the nets spread by bird-catchers to entrap +finches, larks, and other small birds. “What a pity,” thought Avenant, “that +men must always torment poor birds and beasts who have done them no harm!” So +he took out his knife, cut the net, and let the Owl go free. She went sailing +up in the air, but immediately returned hovering over his head on her brown +wings. +</p> + +<p> +“Avenant,” said she, “at daylight the bird-catchers would have been here, and I +should have been caught and killed. I have a grateful heart; I will recompense +you one day.” +</p> + +<p> +These were the three principal adventures that befell Avenant on his way to the +kingdom of the Fair One with Golden Locks. Arrived there, he dressed himself +with the greatest care, in a habit of silver brocade, and a hat adorned with +plumes of scarlet and white. He threw over all a rich mantle, and carried a +little basket, in which was a lovely little dog, an offering of respect to the +Princess. With this he presented himself at the palace gates, where even though +he came alone, his mien was so dignified and graceful, so altogether charming, +that every one did him reverence, and was eager to run and tell the Fair One +with Golden Locks, that Avenant, another ambassador from the King, her suitor, +awaited an audience. +</p> + +<p> +“Avenant!” repeated the Princess. “That is a pretty name; perhaps the youth is +pretty too.” +</p> + +<p> +“So beautiful,” said the ladies of honor, “that while he stood under the palace +window we could do nothing but look at him.” +</p> + +<p> +“How silly of you!” sharply said the Princess. But she desired them to bring +her robe of blue satin, to comb out her long hair, and adorn it with the +freshest garland of flowers; to give her her high-heeled shoes, and her fan. +“Also,” added she, “take care that my audience-chamber is well swept and my +throne well dusted. I wish in everything to appear as becomes the Fair One with +Golden Locks.” +</p> + +<p> +This done she seated herself on her throne of ivory and ebony and gave orders +for her musicians to play, but softly, so as not to disturb conversation. Thus, +shining in all her beauty, she admitted Avenant to her presence. +</p> + +<p> +He was so dazzled that at first he could not speak; then he began and delivered +his harangue to perfection. +</p> + +<p> +“Gentle Avenant,” returned the Princess, after listening to all his reasons for +her returning with him, “your arguments are very strong, and I am inclined to +listen to them; but you must first find for me a ring, which I dropped into the +river about a month ago. Until I recover it, I can listen to no proposition of +marriage.” +</p> + +<p> +Avenant, surprised and disturbed, made her a profound reverence and retired, +taking with him the basket and the little dog Cabriole, which she refused to +accept. All night long he sat sighing to himself. “How can I ever find a ring +which she dropped into the river a month ago? She has set me an impossibility.” +</p> + +<p> +“My dear master,” said Cabriole, “nothing is an impossibility to one so young +and charming as you are; let us go at daybreak to the river-side.” +</p> + +<p> +Avenant patted him, but replied nothing; until, worn out with grief, he slept. +Before dawn Cabriole wakened him, saying: “Master, dress yourself and let us go +to the river.” +</p> + +<p> +There Avenant walked up and down, with his arms folded and his head bent, but +saw nothing. At last he heard a voice, calling from a distance, “Avenant, +Avenant!” +</p> + +<p> +The little dog ran to the water-side.—“Never believe me again, master, if it +is not a golden Carp with a ring in its mouth!” +</p> + +<p> +“Yes, Avenant,” said the Carp, “this is the ring which the Princess has lost. +You saved my life in the willow meadow, and I have recompensed you. Farewell!” +</p> + +<p> +Avenant took the ring gratefully and returned to the palace with Cabriole, who +scampered about in great glee. +</p> + +<p> +Craving an audience, he presented the Princess with her ring, and begged her to +accompany him to his master’s kingdom. She took the ring, looked at it, and +thought she was surely dreaming. +</p> + +<p> +“Some fairy must have assisted you, fortunate Avenant,” said she. +</p> + +<p> +“Madam, I am only fortunate in my desire to obey your wishes.” +</p> + +<p> +“Obey me still,” she said graciously. “There is a prince named Galifron, whose +suit I have refused. He is a giant as tall as a tower, who eats a man as a +monkey eats a nut: he puts cannons into his pockets instead of pistols; and +when he speaks, his voice is so loud that every one near him becomes deaf. Go +and fight him, and bring me his head.” +</p> + +<p> +Avenant was thunderstruck; but after a time he recovered himself. “Very well, +madam, I shall certainly perish, but I will perish like a brave man. I will +depart at once to fight the Giant Galifron.” +</p> + +<p> +The Princess, now in her turn surprised and alarmed, tried every persuasion to +induce him not to go, but in vain. Avenant armed himself and started, carrying +his little dog in its basket. Cabriole was the only creature that gave him +consolation: “Courage, master! While you attack the giant, I will bite his +legs: he will stoop down to strike me, and then you can knock him on the head.” +Avenant smiled at the little dog’s spirit, but he knew it was useless. +</p> + +<p> +Arrived at the castle of Galifron, he found the road all strewn with bones, and +carcasses of men. Soon he saw the giant walking. His head was level with the +highest trees, and he sang in a terrific voice: +</p> + +<p class="poem"> +“Bring me babies to devour;<br/> +More—more—more—more—<br/> +Men and women, tender and tough;<br/> +All the world holds not enough.” +</p> + +<p> +To which Avenant replied, imitating the tune: +</p> + +<p class="poem"> +“Avenant you here may see,<br/> +He is come to punish thee:<br/> +Be he tender, be he tough,<br/> +To kill thee, giant, he is enough.” +</p> + +<p> +Hearing these words, the giant took up his massive club, looked around for the +singer, and perceiving him, would have slain him on the spot, had not a Raven, +sitting on a tree close by, suddenly flown out upon him and picked out both his +eyes. Then Avenant easily killed him and cut off his head, while the Raven, +watching him, said: +</p> + +<p> +“You shot the Eagle who was pursuing me: I promised to recompense you, and +to-day I have done it. We are quits.” +</p> + +<p> +“No, it is I who am your debtor, Sir Raven,” replied Avenant, as, hanging the +frightful head to his saddle-bow, he mounted his horse and rode back to the +city of the Fair One with Golden Locks. +</p> + +<p> +There everybody followed him, shouting: “Here is brave Avenant, who has killed +the giant,” until the Princess, hearing the noise, and fearing it was Avenant +himself who was killed, appeared, all trembling; and even when he appeared with +Galifron’s head, she trembled still, although she had nothing to fear. +</p> + +<p> +“Madam,” said Avenant, “your enemy is dead; so I trust you will accept the hand +of the King my master.” +</p> + +<p> +“I cannot,” replied she thoughtfully, “unless you first bring me a phial of the +water in the Grotto of Darkness. It is six leagues in length, and guarded at +the entrance by two fiery dragons. Within, it is a pit, full of scorpions, +lizards, and serpents, and at the bottom of this place flows the Fountain of +Beauty and Health. All who wash in it become, if ugly, beautiful, and if +beautiful, beautiful forever; if old, young; and if young, young forever. Judge +then, Avenant, if I can quit my kingdom without carrying with me some of this +miraculous water.” +</p> + +<p> +“Madam,” replied Avenant, “you are already so beautiful that you require it +not; but I am an unfortunate ambassador whose death you desire; I will obey +you, though I know I shall never return.” +</p> + +<p> +So he departed with his only friends—his horse and his faithful dog Cabriole; +while all who met him looked at him compassionately, pitying so pretty a youth +bound on such a hopeless errand. But, however kindly they addressed him, +Avenant rode on and answered nothing, for he was too sad at heart. +</p> + +<p> +He reached a mountain-side, where he sat down to rest, leaving his horse to +graze, and Cabriole to run after the flies. He knew that the Grotto of Darkness +was not far off, yet he looked about him like one who sees nothing. At last he +perceived a rock, as black as ink, whence came a thick smoke; and in a moment +appeared one of the two dragons, breathing out flames. It had a yellow and +green body, claws, and a long tail. When Cabriole saw the monster, the poor +little dog hid himself in terrible fright. But Avenant resolved to die bravely; +so taking a phial which the Princess had given him, he prepared to descend into +the cave. +</p> + +<p> +“Cabriole,” said he, “I shall soon be dead; then fill this phial with my blood, +and carry it to the Fair One with Golden Locks, and afterward to the King, my +master, to show him I have been faithful to the last.” +</p> + +<p> +While he was thus speaking a voice called: “Avenant, Avenant!”—and he saw an +Owl sitting on a hollow tree. Said the Owl: “You cut the net in which I was +caught, and I vow to recompense you. Now is the time. Give me the phial; I know +every corner of the Grotto of Darkness—I will fetch you the water of beauty.” +</p> + +<p> +Delighted beyond words, Avenant delivered up his phial; the Owl flew with it +into the grotto, and in less than half an hour reappeared, bringing it quite +full and well corked. Avenant thanked her with all his heart, and joyfully took +once more the road to the city. +</p> + +<p> +The Fair One with Golden Locks had no more to say. She consented to accompany +him back, with all her suite, to his master’s court. On the way thither she saw +so much of him, and found him so charming, that Avenant might have married her +himself had he chosen; but he would not have been false to his master for all +the beauties under the sun. At length they arrived at the King’s city, and the +Fair One with Golden Locks became his spouse and Queen. But she still loved +Avenant in her heart, and often said to the King her lord: “But for Avenant I +should not be here; he has done all sorts of impossible deeds for my sake; he +has fetched me the water of beauty, and I shall never grow old—in short, I owe +him everything.” +</p> + +<p> +And she praised him in this sort so much that at length the King became +jealous; and though Ayenant gave him not the slightest cause of offense, he +shut him up in the same high tower once more—but with irons on his hands and +feet, and a cruel jailer besides, who fed him with bread and water only. His +sole companion was his little dog Cabriole. +</p> + +<p> +When the Fair One with Golden Locks heard of this, she reproached her husband +for his ingratitude, and then throwing herself at his knees, implored that +Avenant might be set free. But the King only said: “She loves him!” and refused +her prayer. The Queen entreated no more, but fell into a deep melancholy. +</p> + +<p> +When the King saw it, he thought she did not care for him because he was not +handsome enough; and that if he could wash his face with her water of beauty, +it would make her love him the more. He knew that she kept it in a cabinet in +her chamber, where she could find it always. +</p> + +<p> +Now it happened that a waiting-maid, in cleaning out this cabinet, had, the +very day before, knocked down the phial, which was broken in a thousand pieces, +and all the contents were lost. Very much alarmed, she then remembered seeing, +in a cabinet belonging to the King, a similar phial. This she fetched, and put +in the place of the other one, in which was the water of beauty. But the King’s +phial contained the water of death. It was a poison, used to destroy great +criminals—that is, noblemen, gentlemen, and such like. Instead of hanging them +or cutting their heads off, like common people, they were compelled to wash +their faces with this water; upon which they fell asleep, and woke no more. So +it happened that the King, taking up this phial, believing it to be the water +of beauty, washed his face with it, fell asleep, and—died. +</p> + +<p> +Cabriole heard the news, and, gliding in and out among the crowd which +clustered round the young and lovely widow, whispered softly to her—“Madam, do +not forget poor Avenant.” If she had been disposed to do so, the sight of his +little dog would have been enough to remind her of him—his many sufferings, and +his great fidelity. She rose up, without speaking to anybody, and went straight +to the tower where Avenant was confined. There, with her own hands, she struck +off his chains, and putting a crown of gold on his head, and a purple mantle on +his shoulders, said to him, “Be King—and my husband. +</p> + +<p> +Avenant could not refuse: for in his heart he had loved her all the time. He +threw himself at her feet, and then took the crown and scepter, and ruled her +kingdom like a king. All the people were delighted to have him as their +sovereign. The marriage was celebrated in all imaginable pomp, and Avenant and +the Fair One with Golden Locks lived and reigned happily together all their +days. +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap83"></a>BEAUTY AND THE BEAST</h2> + +<p> +By Mme. d’Aulnoy +</p> + +<p> +There was once a very rich merchant, who had six children, three boys and three +girls. As he was himself a man of great sense, he spared no expense for their +education. The three daughters were all handsome, but particularly the +youngest; indeed, she was so very beautiful, that in her childhood everyone +called her the Little Beauty; and being equally lovely when she was grown up, +nobody called her by any other name, which made her sisters very jealous of +her. This youngest daughter was not only more handsome than her sisters, but +also was better tempered. The two eldest were vain of their wealth and +position. They gave themselves a thousand airs, and refused to visit other +merchants’ daughters; nor would they condescend to be seen except with persons +of quality. +</p> + +<p> +They went every day to balls, p1ays, and public walks, and always made game of +their youngest sister for spending her time in reading or other useful +employments. As it was well known that these young ladies would have large +fortunes, many great merchants wished to get them for wives; but the two eldest +always answered, that, for their parts, they had no thoughts of marrying anyone +below a duke or an earl at least. Beauty had quite as many offers as her +sisters, but she always answered, with the greatest civility, that though she +was much obliged to her lovers, she would rather live some years longer with +her father, as she thought herself too young to marry. +</p> + +<p> +It happened that, by some unlucky accident, the merchant suddenly lost all his +fortune, and had nothing left but a small cottage in the country. Upon this he +said to his daughters, while the tears ran down his cheeks, “My children, we +must now go and dwell in the cottage, and try to get a living by labor, for we +have no other means of support.” The two eldest replied that they did not know +how to work, and would not leave town; for they had lovers enough who would be +glad to marry them, though they had no longer any fortune. But in this they +were mistaken; for when the lovers heard what had happened, they said, “The +girls were so proud and ill-tempered, that all we wanted was their fortune; we +are not sorry at all to see their pride brought down; let them show off their +airs to their cows and sheep.” But everybody pitied poor Beauty, because she +was so sweet-tempered and kind to all, and several gentlemen offered to marry +her, though she had not a penny; but Beauty still refused, and said she could +not think of leaving her poor father in this trouble. At first Beauty could not +help sometimes crying in secret for the hardships she was now obliged to +suffer; but in a very short time she said to herself, “All the crying in the +world will do me no good, so I will try to be happy without a fortune.” +</p> + +<p> +When they had removed to their cottage, the merchant and his three sons +employed themselves in ploughing and sowing the fields, and working in the +garden. Beauty also did her part, for she rose by four o’clock every morning, +lighted the fires, cleaned the house, and got ready the breakfast for the whole +family. At first she found all this very hard; but she soon grew quite used to +it, and thought it no hardship; indeed, the work greatly benefited her health. +When she had done, she used to amuse herself with reading, playing her music, +or singing while she spun. But her two sisters were at a loss what to do to +pass the time away; they had their breakfast in bed, and did not rise till ten +o’clock. Then they commonly walked out, but always found themselves very soon +tired; when they would often sit down under a shady tree, and grieve for the +loss of their carriage and fine clothes, and say to each other, “What a +mean-spirited, poor stupid creature our young sister is, to be so content +within this low way of life!” But their father thought differently; and loved +and admired his youngest child more than ever. +</p> + +<p> +After they had lived in this manner about a year the merchant received a +letter, which informed him that one of his richest ships, which he thought was +lost, had just come unto port. This news made the two eldest sisters almost mad +with joy; for they thought they should now leave the cottage, and have all +their finery again. When they found that their father must take a journey to +the ship, the two eldest begged he would not fail to bring them back some new +gowns, caps, rings, and all sorts of trinkets. But Beauty asked for nothing; +for she thought in herself that all the Ship was worth would hardly buy +everything her sisters wished for. “Beauty,” said the merchant, “how comes it +that you ask for nothing: what can I bring you, my child?” +</p> + +<p> +“Since you are so kind as to think of me, dear father,” she answered, “I should +be glad if you would bring me a rose, for we have none in our garden.” Now +Beauty did not indeed wish for a rose, nor anything else, but she only said +this that she might not affront her sisters; otherwise they would have said she +wanted her father to praise her for desiring nothing. The merchant took his +leave of them, and set out on his journey; but when he got to the ship, some +persons went to law with him about the cargo, and after a deal of trouble he +came back to his cottage as poor as he had left it. When he was within thirty +miles of his home, and thinking of the joy of again meeting his children, he +lost his way in the midst of a dense forest. It rained and snowed very hard, +and, besides, the wind was so high as to throw him twice from his horse. Night +came on, and he feared he should die of cold and hunger, or be torn to pieces +by the wolves that he heard howling round him. All at once, he cast his eyes +toward a long avenue, and saw at the end a light, but it seemed a great way +off. He made the best of his way toward it, and found that it came from a +splendid palace, the windows of which were all blazing with light. It had great +bronze gates, standing wide open, and fine court-yards, through which the +merchant passed; but not a living soul was to be seen. There were stables, too, +which his poor, starved horse, less scrupulous than himself, entered at once, +and took a good meal of oats and hay. His master then tied him up, and walked +toward the entrance hall, but still without seeing a single creature. He went +on to a large dining parlor, where he found a good fire, and table covered with +some very nice dishes, but only one plate with a knife and fork. As the snow +and rain had wetted him to the skin, he went up to the fire to dry himself. “I +hope,” said he, “the master of the house or his servants will excuse me, for it +surely will not be long now before I see them.” He waited some time, but still +nobody came: at last the clock struck eleven, and the merchant, being quite +faint for the want of food, helped himself to a chicken, and to a few glasses +of wine, yet all the time trembling with fear. He sat till the clock struck +twelve, and then, taking courage, began to think he might as well look about +him: so he opened a door at the end of the hall, and went through it into a +very grand room, in which there was a fine bed; and as he was feeling very +weary, he shut the door, took off his clothes, and got into it. +</p> + +<p> +It was ten o’clock in the morning before he awoke, when he was amazed to see a +handsome new suit of clothes laid ready for him, instead of his own, which were +all torn and spoiled. “To be sure,” said he to himself, “this place belongs to +some good fairy, who has taken pity on my ill luck.” He looked out of the +window, and instead of the snow-covered wood, where he had lost himself the +previous night, he saw the most charming arbors covered with all kinds of +flowers. Returning to the hall where he had supper, he found a breakfast table, +ready prepared. “Indeed, my good fairy,” said the merchant aloud, “I am vastly +obliged to you for your kind care of me.” He then made a hearty breakfast, took +his hat, and was going to the stable to pay his horse a visit; but as he passed +under one of the arbors, which was loaded with roses, he thought of what Beauty +had asked him to bring back to her, and so he took a bunch of roses to carry +home. At the same moment he heard a loud noise, and saw coming toward him a +beast, so frightful to look at that he was ready to faint with fear. +“Ungrateful man!” said the beast in a terrible voice, “I have saved your life +by admitting you into my palace, and in return you steal my roses, which I +value more than anything I possess. But you shall atone for your fault—die in a +quarter of an hour. +</p> + +<p> +The merchant fell on his knees, and clasping his hands, said, “Sir, I humbly +beg your pardon: I did not think it would offend you to gather a rose for one +of my daughters, who had entreated me to bring her one home. Do not kill me, my +lord!” +</p> + +<p> +“I am not a lord, but a beast,” replied. the monster, “I hate false +compliments: so do not fancy that you can coax me by any such ways. You tell me +that you have daughters; now I will suffer you to escape, if one of them will +come and die in your stead. If not, profuse that you will yourself return in +three months, to be dealt with as I may choose.” +</p> + +<p> +The tender-hearted merchant had no thoughts of letting any one of his daughters +die for his sake; but he knew that if he seemed to accept the beast’s terms, he +should at least have the pleasure of seeing them once again. So he gave his +promise, and was told that he might then set off as soon as he liked. “But,” +said the beast, “I do not wish you to go back empty handed. Go to the room you +slept in, and you will find a chest there; fill it with whatsoever you like +best, and I will have it taken to your own house for you.” +</p> + +<p> +When the beast had said this, he went away. The good merchant, left to himself, +began to consider that as he must die—for he had no thought of breaking a +promise, made even to a beast—he might as well have the comfort of leaving his +children provided for. He returned to the room he had slept in, and found there +heaps of gold pieces lying about. +</p> + +<p> +He filled the chest with them to the very brim, locked it, and, mounting his +horse, left the palace as sorrowful as he had been glad when he first beheld +it. The horse took a path across the forest of his own accord, and in a few +hours they reached the merchant’s house. His children came running round him, +but, instead of kissing them with joy, he could not help weeping as he looked +at them. He held in his hand the bunch of roses, which he gave to Beauty, +saying, “Take these roses, Beauty; but little do you think how dear they have +cost your poor father;” and then he gave them an account of all that he had +seen or heard in the palace of the beast. +</p> + +<p> +The two eldest sisters now began to shed tears, and to lay the blame upon +Beauty, who, they said, would be the cause of her father’s death. “See,” said +they, “what happens from the pride of the little wretch; why did not she ask +for such things as we did? But, to be sure, Miss must not be like other people; +and though she will be the cause of her father’s death, yet she does not shed a +tear.” +</p> + +<p> +“It would be useless,” replied Beauty, “for my father shall not die. As the +beast will accept one of his daughters, I will give myself up, and be only too +happy to prove my love for the best of fathers.” +</p> + +<p> +“No, sister,” said the three brothers with one voice, “that cannot be; we will +go in search of this monster, and either he or we will perish.” +</p> + +<p> +“Do not hope to kill him,” said the merchant, “his power is far too great. But +Beauty’s young life shall not be sacrificed; I am old, and cannot expect to +live much longer; so I shall but give up a few years of my life, and shall only +grieve for the sake of my children.” +</p> + +<p> +“Never, father!” cried Beauty; “if you go back to the palace, you cannot hinder +my going after you; though young, I am not over-fond of life; and I would much +rather be eaten up by the monster, than die of grief for your loss.” +</p> + +<p> +The merchant in vain tried to reason with Beauty who still obstinately kept to +her purpose; which, in truth, made her two sisters glad, for they were jealous +of her, because everybody loved her. +</p> + +<p> +The merchant was so grieved at the thoughts of losing his child, that he never +once thought of the chest filled with gold, but at night, to his great +surprise, he found it standing by his bedside. He said nothing about his riches +to his eldest daughters, for he knew very well it would at once make them want +to return to town; but he told Beauty his secret, and she then said, that while +he was away, two gentlemen had been on a visit at her cottage, who had fallen +in love with her two sisters. She entreated her father to marry them without +delay, for she was so sweet-natured, she only wished them to be happy. +</p> + +<p> +Three months went by, only too fast, and then the merchant and Beauty got ready +to set out for the palace of the beast. Upon this, the two sisters rubbed their +eyes with an onion, to make believe they were crying; both the merchant and his +sons cried in earnest. Only Beauty shed no tears. They reached the palace in a +very few hours, and the horse, without bidding, went into the stable as before. +The merchant and Beauty walked toward the large hall, where they found a table +covered with every dainty and two plates laid already. The merchant had very +little appetite; but Beauty, that she might the better hide her grief, placed +herself at the table, and helped her father; she then began to eat herself, and +thought all the time that, to be sure, the beast had a mind to fatten her +before he ate her up, since he had provided such good cheer for her. When they +had done their supper, they heard a great noise, and the good old man began to +bid his poor child farewell, for he knew it was the beast coming to them. When +Beauty first saw that frightful form, she was very much terrified, but tried to +hide her fear. The creature walked up to her, and eyed her all over—then asked +her in a dreadful voice if she had come quite of her own accord. +</p> + +<p> +“Yes,” said Beauty. +</p> + +<p> +“Then you are a good girl, and I am very much obliged to you.” +</p> + +<p> +This was such an astonishingly civil answer that Beauty’s courage rose: but it +sank again when the beast, addressing the merchant, desired him to leave the +palace next morning, and never return to it again. “And so good-night, +merchant. And good-night, Beauty.” +</p> + +<p> +“Good-night, beast,” she answered, as the monster shuffled out of the room. +</p> + +<p> +“Ah! my dear child,” said the merchant, kissing his daughter, “I am half dead +already, at the thought of leaving you with this dreadful beast; you shall go +back and let me stay in your place.” +</p> + +<p> +“No,” said Beauty, boldly, “I will never agree to that; you must go home +to-morrow morning.” +</p> + +<p> +They then wished each other good-night, and went to bed, both of them thinking +they should not be able to close their eyes; but as soon as ever they had lain +down, they fell into a deep sleep, and did not awake till morning. Beauty +dreamed that a lady came up to her, who said, “I am very much pleased, Beauty, +with the goodness you have shown, in being willing to give your life to save +that of your father. Do not be afraid of anything; you shall not go without a +reward.” +</p> + +<p> +As soon as Beauty awoke she told her father this dream; but though it gave him +some comfort, he was a long time before he could be persuaded to leave the +palace. At last Beauty succeeded in getting him safely away. +</p> + +<p> +When her father was out of sight, poor Beauty began to weep sorely; still, +having naturally a courageous spirit, she soon resolved not to make her sad +case still worse by sorrow, which she knew was vain, but to wait and be +patient. She walked about to take a view of all the palace, and the elegance of +every part of it much charmed her. +</p> + +<p> +But what was her surprise, when she came to a door on which was written, +BEAUTY’S ROOM! She opened it in haste, and her eyes were dazzled by the +splendor and taste of the apartment. What made her wonder more than all the +rest, was a large library filled with books, a harpsichord, and many pieces of +music. “The beast surely does not mean to eat me up immediately,” said she, +“since he takes care I shall not be at a loss how to amuse myself.” She opened +the library and saw these verses written in letters of gold in the back of one +of the books:— +</p> + +<p class="poem"> +“Beauteous lady, dry your tears,<br/> +Here’s no cause for sighs or fears.<br/> +Command as freely as you may,<br/> +For you command and I obey.” +</p> + +<p> +“Alas!” said she, sighing; “I wish I could only command a sight of my poor +father, and to know what he is doing at this moment.” Just then, by chance, she +cast her eyes upon a looking-glass that stood near her, and in it she saw a +picture of her old home, and her father riding mournfully up to the door. Her +sisters came out to meet him, and although they tried to look sorry, it was +easy to see that in their hearts they were very glad. In a short time all this +picture disappeared, but it caused Beauty to think that the beast, besides +being very powerful, was also very kind. About the middle of the day she found +a table laid ready for her, and a sweet concert of music played all the time +she was dining, without her seeing anybody. But at supper, when she was going +to seat herself at table, she heard the noise of the beast, and could not help +trembling with fear. +</p> + +<p> +“Beauty,” said he, “will you give me leave to see you sup?” +</p> + +<p> +“That is as you please,” answered she, very much afraid. +</p> + +<p> +“Not in the least,” said the beast; “you alone command in this place. If you +should not like my company, you need only say so, and I will leave you that +moment. But tell me, Beauty, do you not think me very ugly?” +</p> + +<p> +“Why, yes,” said she, “for I cannot tell a falsehood; but then I think you are +very good.” +</p> + +<p> +“Am I?” sadly replied the beast; “yet, besides being ugly, I am also very +stupid; I know well enough that I am but a beast.” +</p> + +<p> +“Very stupid people,” said Beauty, “are never aware of it themselves.” +</p> + +<p> +At which kindly speech the beast looked pleased, and replied, not without an +awkward sort of politeness, “Pray do not let me detain you from supper, and be +sure that you are well served. All you see is your own, and I should be deeply +grieved if you wanted for anything.” +</p> + +<p> +“You are very kind—so kind that I almost forgot you are so ugly,” said Beauty, +earnestly. +</p> + +<p> +“Ah! yes,” answered the beast, with a great sigh; “I hope I am good-tempered, +but still I am only a monster.” +</p> + +<p> +“There is many a monster who wears the form of a man; it is better of the two +to have the heart of a man and the form of a monster.” +</p> + +<p> +“I would thank you, Beauty, for this speech, but I am too senseless to say +anything that would please you,” returned the beast in a melancholy voice; and +altogether he seemed so gentle and so unhappy that Beauty, who had the +tenderest heart in the world, felt her fear of him gradually vanish. +</p> + +<p> +She ate her supper with a good appetite, and conversed in her own sensible and +charming way, till at last, when the beast rose to depart, he terrified her +more than ever by saying abruptly, in his gruff voice, “Beauty, will you marry +me?” +</p> + +<p> +Now Beauty, frightened as she was, would speak only the exact truth; besides +her father had told her that the beast liked only to have the truth spoken to +him. So she answered, in a very firm tone, “No, beast.” +</p> + +<p> +He did not get into a passion, or do anything but sigh deeply, and depart. +</p> + +<p> +When Beauty found herself alone, she began to feel pity for the poor beast. +“Oh!” said she, “what a sad thing it is that he should be so very frightful, +since he is so good-tempered!” +</p> + +<p> +Beauty lived three months in this palace very well pleased. The beast came to +see her every night, and talked with her while she supped; and though what he +said was not very clever, yet, as she saw in him every day some new goodness, +instead of dreading the time of his coming, she soon began continually looking +at her watch, to see if it were nine o’clock; for that was the hour when he +never failed to visit her. One thing only vexed her, which was that every night +before he went away, he always made it a rule to ask her if she would be his +wife, and seemed very much grieved at her steadfastly replying “No.” At last, +one night, she said to him, “You wound me greatly, beast, by forcing me to +refuse you so often; I wish I could take such a liking to you as to agree to +marry you; but I must tell you plainly that I do not think it will ever happen. +I shall always be your friend; so try to let that content you. +</p> + +<p> +“I must,” sighed the beast, “for I know well enough how frightful I am; but I +love you better than myself. Yet I think I am very lucky in your being pleased +to stay with me; now promise, Beauty, that you will never leave me. +</p> + +<p> +Beauty would almost have agreed to this, so sorry was she for him, but she had +that day seen in her magic glass, which she looked at constantly, that her +father was dying of grief for her sake. +</p> + +<p> +“Alas!” she said, “I long so much to see my father, that if you do not give me +leave to visit him, I shall break my heart.” +</p> + +<p> +“I would rather break mine, Beauty,” answered the beast; “I will send you to +your father’s cottage: you shall stay there, and your poor beast shall die of +sorrow.” +</p> + +<p> +“No,” said Beauty, crying, “I love you too well to be the cause of your death; +I promise to return in a week. You have shown me that my sisters are married, +and my brothers are gone for soldiers, so that my father is left all alone. Let +me stay a week with him.” +</p> + +<p> +“You shall find yourself with him to-morrow morning,” replied the beast; “but +mind, do not forget your promise. When you wish to return, you have nothing to +do but to put your ring on a table when you go to bed. Good-by, Beauty!” The +beast sighed as he said these words, and Beauty went to bed very sorry to see +him so much grieved. When she awoke in the morning, she found herself in her +father’s cottage. She rang a bell that was at her bedside, and a servant +entered; but as soon as she saw Beauty the woman gave a loud shriek; upon which +the merchant ran upstairs, and when he beheld his daughter he ran to her, and +kissed her a hundred times. At last Beauty began to remember that she had +brought no clothes with her to put on; but the servant told her she had just +found in the next room a large chest full of dresses, trimmed all over with +gold, and adorned within pearls and diamonds. +</p> + +<p> +Beauty, in her own mind, thanked the beast for his kindness, and put on the +plainest gown she could find among them all. She then desired the servant to +lay the rest aside, for she intended to give them to her sisters; but, as soon +as she had spoken these words, the chest was gone out of sight in a moment. Her +father then suggested, perhaps the beast chose for her to keep them all for +herself: and as soon as he had said this, they saw the chest standing again in +the same place. While Beauty was dressing herself, a servant brought word to +her that her sisters were come with their husbands to pay her a visit. They +both lived unhappily with the gentlemen they had married. The husband of the +eldest was very handsome, but was so proud of this that he thought of nothing +else from morning till night, and did not care a pin for the beauty of his +wife. The second had married a man of great learning; but he made no use of it, +except to torment and affront all his friends, and his wife more than any of +them. The two sisters were ready to burst with spite when they saw Beauty +dressed like a princess, and looking so very charming. All the kindness that +she showed them was of no use; for they were vexed more than ever when she told +them how happy she lived at the palace of the beast. The spiteful creatures +went by themselves into the garden, where they cried to think of her good +fortune. +</p> + +<p> +“Why should the little wretch be better off than we?” said they. “We are much +handsomer than she is.” +</p> + +<p> +“Sister!” said the eldest, “a thought has just come into my head; let us try to +keep her here longer than the week for which the beast gave her leave; and then +he will be so angry that perhaps when she goes back to him he will eat her up +in a moment.” +</p> + +<p> +“That is well thought of,” answered the other, “but to do this, we must pretend +to be very kind.” +</p> + +<p> +They then went to join her in the cottage, where they showed her so much false +love that Beauty could not help crying for joy. +</p> + +<p> +When the week was ended, the two sisters began to pretend such grief at the +thought of her leaving them that she agreed to stay a week more; but all that +time Beauty could not help fretting for the sorrow that she knew her absence +would give her poor beast for she tenderly loved him, and much wished for his +company again. Among all the grand and clever people she saw, she found nobody +who was half so sensible, so affectionate, so thoughtful, or so kind. The tenth +night of her being at the cottage, she dreamed she was in the garden of the +palace, that the beast lay dying on a grass plot, and with his last breath put +her in mind of her promise, and laid his death to her forsaking him. Beauty +awoke in a great fright, and she burst into tears. “Am not I wicked,” said she, +“to behave so ill to a beast who has shown me so much kindness? Why will I not +marry him? I am sure I should be more happy with him than my sisters are with +their husbands. He shall not be wretched any longer on my account; for I should +do nothing but blame myself all the rest of my life.” +</p> + +<p> +She then rose, put her ring on the table, got into bed again, and soon fell +asleep. In the morning she with joy found herself in the palace of the beast. +She dressed herself very carefully, that she might please him the better, and +thought she had never known a day pass away so slowly. At last the clock struck +nine, but the beast did not come. Beauty, dreading lest she might truly have +caused his death, ran from room to room, calling out: “Beast, dear beast;” but +there was no answer. At last she remembered her dream, rushed to the grass +plot, and there saw him lying apparently dead beside the fountain. Forgetting +all his ugliness, she threw herself upon his body, and finding his heart still +beating, she fetched some water and sprinkled it over him, weeping and sobbing +the while. +</p> + +<p> +The beast opened his eyes. “You forgot your promise, Beauty, and so I +determined to die; for I could not live without you. I have starved myself to +death, but I shall die content since I have seen your face once more.” +</p> + +<p> +“No, dear beast,” cried Beauty, passionately, “you shall not die; you shall +live to be my husband. I thought it was only friendship I felt for you, but now +I know it was love.” +</p> + +<p> +The moment Beauty had spoken these words, the palace was suddenly lighted up, +and all kinds of rejoicings were heard around them, none of which she noticed, +but hung over her dear beast with the utmost tenderness. At last, unable to +restrain herself, she dropped her head over her hands, covered her eyes, and +cried for joy; and, when she looked up again, the beast was gone. In his stead +she saw at her feet a handsome, graceful young prince, who thanked her with the +tenderest expressions for having freed him from enchantment. +</p> + +<p> +“But where is my poor beast? I only want him and nobody else,” sobbed Beauty. +</p> + +<p> +“I am he,” replied the prince. “A wicked fairy condemned me to this form, and +forbade me to show that I had any wit or sense, till a beautiful lady should +consent to marry me. You alone, dearest Beauty, judged me neither by my looks +nor by my talents, but by my heart alone. Take it then, and all that I have +besides, for all is yours.” +</p> + +<p> +Beauty, full of surprise, but very happy, suffered the prince to lead her to +his palace, where she found her father and sisters, who had been brought there +by the fairy-lady whom she had seen in a dream the first night she came. +</p> + +<p> +“Beauty,” said the fairy, “you have chosen well, and you have your reward, for +a true heart is better than either good looks or clever brains. As for you, +ladies,” and she turned to the two elder sisters, “I know all your ill deeds, +but I have no worse punishment for you than to see your sister happy. You shall +stand as statues at the door of her palace, and when you repent of, and have +amended your faults, you shall become women again. But, to tell you the truth, +I very much fear you will remain statues forever.” +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap84"></a>JACK AND THE BEANSTALK</h2> + +<p> +Anonymous +</p> + +<p> +Once upon a time there was a poor widow who lived in a little cottage with her +only son Jack. +</p> + +<p> +Jack was a giddy, thoughtless boy, but very kindhearted and affectionate. There +had been a hard winter, and after it the poor woman had suffered from fever and +ague. Jack did no work as yet, and by degrees they grew dreadfully poor. The +widow saw that there was no means of keeping Jack and herself from starvation +but by selling her cow; so one morning she said to her son, “I am too weak to +go myself, Jack, so you must take the cow to market for me, and sell her.” +</p> + +<p> +Jack liked going to market to sell the cow very much; but as he was on his way, +he met a butcher who had some beautiful beans in his hand. Jack stopped to look +at them, and the butcher told the boy that they were of great value, and +persuaded the silly lad to sell the cow for these beans. When he brought them +home to his mother instead of the money she expected for her nice cow, she was +very vexed and shed many tears, scolding Jack for his folly. He was very sorry, +and mother and son went to bed very sadly that night; their last hope seemed +gone. +</p> + +<p> +At daybreak Jack rose and went out into the garden. +</p> + +<p> +“At least,” he thought, “I will sow the wonderful beans. Mother says that they +are just common scarlet-runners, and nothing else; but I may as well sow them.” +</p> + +<p> +So he took a piece of stick, and made some holes in the ground, and put in the +beans. +</p> + +<p> +That day they had very little dinner, and went sadly to bed, knowing that for +the next day there would be none, and Jack, unable to sleep from grief and +vexation, got up at day-dawn and went out into the garden. +</p> + +<p> +What was his amazement to find that the beans had grown up in the night, and +climbed up and up till they covered the high cliff that sheltered the cottage, +and disappeared above it! The stalks had twined and—twisted themselves +together till they formed quite a ladder. +</p> + +<p> +“It would be easy to climb it,” thought Jack. +</p> + +<p> +And, having thought of the experiment, he at once resolved to carry it out, for +Jack was a good climber. However, after his late mistake about the cow, he +thought he had better consult his mother first. +</p> + +<p> +So Jack called his mother, and they both gazed in silent wonder at the +Beanstalk, which was not only of great height, but it was thick enough to bear +Jack’s weight. +</p> + +<p> +“I wonder where it ends,” said Jack to his mother; “I think I will climb up and +see.” +</p> + +<p> +His mother wished him not to venture up this strange ladder, but Jack coaxed +her to give her consent to the attempt, for he was certain there must be +something wonderful in the Beanstalk; so at last she yielded to his wishes. +</p> + +<p> +Jack instantly began to climb, and went up and up on the ladder-like bean till +everything he had left behind him—the cottage, the village, and even the tall +church tower—looked quite little, and still he could not see the top of the +Beanstalk. +</p> + +<p> +Jack felt a little tired, and thought for a moment that he would go back again; +but he was a very persevering boy, and he knew that the way to succeed in +anything is not to give up. So, after resting for a moment, he went on. +</p> + +<p> +After climbing higher and higher, till he grew afraid to look down for fear he +should be giddy, Jack at last reached the top of the Beanstalk, and found +himself in a beautiful country, finely wooded, with beautiful meadows covered +with sheep. A crystal stream ran through the pastures; not far from the place +where he had got off the Beanstalk stood a fine, strong castle. +</p> + +<p> +Jack wondered very much that he had never heard of or seen this castle before; +but when he reflected on the subject, he saw that it was as much separated from +the village by the perpendicular rock on which it stood as if it were in +another land. +</p> + +<p> +While Jack was standing looking at the castle, a very strange-looking woman +came out of the wood and advanced toward him. +</p> + +<p> +She wore a pointed cap of quilted red satin turned up with ermine, her hair +streamed loose over her shoulders, and she walked with a staff. Jack took off +his cap and made her a bow. +</p> + +<p> +“If you please, ma’am,” said he, “is this your house?” +</p> + +<p> +“No,” said the old lady. “Listen, and I will tell you the story of that +castle.” +</p> + +<p> +“Once upon a time there was a noble knight, who lived in this castle, which is +on the borders of Fairyland. He had a fair and beloved wife and several lovely +children; and as his neighbors, the little people, were very friendly toward +him, they bestowed on him many excellent and precious gifts. +</p> + +<p> +“Rumor whispered of these treasures; and a monstrous giant who lived at a great +distance, and who was a very wicked being, resolved to obtain possession of +them. +</p> + +<p> +“So he bribed a false servant to let him inside the castle, when the knight was +in bed and asleep, and he killed him as he lay. Then he went to the part of the +castle which was the nursery, and also killed all the poor little ones he found +there. +</p> + +<p> +“Happily for her, the lady was not to be found. She had gone with her infant +son, who was only two or three months old, to visit her old nurse, who lived in +the valley; and she had been detained all night there by a storm. +</p> + +<p> +“The next morning, as soon as it was light, one of the servants at the castle, +who had managed to escape, came to tell the poor lady of the sad fate of her +husband and her pretty babes. She could scarcely believe him at first, and was +eager at once to go back and share the fate of her dear ones; but the old +nurse, with many tears, besought her to remember that she had still a child, +and that it was her duty to preserve her life for the sake of the poor +innocent. +</p> + +<p> +“The lady yielded to this reasoning, and consented to remain at her nurse’s +house as the best place of concealment; for the servant told her that the Giant +had vowed, if he could find her, he would kill both her and her baby. Years +rolled on. The old nurse died, leaving her cottage and the few articles of +furniture it contained to her poor lady, who dwelt in it, working as a peasant +for her daily bread. Her spinning-wheel and the milk of a cow which she had +purchased with the little money she had with her, sufficed for the scanty +subsistence of herself and her little son. There was a nice little garden +attached to the cottage, in which they cultivated peas, beans, and cabbages, +and the lady was not ashamed to go out at harvest time and glean in the fields +to supply her little son’s wants. +</p> + +<p> +“Jack, that poor lady is your mother. This castle was once your father’s, and +must again be yours. +</p> + +<p> +Jack uttered a cry of surprise. +</p> + +<p> +“My mother! oh, madam, what ought I to do? My poor father! My dear mother!” +</p> + +<p> +“Your duty requires you to win it back for your mother. But the task is a very +difficult one, and full of peril, Jack. Have you courage to undertake it?” “I +fear nothing when I am doing right,” said Jack. +</p> + +<p> +“Then,” said the lady in the red cap, “you are one of those who slay giants. +You must get into the castle, and if possible possess yourself of a hen that +lays golden eggs, and a harp that talks. Remember, all the Giant possesses is +really yours.” +</p> + +<p> +As she ceased speaking, the lady of the red hat suddenly disappeared, and of +course Jack knew she was a fairy. +</p> + +<p> +Jack determined at once to attempt the adventure; so he advanced, and blew the +horn which hung at the castle portal. The door was opened in a minute or two by +a frightful Giantess, with one great eye in the middle of her forehead. +</p> + +<p> +As soon as Jack saw her he turned to run away, but she caught him, and dragged +him into the castle. +</p> + +<p> +“Ho, ho!” she laughed terribly. “You didn’t expect to see me here, that is +clear! No, I shan’t let you go again. I am weary of my life. I am so +overworked, and I don’t see why I should not have a page as well as other +ladies. And you shall be my boy. You shall clean the knives, and black the +boots, and make the fires, and help me generally when the Giant is out. When he +is at home I must hide you, for he has eaten up all my pages hitherto, and you +would be a dainty morsel, my little lad.” +</p> + +<p> +While she spoke she dragged Jack right into the castle. The poor boy was very +much frightened, as I am sure you and I would have been in his place. But he +remembered that fear disgraces a man; so he struggled to be brave and make the +best of things. “I am quite ready to help you, and do all I can to serve you, +madam,” he said, “only I beg you will be good enough to hide me from your +husband, for I should not like to be eaten at all.” +</p> + +<p> +“That’s a good boy,” said the Giantess, nodding her head; “it is lucky for you +that you did not scream out when you saw me, as the other boys who have been +here did, for if you had done so my husband would have awakened and have eaten +you, as he did them, for breakfast. Come here, child; go into my wardrobe: he +never ventures to open that; you will be safe there.” +</p> + +<p> +And she opened a huge wardrobe which stood in the great hall, and shut him unto +it. But the keyhole was so large that it admitted plenty of air, and he could +see everything that took place through it. By and by he heard a heavy tramp on +the stairs, like the lumbering along of a great cannon, and then a voice like +thunder cried out: +</p> + +<p class="poem"> +“Fe, fa, fi-fo-fum,<br/> +I smell the breath of an Englishman.<br/> +Let him be alive or let him be dead,<br/> +I’ll grind his bones to make my bread.” +</p> + +<p> +“Wife,” cried the Giant, “there is a man in the castle. Let me have him for +breakfast.” +</p> + +<p> +“You are grown old and stupid,” cried the lady, in her loud tones. “It is only +a nice fresh steak off an elephant, that I have cooked for you, which you +smell. There, sit down and make a good breakfast.” +</p> + +<p> +And she placed a huge dish before him of savory steaming meat, which greatly +pleased him, and made him forget his idea of an Englishman being in the castle. +When he had breakfasted he went out for a walk, and then the Giantess opened +the door, and made Jack come out to help her. He helped her all day. She fed +him well, and when evening came put him back in the wardrobe. +</p> + +<p> +The Giant came in to supper. Jack watched him through the keyhole, and was +amazed to see him pick a wolf’s bone, and put half a fowl at a time into his +capacious mouth. +</p> + +<p> +When the supper was ended he bade his wife bring him his hen that laid the +golden eggs. +</p> + +<p> +“It lays as well as it did when it belonged to that paltry knight,” he said; +“indeed, I think the eggs are heavier than ever.” +</p> + +<p> +The Giantess went away, and soon returned with a little brown hen, which she +placed on the table before her husband. +</p> + +<p> +“And now, my dear,” she said, “I am going for a walk, if you don’t want me any +longer.” +</p> + +<p> +“Go, said the Giant; “I shall be glad to have a nap by and by.” +</p> + +<p> +Then he took up the brown hen and said to her: +</p> + +<p> +“Lay!” And she instantly laid a golden egg. +</p> + +<p> +“Lay!” said the Giant again. And she laid another. +</p> + +<p> +“Lay!” he repeated the third time. And again a golden egg lay on the table. +</p> + +<p> +Now, Jack was sure this hen was that of which the fairy had spoken. +</p> + +<p> +By and by the Giant put the hen down on the floor, and soon after went fast +asleep, snoring so loud that it sounded like thunder. +</p> + +<p> +Directly Jack perceived that the Giant was fast asleep, he pushed open the door +of the wardrobe and crept out; very softly he stole across the room, and, +picking up the hen, made haste to quit the apartment. he knew the way to the +kitchen, the door of which he found was left ajar; he opened it, shut and +locked it after him, and flew back to the Beanstalk, which he descended as fast +as his feet would move. +</p> + +<p> +When his mother saw him enter the house she wept for joy, for she had feared +that the fairies had carried him away, or that the Giant had found him. But +Jack put the brown hen down before her, and told her how he had been in the +Giant’s castle, and all his adventures. She was very glad to see the hen, which +would make them rich once more. +</p> + +<p> +Jack made another journey up the Beanstalk to the Giant’s castle one day while +his mother had gone to market; but first he dyed his hair and disguised +himself. The old woman did not know him again, and dragged him in as she had +done before, to help her to do the work; but she heard her husband coming, and +hid him in the wardrobe, not thinking that it was the same boy who had stolen +the hen. She bade him stay quite still there, or the Giant would eat him. Then +the Giant came in, saying: +</p> + +<p class="poem"> +“Fe, fa, fi-fo-furn,<br/> +I smell the breath of an Englishman.<br/> +Let him he alive or let him be dead,<br/> +I’ll grind his bones to make my bread.” +</p> + +<p> +“Nonsense!” said the wife, “it is only a roasted bullock that I thought would +be a titbit for your supper; sit down and I will bring it up at once. +</p> + +<p> +The Giant sat down, and soon his wife brought up a roasted bullock on a large +dish, and they began their supper. Jack was amazed to see them pick the bones +of the bullock as if it had been a lark. As soon as they had finished their +meal, the Giantess rose and said: +</p> + +<p> +“Now, my dear, with your leave I am going up to my room to finish the story I +am reading. If you want me, call for me.” +</p> + +<p> +“First,” answered the Giant, “bring me my money bags, that I may count my +golden pieces before I sleep.” The Giantess obeyed. She went and soon returned +with two large bags over her shoulders, which she put down by her husband. +</p> + +<p> +“There,” she said: “that is all that is left of the knight’s money. When you +have spent it you must go and take another baron’s castle.” +</p> + +<p> +“That he shan’t, if I can help it,” thought Jack. +</p> + +<p> +The Giant, when his wife was gone, took out heaps and heaps of golden pieces, +and counted them, and put them in piles, till he was tired of the amusement. +Then he swept them all back into their bags, and leaning back in his chair fell +fast asleep, snoring so loud that no other sound was audible. +</p> + +<p> +Jack stole softly out of the wardrobe, and taking up the bags of money (which +were his very own, because the Giant had stolen them from his father), he ran +off, and with great difficulty descending the Beanstalk, laid the bags of gold +on his mother’s table. She had just returned from town, and was crying at not +finding Jack. “There, mother, I have brought you the gold that my father lost.” +</p> + +<p> +“Oh, Jack! you are a very good boy, but I wish you would not risk your precious +life in the Giant’s castle. Tell me how you came to go there again.” +</p> + +<p> +And Jack told her all about it. +</p> + +<p> +Jack’s mother was very glad to get the money, but she did not like him to run +any risk for her. +</p> + +<p> +But after a time Jack made up his mind to go again to the Giant’s castle. +</p> + +<p> +So he climbed the Beanstalk once more, and blew the horn at the Giant’s gate. +The Giantess soon opened the door; she was very stupid, and did not know him +again,. but she stopped a minute before she took him in. She feared another +robbery; but Jack’s fresh face looked so innocent that she could not resist +him, and so she bade him come in, and again hid him away in the wardrobe. +</p> + +<p> +By and by the Giant came home, and as soon as he had crossed the threshold he +roared out: +</p> + +<p class="poem"> +“Fe, fa, li-fo-fum,<br/> +I smell the breath of an Englishman.<br/> +Let him be alive or let him be dead,<br/> +I’ll grind his bones to make my bread.” +</p> + +<p> +“You stupid old Giant,” said his wife, “you only smell a nice sheep, which I +have grilled for your dinner.’ +</p> + +<p> +And the Giant sat down, and his wife brought up a whole sheep for his dinner. +When he had eaten it all up, he said: +</p> + +<p> +“Now bring me my harp, and I will have a little music while you take your +walk.” +</p> + +<p> +The Giantess obeyed, and returned with a beautiful harp. The framework was all +sparkling with diamonds and rubies, and the strings were all of gold. +</p> + +<p> +“This is one of the nicest things I took from the knight,” Said the Giant. “I +am very fond of music, and my harp is a faithful servant.” +</p> + +<p> +So he drew the harp toward him and said: +</p> + +<p> +“Play!” +</p> + +<p> +And the harp played a very soft, sad air. +</p> + +<p> +“Play something merrier!” said the Giant. +</p> + +<p> +And the harp played a merry tune. +</p> + +<p> +“Now play me a lullaby,” roared the Giant; and the harp played a sweet lullaby, +to the sound of which its master fell asleep. +</p> + +<p> +Then Jack stole softly out of the wardrobe, and went into the huge kitchen to +see if the Giantess had gone out; he found no one there, so he went to the door +and opened it softly, for he thought he could not do so with the harp in his +hand. +</p> + +<p> +Then he entered the Giant’s room and seized the harp and ran away with it; but +as he jumped over the threshold the harp called out: “MASTER! MASTER!” +</p> + +<p> +And the Giant woke up. +</p> + +<p> +With a tremendous roar he sprang from his seat, and in two strides had reached +the door. +</p> + +<p> +But Jack was very nimble. He fled like lightning with the harp, talking to it +as he went (for he saw it was a fairy), and telling it he was the son of its +old master, the knight. +</p> + +<p> +Still the Giant came on so fast that he was quite close to poor Jack, and had +stretched out his great hand to catch him. But, luckily, just at that moment he +stepped upon a loose stone, stumbled, and fell flat on the ground, where he lay +at his full length. +</p> + +<p> +This accident gave Jack time to get on the Bean stalk and hasten down it; but +just as he reached their own garden he beheld the Giant descending after him. +</p> + +<p> +“Mother! mother!” cried Jack, “make haste and give me the ax.” +</p> + +<p> +His mother ran to him with a hatchet in her hand, and Jack with one tremendous +blow cut through all the Beanstalks except one. +</p> + +<p> +“Now, mother, stand out of the way!” said he. Jack’s mother shrank back, and it +was well she did so, for just as the Giant took hold of the last branch of the +Beanstalk, Jack cut the stem quite through and darted from the spot. +</p> + +<p> +Down came the Giant with a terrible crash, and as he fell on his head, he broke +his neck, and lay dead at the feet of the woman he had so much injured. +</p> + +<p> +Before Jack and his mother had recovered from their alarm and agitation, a +beautiful lady stood before them. +</p> + +<p> +“Jack,” said she, “you have acted like a brave knight’s son, and deserve to +have your inheritance restored to you. Dig a grave and bury the Giaint, and +then go and kill the Giantess.” +</p> + +<p> +“But,” said Jack, “I could not kill any one unless I were fighting with him; +and I could not draw my sword upon a woman. Moreover, the Giantess was very +kind to me.” +</p> + +<p> +The Fairy smiled on Jack. +</p> + +<p> +“I am very much pleased with your generous feeling,” she said. “Nevertheless, +return to the castle, and act as you will find needful.” +</p> + +<p> +Jack asked the Fairy if she would show him the way to the castle, as the +Beanstalk was now down. She told him that she would drive him there in her +chariot, which was drawn by two peacocks. Jack thanked her, and sat down in the +chariot with her. +</p> + +<p> +The Fairy drove him a long distance round, till they reached a village which +lay at the bottom of the mill. Here they found a number of miserable-looking +men assembled. The Fairy stopped her carriage and addressed them: +</p> + +<p> +“My friends,” said she, “the cruel Giant who oppressed you and ate up all your +flocks and herds is dead, and this young gentleman was the means of your being +delivered from him, and is the son of your kind old master, the knight.” +</p> + +<p> +The men gave a loud cheer at these words, and pressed forward to say that they +would serve Jack as faithfully as they had served his father. The Fairy bade +them follow her to the castle, and they marched thither in a body, and Jack +blew the horn and demanded admittance. +</p> + +<p> +The old Giantess saw them coming from the turret loophole. She was very much +frightened, for she guessed that something had happened to her husband; and as +she came downstairs very fast she caught her foot in her dress, and fell from +the top to the bottom and broke her neck. +</p> + +<p> +When the people outside found that the door was not opened to them, they took +crowbars and forced the portal. Nobody was to be seen, but on leaving the mall +they found the body of the Giantess at the foot of the stairs. +</p> + +<p> +Thus Jack took possession of the castle. The Fairy went and brought his mother +to him, with the hen and the harp. He had the Giantess buried, and endeavored +as much as lay in his power to do right to those whom the Giant had robbed. +</p> + +<p> +Before her departure for fairyland, the Fairy explained to Jack that she had +sent the butcher to meet him with the beans, in order to try what sort of lad +he was. +</p> + +<p> +“If you had looked at the gigantic Beanstalk and only stupidly wondered about +it,” she said, “I should have left you where misfortune had placed you, only +restoring her cow to your mother. But you showed an inquiring mind, and great +courage and enterprise, therefore you deserve to rise; and when you mounted the +Beanstalk you climbed the Ladder of Fortune.” +</p> + +<p> +She then took her leave of Jack and his mother. +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap85"></a>HOP-O’-MY-THUMB</h2> + +<p> +Retold by Joseph Jacobs +</p> + +<p> +Once upon a time there was a Wood-cutter and his wife who had seven children, +all boys. The eldest was only ten years old. They were very poor, and their +seven children were a great burden, since not one of them was able to earn his +living. +</p> + +<p> +What troubled them still more was the fact that the youngest was not only very +delicate, but silent, which they took for stupidity, but which was really a +mark of his good sense. He was very small, and when he was born he was scarcely +bigger than one’s thumb, which caused him to be called little +“Hop-o’-My-Thumb.” This poor child was the scapegoat of the house, and was +blamed for everything. He was, however, sharper and wiser than all his +brothers, and though he spoke little, he listened a great deal. +</p> + +<p> +At last there came a bad year, and so great a famine, that the poor people +resolved to rid themselves of their children. One evening, when the children +were all in bed, and the Wood-cutter with a sorrowful heart, was sitting by the +fire with his wife, he said to her: “You know that we can no longer support our +children. I cannot let them die of hunger before my eyes, and I am resolved to +take them to the wood to-morrow, and lose them. It will be easy to do this, +for, while they amuse themselves tying my sticks, we have only to slip away +without their seeing us.” +</p> + +<p> +“Ah!” cried his Wife, “would you then destroy your children?” In vain did her +husband set forth to her their great poverty: she would not consent. She was +poor, she said. But she was their mother. At last, having considered what a +grief it would be to her to have them die of hunger before her eyes, she agreed +to her husband’s plan, and went, weeping, to bed. +</p> + +<p> +Hop-o’-My-Thumb had listened to all that they had said, for having heard them, +from his bed, talking of family matters, he had risen softly and slipped under +his father’s stool, in order to hear without being seen. He then went back to +bed, but lay awake the rest of the night, thinking what he should do. He rose +early and went to a brook, where he filled his pocket with little white +pebbles, and then returned to the house. +</p> + +<p> +Soon after, they all set off, but Hop-o’-My-Thumb did not tell his brothers +anything of what he knew. They went into a forest, so thick that they could not +see each other at a distance of ten paces. The Wood-cutter began to fell a +tree, while the children gathered sticks to make up into bundles. The father +and mother, seeing them thus employed, slipped away unnoticed, and then fled +rapidly, by a little winding path. +</p> + +<p> +When the children found they were alone, they began to scream and cry with all +their strength. Hop-o’-My-Thumb let them cry, knowing well how to get home; +for, while walking, he had dropped along the path the little white pebbles +which he had in his pockets. +</p> + +<p> +He therefore said to them, “Fear not, brothers, my father and mother have left +us here, but I will lead you to the house only follow me.” +</p> + +<p> +They obeyed at once, and he led them home along the same path by which they had +come into the forest at first. They did not dare to go into the house, but +placed themselves near the door, in order to hear what their father and mother +were saying. +</p> + +<p> +Now it had so happened that, just as the Woodcutter and his Wife reached home, +the lord of the village had sent them ten crowns, which he had long owed them, +and which they had never hoped to obtain. This gave them new life, for the poor +creatures were almost dead from hunger. +</p> + +<p> +The Wood-cutter immediately sent his Wife to the butcher’s, where, as it was +long since they had eaten anything, she bought three times as much meat as was +needed for the supper of two people. +</p> + +<p> +When they were seated at table, the Wife said, “Alas! where now are our poor +children? They would make good cheer with what we have left. But it is you who +wished to lose them. I always said we should repent it. What are they doing now +in the forest? Alas! alas! perhaps the wolves have already eaten them! You were +most cruel thus to lose your children.” +</p> + +<p> +The Wood-cutter at last grew impatient, for she repeated more than twenty times +that they would repent what they had done, and that she had told him so. He +threatened to beat her if she was not silent. The Wood-cutter did not do this +because he was less sorry than his Wife, but because her reproaches angered +him. His Wife now shed tears, and cried out, “Alas! where are my children, my +poor children?” +</p> + +<p> +She said this so loud that the children, who were at the door, heard her, and +all cried out together, “Here we are! here we are!” +</p> + +<p> +She ran quickly to open the door, and said, as she embraced them, “How +overjoyed I am to see you again, my darling children! you must be very tired +and very hungry; and you, Peter, how muddy you are! come, let me brush you.” +Peter was her eldest son, whom she loved more than all the others. +</p> + +<p> +The children then sat down at the table, and ate with an appetite which +delighted their father and mother, to whom they described, all speaking at +once, how frightened they had been in the forest. +</p> + +<p> +These good people were filled with joy to have their children with them again, +and this joy lasted as long as the ten crowns held out. But when the money was +spent, they fell back into their former misery, and resolved to lose them once +more; and in order not to fail again, they determined to take them much further +into the forest than the first time. +</p> + +<p> +They could not, however, speak of this so secretly but that they were overheard +by Hop-o’-My-Thumb, who laid his plans to escape as before. Although he got up +early in order to go out and pick up some little stones, he could not succeed +in his purpose, for he found the door of the house shut and double-bolted. He +was wondering what he should do, when, his mother having given them each a bit +of bread for breakfast, he thought that he might use his bread instead of +pebbles by dropping crumbs along the paths as they walked. He therefore slipped +the bread into his pocket. +</p> + +<p> +Their father and mother led them this time into the thickest and darkest part +of the forest, and, as soon as they were there, ran away and left them. +</p> + +<p> +Hop-o’-My-Thumb was not much troubled, because he believed he could easily find +his way by means of the bread which he had scattered as he passed along. What +was his surprise when he could not find a single crumb: the birds had come and +eaten it all. +</p> + +<p> +Now was their lot indeed wretched; the more they wandered about, the deeper +they buried themselves in the forest. Night came, and a great wind arose which +frightened them terribly. They thought they heard on all sides the howling of +hungry wolves coming to eat them up. They did not dare to speak, or even turn +their heads. Rain began to fall, which wet them to the skin. They slipped at +every step, and, if they fell, got up so covered with mud that they could +hardly move their hands. +</p> + +<p> +Finally, Hop-o’-My-Thumb climbed to the top of a tree, to see if he could not +discover something. Having looked on all sides, he at last saw a little gleam +of light, like that from a candle, but it was very far off, beyond the forest. +He got down from the tree: but when he was on the ground he no longer saw +anything, which troubled him greatly. However, having walked for some time with +his brothers in the direction where he had seen the light, he again saw it as +they came out of the wood. At last they reached the house where the candle was, +though not without many alarms, for they lost sight of it whenever they +descended unto a hollow place. +</p> + +<p> +They knocked at the door, which was opened to them by a woman. She asked them +what they wanted. Hop-o’-My-Thumb replied that they were poor children who had +lost themselves in the forest, and who asked, for charity’s sake, a place to +sleep. +</p> + +<p> +The woman, seeing how bitter they were, began to weep, and said to them, “Alas! +my poor children, whence do you come? Do you not know that this is the house of +an Ogre, who eats little children?” +</p> + +<p> +“Alas, madam,” said Hop-o’-My-Thumb, who like his brothers was shaking with +fear, “what shall we do? The wolves of the forest will certainly devour us +to-night, if you will not give us shelter. This being the case, we had rather +be eaten by the Ogre, and he, perhaps, will take pity on us, if you will beg +him to do so.” +</p> + +<p> +The Ogre’s wife, who thought she might be able to conceal them from her husband +till the next morning, let them come in, and placed them near a good fire, +where a whole sheep was roasting for the Ogre’s supper. +</p> + +<p> +When they had begun to get warm, they heard three or four heavy knocks at the +door. It was the Ogre. His wife hastily hid the children under the bed, and +then opened the door. +</p> + +<p> +The Ogre asked first if supper was ready, and the wine drawn; and then sat down +at the table. The mutton was nearly raw, but he liked it all the better on that +account. +</p> + +<p> +He then began to sniff about, saying that he smelled fresh meat. +</p> + +<p> +“It must be this calf which I have just been dressing that you smell,” said the +wife. +</p> + +<p> +“I smell fresh meat, I tell you again,” said the Ogre, looking fiercely at his +wife; “and there is something more of which I do not know.” +</p> + +<p> +Saying these words, he rose from the table and went straight to the bed, where +he found the poor children. +</p> + +<p> +“Ah!” said he, “this, then, is the way you wish to deceive me, wicked woman. I +know not what prevents me from eating you, too. Here is game, which comes to me +very conveniently to treat three Ogres of my acquaintance, who are coming to +visit me about this time.” +</p> + +<p> +He then drew the little boys from under the bed, one after another. The poor +children threw themselves on their knees begging for pardon. But they had to do +with the most cruel of all the Ogres, who, far from having pity, devoured them +already with his eyes, and said to his wife that they would be delicious +morsels fried, when she had made a good sauce for them. +</p> + +<p> +He took out a great knife, and, approaching the poor children, began to sharpen +it on a long stone, which he held in his left hand. He then seized one of them, +when his wife said to him, “Why do you begin at this time of night? Shall you +not have time to-morrow?” +</p> + +<p> +“Be silent,” replied the Ogre; “they will be more tender if I kill them now.” +</p> + +<p> +“But you have already so much meat on hand,” replied his wife. “Here are a +calf, two sheep, and half a pig.” +</p> + +<p> +“You are right,” said the Ogre; “give them a good supper, that they may not +grow thin, and put them to bed.” +</p> + +<p> +The good woman was overcome with joy, and brought them their supper at once; +but they were too frightened to eat. +</p> + +<p> +As for the Ogre, he set himself to drinking, delighted to have something with +which to regale his friends. He drank a dozen cups more than usual, which went +to his head, and obliged him to go early to bed. +</p> + +<p> +Now this Ogre had seven daughters, who were still only children. These little +Ogresses all had beautiful complexions, for they ate fresh meat like their +father. They had little round gray eyes, crooked noses, and great mouths filled +with long teeth, very sharp and far apart. They were not yet very wicked, but +they promised well, for they already bit little children whenever they got the +chance. They had been put to bed early, and were all seven in one bed, each +having a golden crown on her head. +</p> + +<p> +There was in the same room another bed of the same size. Here it was that the +Ogre’s wife put the seven little boys, after which she went to bed in her own +chamber. +</p> + +<p> +Hop-o’-My-Thumb, who had remarked that the Ogre’s daughters had golden crowns +on their heads, was afraid that the Ogre might regret not having killed him and +his brothers that evening. So he rose about the middle of the night, and, +taking his nightcap and those of his brothers, he went very softly and placed +them on the heads of the Ogre’s seven daughters, after having removed their +golden crowns. He then put the crowns on his brothers’ heads and on his own, so +that the Ogre might mistake them for his daughters, and his daughters for the +boys whom he wished to kill. +</p> + +<p> +The plan succeeded as he had expected. The Ogre, having awakened about +midnight, was sorry that he had put off till next day what he might have done +that evening. He jumped quickly out of bed, and, taking his great knife, “Let +us see,” said he, “how our little friends are getting on.” +</p> + +<p> +He went on tiptoe to the room of his daughters, and approached the bed where +the little boys were all asleep, except Hop-o’-My-Thumb, who was terribly +frightened when he felt the Ogre’s hand touching his head, as he had already +touched his brothers’. But when the Ogre felt the golden crowns, he said, +“Indeed, I was near making a nice piece of work of it. I see that I drank too +much in the evening.” +</p> + +<p> +He then went to the bed of his daughters, where he felt the boys’ little +nightcaps. “Ah! here they are,” said he, “the fine fellows! I must go boldly to +work.” Saying these words, and without hesitating, he cut the throats of his +seven daughters. Very well pleased with his expedition, he went back to bed. As +soon as Hop-o’-My-Thumb heard the Ogre snoring, he awakened his brothers, and +told them to dress themselves quickly and follow him. They went softly down +unto the garden, and leaped over the walls. They hurried away, and ran almost +all night, without knowing whither they went. +</p> + +<p> +The Ogre, when he woke up, said to his wife, “Go upstairs and dress those +little fellows who were here last night.” +</p> + +<p> +The Ogress was very much astonished at the kindness of her husband, not +suspecting for a moment the way in which he meant that she should dress them. +Believing that he simply wished her to put on their clothes, she went upstairs, +where she was amazed to see her seven daughters with their throats cut. She was +so overcome that she immediately fainted. The Ogre, thinking his wife was too +slow, went upstairs to assist her. He was no less astonished than his wife when +the frightful sight met his eyes. +</p> + +<p> +“Ah! what have I done here?” he cried; “but those little wretches shall pay for +this, and at once.” +</p> + +<p> +He then threw a bucket of water into his wife’s face, and, having revived her, +said, “Give me quickly my seven-league boots, that I may go after those boys +and catch them.” +</p> + +<p> +He then started out into the country at once, and, having rushed about in all +directions, came at last to the road where the poor children were walking, and +then not more than a hundred steps from their father’s house. They saw the Ogre +striding from mountain to mountain, and crossing rivers as if they were little +brooks. +</p> + +<p> +Hop-o’-My-Thumb, who saw a hollow rock near the place where they were, hid +himself and his six brothers there, and watched carefully what became of their +enemy. The Ogre, who was very tired with his long and fruitless journey, wished +to rest himself, and sat down, by chance, on the very rock where the little +boys were hidden. +</p> + +<p> +As he was overcome with fatigue, he soon fell asleep, and began to snore so +frightfully that the poor children were as much frightened as when he held his +knife ready to cut their throats. Hop-o’-My-Thumb was less afraid, and told his +brothers to run into the house while the Ogre slept, and not to worry about +him. They followed his counsel, and quickly reached the house. +</p> + +<p> +Hop-o’-My-Thumb then approached the Ogre, softly drew off his boots, and put +them on himself. The boots were very long and very large; but, as they were +fairy boots, they had the gift of becoming larger or smaller, according to the +size of the wearer’s leg. In fact, they fitted Hop-o’-My-Thumb as if they had +been made for him. +</p> + +<p> +He then went straight to the Ogre’s house, where he found his wife weeping over +her daughters. +</p> + +<p> +“Your husband,” said Hop-o’-My-Thumb, “is in great danger, for he has been +taken by a band of robbers, who will kill him if he does not give them all his +gold and silver. Just when they held their knives to his throat he perceived +me, and besought me to come and tell you of the state in which he was, and to +direct you to give me all that he has, without retaining anything, since +otherwise they would slay him without mercy. As time passed, he wished that I +should take his seven-league boots, as you see, in order to make haste, and +also that you might not think me an impostor.” +</p> + +<p> +The good woman, very much frightened, gave him all she had; for this Ogre was a +good husband, although he did eat little children. +</p> + +<p> +Hop-o’-My-Thumb, being then loaded with all the Ogre’s treasures, returned to +his father’s house, where he was welcomed with great joy and where they all +lived happily ever after. +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap86"></a>THE GOOSE-GIRL</h2> + +<p> +Anonymous +</p> + +<p> +There was once upon a time an old Queen whose husband had been dead for many +years, and she had a beautiful daughter. When the princess grew up she was +betrothed to a prince who lived at a great distance. When the time came for her +to be married, and she had to ,journey forth into the distant kingdom, the aged +Queen packed up for her many costly vessels of silver and gold, and trinkets +also of gold and silver; and cups and jewels, in short, everything which +appertained to a royal dowry, for she loved her child with all her heart. She +likewise sent her maid in waiting, who was to ride with her, and hand her over +to the bridegroom, and each had a horse for the journey, but the horse of the +King’s daughter was called Falada, and could speak. So when the hour of parting +had come, the aged mother went into her bedroom, took a small knife and cut her +finger with it until it bled, then she held a white handkerchief to it into +which she left three drops of blood fall, gave it to her daughter and said: +“Dear child, preserve this carefully, it will be of service to you on your +way.” +</p> + +<p> +So they took a sorrowful leave of each other: the princess put the piece of +cloth in her bosom, mounted her horse, and then went away to her bridegroom. +After she had ridden for a while she felt a burning thirst and said to her +waiting-maid: “Dismount, and take my cup which thou hast brought with thee for +me, and get me some water from the stream, for I should like to drink.” “If you +are thirsty,” said the waiting-maid, “get off your horse yourself, and lie down +and drink out of the water; I don’t choose to be your servant.” So in her great +thirst the princess alighted, bent down over the water in the stream and drank, +and was not allowed to drink out of the golden cup. Then she said, “Ah, +Heaven!” and the three drops of blood answered: +</p> + +<p> +“If thy mother knew this, her heart would break.” +</p> + +<p> +But the King’s daughter was humble, said nothing, and mounted her horse again. +She rode some miles further, but the day was warm, the sun scorched her, and +she was thirsty once more, and when they came to a stream of water, she again +cried to her waiting-maid: “Dismount, and give me some water in my golden cup,” +for she had long ago forgotten the girl’s ill words. But the waiting-maid said +still more haughtily: “If you wish to drink, drink as you can, I don’t choose +to be your maid.” Then in her great thirst the King’s daughter alighted, bent +over the flowing stream, wept and said: “Ah, heaven!” and the drops of blood +again replied: “If thy mother knew this, her heart would break.” And as she was +thus drinking and leaning right over the stream, the handkerchief with the +three drops of blood fell out of her bosom, and floated away with the water +without her observing it, so great was her trouble. +</p> + +<p> +The waiting-maid, however, had seen it, and she rejoiced to think that she had +now power over the bride, for since the princess had lost the drops of blood, +she had become weak and powerless. So now when she wanted to mount her horse +again, the one that was called Falada, the waiting-maid said: “Falada is more +suitable for me, and my nag will do for thee,” and the princess had to be +content with that. Then the waiting-maid, with many hard words, bade the +princess exchange her royal apparel for her own shabby clothes; and at length +she was compelled to swear by the clear sky above her, that she would not say +one word of this to any one at the royal court, and if she had not taken this +oath she would have been killed on the spot. But Falada saw all this, and +observed it well. +</p> + +<p> +The waiting-maid now mounted Falada, and the true bride the bad horse, and thus +they traveled onward, until at length they entered the royal palace. There were +great rejoicings over her arrival, and the prince sprang forward to meet her, +lifted the waiting-maid from her horse, and thought she was his consort. She +was conducted upstairs, but the real princess was left standing below. Then the +old King looked out of the window and saw her standing in the courtyard, and +how dainty and delicate and beautiful she was, and instantly went to the royal +apartment, and asked the bride about the girl she had with her who was standing +down below in the courtyard, and who she was. “I picked her up on my way for a +companion; give the girl something to work at, that she may not stand idle.” +But the old King had no work for her, and knew of none, so he said: “I have a +little boy who tends the geese, she may help him.” The boy was called Conrad, +and the true bride had to help him to tend the geese. +</p> + +<p> +Soon afterward the false bride said to the young King: “Dearest husband, I beg +you to do me a favor.” He answered: “I will do so most willingly.” “Then send +for the knacker, and have the head of the horse on which I rode here cut off, +for it vexed me on the way.” In reality she was afraid that the horse might +tell how she had behaved to the King’s daughter. Then she succeeded in making +the King promise that it should be done, and the faithful Falada was to die; +this came to the ears of the real princess, and she secretly promised to pay +the knacker a piece of gold if he would perform a small service for her. There +was a great dark-looking gateway in the town, through which morning and evening +she had to pass with the geese: would he be so good as to nail up Falada’s head +on it, so that she might see him again, more than once. The knacker’s man +promised to do that, and cut off the head, and nailed it fast beneath the dark +gateway. +</p> + +<p> +Early in the morning, when she and Conrad drove out their flock beneath this +gateway, she said in passing: +</p> + +<p class="poem"> +“Alas, Falada, hanging there +</p> + +<p class="noindent"> +Then the head answered: +</p> + +<p class="poem"> +“Alas, young Queen, how ill you fare!<br/> +If this your tender mother knew,<br/> +Her heart would surely break in two.” +</p> + +<p class="noindent"> +Then they went still further out of the town, and drove their geese into the +country. And when they had come to the meadow, she sat down and unbound her +hair which was like pure gold, and Conrad saw it and delighted in its +brightness, and wanted to pluck out a few hairs. Then she said: +</p> + +<p class="poem"> +“Blow, blow, thou gentle wind, I say,<br/> +Blow Conrad’s little hat away,<br/> +And make him chase it here and there,<br/> +Until I have braided all my hair,<br/> +And bound it up again. +</p> + +<p class="noindent"> +And there came such a violent wind that it blew Conrad’s hat far away across +country, and he was forced to run after it. When he came back she had finished +combing her hair and was putting it up again, and he could not get any of it. +Then Conrad was angry, and would not speak to her, and thus they watered the +geese until the evening, and then they went home. +</p> + +<p> +Next day when they were driving the geese out through the dark gateway, the +maiden said: +</p> + +<p class="poem"> +“Alas, Falada, hanging there +</p> + +<p class="noindent"> +Falada answered: +</p> + +<p class="poem"> +“Alas, young Queen, how ill you fare!<br/> +If this your tender mother knew,<br/> +Her heart would surely break in two.” +</p> + +<p class="noindent"> +And she sat down again in the field and began to comb out her hair, and Conrad +ran and tried to clutch it, so she said in haste: +</p> + +<p class="poem"> +“Blow, blow, thou gentle wind, I say,<br/> +Blow Conrad’s little hat away,<br/> +And make him chase it here and there,<br/> +Until I have braided all my hair,<br/> +And bound it up again. +</p> + +<p class="noindent"> +Then the wind blew, and blew his little hat off his head and far away, and +Conrad was forced to run after it, and when he came back, her hair had been put +up a long time, and he could get none of it, and so they looked after their +geese till evening came. +</p> + +<p> +But in the evening after they had got home, Conrad went to the old King, and +said: “I won’t tend the geese with that girl any longer!” “Why not?” inquired +the aged King. “Oh, because she vexes me the whole day long.” Then the aged +King commanded him to relate what it was that she did to him. And Conrad said: +“In the morning when we pass beneath the dark gateway with the flock, there is +a sorry horse’s head on the wall and she says to it: +</p> + +<p class="poem"> +“Alas, Falada, hanging there!” +</p> + +<p class="noindent"> +And the head replies: +</p> + +<p class="poem"> +“Alas, young Queen, how ill you fare!<br/> +If this your tender mother knew,<br/> +Her heart would surely break in two.” +</p> + +<p> +And Conrad went on to relate what happened on the goose pasture, and how when +there he had to chase his hat. +</p> + +<p> +The aged King commanded him to drive his flock out again next day, and as soon +as morning came, he placed himself behind the dark gateway, and heard how the +maiden spoke to the head of Falada, and then he too went into the country, and +hid himself in the thicket in the meadow. There he soon saw with his own eyes +the goose-girl and the goose-boy bringing their flock, and how after a while +she sat down and unplaited her hair, which shone with radiance. And soon she +said: +</p> + +<p class="poem"> +“Blow, blow, thou gentle wind, I say,<br/> +Blow Conrad’s little hat away,<br/> +And make him chase it here and there,<br/> +Until I have braided all my hair,<br/> +And bound it up again.” +</p> + +<p class="noindent"> +Then came a blast of wind and carried off Conrad’s hat, so that he had to run +far away, while the maiden quietly went on combing and plaiting her hair, all +of which the King observed. Then, quite unseen, he went away, and when the +goose-girl came home in the evening, he called her aside, and asked why she did +all these things. “I may not tell you that, and I dare not lament my sorrows to +any human being, for I have sworn not to do so by the heaven which is above me; +if I had not done that, I should have lost my life.” He urged her and left her +no peace, but he could draw nothing from her. Then said he: “If thou wilt not +tell me anything, tell thy sorrows to the iron stove there,” and he went away. +Then she crept into the iron stove, and began to weep and lament, and emptied +her whole heart, and said: “Here am I deserted by the whole world, and yet I am +a King’s daughter, and a false waiting-maid has by force brought me to such a +pass that I have been compelled to put off my royal apparel, and she has taken +my place with my bridegroom, and I have to perform menial service as a +goose-girl. If my mother did but know that, her heart would break.” +</p> + +<p> +The aged King, however, was standing outside by the pipe of the stove, and was +listening to what she said and heard it. Then he came back again, and bade her +come out of the stove. And royal garments were placed on her, and it was +marvellous how beautiful she was! The aged King summoned his son, and revealed +to him that he had got the false bride who was only a waiting-maid, but that +the true one was standing there, as the sometime goose-girl. The young King +rejoiced with all his heart when he saw her beauty and youth, and a great feast +was made ready to which all the people and all good friends were invited. At +the head of the table sat the bridegroom with the King’s daughter at one side +of him and the waiting-maid on the other, but the waiting-maid was blinded, and +did not recognize the princess in her dazzling array. When they had eaten and +drunk, and were merry, the aged King asked the waiting-maid as a riddle, what a +person deserved who had behaved in such and such a way to her master, and at +the same time related the whole story, and asked what sentence such an one +merited? Then the false bride said: “She deserves no better fate than to be +stripped entirely naked, and put in a barrel which is studded inside with +pointed nails, and two white horses should be harnessed to it, which will drag +her along through one street after another, till she is dead.” “It is thou,” +said the aged King, “and thou must pronounce thine own sentence, and thus shall +it be done unto thee.” And when the sentence had been carried out, the young +King married his true bride, and both of them reigned over their kingdom in +peace and happiness. +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap87"></a>HE WHO KNEW NOT FEAR</h2> + +<p> +Anonymous +</p> + +<p> +A certain father had two sons, the elder of whom was sharp and sensible, and +could do everything, but the younger was stupid and could neither learn nor +understand anything, and when people saw him they said: “There’s a fellow who +will give his father some trouble!” When anything had to be done, it was always +the elder who was forced to do it; but if his father bade him fetch anything +when it was late, or in the night-time, and the way led through the churchyard, +or any other dismal place, he answered: “Oh, no, father, I’ll not go there, it +makes me shudder!” for he was afraid. Or when stories were told by the fire at +night which made the flesh creep, the listeners often said: “Oh, it makes us +shudder!” the younger sat in a corner and listened with the rest of them, and +could not imagine what they could mean. “They are always saying: ‘It makes me +shudder, it makes me shudder!’ It does not make me shudder,” thought he. “That, +too, must be an art of which I understand nothing!” +</p> + +<p> +Now it came to pass that his father said to him one day: “Hearken to me, thou +fellow in the corner there, thou art growing tall and strong, and thou, too, +must learn something by which thou canst earn thy living. Look how thy brother +works, but thou dost not even earn thy salt.” “Well, father,” he replied, “I am +quite willing to learn something—indeed, if it could but be managed, I should +like to learn how to shudder. I don’t understand that at all yet.” The elder +brother smiled when he heard that, and thought to himself: +</p> + +<p> +“Good God, what a blockhead that brother of mine is! He will never be good for +anything as long as he lives! He who wants to be a sickle must bend himself +betimes.” +</p> + +<p> +The father sighed, and answered him: “Thou shalt soon learn what it is to +suffer, but thou wilt not earn thy living by that.” +</p> + +<p> +Soon after this the sexton came to the house on a visit, and the father +bewailed his trouble, and told him how his younger son was so backward in every +respect that he knew nothing and learned nothing. “Just think,” said he, “when +I asked him how he was going to earn his bread, he actually wanted to learn to +shudder.” “If that be all,” replied the sexton, “he can learn that with me. +Send him to me, and I will soon polish him.” The father was glad to do it, for +he thought: “It will train the boy a little.” The sexton, therefore, took him +into his house, and he had to ring the bell. After a day or two the sexton +awoke him at midnight, and bade him arise and go up into the church tower and +ring the bell. “Thou shalt soon learn what shuddering is,” thought he, and +secretly went there before him; and when the boy was at the top of the tower +and turned around, and was just going to take hold of the bell rope, he saw a +white figure standing on the stairs opposite to the sounding hole. “Who is +there?” cried he, but the figure made no reply, and did not move or stir. “Give +an answer,” cried the boy, “or take thyself off; thou hast no business here at +night.” +</p> + +<p> +The sexton, however, remained standing motionless, that the boy might think he +was a ghost. The boy cried a second time: “What dost thou want here?—speak if +thou art an honest fellow, or I will throw thee down the steps!” The sexton +thought, “He can’t intend to be as bad as his words,” uttered no sound and +stood as if he were made of stone. Then the boy called to him for the third +time, and as that was also to no purpose, he ran against him and pushed the +ghost down the stairs, so that it fell down ten steps and remained lying there +in a corner. Thereupon he rang the bell, went home, and without saying a word +went to bed and fell asleep. The sexton’s wife waited a long time for her +husband, but he did not come back. At length she became uneasy, and wakened the +boy, and asked, “Dost thou not know where my husband is? He went up the tower +before thou didst.” “No, I don’t know,” replied the boy, “but someone was +standing by the sounding hole on the other side of the steps, and as he would +neither give an answer nor go away, I took him for a scoundrel, and threw him +down stairs; just go there and you will see if it was he, I should be sorry if +it were.” The woman ran away and found her husband, who was lying moaning in +the corner, and had broken his leg. +</p> + +<p> +She carried him down, and then with loud screams she hastened to the boy’s +father. “Your boy,” cried she, “has been the cause of a great misfortune! He +has thrown my husband down the steps and made him break his leg. Take the +good-for-nothing fellow away from our house.” The father was terrified, and ran +thither and scolded the boy. “What wicked tricks are these?” said he; “the +devil must have put this into thy head.” “Father,” he replied, “do listen to +me. I am quite innocent. He was standing there by night like one who is +intending to do some evil. I did not know who it was, and I entreated him three +times either to speak or to go away.” “Ah,” said the father, “I have nothing +but unhappiness with thee. Go out of my sight. I will see thee no more.” +</p> + +<p> +“Yes, father, right willingly, wait only until it is day. Then will I go forth +and learn how to shudder, and then I shall, at any rate, understand one art +which will support me.” “Learn what thou wilt,” spake the father, “it is all +the same to me. Here are fifty thalers for thee. Take these and go into the +wide world, and tell no one from whence thou comest, and who is thy father, for +I have reason to be ashamed of thee.” “Yes, father, it small be as you will. If +you desire nothing more than that, I can easily keep it in mind.” +</p> + +<p> +When day dawned, therefore, the boy put his fifty thalers into his pocket, and +went forth on the great highway, and continually said to himself, “If I could +but shudder! If I could but shudder!” +</p> + +<p> +Then a man approached who heard this conversation which the youth was holding +with himself, and when they had walked a little further to where they could see +the gallows, the man said to him, “Look, there is the tree where seven men have +married the ropemaker’s daughter, and are now learning how to fly. Sit down +below it, and wait till night comes, and thou wilt soon learn how to shudder.” +“If that is all that is wanted,” answered the youth, “it is easily done; but if +I learn how to shudder as quickly as that, thou shalt have my fifty thalers. +Just come back to me early in the morning.” Then the youth went to the gallows, +sat down below it, and waited till evening came. And as he was cold, he lighted +himself a fire, but at midnight the wind blew so sharp that in spite of his +fire he could not get warm. And as the wind knocked the hanged men against each +other, and they moved backward and forward, he thought to himself: “Thou +shiverest below by the fire, but how those up above must freeze and suffer!” +And as he felt pity for them, he raised the ladder, and climbed up, unbound one +of them after the other, and brought down all seven. Then he stirred the fire, +blew it, and set them all round it to warm themselves. But they sat there and +did not stir, and the fire caught their clothes. So he said: +</p> + +<p> +“Take care, or I will hang you up again.” The dead men, however, did not hear, +but were quite silent, and let their rags go on burning. On this he grew angry, +and said: “If you will not take care, I cannot help you, I will not be burned +with you, and he hung them up again each in his turn. +</p> + +<p> +Then he sat down by his fire and fell asleep, and next morning the man came to +him and wanted to have the fifty thalers, and said: “Well, dost thou know how +to shudder?” “No,” answered he, “how was I to get to know? Those fellows up +there did not open their mouths, and were so stupid that they let the few old +rags which they had on their bodies get burned.” Then the man saw that he would +not carry away the fifty thalers that day, and went away saying: +</p> + +<p> +“One of this kind has never come in my way before.” +</p> + +<p> +The youth likewise went his way, and once more began to mutter to himself: “Ah, +if I could but shudder! Ah, if I could but shudder!” A wagoner who was striding +behind him heard that and asked: “Who art thou?” “I don’t know,” answered the +youth. Then the wagoner asked: +</p> + +<p> +“From whence comest thou?” “I know not.” “Who is thy father?” “That I may not +tell thee.” “What is it that thou art always muttering between thy teeth?” +“Ah,” replied the youth, “I do so wish I could shudder, but no one can teach me +how to do it.” “Give up thy foolish chatter,” said the wagoner. “Come go with +me, I will see about a place for thee.” The youth went with the wagoner, and in +the evening they arrived at an inn where they wished to pass the night. Then at +the entrance of the room the youth again said quite loudly, “If I could but +shudder! If I could but shudder!” The host who heard that, laughed and said: +“If that is your desire, there ought to be a good opportunity for you here.” +“Ah, be silent,” said the hostess; “so many inquisitive persons have already +lost their lives, it would be a pity and a shame if such beautiful eyes as +these should never see the daylight again.” +</p> + +<p> +But the youth said: “However difficult it may be, I will learn it, and for this +purpose indeed have I journeyed forth.” He let the host have no rest, until the +latter told him, that not far from thence stood a haunted castle where any one +could very easily learn what shuddering was, if he would but watch in it for +three nights. The King had promised that he who would venture this should have +his daughter to wife, and she was the most beautiful maiden the sun shone on. +Great treasures likewise lay in the castle, which were guarded by evil spirits, +and these treasures would then be freed, and would make a poor man rich enough. +Already many men had gone into the castle, but as yet none had come out again. +Then the youth went next morning to the King, and said that if he were allowed +he would watch three nights in the enchanted castle. The King looked at him, +and as the youth pleased him, he said: “Thou mayst ask for three things to take +into the castle with thee, but they must be things without life.” Then he +answered, “Then I ask for a fire, a turning-lathe, and a cutting-board with the +knife.” The King had these things carried into the castle for him during the +day. When night was drawing near, the youth went up and made himself a bright +fire in one of the rooms, placed the cutting-board and knife beside it, and +seated himself by the turning-lathe. “Ah, if I could but shudder!” said he, +“but I shall not learn it here either.” Toward midnight he was about to poke +his fire, and as he was blowing it, something cried suddenly from one cornier, +“Au, miau! how cold we are!” “You simpletons!” cried he, “what are you crying +about? If you are cold, come and take a seat by the fire and warm yourselves.” +And when he had said that, two great black cats came with one tremendous leap +and sat down on each side of him, and looked savagely at him with their fiery +eyes. After a short time, when they had warmed themselves, they said: “Comrade, +shall we have a game at cards?” “Why not?” he replied, “but just show me your +paws. Then they stretched out their claws. “Oh,” said he, “what long nails you +have! Wait, I must first cut them a little for you.” Thereupon he seized them +by the throats, put them on the cutting-board and screwed their feet fast. “I +have looked at your fingers,” said he, “and my fancy for card-playing has gone, +and he struck them dead and threw them out into the water. But when he had made +away with these two, and was about to sit down again by his fire, out from +every hole and corner came black cats and black dogs with red-hot chains, and +more and more of them came until he could no longer stir, and they yelled +horribly, and got on his fire, pulled it to pieces, and wanted to put it out. +He watched them for a while quietly, but at last when they were going too far, +he seized his cutting knife, and cried: “Away with ye, vermin,” and began to +cut them down. Part of them ran away, the others he killed, and threw out into +the fish pond. When he came back he blew up the embers of his fire again and +warmed himself. And as he thus sat, his eyes would keep open no longer, and he +felt a desire to sleep. Then he looked round and saw a great bed in the corner. +“That is the very thing for me,” said he, and got into it. When he was just +going to shut his eyes, however, the bed began to move of its own accord, and +went over the whole of the castle. “That’s right,” said he, “but go faster.” +Then the bed rolled on as if six horses were harnessed to it, up and down, over +thresholds and steps, but suddenly, hop, hop, it turned over upside down, and +lay on him like a mountain. But he threw quilts and pillows up in the air, got +out and said: “Now any one who likes may drive,” and lay down by his fire, and +slept until it was day. In the morning the King came, and when he saw him lying +there on the ground, he thought the spirits had killed him and he was dead. +Then said he: “After all it is a pity—he is a handsome man.” The youth heard +it, got up, and said: “It has not come to that yet.” Then the King was +astonished, but very glad, and asked how he had fared. “Very well indeed,” +answered he; “one night is over, the two others will get over likewise.” Then +he went to the innkeeper, who opened his eyes very wide, and said: “I never +expected to see thee alive again! Hast thou learned how to shudder yet?” “No,” +said he, “it is all in vain. If some one would but tell me!” +</p> + +<p> +The second night he again went up into the old castle, sat down by the fire, +and once more began his old song: “If I could but shudder!” When midnight came, +an uproar and noise of tumbling about was heard; at first it was low, but it +grew louder and louder. Then it was quiet for a while, and at length with a +loud scream, half a man came down the chimney and fell before him. “Hollo!” +cried he, “another half belongs to this. This is too little!” Then the uproar +began again, there was a roaring and howling, and the other half fell down +likewise. “Wait,” said he, “I will just blow up the fire a little for thee.” +When he had done that and looked round again, the two pieces were joined +together, and a frightful man was sitting in his place. “That is no part of our +bargain,” said the youth, “the bench is mine.” The man wanted to push him away; +the youth, however, would not allow that, but thrust him off with all his +strength, and seated himself again, in his own place. Then still more men fell +down, one after the other; they brought nine dead men’s legs and two skulls, +and set them up and played at ninepins with them. The youth also wanted to play +and said: “Hark you, can I join you?” “Yes, if thou hast any money.” “Money +enough,” replied he, “but your balls are not quite round.” Then he took the +skulls and put them in the lathe and turned them till they were round. “There, +now, they will roll better!” said he. “Hurrah! now it goes merrily!” He played +with them and lost some of his money, but when it struck twelve, everything +vanished from his sight. He lay down and quietly fell asleep. Next morning the +King came to inquire after him. “How has it fared with thee this time?” asked +he. “I have been playing at ninepins,” he answered, “and have lost a couple of +farthings.” “Hast thou not shuddered then?” “Eh, what?” said he, “I have made +merry. If I did but know what it was to shudder!” +</p> + +<p> +The third night he sat down again on his bench and said quite sadly: “If I +could but shudder.” When it grew late, six tall men came in and brought a +coffin. Then said he: “Ha, ha, that is certainly my little cousin, who only +died a few days ago,” and he beckoned with his finger, and cried: “Come, little +cousin, come.” They placed the coffin on the ground, but he went to it and took +the lid off, and a dead man lay therein. He felt his face, but it was cold as +ice. “Stop,” said he, “I will warm thee a, little,” and went to the fire and +warmed his hand and laid it on the dead man’s face, but he remained cold. Then +he took him out, and sat down by the fire and laid him on his breast and rubbed +his arms that the blood might circulate again. As this also did no good, he +thought to himself: “When two people lie in bed together, they warm each +other,” and carried him to bed, covered him over and lay down by him. After a +short time the dead man became warm too, and began to move. Then said the +youth: “See, little cousin, have I not warmed thee?” The dead man, however, got +up and cried, “Now will I strangle thee.” +</p> + +<p> +“What!” said he, “is that the way thou thankest me? Thou shalt at once go into +thy coffin again,” and he took him up, threw him into it, and shut the lid. +</p> + +<p> +Then came the six men and carried him away again. “I cannot manage to shudder,” +said he. “I shall never learn it here as long as I live.” +</p> + +<p> +Then a man entered who was taller than all others, and looked terrible. He was +old, however, and had a long white beard. “Thou wretch,” cried he, “thou shalt +soon learn what it is to shudder, for thou shalt die.” “Not so fast,” replied +the youth, “If I am to die, I shall have to have a say in it.” “I will soon +seize thee,” said the fiend. “Softly, softly, do not talk so big. I am as +strong as thou art, and perhaps even stronger.” “We shall see,” said the old +man. “If thou art stronger, I will let thee go—come, we will try.” Then he led +him by dark passages to a smith’s forge, took an ax, and with one blow struck +an anvil into the ground. “I can do that better still,” said the youth, and +went to the other anvil. The old man placed himself near and wanted to look on, +and his white heard hung down. Then the youth seized the ax, split the anvil +with one blow, and struck the old man’s beard in with it. “Now I have thee,” +said the youth. “Now it is thou who wilt have to die.” Then he seized an iron +bar and beat the old man till he moaned and entreated him to stop, and he would +give him great riches. The youth drew out the ax and let him go. The old man +led him back into the castle, and in a cellar showed him three chests full of +gold. “Of these,” said he, “one part is for the poor, the other is for the +king, the third is thine.” In the meantime it struck twelve, and the spirit +disappeared; the youth, therefore, was left in darkness. “I shall still be able +to find my way out,” said he, and felt about, found the way into the room, and +slept there by his fire. Next morning the King came and said, “Now thou must +have learned what shuddering is?” “No,” he answered; “what can it be? My dead +cousin was here, and a bearded man came and showed me a great deal of money +down below, but no one told me what it was to shudder.” “Then,” said the King, +“thou hast delivered the castle, and shalt marry my daughter.” “That is all +very well,” said he, “but still I do not know what it is to shudder!” +</p> + +<p> +Then the gold was brought up and the wedding celebrated; but howsoever much the +young King loved his wife, and however happy he was, he still said always: “If +I could but shudder—if I could but shudder.” And at last she was angry at this. +Her waiting-maid said, “I will find a cure for him; he shall soon learn what it +is to shudder.” She went out to the stream which flowed through the garden, and +had a whole bucketful of gudgeons brought to her. At night when the young King +was sleeping, his wife was to draw the clothes off him and empty the bucketful +of cold water with the gudgeons in it over him, so that the little fishes would +sprawl about him. When this was done, he woke up and cried: “Oh, what makes me +shudder so?—what makes me shudder so, dear wife? Ah! now I know what it is to +shudder!” +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2>ÆSOP’S FABLES</h2> + +<p> +This has come to be the commonly accepted name for the well-known collection of +stories about animals, though we cannot be sure that any of them, were written +by the Greek slave of that name, who, Herodotus tells us, lived about the year +55O B.C. The fable about animals is probably the oldest form of story known. +Its object is to teach a lesson to men and women, without seeming to do so, and +because of this concealed lesson it has always been a great favorite with all +nations. In Russia, for example, where a man did not dare say what he thought +about a Government officer, he could tell a fable about the Dog in the Manger. +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap88"></a>THE TOWN MOUSE AND THE COUNTRY MOUSE</h2> + +<p> +Now you must know that a Town Mouse once upon a time went on a visit to his +cousin in the country. He was rough and ready, this cousin, but he loved his +town friend and made him heartily welcome. Beans and bacon, cheese and bread, +were all he had to offer, but he offered them freely. The Town Mouse rather +turned up his long nose at this country fare, and said: “I cannot understand, +Cousin, how you can put up with such poor food as this, but of course you +cannot expect anything better in the country; come you with me and I will show +you how to live. When you have been in town a week you will wonder how you +could ever have stood a country life.” No sooner said than done: the two mice +set off for the town and arrived at the Town Mouse’s residence late at night. +“You will want some refreshment after our long journey,” said the polite Town +Mouse, and took his friend into the grand dining-room. There they found the +remains of a fine feast, and soon the two mice were eating up jellies and cakes +and all that was nice. Suddenly they heard growling and barking. “What is +that?” said the Country Mouse. “It is only the dogs of the house,” answered the +other. “Only!” said the Country Mouse. “I do not like that music at my dinner.” +Just at that moment the door flew open, in came two huge mastiffs, and the two +mice had to scamper down and run off. “Good-by, Cousin,” said the Country +Mouse. “What! going so soon?” said the other. “Yes,” he replied; +</p> + +<p class="center"> +“BETTER BEANS AND BACON IN PEACE<br/> +THAN CAKES AND ALE IN FEAR.” +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap89"></a>THE MAN, THE BOY, AND DONKEY</h2> + +<p> +A man and his son were once going with their Donkey to market. As they were +walking along by its side a countryman passed them and said: “You fools, what +is a Donkey for but to ride upon?” +</p> + +<p> +So the Man put the Boy on the Donkey and they went on their way. But soon they +passed a group of men, one of whom said: “See that lazy youngster, he lets his +father walk while he rides.” +</p> + +<p> +So the Man ordered his Boy to get off, and got on himself. But they hadn’t gone +far when they passed two women, one of whom said to the other: “Shame on that +lazy lout to let his poor little son trudge along.” +</p> + +<p> +Well, the Man didn’t know what to do, but at last he took his Boy up before him +on the Donkey. By this time they had come to the town, and the passers-by began +to jeer and point to them. The Man stopped and asked what they were scoffing +at. The men said: “Aren’t you ashamed of yourself for overloading that poor +Donkey of yours—you and your hulking son?” +</p> + +<p> +The Man and Boy got off and tried to think what to do. They thought and they +thought, till at last they cut down a pole, tied the Donkey’s feet to it, and +raised the pole and the Donkey to their shoulders. They went along amid the +laughter of all who met them till they came to Market Bridge, when the Donkey, +getting one of his feet loose, kicked out and caused the Boy to drop his end of +the pole. In the struggle the Donkey fell over the bridge, and his fore-feet +being tied together he was drowned. +</p> + +<p> +“That will teach you,” said an old man who had followed them: +</p> + +<p class="center"> +“PLEASE ALL, AND YOU WILL PLEASE NONE.” +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap90"></a>THE SHEPHERD’S BOY</h2> + +<p> +There was once a young Shepherd Boy who tended his sheep at the foot of a +mountain near a dark forest. It was rather lonely for him all day, so he +thought upon a plan by which he could get a little company and some excitement. +He rushed down toward the village calling out “Wolf, Wolf,” and the villagers +came out to meet him, and some of them stopped with him for a considerable +time. +</p> + +<p> +This pleased the boy so much that a few days afterward he tried the same trick, +and again the villagers came to his help. +</p> + +<p> +But shortly after this a Wolf actually did come out from the forest, and began +to worry the sheep, and the boy of course cried out “Wolf, Wolf,” still louder +than before. But this time the villagers who had been fooled twice before, +thought the boy was again deceiving them, and nobody stirred to come to bis +help. +</p> + +<p> +So the Wolf made a good meal off the boy’s flock, and when the boy complained, +the wise man of the village said: +</p> + +<p class="center"> +“A LIAR WILL NOT BE BELIEVED, EVEN WHEN HE SPEAKS THE TRUTH.” +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap91"></a>ANDROCLES</h2> + +<p> +A slave named Androcles once escaped from his master and fled to the forest. As +he was wandering about there he came upon a Lion lying down moaning and +groaning. +</p> + +<p> +At first he turned to flee, but finding that the Lion did not pursue him, he +turned back and went up to him. +</p> + +<p> +As he came near, the Lion put out his paw, which was all swollen and bleeding, +and Androcles found that a huge thorn had got into it, and was causing all the +pain. He pulled out the thorn and bound up the paw of the Lion, who was soon +able to rise and lick the hand of Androcles like a dog. +</p> + +<p> +Then the Lion took Androcles to his cave, and every day used to bring him meat +from which to live. +</p> + +<p> +But shortly afterward both Androcles and the Lion were captured, and the slave +was sentenced to be thrown to the Lion, after the latter had been kept without +food for several days. The Emperor and all his Court came to see the spectacle +and Androcles was led out into the middle of the arena. Soon the Lion was let +loose from his den, and rushed bounding and roaring toward his victim. But as +soon as he came near to Androcles he recognized his friend, and fawned upon +him, and licked his hands like a friendly dog. The Emperor, surprised at this, +summoned Androcles to him, who told him the whole story. Whereupon the slave +was pardoned and freed, and the Lion let loose to his native forest. +</p> + +<p class="center"> +“GRATITUDE IS THE SIGN OF NOBLE SOULS.” +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap92"></a>THE FOX AND THE STORK</h2> + +<p> +At one time the Fox and the Stork were on visiting terms and seemed very good +friends. So the Fox invited the Stork to dinner, and for a joke put nothing +before her but some soup in a very shallow dish. This the Fox could easily lap +up, but the Stork could only wet the end of her long bill in it, and left the +meal as hungry as when she began. +</p> + +<p> +“I am sorry,” said the Fox, “the soup is not to your liking.” +</p> + +<p> +“Pray do not apologize,” said the Stork. “I hope you will return this visit, +and come and dine with me soon.” +</p> + +<p> +So a day was appointed when the Fox should visit the Stork; but when they were +seated at table all that was for their dinner was contained in a very +long-necked jar with a narrow mouth, in which the Fox could not insert his +snout, so all he could manage to do was to lick the outside of the jar. +</p> + +<p> +“I will not apologize for the dinner,” said the Stork: +</p> + +<p class="center"> +“ONE BAD TURN DESERVES ANOTHER.” +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap93"></a>THE CROW AND THE PITCHER</h2> + +<p> +A crow, half-dead with thirst, came upon a Pitcher which had once been full of +water; but when the Crow put its beak into the mouth of the Pitcher he found +that only very little water was left in it, and that he could not reach far +enough down to get at it. +</p> + +<p> +He tried, and he tried, but at last had to give up in despair. +</p> + +<p> +Then a thought came to him, and he took a pebble and dropped it into the +Pitcher. Then he took another pebble and dropped it into the Pitcher. Then he +took another pebble and dropped that into the Pitcher. Then he took another +pebble and dropped that into the Pitcher. Then he took another pebble and +dropped that into the Pitcher. Then he took another pebble and dropped that +into the Pitcher. +</p> + +<p> +At last, at last, he saw the water mount up near him; and after casting in a +few more pebbles he was able to quench his thirst and save his life. +</p> + +<p class="center"> +“LITTLE BY LITTLE DOES THE TRICK.” +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap94"></a>THE FROGS DESIRING A KING</h2> + +<p> +The Frogs were living as happy as could be in a marshy swamp that just suited +them; they went splashing about caring for nobody and nobody troubling with +them. But some of them thought that this was not right, that they should have a +King and a proper constitution, so they determined to send up a petition to +Jove to give them what they wanted. “Mighty Jove,” they cried, “send unto us a +King that will rule over us and keep us in order.” Jove laughed at their +croaking, and threw down into the swamp a huge Log, which came +down—kerplash—into the swamp. The Frogs were frightened out of their lives by +the commotion made in their midst, and all rushed to the bank to look at the +horrible monster; but after a time, seeing that it did not move, one or two of +the boldest of them ventured out toward the Log, and even dared to touch it; +still it did not move. Then the greatest hero of the Frogs jumped upon the Log +and commenced dancing up and down upon it, thereupon all the Frogs came and did +the same; and for sometime the Frogs went about their business every day +without taking the slightest notice of the new King Log lying in their midst. +</p> + +<p> +But this did not suit them, so they sent another petition to Jove, and said to +him: “We want a real King; one that will really rule over us.” Now this made +Jove angry, so he sent among them a big Stork that soon set to work gobbling +them all up. Then the Frogs repented when too late. +</p> + +<p class="center"> +“BETTER NO RULE THAN CRUEL RULE.” +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap95"></a>THE FROG AND THE OX</h2> + +<p> +“Oh, father,” said a little Frog to the big one sitting by the side of a pool, +“I have seen such a terrible monster! It was as big as a mountain, with horns +on its head, and a long tail, and it had hoofs divided in two.” +</p> + +<p> +“Tush, child, tush,” said the old Frog, “that was only Farmer White’s Ox. It +isn’t so big either; he may be a little bit taller than I, but I could easily +make myself quite as broad; just you see.” So he blew himself out, and blew +himself out, and blew himself out. “Was he as big as that?” asked he. +</p> + +<p> +“Oh, much bigger than that,” said the young Frog. +</p> + +<p> +Again the old one blew himself out, and asked the young one if the Ox was as +big as that. +</p> + +<p> +“Bigger, father, bigger,” was the reply. +</p> + +<p> +So the Frog took a deep breath, and blew and blew and blew, and swelled and +swelled and swelled. And then he said: “I’m sure the Ox is not as big as +______” But at this moment he burst. +</p> + +<p class="center"> +“SELF-CONCEIT MAY LEAD TO SELF-DESTRUCTION.” +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap96"></a>THE COCK AND THE PEARL</h2> + +<p> +A cock was once strutting up and down the farmyard among the hens when suddenly +he espied something shining and the straw. “Ho! ho!” quoth he, “that’s for me,” +and soon rooted it out from beneath the straw. What did it turn out to be but a +Pearl that by some chance had been lost in the yard? “You may be a treasure,” +quoth Master Cock, “to men that prize you, but for me I would rather have a +single barley corn than a peck of pearls.” +</p> + +<p class="center"> +“PRECIOUS THINGS ARE FOR THOSE THAT CAN PRIZE THEM.” +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap97"></a>THE FOX WITHOUT A TAIL</h2> + +<p> +It happened that a Fox caught its tail in a trap, and in struggling to release +himself lost all of it but the stump. At first he was ashamed to show himself +among his fellow foxes. But at last he determined to put a bolder face upon his +misfortune, and summoned all the foxes to a general meeting to consider a +proposal which he had to place before them. +</p> + +<p> +When they had assembled together the Fox proposed that they should all do away +with their tails. He pointed out how inconvenient a tail was when they were +pursued by their enemies, the dogs; how much it was in the way when they +desired to sit down and hold a friendly conversation with one another. He +failed to see any advantage in carrying about such a useless encumbrance. +</p> + +<p> +“That is all very well,” said one of the older foxes; “but I do not think you +would have recommended us to dispense with our chief ornament if you had not +happened to lose it yourself.” +</p> + +<p class="center"> +“DISTRUST INTERESTED ADVICE.” +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap98"></a>THE FOX AND THE CAT</h2> + +<p> +A fox was boasting to a Cat of its clever devices for escaping its enemies. “I +have a whole bag of tricks,” he said, “which contains a hundred ways of +escaping my enemies.” +</p> + +<p> +“I have only one,” said the Cat; “but I can generally manage with that.” Just +at that moment they heard the cry of a pack of hounds coming toward them, and +the Cat immediately scampered up a tree and hid herself in the boughs. “This is +my plan,” said the Cat. “What are you going to do?” The Fox thought first of +one way, then of another, and while he was debating the hounds came nearer and +nearer, and at last the Fox in his confusion was caught up by the hounds and +soon killed by the huntsmen. Miss Puss, who had been looking on, said: +</p> + +<p class="center"> +“BETTER ONE SAFE WAY THAN A HUNDRED ON WHICH YOU CANNOT RECKON.” +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap99"></a>THE DOG IN THE MANGER</h2> + +<p> +A dog looking out for its afternoon nap jumped into the Manger of an Ox and lay +there cosily upon the straw. But soon the Ox, returning from its afternoon +work, came up to the Manger and wanted to eat some of the straw. The Dog in a +rage, being awakened from its slumber, stood up and barked at the Ox, and +whenever it came near attempted to bite it. At last the Ox had to give up the +hope of getting at the straw, and went away muttering: +</p> + +<p class="center"> +“AH, PEOPLE OFTEN GRUDGE OTHERS WHAT THEY CANNOT ENJOY THEMSELVES.” +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap100"></a>THE FOX AND THE GOAT</h2> + +<p> +By an unlucky chance a Fox fell into a deep well from which he could not get +out. A Goat passed by shortly afterward, and asked the Fox what he was doing +down there. “Oh, have you not heard?” said the Fox; “there is going to be a +great drought, so I jumped down here in order to be sure to have water by me. +Why don’t you come down, too?” The Goat thought well of this advice, and jumped +down into the well. But the Fox immediately jumped on her back, and by putting +his foot on her long horns managed to jump up to the edge of the well. +“Good-by, friend,” said the Fox;—“remember next time, +</p> + +<p class="center"> +“NEVER TRUST THE ADVICE OF A MAN IN DIFFICULTIES.” +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap101"></a>BELLING THE CAT</h2> + +<p> +Long ago, the mice held a general council to consider what measures they could +take to outwit their common enemy, the Cat. Some said this, and some said that; +but at last a young mouse got up and said he had a proposal to make, which he +thought would meet the case. “You will all agree,” said he, “that our chief +danger consists in the sly and treacherous manner in which the enemy approaches +us. Now, if we could receive some signal of her approach, we could easily +escape from her. I venture, therefore, to propose that a small bell be +procured, and attached by a ribbon round the neck of the Cat. By this means we +should always know when she was about, and could easily retire while she was in +the neighborhood.” +</p> + +<p> +This proposed met with general applause, until an old mouse got up and said: +“That is all very well, but who is to bell the Cat?” The mice looked at one +another and nobody spoke. Then the old mouse said: +</p> + +<p class="center"> +“IT IS EASY TO PROPOSE IMPOSSIBLE REMEDIES.” +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap102"></a>THE JAY AND THE PEACOCK</h2> + +<p> +A jay venturing into a yard where Peacocks used to walk, found there a number +of feathers which had fallen from the Peacocks when they were moulting. He tied +them all to his tail and strutted down toward the Peacocks. When he came near +them they soon discovered the cheat, and striding up to him pecked at him and +plucked away his borrowed plumes. So the Jay could do no better than go back to +the other Jays, who had watched his behavior from a distance; but they were +equally annoyed with him, and told him +</p> + +<p class="center"> +“IT IS NOT ONLY FINE FEATHERS THAT MAKE FINE BIRDS.” +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap103"></a>THE ASS AND THE LAP-DOG</h2> + +<p> +A farmer one day came to the stables to see to his beasts of burden: among them +was his favorite Ass, that was always well fed and often carried his master. +With the Farmer came his Lap-dog, who danced about and licked his hand and +frisked about as happy as could be. The Farmer felt in his pocket, gave the +Lap-dog some dainty food, and sat down while he gave his orders to his +servants. The Lap-dog jumped into his master’s lap, and lay there blinking +while the Farmer stroked his ears. The Ass, seeing this, broke loose from his +halter and commenced prancing about in imitation of the Lap-dog. The Farmer +could not hold his sides with laughter, so the Ass went up to him, and putting +his feet upon the Farmer’s shoulder attempted to climb into his lap. The +Farmer’s servants rushed up with sticks and pitchforks and soon taught the Ass +that +</p> + +<p class="center"> +“CLUMSY JESTING IS NO JOKE.” +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap104"></a>THE ANT AND THE GRASSHOPPER</h2> + +<p> +In a field one summer’s day a Grasshopper was hopping about, chirping and +singing to its heart’s content. An Ant passed by, bearing along with great toil +an ear of corn he was taking to the nest. +</p> + +<p> +“Why not come and chat with me,” said the Grasshopper, “instead of toiling and +moiling in that way?” +</p> + +<p> +“I am helping to lay up food for the winter,” said the Ant, “and recommend you +to do the same.” +</p> + +<p> +“Why bother about winter?” said the Grasshopper; “we have got plenty of food at +present.” +</p> + +<p> +But the Ant went on its way and continued its toil. +</p> + +<p> +Then the winter came the Grasshopper had no food, and found itself dying of +hunger, while it saw the ants distributing every day corn and grain from the +stores they had collected in the summer. Then the Grasshopper knew +</p> + +<p class="center"> +IT IS BEST TO PREPARE FOR THE DAYS OF NECESSITY. +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap105"></a>THE WOODMAN AND THE SERPENT</h2> + +<p> +One wintry day a Woodman was tramping home from his work when he saw something +black lying on the snow. When he came closer, he saw it was a Serpent to all +appearance dead. But he took it up and put it in his bosom to warm while he +hurried home. As soon as he got indoors he put the Serpent down on the hearth +before the fire. The children watched it and saw it slowly come to life again. +Then one of them stooped down to stroke it, but the Serpent raised its head and +put out its fangs and was about to sting the child to death. So the Woodman +seized his axe, and with one stroke cut the Serpent in two. “Ah,” said he, +</p> + +<p class="center"> +“NO GRATITUDE FROM THE WICKED.” +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap106"></a>THE MILKMAID AND HER PAIL</h2> + +<p> +Patty, the Milkmaid, was going to market carrying her milk in a Pail on her +head. As she went along she began calculating what she would do with the money +she would get for the milk. “I’ll buy some fowls from Farmer Brown,” said she, +“and they will lay eggs each morning, which I will sell to the parson’s wife. +With the money that I get from the sale of these eggs I’ll buy myself a new +dimity frock and a chip hat; and when I go to market, won’t all the young men +come up and speak to me! Polly Shaw will be that jealous; but I don’t care. I +shall just look at her and toss my head like this.” As she spoke, she tossed +her head back, the Pail fell off it and all the milk was spilt. So she had to +go home and tell her mother what had occurred. “Ah, my child,” said her mother, +</p> + +<p class="center"> +DO NOT COUNT YOUR CHICKENS BEFORE THEY ARE HATCHED. +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap107"></a>THE LION AND THE MOUSE</h2> + +<p> +Once when a Lion was asleep a little Mouse began running up and down upon him; +this soon wakened the Lion, who placed his huge paw upon him, and opened his +big jaws to swallow him. “Pardon, O King,” cried the little Mouse; “forgive me +this time, I shall never forget it: who knows but what I may be able to do you +a turn some of these days?” The Lion was so tickled at the idea of the Mouse +being able to help him, that he lifted up his paw and let him go. Some time +after the Lion was caught in a trap, and the hunters, who desired to carry him +alive to the King, tied him to a tree while they went in search of a wagon to +carry him on. Just then the little Mouse happened to pass by, and seeing the +sad plight in which the Lion was, went up to him and soon gnawed away the ropes +that bound the King of the Beasts. “Was I not right?” said the little Mouse. +</p> + +<p class="center"> +“LITTLE FRIENDS MAY PROVE GREAT FRIENDS.” +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap108"></a>HERCULES AND THE WAGONER</h2> + +<p> +A wagoner was once driving a heavy load along a very muddy way. At last he came +to a part of the road where the wheels sank halfway into the mire, and the more +the horses pulled, the deeper sank the wheels. So the Wagoner threw down his +whip, and knelt down and prayed to Hercules the Strong. “O Hercules, help me in +this my hour of distress,” quote he. But Hercules appeared to him, and said: +</p> + +<p> +“Tut, man, don’t sprawl there. Get up and put your shoulder to the wheel.” +</p> + +<p class="center"> +“THE GODS HELP THEM THAT HELP THEMSELVES.” +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap109"></a>THE LION’S SHARE</h2> + +<p> +The Lion went once a-hunting along with the Fox, the Jackal, and the Wolf. They +hunted and they hunted till at last they surprised a Stag, and soon took its +life. Then came the question how the spoil should be divided. “Quarter me this +Stag,” roared the Lion; so the other animals skinned it and cut it into four +parts. Then the Lion took his stand in front of the carcass and pronounced +judgment: “The first quarter is for me in my capacity as King of Beasts; the +second is mine as arbiter; another share comes to me for my part in the chase; +and as far the fourth quarter, well, as for that, I should like to see which of +you will dare to lay a paw upon it.” +</p> + +<p> +“Humph!” grumbled the Fox as he walked away with his tail between his legs; +but he spoke in a low growl— +</p> + +<p class="center"> +“YOU MAY SHARE THE LABORS OF THE GREAT, BUT YOU WILL NOT SHARE THE SPOIL.” +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap110"></a>THE FOX AND THE CROW</h2> + +<p> +A fox once saw a Crow fly off with a piece of cheese in its beak and settle on +a branch of a tree. “That’s for me, as I am a Fox,” said Master Reynard, and he +walked up to the foot of the tree. “Good-day, Mistress Crow,” he cried. “How +well you are looking to-day: how glossy your feathers; how bright your eye. I +feel sure your voice must surpass that of other birds, just as your figure +does; let me hear but one song from you that I may greet you as the Queen of +Birds.” The Crow lifted up her head and began to caw her best, but the moment +she opened her mouth the piece of cheese fell to the ground, only to be snapped +up by Master Fox. “That will do,” said he. “That was all I wanted. In exchange +for your cheese I will give you a piece of advice for the future— +</p> + +<p class="center"> +“DO NOT TRUST FLATTERERS. +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap111"></a>THE DOG AND THE SHADOW</h2> + +<p> +It happened that a Dog had got a piece of meat and was carrying it home in his +mouth to eat it in peace. Now on his way home he had to cross a plank lying +across a running brook. As he crossed, he looked down and saw his own shadow +reflected in the water beneath. Thinking it was another dog with another piece +of meat, he made up his mind to have that also. So he made a snap at the shadow +in the water, but as he opened his mouth the piece of meat fell out, dropped +into the water and was never seen more. +</p> + +<p class="center"> +“BEWARE LEST YOU LOSE THE SUBSTANCE BY GRASPING AT THE SHADOW.” +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap112"></a>THE WOLF AND THE LAMB</h2> + +<p> +Once upon a time a Wolf was lapping at a spring on a hillside, when, looking +up, what should he see but a Lamb just beginning to drink a little lower down. +“There’s my supper,” thought he, “if only I can find some excuse to seize it.” +Then he called out to the Lamb, “How dare you muddle the water from which I am +drinking?” +</p> + +<p> +“Nay, master, nay,” said Lambikin; “if the water be muddy up there, I cannot be +the cause of it, for it runs down from you to me.” +</p> + +<p> +“Well, then,” said the Wolf, “why did you call me bad names this time last +year?” +</p> + +<p> +“That cannot be,” said the Lamb; “I am only six months old.” +</p> + +<p> +“I don’t care,” snarled the Wolf; “if it was not you it was your father;” and +with that he rushed upon the poor little Lamb and— +</p> + +<p class="center"> +WARRA WARRA WARRA WARRA WARRA— +</p> + +<p class="noindent"> +ate her all up. But before she died she gasped out— +</p> + +<p class="center"> +“ANY EXCUSE WILL SERVE A TYRANT.” +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap113"></a>THE BAT, THE BIRDS, AND THE BEASTS</h2> + +<p> +A great conflict was about to come off between the Birds and the Beasts. When +the two armies were collected together the Bat hesitated which to join. The +Birds that passed his perch said: “Come with us;” but he said: “I am a Beast.” +Later on, some Beasts who were passing underneath him looked up and said: “Come +with us;” but he said: “I am a Bird.” Luckily at the last moment peace was +made, and no battle took place, so the Bat came to the Birds and wished to join +in the rejoicings, but they all turned against him and he had to fly away. He +then went to the Beasts, but soon had to beat a retreat, or else they would +have torn him to pieces. “Ah,” said the Bat, “I see now +</p> + +<p class="center"> +HE THAT IS NEITHER ONE THING NOR THE OTHER HAS NO FRIENDS.” +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap114"></a>THE BELLY AND THE MEMBERS</h2> + +<p> +One fine day it occurred to the Members of the Body that they were doing all +the work and the Belly was having all the food. So they held a meeting, and +after a long discussion, decided to strike work till the Belly consented to +take its proper share of the work. So for a day or two the Hands refused to +take the food, the Mouth refused to receive it, and the Teeth had no work to +do. But after a day or two the Members began to find that they themselves were +not in a very active condition: the Hands could hardly move, and the Mouth was +all parched and dry, while the Legs were unable to support the rest. So thus +they found that even the Belly in its dull quiet way was doing necessary work +for the Body, and that all must work together or the Body will go to pieces. +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap115"></a>THE FOX AND THE GRAPES</h2> + +<p> +One hot summer’s day a Fox was strolling through an orchard till he came to a +bunch of Grapes just ripening on a vine which had been trained over a lofty +branch. “Just the thing to quench my thirst,” quoth he. Drawing back a few +paces, he took a run and a jump, and just missed the bunch. Turning round again +with a One, Two, Three, he jumped up, but with no greater success. Again and +again he tried after the tempting morsel, but at last had to give it up, and +walked away with his nose in the air, saying: “I am sure they are sour.” +</p> + +<p class="center"> +“IT IS EASY TO DESPISE WHAT YOU CANNOT GET.” +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap116"></a>THE SWALLOW AND THE OTHER BIRDS</h2> + +<p> +It happened that a Countryman was sowing some hemp seed in a field where a +Swallow and some other birds were hopping about picking up their food. “Beware +of that man,” quoth the Swallow. “Why, what is he doing?” said the others. +“That is hemp seed he is sowing; be careful to pick up every one of the seeds, +or else you will repent it.” The birds paid no heed to the Swallow’s words, and +by and by the hemp grew up and was made into cord, and of the cords nets were +made, and many a bird that had despised the Swallow’s advice was caught in nets +made out of that very hemp. “What did I tell you?” said the Swallow. +</p> + +<p class="center"> +“DESTROY THE SEED OF EVIL, OR IT WILL GROW UP TO YOUR RUIN.” +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div style='display:block; margin-top:4em'>*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE JUNIOR CLASSICS, VOLUME 1 ***</div> +<div style='text-align:left'> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +Updated editions will replace the previous one—the old editions will +be renamed. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright +law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works, +so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United +States without permission and without paying copyright +royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part +of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project +Gutenberg™ electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG™ +concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark, +and may not be used if you charge for an eBook, except by following +the terms of the trademark license, including paying royalties for use +of the Project Gutenberg trademark. If you do not charge anything for +copies of this eBook, complying with the trademark license is very +easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose such as creation +of derivative works, reports, performances and research. Project +Gutenberg eBooks may be modified and printed and given away--you may +do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks not protected +by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the trademark +license, especially commercial redistribution. +</div> + +<div style='margin:0.83em 0; font-size:1.1em; text-align:center'>START: FULL LICENSE<br /> +<span style='font-size:smaller'>THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE<br /> +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK</span> +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +To protect the Project Gutenberg™ mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase “Project +Gutenberg”), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full +Project Gutenberg™ License available with this file or online at +www.gutenberg.org/license. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'> +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg™ electronic works +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg™ +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or +destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg™ electronic works in your +possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a +Project Gutenberg™ electronic work and you do not agree to be bound +by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person +or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.B. “Project Gutenberg” is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg™ electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg™ electronic works if you follow the terms of this +agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg™ +electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation (“the +Foundation” or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection +of Project Gutenberg™ electronic works. Nearly all the individual +works in the collection are in the public domain in the United +States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the +United States and you are located in the United States, we do not +claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing, +displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as +all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope +that you will support the Project Gutenberg™ mission of promoting +free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg™ +works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the +Project Gutenberg™ name associated with the work. You can easily +comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the +same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg™ License when +you share it without charge with others. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are +in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, +check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this +agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, +distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any +other Project Gutenberg™ work. The Foundation makes no +representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any +country other than the United States. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other +immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg™ License must appear +prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg™ work (any work +on which the phrase “Project Gutenberg” appears, or with which the +phrase “Project Gutenberg” is associated) is accessed, displayed, +performed, viewed, copied or distributed: +</div> + +<blockquote> + <div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> + This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and most + other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions + whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms + of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online + at <a href="https://www.gutenberg.org">www.gutenberg.org</a>. If you + are not located in the United States, you will have to check the laws + of the country where you are located before using this eBook. + </div> +</blockquote> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg™ electronic work is +derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not +contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the +copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in +the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are +redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase “Project +Gutenberg” associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply +either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or +obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg™ +trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg™ electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any +additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms +will be linked to the Project Gutenberg™ License for all works +posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the +beginning of this work. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg™ +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg™. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg™ License. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including +any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access +to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg™ work in a format +other than “Plain Vanilla ASCII” or other format used in the official +version posted on the official Project Gutenberg™ website +(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense +to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means +of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original “Plain +Vanilla ASCII” or other form. Any alternate format must include the +full Project Gutenberg™ License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg™ works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg™ electronic works +provided that: +</div> + +<div style='margin-left:0.7em;'> + <div style='text-indent:-0.7em'> + • You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg™ works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed + to the owner of the Project Gutenberg™ trademark, but he has + agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project + Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid + within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are + legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty + payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project + Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in + Section 4, “Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg + Literary Archive Foundation.” + </div> + + <div style='text-indent:-0.7em'> + • You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg™ + License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all + copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue + all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg™ + works. + </div> + + <div style='text-indent:-0.7em'> + • You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of + any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of + receipt of the work. + </div> + + <div style='text-indent:-0.7em'> + • You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg™ works. + </div> +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project +Gutenberg™ electronic work or group of works on different terms than +are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing +from the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the manager of +the Project Gutenberg™ trademark. Contact the Foundation as set +forth in Section 3 below. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.F. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project +Gutenberg™ collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg™ +electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may +contain “Defects,” such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate +or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other +intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or +other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or +cannot be read by your equipment. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the “Right +of Replacement or Refund” described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg™ trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg™ electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium +with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you +with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in +lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person +or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second +opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If +the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing +without further opportunities to fix the problem. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you ‘AS-IS’, WITH NO +OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT +LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of +damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement +violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the +agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or +limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or +unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the +remaining provisions. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg™ electronic works in +accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the +production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg™ +electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, +including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of +the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this +or any Project Gutenberg™ work, (b) alteration, modification, or +additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg™ work, and (c) any +Defect you cause. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'> +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg™ +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +Project Gutenberg™ is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of +computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It +exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations +from people in all walks of life. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg™’s +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg™ collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg™ and future +generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see +Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at www.gutenberg.org. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'> +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non-profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation’s EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by +U.S. federal laws and your state’s laws. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +The Foundation’s business office is located at 809 North 1500 West, +Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up +to date contact information can be found at the Foundation’s website +and official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact +</div> + +<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'> +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +Project Gutenberg™ depends upon and cannot survive without widespread +public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine-readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND +DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular state +visit <a href="https://www.gutenberg.org/donate/">www.gutenberg.org/donate</a>. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +Please check the Project Gutenberg web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To +donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate +</div> + +<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'> +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg™ electronic works +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project +Gutenberg™ concept of a library of electronic works that could be +freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and +distributed Project Gutenberg™ eBooks with only a loose network of +volunteer support. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +Project Gutenberg™ eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in +the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not +necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper +edition. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +Most people start at our website which has the main PG search +facility: <a href="https://www.gutenberg.org">www.gutenberg.org</a>. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +This website includes information about Project Gutenberg™, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. +</div> + +</div> + +</body> +</html> |